SORT A PO Me tema ste. S98 O NE De tee hee 8 wn —— “— oe Spe AL el athena MENA Ln Ley et sa nf ey, De te Onion Rena pte tek tet ee poeneeerunienee Peet ' ; ' be i =e! nme! i : ns ‘ ; (e/a ors a au eh eae : ae) i) ; XY) « id i ' , ' 7 i elt " re 7 Boer Tues 7 ¢ - ; 4) a ui 7 a : [ mi | rf 2 “>? } i PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 60 May 1986 No. 1 CONTENTS GRIFFIN, D., A guide for plant collectors to specialized substrate terms of use in Latin America: substrates of animal origin...... 1 4AMMEL, B.E., Notes on the Cyclanthaceae of southern Central America including three new species ............00e00eeeeee 5 4IAMMEL, B.E., Elevation in Pleiostachya (Marantaceae) ........ 16 -OURTEIG, A., Revision de dos secciones del genero Cuphea P. MER TMMETATYSOMINE) £04. C\ bbe 8s 5 sca ptetos sdk gb oN Ae ee Soe OR wl ARI Bee td 17 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum EIST T EG) Ut GRIESE RS SURE PES. Len ADEE CY dee «1 yf) Ueda 56 BROWN, D.K., Medeola virginiana L. an addition to the POMIMIONG FOTO). 5 5 aoc is'p baie soinals oaeinp nc cessnrnersduteede 71 GOMEZ P., L.D., & GOMEZ LAURITO, J., Plantae PM MITEPICCOIO® OIE. GAT (aor a vies. oe acca aie Od Ow Sando Lidebee dine « 73 TURNER, B.L., Novelties and new combinations in Machaeranthera (Asteraceae — Astereae) .............-e0005- 77 KING, R.M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) CCXXII. New combinations and new species A NIMSLEEIE FAIVICTIOO oc ip 2s 40's. G4, b (othe Riarw.03 Rhee Ga Mien wb ele > 80 SPEIMISET Fi.1..5 BOOK TEVICWS. 65 66 Se tbe sc howe ee ht dee ene 87 LIBRA: Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Met 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. 2 9 198 Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818 U.S.A. INC Vi rr BOTANICAL Ga Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. A GUIDE FOR PLANT COLLECTORS TO SPECIALIZED SUBSTRATE TERMS OF USE IN LATIN AMERICA: SUBSTRATES OF ANIMAL ORIGIN Dana Griffin, III Department of Botany & The Florida State Museum, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida G.S.A.) 32612 Elaborate vocabularies for subjects of supposedly limited amplitude are well known to anthropologists, linguists, botanists and computer engineers, among others. The more than 20 words for snow in the languages of the Eskimo tribes (Whorf, 1940) and the 490 terms for various kinds of plant trichomes and indumenta (Payne, 1978) are merely two examples, among many, that come to mind. Through the diverse regions of Latin America a relatively rich terminology has evolved to refer to substrates of animal origin, be they excrement, bones, regurgitated stomach contents or carcasses, Dung, particularly that of domestic herd animals, has long been of interest to anthropologists and students of human ecology intent on analyzing the energy equations of rural or pre-industrial cultures (Winterhalder, Larsen & Thomas, 1974). The use of dung among such peoples as a fertilizer, fuel or insect repellent (when dried and burned) is well documented in the anthropological literature. Little formal attention has been paid to the terminology of use in Latin America that refers to Substrates of animal origin, yet the subject cannot fail to hold interest for botanists who study coprophilous floras and who inevitably encounter the Subject, either in the field, when talking to local inhabitants, or on herbarium labels where such terms appear. While many of the terms are of wide currency and can be found in any reasonably complete dictionary, others are of restricted use, limited to certain regions, Or are orthographic or phonic variants of French (Creole), Portuguese or Spanish words. and normally do not figure even in unabridged dictionaries. Unfamiliar words for such substrates are the source of some confusion when taken from field notes, or other Original sources, and translated into English onto specimen labels. The author has come across several ] 2 POH Yoh Lote. DA Vol. 60, No. 1 examples of such substrate terms being misinterpreted as the name of some other kind of substrate or as the name of a nearby village or other landmark. In order to ameliorate this situation and provide a working list of terms for students of neotropical coprophilous floras, the following abridged glossary is offered, These terms were compiled from the author's own notes made over a period of 25 years while engaged in field work in Latin America and from information solicited from colleagues living in or knowledgeable about Latin America and whose collaboration TES recognized elsewhere in this paper. The glossary makes no pretensions to completeness nor to the degree of accuracy which philologists would require. Each term is identified by gender, masculine (m) or feminine (£)., -2and “language; “Creolete(er Portuguese (P) or Spanish (S). Notes are provided which give some notion of the regionality of each entry and, in some cases, additional meanings associated with a particular term. Abono (m, S). General term for fertilizer, Note that in Portuguese this term means a bonus or warrant, Bolitas (f, S). Excrement of somewhat spherical shape, as that of rabbits, sheep or goats. Chile. Boniga (f£, S). Excrement, especially that of cattle, but used locally to refer to that of any large animal. Of general use. Not common, Bofiigo (m, S). Orthographic variant of boniga. Bosta (f£, -P, SS). Exerement ‘of “domestics “animals, especially of large herd animals or, occasionally, of wild species. Common term, particularly in Northern South America. Boyo (m, S). Excrement of humans, Chile. Bufiiga (f, S). Orthographic variant of boniga. This is the form encountered in Central Mexico, often used in reference to the dried dung of cattle. Caca (f, C, P, S). General term for the excrement of mammals, including that of humans, Common term throughout Latin America. Cacarrutas (f, S). Excrement of small size, as that of mice, rats or insects. Of general use throughout Latin America. Cagajén (m, S). Excrement of large size, as that of mules, horses or cows, Common in Northern Latin America, Cinne) (m,) Sim ExXcrement sofmigqoats, sxeremeliy” llocallaun occurrence, Apparently limited to Northeastern Mexico and likely represents a phonic variant of the Spanish word sirle, meaning the excrement of sheep and goats, 1986 Griffin, Substrates of animal origin Coc6 (m, P). Used colloquially in Brazil to refer to animal excrement, but also meaning (in Portuguese and Spanish) the fruit of any of a number of Arecaceae, Esterco (m, P). General term for excrement in Brazil. Estiercol (m S$). General term for excrement in Spanish-speaking countries, Estrume (m, P). Excrement of oxen, cows, horses or any Other large animal. Brazil. Fezes (f, P). Used in the plural form, meaning feces or excrement, Brazil. Carries offensive implication in particular contexts, Guano (m, P, S). Excrement of avian or mammalian Origin, but mostly reserved for accumulations of excrement that result from high concentrations of animals, whether living in natural bands or rookeries Or in artificial enclosures, Heces (f, S). Plural form of hez, and, when used in the plural, referring to excrement in general. Used colloquially in derogatory contexts, Huano (m, S). Orthographic variant of guano, Merda (f, P). Offensive term for excrement, Brazil. Mierda (f, S). Offensive term for excrement in most Spanish-speaking countries; however, accepted in polite conversation in certain areas (e.g., Loreto, Peru). Meca (f, S). Excrement in general, but particularly that of birds, cats, dogs or humans. Chile. Pecueca (f, S). Excrement in general. Limited to Andean Colombia, particularly to Cundinamarca, Pepas (f, S). Excrement of the guinea pig (Cavia spp.). Limited to Andean Colombia. More widespread meaning is as variant of pepita, the seed of any of a variety of fruits, including squashes, apples, pears, etc. Pfldoras (f, S). Excrement of rabbits, goats or other species producing small droppings. Costa Rica. More general meaning is pills. Plasta (f, S). Excrement that is fresh or semi-liquid. That which is voided in a single mass. Costa Rica, Chile, Polvarén (m, S). Excrement of horses or mules. Costa Rica, Popé (m, S). Colloquial term for human excrement. Mexico, Raja (f, S). Colloquial term for excrement in Central Mexico. More widespread meaning is that of slices of a variety of objects from firewood to fruits, roots, stems, fish or meats. Titica (f, P). Excrement of birds in general. Brazil. TOolhedeira (f, P). Excrement of birds of prey. Also refers to vomited mass of fur, bones or teeth. Brazil. Vidrio inglés (m, S). Amimal excrement. Costa Rica. Also used colloquially in that country in humorous contexts, 4 PBHs Ye T 0) ESOrGy FMA Vol. 60, No. 1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The author expresses his Sincere appreciation to the following colleagues who kindl collaborated in this research: Antonia Higuera-Diaz, Dre Claudio Delgadillo M., Dr. Antoine M. Cleef, Prof. Marfa Isabel Morales, Dr. Manuel Mahu, Daniel Moreira Vital, Olga Yano and Richard Franz. LITERATURE CITED Payne, Willard W. 1978. A glossary of plant haic Eermunology !*Brittonia 3002) 9239-25). Whorf, B.L. 1940. Science and Linguistics. Technology Review (M.I.T.) 42: 229-231, 247-248. Winterhalder, B., R. Larsen & R.B. Thomas, 1974. Dung as an essential resource in a highland Peruvian community. Human Ecology 2(2): 89-104. NOTES ON THE CYCLANTHACEAE OF SOUTHERN CENTRAL AMERICA INCLUDING THREE NEW SPECIES Barry E. Hammel, Department of Botany, Duke University, Durham, NC 27706. Current address: Missouri Botanical Garden, P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, MO 63166. Although often abundant in tropical primary forest, the Cyclanthaceae have been poorly known for two major reasons: they are most diverse in some of the least explored habitats, namely the wettest areas, and the plants are difficult to collect and thus often ignored by collectors. The following notes and new species, resulting from over two years of field work at La Selva field station in northeastern Costa Rica and four field trips specifically to study Cyclanthaceae in various parts of Costa Rica and Panama, are presented here to provide names for new species in the Flora of La Selva (Hammel, 1986). NOTES When Harling (1958) monographed this family he treated a total of 180 species in eleven genera. At that time 37 species in eight genera were known from Central America. Recent collecting, especially in Costa Rica and Panama indicates that there are probably twice that many species in the region. All of these will be treated in the Cyclanthaceae for Flora Mesoamericana, which I am preparing. No additional genera have been found since Harling's monograph, but 29 new species have been described (Schultes, 1959; Harling, 1963, 1972, 1973; Wilder, 1978: Grayum & Hammel, 1982; Galeano & Bernal, 1984), four of them from. Central America. It is not yet clear whether the increase in numbers of species known from Central America will be due more to newly discovered endemic’ species or to range extensions from South America. In many cases this question can only be answered by revisionary work with a strong field orientation; nearly half of the species in Harling's monograph were known only from the type collection. Nevertheless, range extensions for several distinctive species can now be indicated. Range Extensions Although Cyclanthus is usually treated as a monotypic genus, the first new species in the family to be described after 1958 was C. indivisus Schultes (1959). This species was described from the Amazonas commisary 5 6 BiH ck OG tek Vol. 60, No. 1 of Colombia and is distinguished by its smaller habit and undivided mature leaves. Plants of this species are now known from certain areas of primary forest in Colon and Panama provinces and in the Comarca of San Blas just morth and east of Panama City. Ludovia lancifolia Brogn., which Harling recorded only tentatively from Central America, is now definitely known from these same areas in Panama. Also, Ludovia integrifolia (Woods.) Harl., known previously in Central America only from Darien Province of Panama, has now been collected from numerous sites along the Caribbean lowlands as far north as southeastern Nicaragua. Likewise, the monotypic genus Thoracocarpus had been known in Central America only from Darien Province of Panama but is now known to extend into Bocas Del Toro Province and southern Costa Rica. Numerous species of Asplundia, Dicranopygium and Sphaeradenia, formerly known only from South America, are also now known from Central America. These will be dealt with in subsequent papers. Key to the genera For the most part Harling's' genera are easily distinguished, and probably monophyletic, however, his monograph is not widely available. According to the floristic treatments that are still primary sources of names for plants of the region (i.e. Flora of Guatemala and Flora of Panama--both published prior to Harling's treatment) most species in Central America would be treated as members of the genus Carludovica. The following key, emphasizing vegetative characters of the eight genera from Central America, should help to correct this problem. 1. Leaf blades with 2 major lateral costae running nearly the entire length of the blade, usually deeply bifid nearly to the base; spadix a cylinder of rings formed by alternating staminate and pistillate units; plants terrestrial, usually AGAUMES CONE are) ene elolelcleleieielel alee erciele lo clelelere cre OC UCEAN MAU 1. Leaf blades with the 2 lateral costae (if present) always disappearing well below the tip of the blade, entire to deeply divided; spadix a cylinder or sphere of tightly packed but distinct staminate and pistillate flowers; plants epiphytic, epipetric, or terrestrial, often caulescent 1986 Hammel, Notes on Cyckanthaceae 7 Petioles mostly 1.5 to 3 m long, terete; leaf blades palmately divided into 4 segments, the segments deeply toothed; plants terrestrial; surface of the mature spadix irregularly splitting back to reveal the bright orange seed pulp and rachis; seeds angular ....eeeeees dalavoletatal ele siete wie a etal elete evate.ete wle/e merase adt CARLUDOVICA Petioles less than 1m long flattened above; leaf blades usually entire or bifid, not toothed (very rarely palmately divided and deeply toothed but the plants then epiphytic); surface of mature spadix not splitting back; seeds flat or terete 3. Sh Leaves with 2 conspicuous lateral costae about as thick as the midrib .... ASPLUNDIA Leaves without conspicuous lateral costae 4. Spathes (or their scars) clustered immediately below the spadix 5. Plants long-stemmed and branched, usually climbing; stems and dry leaves scabrous; fruits separate to base; seeds flat, orange .......... Elayelatele ele clevaleisicleteisc: cidieteneket 2 VOL LAN DHUS Plants mostly nearly stemless, unbranched, usually growing on rocks along streams, rarely with a short stem and climbing a short distance; stems and leaves not scabrous; fruits united most of their length; seeds terete, purple Sle wl dietelsn sSelstelelicisis © oeletw! DEGCRANOE Yorum 4. Spathes dispersed along the peduncle 6.. Leaves distichous 7. Leaf blades never bifid; fruiting spadix nearly smooth, the pistillate flowers embedded in the rachis and very distant; plants lianas or nearly stemless epiphytes wececcescccces etclale a viajsiees MUDOVLA 8 PH aE On OmG obs Vol. 60, No. 1 7. Leaf blades of mature individuals bifid; fruiting spadix not smooth; plants terrestrial or epiphytic, usually nearly stemless eecesccccecceccecee SPHAERADENIA 6. Leaves spirally arranged 8. Petioles broadly channeled their entire length; many nearly mature-sized leaves undivided; mature fruiting spadix often 6-7 cm in diam., the fruit surface lustrous, hard, and brittle; spathes 8-11; plants lianalike canopy climbers ........ THORACOCARPUS 8. Petioles broadly channeled only at the base; mature-sized leaves always divided; mature fruiting spadix usually less than 3 cm in diameter, the fruit surface not lustrous, hard, and brittle ; spathes 2-8; plants low trunk climbers or terrestrial’ ....«. ASPLUNDIA NEW SPECIES Carludovica sulcata Hammel sp. nov. Figure l. TYPE: Costa Rica, Prov. Heredia, Finca La Selva, 7 August 1983, Hammel 13330 (holotype: DUKE; isotypes: CR, F, MO). C. drudei Masters affinis sed dentibus marginalibus laminas semper regularibus, ca. 10) sem longis; stigmatibus late sulcatis et basi staminodiorum persisteni. Terrestrial, acaulescent plants to 2.5 m tall. Segments of the leaf blades about 75 cm long, 25 cm wide, dividing the blade to within 5 cm of the base, dark green; teeth of the blade to 10 cm long, 2-3 cm wide. Spathes, 32 spadix sto.l2: »cm long. Staminate flowers with 20-25 tepals, stamens 50-90, anthers 1.2 mm long. Stigmas more or less linear but deeply sulcate, spreading wide in fruit, mounted on the ovate Or rectangular- inflated style, not uncinate. 1986 Hammel, Notes on Cyckanthaceae SPECIMENS EXAMINED. Costa Rica, Prov. Heredia, Finca La Selva, Hammel 10960, 13108, 13246; McDougal 1029 (DUKE); Nicaragua, Prov. Rio San Juan, Cano Santa Crucita, Araquistain 3267 (MO). PHENOLOGY. Flowering mid rainy season July and August, fruiting late August to early October. DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT. Carludovica sulcata is known only from the Caribbean lowlands of northeastern Costa Rica and adjacent Nicaragua. It is common in old secondary woods and occasional along streams in the primary forest at La Selva, the type locality. Carludovica rotundifolia Hook. f. also occurs at the type locality but is much less common and found only in a few areas on steep riverbanks. RELATIONSHIPS. Carludovica is the only genus of Cyclanthaceae that is more diverse in Central America than in South America. As pointed out by Harling (1958) the ubiquity of plants in this genus (especially C. palmata Ruiz & Pavon, which is cultivated as a yard Ornamental in many parts of the tropics) as well as their bulkiness has led to their being considered uninteresting taxonomically and ignored by collectors. One goal of my current work on Carludovica is to expose its diversity; at least 1 or 2 more species will need ton PRE described from southern Central America. Carludovica sulcata brings to four the total number of species recoginized in the genus. Tt is®'closely related to C. ‘drudei Masters by virtue of its relatively long pistillate tepals and sessile stigmas. It differs primarily in its deeply sulcate stigmas--from which the specific epithet derives-- and persistent staminodial bases. Bothiteé. . drudeiandvcs Ppalmata appear to be polymorphic for the length of the Marginal teeth of the leaves, some populations being deeply, irregularly toothed and others with relatively shallow, regular teeth. Both) 'C'. rotundifolia and C. sulcata, however, always have relatively regular and shallow marginal teeth. Dicranopygium umbrophila Hammel sp. nov. Figures 2 & 3. TYPE: Costa Rica, Prov. Heredia, Finca La Selva, 20 May 1982, Hammel 12386 (holotype: DUKE; isotype: CR). Dicranopygii izabalensis Harl. affinis sed plantae terrestrae vel raro epiphyticae, in silva nunquam ad Ssaxos in rivulis vigens; petioli purpurei ad basim; Spathae internus purpureae; pedunculi purpurei; stamina (20-35), ca. triplo numerosi quam D. izabalensei. 10 Pula TiORe MeGek rh Vol. 60, No. 1 Terrestrial or sometimes climbing, caulescent plants usually about 50 cm tall. Leaf blades 30-45 (47) cm long, unicostate, bifid for 1/2 to 2/3 their length, the divisions (4) 5-7.5 (10) cm wide; petiole 30-50 cm long, purple brown, scurfy below. Peduncle 3-7 cm long at anthesis, (7) 17-19 (30) cm long in fruit, purple and covered with brownish scurf below. Spathes 2, 3.5-4.5 cm long, purplish inside. Receptacle of the staminate flowers flat; perianth lobes (4) 6-7 (9); stamens (20) 24-32 (35), anthers 0.9-1.1 (1.3) mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, filaments no more than 0.1 mm _ long; basal bulbs large, globose. Tepals of the pistillate flowers truncate, connate at least in later stages, lower than the stigmas, 5-8 mm wide in fruit; stigmas narrowly oblong overall and sometimes slightly projecting through the tepals, ca. 3 mm long in fruit, the actual stigmatic crest linear. Fruiting spadix 3-4.59nem wdiong, i= 2.5 emnothirck. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. Costa Rica, Prov. Heredia, Finca La Selva, Beach 1437; Chacon 874; Grayum 2533, 2972; Folsom 9619, 9891; McDowell 112, 1059; Hammel 8645, 9434, 12386; Wilbur 30040, 30046; Wilbur & Jacobs 34926 (all at DUKE). PHENOLOGY. Flowering and fruiting throughout the year. DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT. Dicranopygium umbrophila is known for certain only from La Selva in northeastern Costa Rica. Many collections from Panama also appear to belong to this new species but will be cited later in connection with a revision of the genus for Central America. The species is sympatric at La Selva with D. wedelii Harl., which is often abundant and restricted to rocks in small streams or open banks along rivers. Unlike the great majority of species of Dicranopygium, which are stream-loving (fide Harling, 1958), Dye umbrophila is quite common in the forest understory. At La Selva it is met with most frequently in swamp forest where it is often seen to climb on fallen logs Or a short distance up tree trunks. Its purplish peduncles, brownish scurf, and forest habitat help distinguish D. umbrophila from other Central American species. RELATIONSHIPS. Dicranopygium umbrophila belongs to subgenus’ and section Dicrano ium, the largest group in the genus. It appears to be most similar “to D2 izabalense. Its relationships will be discussed in more detail in a forthcoming revision of the Central American members of the genus. 1986 Hammel, Notes on Cyckanthaceae Sphaeradenia pendula Hammel sp. nov. Figures 3& 4. TYPE: Hammel 9528 (holotype: DUKE; isotypes; CR, MO). d ensiformis (Hook.) Harl. affinis sed plantae pendulae; laminae longiores (65-95 cm) et angustissimae (1.5-2.5 cm); petioli longiores (40-70 cm); flores masculini breviores (2.5 mm) et angustiores (1.5 mm), tepalis paucioribus (4-6); fructus virides a flavidus, indehiscentes. More or less acaulescent pendent epiphytes. Leaf blades very thick, coriaceous, divided nearly to the base, the divisions 65-95 cm long, 1.5-2.5 cm wide; petiole 40-70 cm long. Spathes 3-4, the lowermost one to 14 cm long, 1 cm wide, acuminate. Flowering spadix a.em. long, 1ocm thick, in fruit. .to.,8) cm, long,. 2.50em thick, green. Staminate flowers asymmetrical, 2.5 mm long, 1.6 mm wide, stamens 20-25; anthers 0.6-1.0 mm long, 0.4 mm wide, provided with a small secretion globule; basal bulbs same diameter as the anthers. Pistillate flowers separate to the base; tepals connate at base in fruit; style about the same height as the tepals; ovary distinctly protruding from the spadix at maturity, the separate fruits indehiscent. Seeds elliptic, funiculus end blunt = and mucilaginous, chalazal end with an acuminate appendage. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. Costa Rica. Heredia: Finca La Selva, Folsom 9552; Grayum 1957; Hammel 9528, 10737, 11514; McDowell 1055; D. Smith .399, 590.(all DUKE). Panama. Bocas Del Toro: Hammel 13708. PHENOLOGY. Flowering from August probably through December, fruits maturing January through April. DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT. This species is known from primary forest in the Caribbean lowlands of northeastern Costa Rica to wet hills and lowlands of central Panama. It is one of the most common and distinctive of all the canopy epiphytes in the areas where it grows. Very few other species of Sphaeradenia occur at low elevations. RELATIONSHIPS. Although §. pendula resembles S. ensiformis even in many details of the flowers, it is nevertheless a quite different species. The leaves of S. pendula are much longer than and never as wide as those of S. ensiformis. Sphaeradenia pendula occurs at lower elevations than S. ensiformis but the two can be found sympatric at elevations of about 300-500 m. The male flowers are about half the size of those of S. ensiformis and they have fewer perianth lobes. 12 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 60)/oig. 1 The fruits of S. ensiformis are described as changing from green to red to yellowish white at maturity whereas those of S. pendula apparently remain green or become somewhat yellowish. The fruits of S. ensiformis are said to be very fragrant at maturity. This is true also at least for some individuals of S. pendula; the fruits of the plant here figured had a very strong fragrance of Juicy Fruit gum. Because of their brightly colored and juicy (non fragrant) mature fruits with dehiscent caps, most species of Sphaeradenia would appear to be bird dispersed. However, S. pendula and several closely related species with green to yellow-green, very hard leathery Or rubbery, indehiscent and at least sometimes fragrant fruits seem more likely to be dispersed by bats or other mammals. Nevertheless, old fruiting spadices of S. pendula and related species are often found intact, fallen or on plants, but dry and almost woody, the fruits containing still turgid seeds. These spadices are sometimes also found covered with their own seedlings, the seeds having germinated in situ. LITERATURE CITED Galeano-Garces, G. & R. Bernal- Gonzales. 1984. New Cyclanthaceae of Colombia. Caldasia 14:27-36. Grayum, M. H. & B. E. Hammel. 1982. Three new species of Cyclanthaceae from the Caribbean lowlands of Costa Rica. Systematic Botany 7:221-229. Hammel, B. E. 1986. Cyclanthaceae in Flora of La Selva. Selbyana 9: in press. Harling, G. 1958. Monograph of the Cyclanthacae. Acta Horti Berg. 18:1-428. SSS SS Se - 1963. Notes on Venezuelan Cyclanthaceae. Bol. Soc. Venezs Ci, Nat. 25559-69 - SSS - 1972. Cyclanthaceae in The Botany of the Guayana highland--Part IX. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 2352207=114. <<=--=--= - 1973. Cyclanthaceae in Flora of Ecuador. Op. Bot. Pi—47's Schultes, R. E. 1959. Plantae Colombianae XV. Bot. Mus. Harvard 18:305-320. Wilder, G. J. 1978. Two new species and a new subgenus of Cyclanthaceae. Journ. Arnold Arb. 59:74-102. 1986 Hammel, Notes on Cyckanthaceae 13 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This work was suppported in part by funds from a National Science Foundation (NSF) grant to Donald Stone and Robert Wilbur for the Flora of La Selva and by Support to the author from the Noyes foundation. Current NSF support to the author for research on the Cyclanthaceae is also gratefully acknowledged. I thank Gordon McPherson and Jill Trainer for reviewing the manuscript. FIGURE CAPTIONS Figure 1. Carludovica sulcata, mature spadix. A, stigma. B, base of staminodium. C, pistillate tepal. (Hammel 13246; scale bar = 1 cm). Figures 2 and 3. Dicranopygium umbrophila. 2. Habit (scale bar = 10 cm). 3. Mature spadix (scale bar = l cm). (Hammel 12386). Figures 4 and 5. Sphaeradenia pendula. 4. Habit (scale bar = lm). 5. Mature spadix (scale bar = 2m). (Hammel 13708). Vol. 60, No. 1 i) iin a Nn a ha SU Ga 14 1986 Hammel, Notes on Cyckanthaceae 15 ELEVATION IN PLEIOSTACHYA (MARANTACEAE) Barry E. Hammel, Dept. of Botany, Duke University, Durham, NC 27706. Current address: Missouri Botanical Garden, P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, MO 63166. Examination of specimens from throughout Central America (Hammel, unpubl. data) indicates that bract size and shape are useful for distinguishing among the three species of Pleiostachya but bract pubescence, which traditionally has been used to separate two of the species (Croat, i978; Schumann, 1902; Standley, O34 5 Woodson & Schery, 1945), is misleading. On the basis of this revised taxonomy and the type descriptions, P. morlae (Eggers) Schum. appears to be a later synonym of P. pruinosa (Regel) Schum. These observations lead to the conclusion that the species with the largest bracts is without a name. A little known variety of P. morlae fits the concept of the large-bracted entity and is here elevated to species. This move is necessitated by the impending publication of the Marantaceae for the Flora of La Selva (Hammel, 1986) where both P. pruinosa and the newly recognized species occur. Pleiostachya leiostachya (Donn. Sm.) Hammel, stat. nov. P. morlae var. leiostachya (Donn. Sm.) Standl. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. 18:196. 1937. Ischnosiphon morlae var. leiostachya Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. 31:123. 1901. Type: Costa Rica, Cartago, Tonduz 12884 (lectotype US) LITERATURE CITED Croat, lye B. 1978. Flora of Barro Colorado Island. Stanford Univeristy Press. Hammel, B. E. 1986. Marantaceae, in Flora of La Selva. Selbyana 9:in press. Schumann, Kee 1902. Marantaceae, En A. Engler, Das Pflanzenreich. IV. 48:1-184. Standley, P. C. 1937. Marantaceae, in Flera of Coata Rica. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. 18:191-196. 1937. Woodson, R. E., Jr. and R. W. Schery. 1945. Marantaceae, in Flora of Panama. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. a22GH— 103. 16 REVISION DE DOS SECCIONES DEL GENERO CUPHEA P. Browne (LYTHRACEAE) Alicia Lourteig Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. ABSTRACY. Two Sections of Cupheg are revised and all its taxa are typi- fied. C. rigidula, from Section Heteranthus Koehne, is transferred to Sec- tion Amazoniana Lourt.for which 3 new species: C. bolivariensis, C. cu- riosa and C. Killippii are described. A number of new synonyms and a new key for Section Pseudocircaea Koehne are provided and C . Scolnikiae n. sp. is described. Con el fin de preparar la Monograffa de Litr&ceas Sudamericanas, asi como mi contribucién en las Floras en preparaci6n, creo necesario tipifi- car y delimitar los taxones, reorganizar las Secciones de géneros y poner en evidencia los problemas que puedan surgir. Las dos secciones que reviso son de interés especial. Mientras que una ha sido desconocida porque la regi6én en la cual vive ha sido explo rada en tiempos modernos, la otra est4 recargada de sinénimos quiz4s por que los tipos provienen de localidades alejadas y hasta principios de este siglo existfan muy pocas colecciones. Sectio Amazoniana Lourt. Lourteig, Notas Mus. La Plata 19: 280. 1959. Subsectio Hilairea Koehne Ser. 1 et Ser. 2 (pro min. parte, C. cataracta- rum) in Martius, Fl. Brasil. 13(2): 226-227. 1877 (typ. exel.). Subsectio Hyssopocuphea Koehne, Bot. Jahrb. 1: 441, 1861 p.p. typ. excl.; Th, 2: 152. 1882 p.p.; in Engler, Pflanzenreich 216: 94, 91, 127 p.p. typ. excl. Lect6tipo : Cuphea cataractarum Koehne Koehne establecié su Subsecci6én Hyssopocuphea cuyo tipo es C. Hysso- pifolia H.B.K. e incluyé en ella 5 especies. Dos, C. cataractarum y dac- tylophora son distintas de tal modo que es posible reunirlas con otras especies en la Seccién creada por mf. La pubescencia malpighidcea es un car&cter conn, los 2? pétalos dor- sales son en genrral algo menores y mas anchos. Todas las especies viven en la regién guayano-amazoniana, algunas en endemismo limitado, otras en regiones himedas m4s extensas, siendo C. Qdoneilii la que ocupa el 4rea mayor, hallAndosela desde Venezuela hasta Bolivia. La ecologfa es la misma, en términos generales, para todas las es- pecies, regiones himedas, soleadas, aguas claras, terrenos arenosos; sin embargo, algunas se hallan en los inselbergs oa en afloramientos graniti- cos, en Savanas. Describo 3 especies nuevas, cambio de rango una variedad que pasa a especie e incluyo una especie ubicada hasta hoy en otra Seccién. Ld 18 Pony OSL Ora Tak Vol. 60, No. 1 B beneradicata g K killippii O Odonellit P philombria LL S sucumbiensis ZZ T stygialis U kubeorum Mapa 1. Distribucidn geografica de especies con disco glandular deflexo Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 19 B Blackii b bolivariensis D distichophylla C cataractarum R rigidula \i uh { if Rallies f| ' an Mapa 2. Distribucién geogrA4fica de especies con disco glandular subho- rizontal (C. rigidula 6n Guiana, aproximativa) . Cardonae curiosa dactylophora pleiantha rhodocalyx DvONyY Mapa 3. Distribuci6n geografica de especies con disco glandular erecto (C. dactylophora en Guiana, aproximativa). 20 PAHevet O84 OeGelon Vol. 60, No. 1 Dentro de la Seccién se pueden separar tres grupos definidos por su disco glandular. Particularmente dos grupos presentan discos en posici6n uniforme : deflexo (7 especies) y el otro erecta, cilfndrico, a menudo adosado al ovario (5 especies). El otro grupo no ss tan uniforme como los citados: los discos glandulares adoptan una posici6én + horizontal, pudiéndose establecer una graduaci6én desde horizontal~ deflexo hasta he- rizontal-ascendente. l. En el grupo con disco deflexo, éste es semiovoideo, en general grueso, m&s ancho que largo (C. kubeorum) hasta m&s large que ancho, menos grueso (C. sucumbiensis). Todas las especies habitan en Colombia amaz6nica, una de ellas llega hasta la frontera ecuatoriana y otra vive desde Venezuela hasta Bolivia. Su h&bito es muy uniforme a excepcién de C. Udonellii de amplia distribucién ; C. kubeorum es la més caracter{stica. 2. El grupo intermedio presenta el disco en pasicién horizontal-ascenden- te a subdeflexa; es en general globuloso o algo alargado (ablongo), no cilfndrico delgado. En cuanto a la posicidn podrfamos establecer una es— cala : subascendente-globoso (C. distichophylla), suabascendente-oblengo (C. cataractarum, C. rigidula), subhorizontal-globoso (C. Blackii), ovoi deo subhorizontal-descendente. Une especie vive en una zena limitada en la frontera de Brasil y Guayana Francesa, regién del Oyapok. 3, El tercer grupo que es el m&4s diferenciado y el m4s caracteristico presenta el disco glandular cilfndrico o subulado erecto, en general a— dosado al ovario. Hasta ahora sus especies son venezolanas, a excepcién C. dactylophora que se halla en Guiana y en la frontera brasilefia (Pico de la Neblina). De ellas, esta Gltima especie presenta la distribuci6n mayor y cemo consecuencia una variaci6n ecolégica (cuantitativa) en sus caracteres vegetativos; las otras son muy unifermes. La distribuci6n geogr&fica de las especies, por grupos con la ca- racteristica citada no deja de ser llamativa. Peareciere que en aligin sitio de la regién guayano—amazoniane se hubiera producido una explo - $i6n de especies de las cuales aigunas se aislarom conseryando un ca - r&cter peculiar. Estas especies constituyen casos de vicariancia segun el concepto cl&sico, cbserv4ndose adem&s ejemplos de vicariancia por pares (Lourteig, 186). Podrfiamos decir que un tipo morfologico esta confinado al Macize de La Macarena en Colombia (disco deflexe, v. Mapa 1)y 81 otro a los bances recosos, tepuis, ce la guayana venezolana (disco erecto, v. Ma- pa 3). Pedrfa imaginarse que el otre grupo, menos uniforme y con mayer distribucién (Brasil, Colambia, Venezuela, Bolivia, v. Mapa 2) estable- ciera la relacién de ambes grupos con sus estados intermedios, pere has-— ta ahora, en ningdn caso presentan discos comparables a los de los gru- pos extremcs ni viven en las mismas regiones. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 21 Clave de las especies A. Disco deflexo, semievoideo a subtriangular a. Tallos setoso-pubescente b. Corola rosada a viol4cea (a veces blanquecina) c. Visco triangular, angesto, largo; apéndices ca. calicinos malpighi&ceo-pubescentes..,....... 1.sucumbiensis cs Disco semievoideo, obtuso; apéndices calici- nos dorseles BET@B0B... 2s eee esscces eee se 2ephilombria b? Corola bicolor:4 pétalos ventrales distintes de los 2 dorsales d.Haz foliar glabro, Pétalos ventrales blanque- Cinos, dersales viol&ce@o0s.......c. sc cccccce --3eKillippii d?Haz foliar malpighiéceo-pubescente.Pétalos ventrales rosados,dorsales violf&ceos.........4.beneradicata alTallos malpighi4ceo-pubescentes @. C&liz sin setas. Pelos malpighidéceos finos, We UVAXTE OULGEO..- cone cen ee MONS eo vepatone o+e26-5.ekubeorum f > Ovario glabro..... pasretete shalons Isioielatererster a e--.-6.0danellii e. C4liz setoso v malpighi4ceo-pubescente.Pelos malpighi&ceos grueseas con cistelito prominen-— te, anisobraquiados h.casi l-braquiados......7.stygialis AS Disco no deflexo a. Tallos malpighi&ceo-pubescentes b. Plantas densamente pubescentes c.Disco horizontal ovoideo d. Apéndices calicinos dorsales sin setas largas. Fl. decusadas o alternas inter- PECIDLATGB. cs cde teehee me ctaiere ateieieyata o..-e..8.bolivariensis d: Apéndices calicinos dorsales con setas muy largas.Infl. generalmente larges con banes6 fi lag seesed seks (aise ker cocccccvcocce Ll. Blackii cf Disco cilfndrico erecto adosado al ovario e,eCorolasteanday 6 Fcesi8 eke e++e e+eel3.dactylophora e: Cerola bicolor: 2 pétalos dorsales viol4- ceos con pelos en la base del derso del nervio,los otros resados......... ...... 14.curiosa h. = hasta; Fl. = flor; Infl. = inflorescencia 22 P oe 5 LAS nthe Sa SS A ox : = SS > i eu » * mB + . Ss eS Se a Ty S Vy ip Wal V2 Na i # \ Ye) 6 b Fig. 1. A,C. Odonellii: a,ramo x 1,5;b,hoja x 3;b”haz,b;“envés x 10;c, bractéolas x 18;d, flor x 6;e,interior x 6;f,pistilo y disco x 6;ffdis- co x 12.B,C.dactylophora: a,planta x + s;b,hoja x 2,5;c,peln x15;d,c4liz x 5;e,interior x5;f,pistilo y disco x5;g,semilla x 5.J.Pérez Romafi del. 30 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 60, No. 1 7. Cuphea stygialis* Lourt. Lourteig, Bot. Mus. Leaflets (Harvard ) 16(8): 222-223, lém. 37. 1954. Notas Mus. La Plata 94: 281. 1959. Tipo: Colombia, Vaupés, Rfo Apaporis, Raudal de Jirijirimo (below mouth of Rio Kananar{), quartzite base, ab. 900 ft., R.E.Schultes & 1, Cabrera 15330 14 II 1932 Holét. GH. Isét.COL, P, US. Suberbusto(h. 30 cm). Rizoma tortuoso, cilindrico(h. 20 cm largo,8 mm didfm.). Rafces fibrosas, largas. Tallos ramificados desde le base, e- rectos o decumbentes (4 mm di4m. enla base). pubescentes. Pubescencia u- niforme en toda la planta adpreso-malpighifcea. Pelos caracterfsticos céreos, base cistolftica prominente,ramas desiguales, rfgidas, a veces una muy reducida. Internodios menores que las hojas (4 — 8 mm). Hojas decusedas,raro verticiladas (de a 3), subsésiles. Lamina discolor, lan= ceolade eae linear ( 6 = 18 x 1,5 —- 3 mm), obtusa, marginada, nervadura central rojiza, notable en ambas faces; haz glabro o casi glabro, poccs pelos esparcidos sobre el envés. Flores alternas o decusadas, 'edGnculos 2 —- 4,5 mm. Bréct6clas cerca del 4pice del peddnculo, gruesas, ovadas u oblo .gas,glabras o con pocos pelos. C4liz(4,5 ~- 5,5 mm) dilatado en la fauce, calcar incurvado; 16pulos triangular-acuminados, cortisimamente ciliados; apéndices intersep&licos gruesos, menores que los l&bulos; densamente malpighi&ceo—pubescentes o hdspido~glanduloso: (pelos rojizos) en la mitad inferior. Interiormente densamente pubescente. Pétalos blancos y estrfados de violfceo, obovado— subespatulados (2,5 = 2,6 x 1,5 - 1,75 mm), obtusos. Estambres dorsales cortfsimos, los otros poco mayores, los epis&palos algo m&s largos, 3 de ellos glabros, los otros lanosos. Disco glandular grueso, deflexo, a- planado, ovoideo. Ovsrio semiovoiceo, densamente piloso. Estilo incluso, piloso. Estigma capitado. Ovulos 5 — 6. Semilla pequefa (1 ~ 1,5 mm) suborbicular, plano-convexa, finfsima- mente foveolada, cardncula visible. Distribucién geogr&fica. Endémica de la regién del Vaupés. Material estudiado.COLOMBIA. Vaupés. Rfo Apaporis, Raudal de Jirijirimo ab. 900 ft., Schuites 7 Cabrera 15330 14 II 1952 COL, GH, P, US. 8. Cuphea pel euaienaiere Eourt. sp. i. Fruticulus usque 30 cm altus. Radix fibrosa, ramosa. Caules basi lignosa (+ 30 cm alti), decumbentes (0,5 cmdi&m.), dense adpresso-mal- pighiaceo~pubescentes (pilis tenuibus, brachis longis,inaequalibus).Fo= lia decussata densissima approximata. Lamina linearis (6,5 - 12x 1-2 mm), obtusa, lenervata, nerve rubro subtus conspicuo; supra glabra,sub- tus adpresso-malpighiaceo=pubescens, Flores decussati, interpetiolares. Pedicelo crasso in fructificationes acrescenti ad 7,5 mm longo. Bracteo= lee, subulatae(0,2 - C,3 mm ), glabrae. ¥ Derivado del riego ( = funesto), porque la localidad t{pica es lugar sagrado de los adios Apaporis. YAsf llamada porque el tipo fué recogido en el Estado de Bolfvar, Vene- zuela. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 31 Calyx (+ 4 mm) calcare obtuso, malpighiaceo-pubescens, fauce amplia- tus (+ ampullaceus in fructibus), lobulis latis quam appendices interse- palici longioribus. Intus secue nervis pilosus, dense lanato—pubescens pone staminam (pilis albidis et purpureis). Petale (colore ignoto) oblon- gs (+ 2,5 = 1,5 mm). Stamina inserta circa medium tubi calycis, 3 ven - tralia episepala glabra, epipetala lanoso-pilosa. Discus crassus, ovoi- deus, obtusus, subhorizontalis—descendens. Ovarium leviter hirsuto-—pilo- sum, Stylus ad basim pilosus, post anthesim exsertus. Stigma subcapita- tum. Ovula 3. Semina brunnea (+ 1 mm inmatura) tenuiter foveolata. Typus: Venezuela, Est. Yolfvar. Mun, Urimén, Rfo Apacar&, 500 m, L. Bernardi 1415 14 VIII 1954 Hol6t. MY. Is6t. MER. Subarbusto (+ 30 cm): decumbente, Rafces fibrosas, ramificadas. Ta- llos lefosos (h. 50 cm largo y 0,5 di&m. en la base), ramificados desde la base, oscuros. Internodios cortfsimos (1,5 = 2,5 mm), densamente ad- preso-malpighi4ceo-pubescente ( pelos finos, ramas largas desiguales), las inserciones peciolares dejan cicatrices esclerificadas; densamente foliado hacia los 4pices. Hojas decusadas, subsésiles, Pecfolo (0,25 - 1,5 mm) grueso. Laminas lineares (6,5 - 12 x 1 = 2 mm) atenuadas en el pecfolo, l-nervadas, nervadura notable en el enwés, rojiza, obtusa, bor~ de recurvado, haz glabro, envés adpreso-malpighi&ceo-pubescente. Flores decusadas, interpeciolares.Peddnculos gruesos (acrescentes en la fructi- ficaci6n h. 2,5 mm). Bract@olas carnosas, subuladas, diminutas (0,2-0,3 mm),giabras. C&liz pequefic (+ 4 mm),ensanchado en la fauce (+ an forma de ampo- lla en el fruto), calcar obtuso inconspicuo; uniformemente malpighi4ceo -oubescente; lébulos anchos, pubescentes sobre el nervio, mayores que los apéndices intersep4licos que son gruesos, obtusos, Interiormente pi- loso sobre los nervios, densamente lanoso detr4s de los estambres (pe- los blancos y purpdreos). Péislos (color desconocido) oblongos (+ 2,5 x 1,5 mm). Estambres insertos cerca de la mitad del c4liz, inclusos, los 3 ventrales epis@épalos glabros, los otros lanosos; anteras pequefias, o- blongas. Disco glandular subhorizontal=descendente, ovoideo, obtuso. O- vario ovoideo-asimétrico,pelos hirsutos,laxos. Cstilo fimo,incluso,sub- exserto después de la antesis, piloso en la base. Estigma subcapitado. Ovulos 3. Semilla parda (+ 1,5 mm didém., inmatura), finamente foveolada. Distribucién geografica. Especie riparia de la sabana venezolana . Material estudiado, VENEZUELA. Dep. Bolfvar. Mun. Urim&n, Rfo Apacar4, 500 m, L. Bernardi 1415 14 VIII 1954 NY, MER. Por su porte y aspscto foliar recuerda C. distichophylla, diferen- ciandose entre otros detalles por su disco glandular. De la especies con disco subhorizontal (C. kubeorum y C. Blackii,extra-venezolanas) se distingue por el h&bito, el follaje y la pubescencia. ae PAP SY SRO HEFO (GSP AA Vol. 60, No. 1 9. Cuphea cataractarum’ Spruce ex Koehne Fig.2 B Koehne in Martius, Fl. Brasil. 13 (2): 226-227 in clavis 1877; Botan. Jahrb. 2: 154, 1881; in Engler, Pflanzenreich 216; 128-129.1903. Lour~ teig, Mem. N.Y.Bot. Gard. 9: 355, 358. 1957; Notas Museo La Plata 94; 281. 1959. Tipo; Venezuela, Amazonas, Ad flumen Orinoco, Rfo Cunucunu- ma, Spruce 3261 XII 1658 Holét. P. Is6t. P. Arbusto (h. 60 cm) de base lefosa. Rafces fibtosas, ramificadas. Rizoma lefioso (h. 1 em di4m.) horizontal. Tailos profusamente ramifica— dos desde la base, ramific4ndose luego sucesivamente, cubiertos por el follaje. Pubescencia malpighi&écea fina adpresa y setas finas, caducas (faltan en los tallos viejos). Internodios (10 - 15 mm) menores que las hojas imbricadas, subsésiles. L&mina elf{ptica o linear~elfptica (6 - 22 x 2 — 7 mm),pubescencia malpighiacea finisima, uniforme en ambas faces; l-nervada, las m4s anchas con un par de nervaduras secundarias sub—basa- les y 1 6 2 pares ascendentes; base obtusa; 4pice agudo u obtuso. Flores alternas en la parte superior de las ramas. Peddnculos interpeciolares (1,5 = 3 mm). Bract@olas ovadas o elfpticas, agudas, pubescentes,en el Aapice de los pedunculos. C4liz (5,5 ~» 7 mm) calcar redondeado; poco estrechado en la fauce, uniformemente pubescente y setoso sobre los nervios en la parte infee | rior; l6bulos anohos; ap&ndices intersep4licos cortos, pubescentes. In- - teriormenta notablemente pubescente; detr4s de los estambres lanoso.Pé6- talos blanquecinos espatulados, angostos (# 3 x 0,75 — 1,25 mm). Estam- bres inclusos, los 2 dorsales cortfsimos, los. spisépalos poco més lare gos que los epip@étalos, 3 de los primeros glabros, los otros laxamente pubescentes, Disco glandular suboblongo a obovoideo, subascendente. O~ vario semicveideo, glauro o algunos pelos en el 4pice, Estilo glabro o con pocos pelos. Ovulos 6 = 7. Semillas pardae, suborbiculares o subovoideas,aplanadas (+ 1,25 mm largo),finamente foveoladas. Nombre verndculo: Te~ju~jo-ka=né. Distribuci6n geogréfica. Endémica de la regién de Atabapo en Amazonas venezolana. Material estudiado. VENEZUELA. Amazonas. Orinoco, Prope Esmeralda, Spru- ce 3261 XII 1858 P. Rfo Orinoco,Cunucunuma, Farifa, Vel&zquez y “ledina 462 I-II 1969 NY. Rfo Cunucunuma, Culebra rapids, N of base of Cerro Duida, 200 m, Maguire, Cowan and Wurdack 30348 23 XII 1950 NY, P. Ata- bapo, Rio Cunucunuma entre Culebra y Huachamacari, 180-210 m, Steyer- mark et al.125678 28 I- 8 II 1982 P, VEN. Atabapo, Cerro Yureba, lower Ventuari, Salto Yureba, 350 m, Liesner 18650 14 III 1985 MO, P. Rfo Cu- nucunuma, near Culebra, 210 m, Liesner 17524 15-16 II 1985 MO,P. * Nombrada as{ porque vive en los saltos de agua de los rfos. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 33 Fig.2. A,C. distichophylla: a,planta x + ;b,ramo x 2;c,tallo x 5;d,hoja x 18;e, flor x 6;f,interior x 6;g, pistilo y disco x 12;h,semilla x 8. B,C.cataractarum: a, planta x 1/8;b,ramo x 2;c,tallo x 12;d,d;haz,envés foliar x 8;e,c4liz x6;f,interior x 6;g, pistilo y disco x 6;h,semilla x 12. J. Pérez Rom4n del. 34 Pe HEY Th! 110 oGiek, vA Vol. 60, No. 1 10. Cuphea distichophylla® Lourt. Fig. 2A Lourteig, Mem. N.Y.Bot.Gard. 9(3): 357-358, fig. 68. 1957; Notas Mus. La Plata 94: 281. 1959.Tipo: Venezuela, Amazonas, North savanna, Cerro Sipapé (Paraqué), 1400 m, B. Maguire & L. Politi 27765 17 XII 1946 NY. Subarbusto h. 30 cm. Rizoma sublefioso. Rafces ramificadas, fibro- sas. Tallo erguido o decumbente (4 mm dim. en la base), ramificado, malpighidceo-pubescente, pelos simples, finos y setas largas purpdreas. Internodios 1 — 4 mm. Hojas muy aproximadas,en apariencia dfstica, de- cusadas, ascendentes, rGidas, subsésiles. Pecfolo corto, grueso, pur- pGreo, pubescente. L4mina discolor, lanceclada a lanceolado-linear (10 - 18 x 1,5 - 3 mm), aguda, nervio central ancho, notable en el envés; pubescencia malpighidcea corta, uniforme en ambas faces, mas densa en el envés, pelos con ramas hirsutas; margen recurvado. Flores en el a= pice de los ramos, pocas. PedGnculos (= 2 mm) interpeciolares, purpé- reos, pubescentes como las ramas. Bract@éolas en el 4pice del pedfnculo ovadas,malpighidceo- y glandulaso-pubescentes. C4liz (4,5 —- 5 mm) purpdreo, calcar obtuso, canoso—malpighidceo- pubescente y con setas purptreas; lébulos agudos; apéndices intersep4- licos por lo comin setosos, m&s pequefios que los ldbulos. Interiormen- te pubescente sobre los nervios y lanoso detr4s de los estambres, Pé— talos purpdreos, obovados a oblongos, espatulados (3,5 = 5 x 2=3mm), nervio central con pelos blancos, en la base del dorso. Estambres ine clusos, los episépalos llegan casi al borde del c4liz, los 3 ventrales son glabros, los otros lanoso—pubescentes. Disco muy qrueso, subhori- zontal o subascendente (+ 0,6 mm), apenas lobulado. Ovario semiovoideo asimétrico, pequefio (+ 1 mm), pubescente. Estilo grueso, incluso (1- 1,25 mm), pubescente. Estigma subcapitado. Ovulos 2 = 3, Semilla parda, suborbicular (1,5 - 1,6 cm), apenas marginada, fi- namente foveolada. Distribucién geogréfica. Endémica del Cerra Sipap6 en Amazonas venezo- lana. Material estudiado. VENEZUELA. Amazonas. Cerro Sipap6 (Paraqué), 1400 m, B. Maguire & L. Politi 27765 17 XII 1948 NY. Ib., savanna on SE slopes of Peak I, 1700 - 1900 m, leg. Maguire & Politi 27646 12 XII 1948 NY, P. * 11. Cuphea Blackii»Lourt. Lourteig, Sellowia 16: 137 - 139, fig. 3, lfm. 3. 1964. Tipo: Brasil, Amap4, Oiapoque, beira de estrada, que vai para o campo de aviagao, Black 49-8243 30 IX 1949 Holdt. P. Isét. IAN: * El nombre, derivado del griego, recuerda la aparente disposici6n de las hojas. Dedicada a George Alexander Black (1916-1957) bot&nico americano quien herborizé en la regién amaz6nica y recogié el tipo. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 35 Subarbusto h. 1m _, o herb&cea, toda malpighidéceo-pubescente,. Raf- ces fibrosas ramificadas. Tallo. procumbente , base sublefiosa, ramifi- cado desde la base y luego sucesivamente. A veces en ramos jdvenes, a- dem4s de la pubescencia malpighidécea, hay dos hileras de pelos glandu- lares muy finos. Internodios de longitud variada, mayores o menores que las hojas. Hojas decusadas o a veces en verticilos de a 3, subsé- siles. "ecfolos 0,5 - 1 mm. L&mina linear, oblongo-lanceola a elfp- tica (13 - 30 x 2 - 15 mm), ambas faces malpighidceo-pubescentes, ner- vio medio prominente y dos o 3 pares de nervios secundarios rojizos, visibles sobre el envés; base obtusa 0 aguda; 4pice agudo. Flores soli~ tarias, a veces dispuestas en "racimos" (h. 13 cm) en el Spice de los ramos acompafiadas de hipsé6filas decusadas, ovadas (0,50 - 1 x 0,25 - 0,50 mm), alternas o decusadas. PedGnculo interpeciolar (0,75 = 1 mm), densamente pubescente. Bractéolas + en la mitad del pedfrculo, linea - res, agudas, ocultas por la putescencia densa. C4liz (2,5 = 5 mm) rosado-purptireo, densamente malpighi4Sceo-pubes-— cente; calcar obtuso, en forma de ampolla en el fruto; l6bulos anchos, agudos; apéndices intersep4licos del mismo largo, pubescentes, los 2 dorsales con setas muy largas. Interiormente glabro, lanoso detr4s de los estambres. Estambres inclusos insertos cerca de la mitad del tubo del c4liz; filamentos lanosos. Disco subhorizontal, pequefo. Uvario glabro. Estilo incluso, glabro. Estigma capitado. Ovulos generalmente 4. Semilla parda, elipsoidea (1,25 - 1,75 mm), maryinada, finamente foveolada. Distribuci6n geogr&fica. Vive en la reqi6n del Oyapok, sobre afloramien tos granfticos, rocas y en sabanas,sobre ambas mArgenes del rfo, en Gua yana Francesa y en Brasil. Material estudiado. GUAYANA FRANCESA. Vali@ée du Rio de Sikini, Roche Sikini, 5C m, Aubert de la Rie 16 III 1949 P. Bas Oyapotk,Saut Maripa, J.J. de Granville 2690 13 VII 1976 CAY, P. Monte de la Trinité, 400 m de Granville 4754 5 VIII 1981 CAY, P. Oyapock, Saut Armontabo, Olde~ man 312 5 VII 1967 CAY, P. A€rodrome St. Georges, Oldeman et Sastre 316 21 XI 1968 CAY,P. 4b., Sastre 4758 12 IV 1976 P. Fleuve Approua- gue, Rivi@re Arataye, Saut Pararé, Sastre 5805 29 VIII 1977 P. BRASIL. Amazonas. Regién Yiapoque, Campo de aviacao, Black 49-8823 3 X 1949 IAN, P. Ib., airfield, 9 Km NE of Oiapoque, H. Irwin & L.T.Westra 47244 30 VII 1960 IAN, NY, P. Cachoeira Cachari, W mouth of Cricu Ri- ver, Pires 47534 14 VIII 1960 IAN, NY, P. Near Mt. Carupina, Pires & Westra 48869 16 X 1960 IAN, NY, P. Oiapoque, Froés 25941 10 II 1950 IAN. Campo de aviacdo, Black 49-8315 3 X 1949, Ib., Eqgler 1435 25 Iv 1960 HB, NY. fae 36 POH Ye THO AOGer A Vol. 60, No. 1 * 12. Cuphea rigidula Bentham Bentham, J. Bot.2: 316. 1840. Koehne in Martius, Fl. Brasal, J3(2)e2237 1877; Bot. Jahrb. 1: 456, 1881; in Engler, Pflanzenreich 216: 111.1903. Lourteig, Sellowia 16: 126, fig. 1A. 1964. Non C. rigidula Seemann. Tipo:Guiana Britanica, Schomburgk 155 a. 1840 Hol6t. K. Hierba o subarbusto h. 30 cm. Pubescencia adpreso-malpighi4cea fi- na, pelos iso~ o anisobraquiados y setas blancas y viol&ceas muy largas (h. 2,5 mm) abundantes. Tallo muy ramificado, pubescente y densamente setoso. Hojas decusadas. Internodios de longitud variable. Pecfolo, (1- 1,5 mm) pubescenteé como el tallo. L4mina elfptica a lanceolada, decu~ rrente en el pecfolo (15 - 60 x 8 = 12 mm), aguda, haz poco malpighié- ceo-pubescente y setas abundantes;envés malpighidceo-pubescente y se- tas sobre las nervaduras; largamente ciliada. Cimas de "racimos" de flores alternas interpeciolares acompafadas de hipséfilas oblongas o e- lipticas, agudas ( 2 - 5 x 1 = 2 mm), poco pubescentes hasta glabras, setoso-ciliadas. Pedfnculos ( 1 —- 1,5 mm) pubescentes como el tallo, ract@éolas oblongo—elipticas, agudas (1 = 1,5 mm) glabras, m&s arriba de la mitad del pedtinculo. C4liz (4 = 6 mm) enangostado en la fauce luego ampliado; l6ébulos anchos, agudos, los dorsales mayores; apéndices subulados menores que los l6bulos, setosos 0 no; malpighidceo-pubescente y setoso. Interior- mente tubo finamente piloso sobre los nervios o s§lo sobre los dersa- les, poco lanoso detras de los estambres. Pétalos rosados, obovado—sub espatulados, los 2 dorsales violf&ceos (?). Estambres insertos en el + superior del c4liz, los episépalos ventrales glabros, los otros retror—- so-hirsuto-pilosos en la parte inferior. Disco glandular violdceo, ob- longo, horizontal-subascendente. Ovario semiovoideo, incluso, piloso en el dorso y en el 4pice, Estilo densamente piloso. Estigma capitado. Ovulos 9~ 10, Semilla parda suborbicular, aplanada ( 1 = 1,25 mm), levemente marginada, finamente foveolada. Distribuci6n geogr4fica. Hallada una vez en Guiana y otra en Venezuela. Material estudiado. VENEZUELA. Bolfvar. Alto Caura, al pie del Salto Maraveni, 660 m, F. Cardona 3013 Iv 1965 P, VEN. GUIANA. S. 1., Schomburgk 155 a. 1840 K. OBS. Esta especie fué inclufda por Kothne en la Seccién Heteranthus. Sus caracteres corresponden a los de la Seccién Amazoniana. 13. Cuphea fee ylapeaeas Koehne Fig. 1°B Koehne in Martius, Fl. Brasil. 13 (2): 226.1877; Bot. Jahrb. 2: 154. 1881; in Engler, Pflanzenreich 216: 128. 1903. Lourteig, Notas Mus. La Plata 94: 280. 1959. Tipo;Guiana Britanica, Schomburgk 1556 a, 1840 Holét. ag llamada por la consistencia de sus ramas, debi epiteto derivado del griego ( = forma de dedo) alude a la forma del 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 37 Subarbusto densamente malpighi4ceo-pubescente, pelos aniso=braquia- dos. Rafces fibrosas muy ramificadas. Rizoma (h. 20 x 0,5 cm diém,),ra- dicante.Tallo prostrado, procumbente, sublefioso en la base, a veces tor- tuose, profusamente ramificado; densamente malpighiéceo-adpreso—pubes~ cente. Internodios 5 = 30 mm, excepcionalmente mayores que las hojas. Hojas comdnmente subsésiles. Pecfolos grueso (0,5 - 40 mm). L4mina li- near a lanceolada, muy raro elfptica (10 - 45 x 1 — 8 mm), decurrente en el pecfolo; base aguda; 4pice agudo, raro obtuso0; nervio medio roji- zo visible sobre anbas faces y 2~4 pares de nervios secundarios ascen- dentes visibles sobre el envés; pubescencia malpighidcea, adpresa, den- sa, a veces menos en el envés. Flores alternas en los 4pices de las ra- mas (excepcionalmente acompafiadas de hipséfilas, especimen de Brasil). Pedfinculos interpeciolares 1 - 4 mr. Bractéolas suborbiculares a oblon- gas (0,2 — 1 mm ), glabras o pubescentes. C4liz (5 - 7 mm)enangostado en la facue y luego ampliamente dila- tado, calcar obtuso, corto, l6bulos triangulares, agudos; apéndices intersep4licos menores, densamente malpighi4ceo-pubescente. Interior-— mente todo piloso, detr4s de los estambres lanoso. Pétalos rosado-vio- l&ceo, orbiculares u obovados, espatulados, los dorsales menores. Dis— co glandular cilfndrico, erecto. Estambres dorsales muy cortos, los o- tros dos ciclos a veces poco desiguales, todos pilosos. Ovario fusi~ forme (+ 2 mm), piloso o s6élo en el 4pice. Estilo incluso, piioso.Es-— tigma capitado. Ovulos 3. Semilla parda, suborbicular, aplanada ( + 1 mm), finamente foveo- lada, apenas marginada, Distribuci6n geogréfica. Especie abundante en las savanas altas y te- pufs de Venezuela; hallada una vez en territorio brasilefio en la fron tera venezolana y el tipo en Guiana. Material estudiado.VENEZUELA. Bolivar. Carretera El Dorado, Km 109, A- risteguieta y “edina 3727 XI 1958 P, VEN. Ib., Santa Elena de Uardn, Salto El Danto, L. Marcano Berti y J. Bautista 2496 13 XII 1969 MER, P. 120 Km S El Dorado to Santa Elena, Paso de Danto, 1200 m, Steyer- mark 111270 29 XII 1974 P, VEN. Faldas del Paujil, 105 Km S de El Do- rado, Bernardi 6802 26 IV 1957 NY. Raudal Tukaika, Caroni 430 m, Car= dona 1731 3 X 1940 NY. Alto Rfo Cuyuni, 1U — 15 Km bel. Cerro Escalera, Rfo Uiria-Yuk, 300 ft., B. & C. Maguire & Steyermark 46815 20 VIII 1962 NY, P. Drenaje Rfo Cuyuni, S of El Dorado, 1300-1380 m, Steyer- mark y G. y E. Dunsterville 104483 22-28 XII 1970 P, VEN. Paso de la Virgen, Km 95=—Km 117, S of El Dorado to Santa Elena, 1200 m,Steyermark 111256 29 XII 1975 P, VEN. Distr. Roscfo, Gran Sabana, Parupa, 1250 m O. Huber et al. 7219 2 III 1983 MYF,P. Gran Sabana, Rio Aponwao, hacia Salto Aponwao, 1200 m, Huber y Entralgo 7398 7 III 1983 MYF, P. Distr. Roscfo, entre San Rafael y Rfo Kamuir&n, 1100-1200 m, L. Rufz Ter&n y S. L6pez Palacios 11289 15 VII 1974 MERF, P. Cerro La Danta, NW Ce- rro La Danta, NW Cerro Venamo, 1040-1060 m, Steyermark & S. Nilsson 10 13 IV 1960 NY, P, VEN. Cerro Venamo (ca. 1f{mite Guayana Inglesa), SW, ca. Salto Venamo, 1220- 1275 m, Steyermark & G. and E. Dunsterville 38 P.Ho-Nediton® 20: 2G sh Vol. 60, No. 1 92831 6-7 I 1964 P, VEN. Cerro Uanampan, S of Uei~-tepui, bets. Luepa & Cerro Venamo, 1330-1450 m, Steyermark & Nilsson 756 25 IV 1960 P, VEN. Valley Rfo Uarama, betw. Uarama-tepui, NE of Luepa, 1220 m, Steyermark & Nilsson 634 24~25 IV 1960 NY, P, VEN. Gran Sabana, 42,5 Km NE Misién Santa Teresita de Karauay4n, 1130 m, Steyermark et al. 115609 22 V 1978 P, VEN. Gran Sabana, Cabeceras del Kfo Aponguao, 1350-1400 m,Ste- yermark y G. y E. Dunsterville 104113 20 XII 1970 P, VEN. 136-140 Km S de £1 Dorado hacia Santa Elena, 1400-1500 m, B.K. Holst, Steyermark & Manara 2137 3 IV 1985 MO, P. GUIANA.S.1., Schomburgk 1556 a. 1840 K. 14, Cuphea curiosa® Lourt. sp. n. Fig. 3 Fruticulus usque 35 cm altus. Rhizoma dense radicans; radices fi- brosgae ramificantibus (usque 15 cm).Caule ad basim sublignosa (0,5 cm diam.), ramosissimo, dense foliato, adpreso-malpighiaceo—pubescenti et setoso. Folia decussata approximata. Lamina lanceolato-elliptica (8 - 30 x l= 6 mm) in petiolum decurrens, acuta, pubescentia malpighiasea, tenui (raro supra glabra), 1 - 2 paribus nervorum secundarium. Inflo — rescentia usque 7 cm longa in apicem ramorum hypsophyllis l-nervatis (3 - 5 x 1,4 - 2 mm) et floribus alternis interpetiolaribus composita. Pedicelo 1 — 1,5 mm longo. Bracteolae crassae ellipticae, glabrae (0,2 - 0,5 mm). Calyx violaceus (3 = 3,5 mm), calcare obtuso, nervis prominenti- bus, appendicibus intersepalicis subulatis. Intus secus nerviis pilo- sus et lanoso-pubescens pone staminam. Petala roseo-violacea (dua dor- salia obscuriora, pilis albis ad basim nervis subtus obsita), oblongo- subspathulata (1,5 - 1,7 mm), dorsalia obovato-subspathulata ( + 2 mm). Stamina inclusa, 3 ventralia episepala glabra, cetera pilosa. Discus rubro-purpureus, cylindricus (+ 0,5 mm), erectus . Ovarii dorsum = pi- losum, Stylus pilosus. Ovula 5 — 6. Semina brunnea, suborbicularia (+ 1 mm), plano-convexa, tenuissie me foveolata. Typus: Venezuela, Est. Bolivar, selva de galerfa y sabana a lo largo del Rfo Kanarakuni, N y NW de la misién de Campamento de Sanidad del rfo Kanarakuni, 400 m, Steyermark 97835 17 = 29 III 1967 Hol6ét. P, Isét. VEN. Subarbusto (h. 35 cm) finfsimamente adpreso-malpighid4ceo-pubescen- te (pelos de ramas desiguales) y setoso. Rizoma + grueso con numerosas rafces fibrosas, ramificadas (h. 15 cm). Talio sublenoso en la base (h. 0,5 cm didm.), profusamente ramificado y densamente foliado, malpighid- ceo y setoso-pubescente. Internodios 7 mm. Hojas decusadas, aproximadas sobre todo en los 4pices, Lamina lanceolada a elf{ptica (8 - 30 x 1 - 6 mm)decurrente en el pecfolo, aguda, finamente malpighi&ceo-pubescente, pelos ordenadas longitudinalmente (raro haz glabro), rarfsimo alguns setas, 3-nervada, generalmente 2(6 1) pares de nerviduras secundarias; * As{ llamada porque presenta caracteres de otras especies que hacfan dificil su interpretaci6n. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 39 Fig. 3. C. curiosa: a,planta x i/6; 5, ramo xl,5;c, tallo x 10;d;d,haz y envés foliar x 10; e, flor x 10; f, interior x 10;g, pistilo y disco x 10; h, disco x 20; i,i; semilla, ventral y dorsal.x 15. R.Tang del. bordes algo recurvados. Inflorescencias (h. 7 cm) en los ramos superio~ res con hips6filas l-nervadas (3 = 5 x 1,5 - 2 mm), flores alternas in- terpeciolares. Peddénculos 1 = 1,5 mm. Bract@éolas gruesas, el{pticas, glabras (0,2 - 0,5 mm). C4liz viol&ceo (2? - 3,5 mm) delgado, calcarado,ensanchado en la fauce, 16bulos dorsal mayor, nervios prominentes; uniformemente malpi- ghiadceo—pubescente, rarfsiro alguna seta; ap@éndices intersep4licos su- bulades, iguales o mayores que los ldébuios, pubescentes. Interiormente nervios pilosos, lancso detr&s de los estambres. P&étalos rosado-viol4- ceos ( los dos dorsales mas oscuros), oblongo-subespatulados (1,5 - 1,75 mm), los dos dorsales obovado-subespatulados (+ 2 mm). Estambres inclusos, los 3 episépalos ventrales glabros, los otros pilosos. Disco glandular rojizo-purpdreo, grueso, ciifndrico, erecto (+ 0,5 mm). Ova- rio oblongo-asimétrico, dorso + piloso. Estilo incluso, piloso. Estig- Ma pequefio, subcapitado. Mvulos 5 = 6. Semillas pardas, suborbiculares (+ 1 mm), plano-convexas, finfsi- mamente foveolsadas. 40 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 60, No. 1 Distribuci6n geogr4fica. Especie venezolana que habita lugares muy mo- jados, de aguas corrientes, sobre bancos y rocas, en selvas de galeria y vfirgenes, entre 100 y 400 m de altitud. Material estudiado. VENEZUELA. Est. Bolfvar. Rfo Kanarakuni, N y NW de la misién de Campamento de Sanidad del Rfo Kanarakuni, 400 m, Steyer- mark 97835 17-29 III 1967 P, VEN. Rfo Nichare (afl. del Caura) arriba de la desembocadura del Cicuta, 200 = 250 m, Steyermark y Gibson 95670 25 IV 1960 K, NY, P, VEN. Rfo Diamante Negro, tributary of Rfo Guafa, 300 m, Steyermark et al. 107107 27 IV 1973 P, VEN. Rfo Parguaza, betw. £1 Carmen and Raudal Maraca, 50 - 100 Km from river mouth, 110-115 m, Wurdack & Monachino 41073 1 I 195C NY, P. Amazonas. Rf{o Siapa, betw. Raudal Gallineta and Salto Gallineta, 130-150 m, Wurdack & Adderley AS59023 OSI TINY, iP Esta especie es vecina de C. pleiantha y C. dactylophora. Difiere de ambas en la forma y tamafio del c4liz, los p&talos y las bractéolas. La pubescencia, forma y nerviacién de las hojas la distinguen de la pri- mera. Las inflorescencias, setas del c4liz y el disco la separan de C. cataractarum. OBS. La coleccién Wurdack & Monachino 41073, muy abundante, fué revisa-- da en su integridad gracias al préstamo total de N.Y. Bot. Garden.No presenta los tallos lefoses como los otros especimenes citados. Tampoco hay setas en sus tallos, salvo por alguna aislada en pocos tallos y psn una proporcién minima. Todos los otros caracterea son de C. curiosa. No se puede saber por el momento si es una forma ecolégica o si se tra- ta de un tax6n en evoluci6n, por aislamiento ,dada la gran distancia que separa esta coleccién de las otras tipicas. Por otra parte, la coleccién Wurdack y Adderley 43590, muy pequefia del Rfo Siapa, muy alejada también de las localidades tf{picas, presenta los tallos setosos como aquéllas y todos los caracteres de la especie, Deja suponer que el 4rea de la especie ha sido mayor que la que podemos establecer actualmente. 15. Cuphea pleiantha* Eotirt. Fig. 4 B Lourteig, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 9 (3): 356-357, fig. 67. 1957; Notas Mus. La Plata 94: 280. 1959. Tipo. Venezuela, Amazonas, Serranfa Yutajé, Rfo Manapiare, right branch of Cafio Yutajé, 1300 m, B. & C.K.Maguire 35216 Sele ageNyes Arbusto h. SO cm, poco malpighifceo-pubescente; pelos adpresos, blancos, anisobraquiados. Rafces fibrosas. Rizoma sublefoso (ca. 1 cm diam.). Tallo sublefioso (h. 1 cm. didm.) ramificado sucesivamente en ramas abundantes, ascendentes, rojizas, malpighiAceo—pubescentes. In- ternodios (3 - 6 mm) mencres que las hojas. Hojas s@ésiles, muy aproxi- madas, Lamina lanceolada a linear ( 12 = 40 x 1 = 6 mm), subaguda,haz * El epiteto, derivado del griego, alude a la abundancia de flores en las inflorescencias. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 4] fla ti Mh tta}e tty vi Fig. 4. C. rhodocalyx: a,rama x 2;b, envés foliar x3;c,flor sin corola 6; interior x 6;e, pistilo y disco x 12. Ay C. Cardonae: tallo x ?,5. C. pleiantha: a, planta x 1/8;b, ramo x 2;c, tallo x 5;d, hoja x 10; x B, f, flor x 6; g, interior x 6;h, pistilo y disco x 12.J.Pérez Ron4n del. 42 Pili ¥oT Ok OG, doh Vol. 60, No. 1 glabro, envés levemente malpighidceo—pubescente; nervio central rojo visible sobre ambas faces; margen recurvado. Flores alternas en "raci- mos" (+ 7 cm) acompaMadas de hipséfilas ovado-lanceoladas, oblongas (2 ~ 5 x 2 mm). Pedtinculos (1 - 3 mm) gruesos, interpeciolares, gla= bros o subglabros. Bract@olas cerca del 4pice del peddnculo , gruesas rojizas, oblongas u ovadas (0,5 = 0,6 mm), agudas, glabras. C4liz (5,5 = 6 mm) purpdreo, muy pocos pelos finfsimos, malpighid- ceos;ampliado en la fauce; calcar poco notable, obtuso; 1lébulos agudos; apéndices menores que los lébulos finamente ciliados. Interiormente pu- bescente sobre los nervios, lanoso detr4s de los estambres. Pétalos dor- sales violdéceos o purpdireos con pelos blancos en la base del dorso del nervio, logs wentrales blancos o apenas rosados, obovade-u oblongo-espatu- lados. Estambres epis@éprlos ventrales glabros, los otros lanosos. Disco glandular grueso, grande (1,25 mm largo), erecto, cilfndrico. Ovario se- miovoideo asimétrico, finamente pubescente. Estilo pubescente. Estigma subcapitadea. Ovulos 7-9. Semilla (inmatura) parda, suborbicular, aplanada, levemente margi- nada, finfsimamente foveolada. Distribuci6n geogr&fica.Endémica de Amazonas venezolana, regién del Yu- taje. Material estudiado. VENEZUELA. Amazonas. Serranfa Yutajé&é, {0 Manapia— re, Cafio Yutajé, 1300 m, B. & C. K. Maguire 35216 9 II 1953 NY. Yuta- j&, vic. La Chorrera, 150 m, Steyermark et al. 123626 8 XI 1960 P,VEN. Rfo Manapiare, 1300 m, B. & C.KeMaguire 35102 9 II 1953 NY,P,US. Ib., leg. B. & C.K. Maguire 25376 23 II 1953 NY, P. OBS. La especie vive a 1300 m de altitud; el especimen Steyermark re-- cogido a 150 ha sido, sin duda, arrastrado por las aguas, 16. Cuphea Cardonae* Lourt. stat. nov., nom.nov. Fig. 4A" Cuphea rhodocalyx Lourt. var. setosa Lourteig, Sellowia 16: 136-137, 14m, 2. 1964. Non Cuphea setosa Koehne. Tipo Venezuela, Bolivar,sue- lo rocoso del Rfo Pauo, afluente del Rfo Caura, 390 m, Cardona 2972 I IS6SeeHoOlsGGeme. Iséte VENS Arbusto h. 60 cm. Tallo lefoso, profusamente ramificado, ramas lefiosas, setosas (setas viol4ceas, base muy engrosada) y adpreso-malpighi4ceo- pubescente (eplos blancos, finos, anisobraquiados); ramos jévenes sub- cuadrangulares, subalados. Follaje denso. Internodios (2 = 5 mm). Pe - ciolos (+ 2 mm) dorsalmente pilosos. LA4mina oblongo-elfptica (5 ~ 12 x 1 - 2 mm), obtusa, 2—3 pares de nervaduras secundarias, alternas, as— cendentes, finas; pelos malpighidéceos esparcidos en el envés, haz gla- bro, marginada; base cuneada, decurrente en el pecfolo. Inflorescen- ¥ Dedicada al Seftor Félix Cardona Puig, Capit&n y naturalista venezo-~ lano bien conocido, quien hizo interesantes colecciones en la regi6n y recogi6é el tipo. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 43 Cias cortas,Conm hipséfilas, flores alternas hacia los 4pices de los ra- mos. PedGnculos interpeciolares, pilosos. Bract@olas suborbiculares ob- tusas o agudas ( + 0,25 mm) en la mitad superior del ped&nculo. C4&liz recto, poco enseanchado en la fauce (4,5 =~ 5 mm), calcar ob tuso; glabro o pocos pelos malpighi4ceos adpresos, finos; lébulos agu- dos, los 2 dorsales anchos; ap&éndices intersep4licos gruesos, verdoso- purpdreos, algo menores. Interiormente piloso, lanoso detr&s de los es- tambres. Estambres hirsuto-pilosos en su mitad inferior. Disco glandu- lar viol&ceo, cilfndrico, erectc. Ovario elipsoideo-asimétrico, dorsal mente hirsuto-piloso. Estilo con pocos pelos, exserto después de la an- tesis. Ovulos 5. Semillas suborbiculares, aplanadas (+ 1 mm),pardas, finamente fo- veoladas. Distribuci6n geogr&fica. Endémica de la guayana venezolana, vive entre rocas, en el rfo. Material estudiado. VENEZUELA. Bolivar. Rfo Pauo, 390 m, Cardona 2972 I 1963 P, VEN. Cercana a Cuphea rhodocalyx por sus flores, inflorescencias y pu« bescencia malpighiaécea. Difiere de ella por las bract@olas de + la mi- tad de su tamafio y no en la base del c4liz, por sus hojas con 2-3 pa- res de nervios secundarios y los tallos setosos. Estos caracteres la acercan a Cuphea curiosa. Cuando describf Cuphea rhodocalyx var. setosa, s6lo los tipos de ambas variedades existfan y no podfa evaluar el grado de variacién de la especie. Recientemente obtuve otras colecciones que demuestran la constancia de los caracteres de C. rhodocalyx, aunque las plantas de mayor edad, sean mas altas. En esta circunstancia, también me llegaron materiales de especies hasta ahora desconocidas, de la misma secci6n, que me permitieron una concepcién completa,y algo distinta, del con— junto de estas especies vicariantes, por excelencia, en la regi6n. * 17. Cuphea rhodocalyx Lourt. Fig. 4A Lourteig, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 9(3): 355-356, fig. 66. 1957; Notas Mus. La Plata 94: 280. 1959. Tipo: Venezuela, Amazonas, Cerro Marahua- ca, along stream montane slopes, 1000 m, B. & B.Jr. Maguire 29201 9 V 1949 NY. Herb&cea (h. 60 cm )adpreso-malpighia&ceo-pubescente, glabrescente. Ri- zoma corto, rafces delgadas,fibrosas, densamente ramificadas. Tallo procumbentes(base lenosa (h. 0,5 cm didm.) o erguidos, ramificados des- de la base, pocos pelos malpighidéceos, adpresos blancos h. glabro. In- ternodios menores que las hojas ( 2-3 mm ). Hojas subs@siles decurren- tes sobre el tallo, dando a los tallos jdévenes un aspecto 4-alado. Lé. mina linear-lanceolada (5 - 10x 1 - 3 mm), aguda, nervadura central vi- * As{ llamada por el color roje del c4liz. 44 BidHoe ioe OfMLi: Opueade A Vol. 60, No. 1 sible en ambas faces, margen recurvado; glabra o pelos malpighiaceos es- parcidos sobre el envés. Flores alternas en los 4pices de los ramos, en- tre hojas, o en inflorescencias, "racimos" con hipséfilas. Ped&nculo (*# 0,5 mm). Bractéolas ca del Spice del pedfinculo, grandes gruesas, oblon- gas u ovadas, agudas ( + 0,5 mm). CSliz rosado-violSceo (2,5 - 4 mm), en forma de ampolla en el fru- to; dilatado en la fauce; calcar poco notable, obtuso; ldbulos pequefios apéndices intersep4licos obtusos, gruesos, menores que los l6bulos; gla- bro o con poquf{simos pelos malpighi&ceos. Interiormente densamente pilo- so, m&s detrés de los estambres. Pétalos violéceos, cbovado~ u oblongo- espatulados, los dorsales algo menores. Estambres inclusos, los 3 ven—- trales apisépalos glabros, los otros pilosos. Disco glandular grueso (ca. 0,6 mm), subulado, obtuso, erecto. Ovario semiovoideo (1,5 mm), pubes— cente hacia el 4pice. Estilo glabro (+ 0,5 mm). Estigma capitado. Ovu- los 4 - 6. Semilla parda (+ 1,5 mm), subobovoideo~aplanada, base aguda, leve- mente marginada, finamente foveolada. Distribucién geogr&fica. Endémica de los Cerros de Atabapo, aislada de Cuphea cataracterum que vive en la zona baja. Material estudiado. VENEZUELA. Amazonas. Dep. Atabapo. Cerro de Marahua- ca, Rfo Yameduaka, 1225 m, R.L.Liesner 17617 17-18 II 1985 MO,P. Ata- bapo, bel. Salto Los Monos, Rfo Iquapo, 1500-1600 m, Liesner 18510 11 III 1985 MO, P. Atabapo, Cerro Marahuaca, Caflo Negro, "Sima Camp", 1140 m, Steyermark and B. Holst 130645 21-22, 24 II 1985 MO, P. Cerro Mara- huaca, 1000 m, B. & B.Jr. Maguire 29201 9 V 1949 NY. % Secci6n Pseudocircaea (Koehne) Koehne Koehne, Bot. Jahrb. 1: 442-443, 1881; 2: 168-169.1882; in Engler,Pflan- zenreich 216: G5, 147. 1903. Subsectio Pseudocircaea Koehne in Martius,Fl. Brasil. 13(2): 719, 294- 295. 1877 excl. ser. 1. Lect6tipo: Cuphea impatientifolia Saint Hilaix re Disco glandular grucs9 horizontal a ascendente, €oncavo superior— mente, dorso carenado. Pétalus blancas a viol4ceos, dorso del nervio medio piloso,raro glabro, persistentes dobl4ndose dentro del c&liz des- pués de la antesis; los 2 dorsales generalmente algo mds anchos y me- nos largos que los 4 ventrales. Hierbas, subarbusto o arbustos, pubescentes y glandulosos. Distribucién geogréfica. Endémica de Sudam@érica, excluyendo las regio- nes guayanesa, amaz6nica y la Cordillera de los Andes. S6lo 5 especies conocidas de las cuales una,descrita por primera vez en este trabajo, presenta una semilla muy distinta a las dem&s, aunque por los otros ca— racteres pertenece a esta Secci6n. % As{ denominada por su falsa apariencia de Circaea (Onagr4écea). 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 45 Clave de las especies A. Pubescencia cistolf{tica, glandulfferas y setosa a. Disco glandular semicupuliforme, Plantas viscos{- SIMMEL aie ave aie-sieie Ray oe a aiaP ath arma sis ee ae -.--.J.lutescens a‘ Disco glandular horizontal a ascendente. Plantas + setosas y glandulfferas. b. CSliz y tallos con setas largu{simas trarf{si- one iG) Aare a aila/aiesa-dioiuein se Biel o'e 25s! oi six ieiniaietatabete: 6 eT Ee ies bi C@éliz con setas mezcladas a pelos sistolfticos y glandulf{feros, poco m&4s largas que ellos e. Hierbas poco ramificadas. Hojas con pelos muy finos y cortos y setas finas esparci- das en el haz;envés con s6lo setas sobre Tas NE@TVaOUGAG. 601s iis 0.< oscil ss eens anise pee IDA LLen tite Ls ci Arbusto profusamente ramificado. Hojas densemente cistolitico-glanduloso- y se- toso=nubescentes en ambas faces...........2. sessiliflora A? Pubescencia malpighiaécea tenufsima..............- .-5. Scolnikiae 1. Cuphea impatientifolia™® St. Hilaire Saint Hilaire, Fl. Brasil. Merid. 3: 113. 1833. Koehne in Martius, Fl. Brasil, 13(2): 296-297, ldm. 54, 3. 1877; Bot. Jahrb. 2: 169.1882; 3: 129, 1882; 4: 401. 1883; in Engler, Pflanzenreich 216: 149. 1903. Tipo: Brasil,Minas Geraes, Pr&és village Contendas, sert&o, A. Nogueira Duar- te 39, in herb. St. Hilaire, Voyage 1816-21. Hol6t. P. Is6t. P. Cuphea prunellifolia auct. (Koehne, Bot. Jahrb. 3: 129; 4; 401,403;1l.c. 149 excl. St. Hil., 1903; Lourteig, Sellowia 17: 85-66. 1965). Non St. Hi Laare-< C. circaeoides Koehne in Martius, l.c. 229, 295-296, 14m. 54, 2; Bot. Jahrb. 2: 169. Non Smith. C._affinitatum Koehne, Bot. Jahrb. 23. Beibl. 57: 20. 1897; Pflanzen— reich 216: 120-121. 1903. Tipo Brasil, Piauhy, dry open places bet= ween Ga Esperanga and Santa Ana das Minas, Gardner 2166 III 1839 Ho- Gt. Ke * El epiteto alude a las hojas que recuerdan las de Impatiens. (1) El tipo de C. prunellifolia St. Hil. Fl. Bras. Mer. 3: 108.1833,es de Brasil: "assez commun prés Rio de Janeiro sur le bord des fossés,et dans les lieux cultivés} St. Hilaire 468 Voy. 1816-21 Hol6t.P.Isét. P. Ese habitat no corresponde al de la especie asf{ llamada por otros auto- res. Se trata de un especimen de C. carthagenensis (Jacq. )Macbride, lo que ya sospechaba el autor al compararla con C. Balsamona Cham.et Sch- lecht., sin6nimo de la especie de Yacquin. 46 Dy Bi Mirita 0 eh YGink. 1A Vol. 60, No. 1 Herb4cea (h. 45 cm). Tallo erguido Gnico o poco ramificado. Pubes— cencia fina, curva, pelos glandulosos cort{simos y setas finas ( a ve-~ ces faltan). Internodios h. 10 cm. Hojas decusadas, los pares en las ra- mas florfferas, muy desiguales, hasta una hoja bractefforme (reducida h. 2 mm), enangostada, linear, aguda. Pecfolos largos h. 25 mm. Lémina lan- ceolada, aguda (20 - 60 x 10 = 30 mm), base atenuada, decurrente en el pecfolo; pubescencia fina, uniforme, cortfsima y setas finas, largas es- parcidas en el haz; setas sobre los nervios en el envés; nervaduras se- cundarias 8 - 10 pares, visibles en el envés. Flores solitarias, alter- nas reunidas en un “racimo" terminal (10 = 12 cm) y cimas acortadas (h. 4 cm) axilares. Pedinculo 0,5 —- 3 mm, interpeciolar con un par de brac- t@éolas ovadas, ciliadas (0,25 - 0,5 mm),cerca de la mitad. C4liz (4,5 - 7 mm) tubo delgado, calcar obtuso, corto; nervios + pelos finos, cortos y setas esparcidas; l6bulos dorsales m&s anchos; a~ péndices intersepdlicos pequefos con una seta,en los 2 dorsales muy lar- gas. Interiormente piloso sobre los 2 nervios dorsales, lanoso detra4s de los estambres. P&étalos rosa a violdceos, los dorsales obovados, los otros oblongos, pilosos en el dorso del nervio medio. Estambres episé- palos subexsertos, los 3 centrales glabros, los otros lanosos. OQvario anchamente ovado, Apice piloso. Estilo piloso. Estigma pequefio. Disco glandular horizontal a subascendente, céncavo, dorso carenada. Ovulos 3) = (3p Semilla parda, suborbicular, aplanada (+ 2,5 mm),marginada, cardn— cula notable no promimente, finamente foveolada (generalnénte 3 = 6). Distribucién geogr4fice. Endémica del E de Brasil, en lugares himedos, en selvas y terrenos bajos. Material estudiado. BRASIL. Parafba. AlagGa Grande, J. Coelho de Mo - rées 874 13 VI 1953 IAN, P. Piauhy. Between Bda Esperanca and Santa Ana das Minas, Gardner 2166 III 1839 K. Bahia. Baixa Verde, 10 Km de Barreiras, GA. Black 54-17965 31 XII 1954 IAN, P. Jacobina Pogos d” Areia, Blanchet 3895 P, Fazenda Baradva, 5 Km Barreiras, Black 54- 17867 27 XII 1954 IAN. Cancela a 98 Km S Barreiras, Black 17890 28 XII 1954 IAN. Minas Geraes. Contencas, Nogueira Duarte 39 ex herb. St. Hilaire, 1816-21 P. Minas Geraes, Glaziou 19756 p.p. P. Entre In— ficionado et Caraca, Glaziou 12679 11 VII 1682 P. 2. Cuphea seeet la flaca St. Hil. Saint Hilaire, Fl. Brasil. Merid. 3: 110. 1833. Koehne in “artius, Fl. Brasil. 132): 2390, 297-298, 14m. 54, 4. IBT?s; Bot. Jahrb. 22169=i/BBe2: in Engler, Pflanzenreich 216: 148- 149, 1903. Tipo: Srasil, Minas Ge- raes, Prés village de Contendas, dans le Sertdo, A. Nogueira Duarte 15 ex herb. St. Hilaire, Voyage 1816- 21 Holét. P. Isét. P. wer C. viscosissima var. parietarioides St. Hilaire, l.c. 111. Tipo: Brae VES SES ENP gil, Minas Geraes, paturages pres le village Contendas, St. Hilaire 630 1816-21 Holét. P. * Asf{ llamada por el pedGnculo corto de las flores en el tipo. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciunes del genero Cuphea 47 C. parietarioides (St. Hil.) Koehne, Bot. Jahrb. 2: 170. 168}; Pflanzen reich, lcs: 149. C. petiolata Pohl ex Koehne in Martius,l.c, 230,298-299, l&m. 54,5. Non petiolata (L.) Koehne, Bot. Jahrb. 2: 170. 1862. Tipo: Brasil, Minas Geraes, Rio Bocaiuva, Pohl 2418 Lecté6t. Ww. C. costata Koehne in Martius, l.c. 230, 298, Lams 553° 1s"Bot. Uahrb. 2: 169-170.1881; Pflanzenreich,l.c. 150. Lourteig, Lilloa 9: 376~378,fig. 19. 1943; Darwiniana 6: 271.1948, Lect6tipo: Brasil, Mines Geraes, La- géa Santa, Warming Holét. C. Is6t. P. C. Chodatiana Koehne in Pflanzenreich l.c. 147.1903. Tipo: Paraguay,Ce- rros de Tobaty, Hassler 6138 IX 1900 Holé6t. G. Is6t. G. C.talaverensis Koehne, Repert. Sp. Nov. 8: 197-198, 1910. Tipo: Para - guay, Noérdlichen Chaco: Puerto Talavera, Fiebrig 1286 IX 1506. Holét. G. Isét.S- C. Rojasii Koehne, Repert. loc. 198-199. Tipo: Paraguay, Sierra de A- mambay, Campos bei Esperanza, T. Rojas (ex herb. Hassler 10756) II 1908. Holét. G.Jsdét. P. C. chiquitensis Herzog, Meded, Rijks Herb. Leiden 27: 16. 1915. Tipo: Bolivia, Chiquitos, in Kamp von Santiago de Chiquitos, ca. 600 m, Her- zog 510 V 1907 Holét. L. C. trichopetala Rusby et Koehne, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 6(1): 40. 1896. Koehne, Bot. Jahrb. 23. Beible57:25. 1897; Pflanzenreich,l.c. 147,148, fig. 20 B. Tipo: Bolivia, Bolivian Plateau, M. Bang 1008 a. 1891.Hol6t. NY. Is6ét.\P, US, WIS. C. mesostemon Koehne f, angustifolia Chodat, Bull. Herb. Boissier 7. App. 1: 72. 1898. Tipo: Paraguay, Prope riv. Carapegqua, Hassler 1219 18.. Hol6t. G. C. hispida Pohl ex Koehne in Martius, l.c. 297; Bot. Jahrb. 2: 169. 1881. Nomen. Subfruticosa (h. 75 cm). Tallos desnudos en la parte inferior, gla- bros, profusamente ramificados;ramas con pubescencia blanca fina, pelos clandulosos finos viol4ceos, hirsutos desiguales. Internodios de largo variado h. 6 cm y cortf{simos hacia el 4pice. Hojas decusadas, los pares de los ramos florfferos desiguales, una hoja bractefforme (7,5 x 3 mm) asim@étrica. Pecfolos (2 — 10 mm) pubescentes como el tallo, casi nulos en las hojas superiores. L4mina ovado-oblonga a lanceolada (10 — 50 x 5 = 20 mm), base redondeada,raro subcordada; pubescencia cistolftica, densa, uniforme, + pelos glandulosos mezclados, + setas finas en el haz, esparcidas; pubescencia corta, fina sin o con pocas setas esparci- das en el envés; 5-12 nervaduras secundarias impresas en el haz, promi- nentes en el envés; margen cortamente ciliado,cilias rfgidas. Flores alternas interpeciolares o cimas cortas axilares. Pedéncu- lo 1 -1,5 mn, acrescido en el fruto h. 3 mm; 2 bract@olas cerca del 4- pice, ovadas (+ 0,5 mm) glabras o ciliadas,. C4liz (7- 9,5 mm),enangostado en la fauce y luego ampliado; cal- car corto; setas glandulosas finas, violdceas, hirsutas, a veces setas finas largas y / 0 pelos blancos cortos mezclados; l4bulos anchos mu - 48 PUN Vere) Lai Gielen Vol. 60, No. 1 cronados; apéndices intersep4licos subglobosos, muy pequefios, setosos. Pétalos rosados a lilas, oblongo- a sublineare subespatulados, los 2 dorsales algo mfs cortos y m4s anchos. Estambres epis&palos subexser - tos,los 3 ventrales glabros, los otros pilosos. Uyario glabro, ovado, Estilo piloso, exserta. Disco grueso, ovoideo, subascendente, c6éncavo, dorsalmente carenado. Qvulos (2)- 3 = 4. Semilla parda, obovoideo- o suborbicular-aplanada (ca. 2,5 mm), marginada, finfsimamente foveolada, carfincula notable, no prominente (generalmente 3 semillas). Distribuci6n geogréfica. Especie chaquefla y de campos llegando a una altitud de alrededor de 1000 m. Material estudiado. BRASIL. Goias. Goias,Gardner 3714... P. Mun. Alto Parafso, Chapada dos Veadeiros, GO - 12, W. Anderson, R. Barneby,G. Hatschbach et al. 36346 20 II 1975 MBM,P. Ib., 37 Km N of Veadeiros, 1000 m, Irwin et al. 24358 14 III 1969 NY, P. 25 Km of Cabeceiras,1000 m, Irwin et al. 10527 19 XI 1965 NY, P. 10 Km S of Cavalcante, 1000 m, Irwin et al. 23967 7 III 1969 NY, P. Serra Geral do Paran&, ca. 20 Km of S80 Joao da Aliancga, 1000 m, Irwin et al. 32077 17 III 1971 NY, P. San Isidoro, Pohl 1579 W. Minas Geraes. Contencas, Saint Hilaire 650, 1816 = 21 P. Ib., Nogueira Duarte 15, ex herb. Saint Hilaire 1816-21. P. Mun. Gouveia, Rod. BR 259, 1200-1300 m, Hatschbach 27007 5 IX 1971 MBM, P. Mun. Jaboticatuba, Serra do Cipd, Hatschbach 29922 5 VIII 1972 MBM, P. Ib., Chapeu do Sol, 1060 m, E. Pereira 8884 15 III 1964 HB. Lag6a Santa, Warming C,P. Mun. Yocaiuva, Corrego Cachoeira, Hatschbach 40803 21 I 1978 MBM, P. Coracao de Jesis, U.0. de Jesis 86 26 XII 1963 HB, P. Rfo Bocaiuva, “Pohl 2418, 5732 W.Bahia. Serra aercporto, re- gi8o de Barreiras, 14 Km do Portao, Black 55-18045 5 X 1955 IAN, P. 5 Km S of Cocos, 530 m, Anderson et al. 37092 17 III 1972 NY, P. 20 Km N of Correntina to Inhadmas, Harley 21913 268 IV 1980 K,P. Mato Grosso. Corumb4, baja de Tamego, C.A. Conceigao 1239 3 III 1983 IBGE, P. Co- rumba, Serra do Urucumf£, Hatschbach 29531 15 IV 1972 MBM, P. Mun. Rfo Brilhante, Casa Branca, Hatschbach 23615 15 II 1970 MBM, P. Rfo Brilhan- te, Hatschbach 22150 12 VII 1969 MBM, P. Mun Anastasio, Palmeiras, Hatschbach 23733 17 II 1970 MBM, P. Mun. Aquidauana, Piraputanga, Hat- schbach 24582 ii VIII 1970 MBM, P. BOLIVIA. Bolivian Plateau, M. Bang 1008, a. 1891 NY, P, US, WIS. Tarija. Prov. Cercado, Tal Santa Ana, 2250 -2300 m, Gerold 67 30 1 1982 LPB, P. Dep. Santa Cruz, Prov. Chiquitos, Santiago de Chiquitos, ca. 600 m, Herzog 510 V 1907 L. Ib., Krapovickas 9230 © II 1956; Ib., Krapovic- kas 9441 13 II 1958 LIL. Cochabamba. Morochata, 3400 m, CA4rdenas 3446 III 1944 GH. PARAGUAY. Boquer6én. Puerto Casado & vicinity, Km 67, Pedersen 4053 16 X 1956 C, P. Sierra Aambay, Bei Esperanza, T. Rojas ex herb. Hassler 10756 II 1908 G, P, Prope Tobaty, Hassler 6138 IX 1900 G. Chaco, Puer- to Talavera, K. Fiebrig 1286 IX 1906 G, S. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 49 3. Cuphea lutescens * Koehne Koehne in Martius,l.c. 230, 299—300, lfm. 55, 2. 18773 Bot. Jahrb, 2: 170. 1862; in Engler, Pflanzenreich 216: 150. 1903, Lect6tipo: Brasil, Ribeir&o do Prado, Pohl 3291 Holét. W. Is6t. W. C. viscosissima Saint Hilaire, Fl. Brasil. Mer. 110-111 excl. var. pa- rietarioides . Tipo: Brasil, Minas Geraes, Minas Novas, dans les pati- rages prés du village de Nossa Senhora da Penha, St. Hilaire, 1816-21 Hol6t. P. Isét. P. Non C. viscosissima Jacquin C. lutescens Koehne var. microcalyx Koehne, Bot. Jahrb, l.c. 170; in Engler, l.c. Lect6tipo Brasil, Minas Geraes, Lagéa Santa, Warming 27 IV 1866 Holét. C. C. luteseens Koehne var. macrocalyx Koehne, ll. cc. Lect6tipo: Brasil, Minas Geraes, Caet@é, Lund ex herb. Warming XI 1834 Hol6t. C, Isét. P. C. villosa Pohl ex Koehne y C. lanceolata Pohl ex Koehne, Bot. Yahrb. lec. 170 Nom. nuda. Non C. lanceolata Aiton Arbusto h. 1,60 m (fide coll.), viscos{simo. Rafz lefosa, ramifi- cada. Tallo marrén-rojizo, lefoso en la parte inferior, desnudos, gla bros que se decortican. Ramas densamente pubescentes, pelos finds, blancos, hirsutos y glandulosos viol4ceos pluricelulares. Internodios (h, 30 mm) en las ramas superiores generalmente en zig-zag. Hojas decu- sadas, los pares de las ramas florfferas desiguales, una hoja menor h. bractefforme. Pecfolo 2~10 (22) mm a casi nulos. L4mina oblonga a lan- ceolada, ovada, asim@étrica (15 = 70 x 5 x 20 mm) decurrente en el pe- cfolo, aguda o subobtusa,discolor, a menudo rojizas; pubescencia cisto- lf{tica muy corta, hirsuta, fina, cistolitos generalmente circulares dando apariencia de puntos al caer los pelos; pelos glandulosos finos como en el tallo; 5-12 pares de nervaduras secundarias impresas en el haz, prominentes en el envés generalmente rojizas, base redondeada, sub- truncada, raro cuneada, asimétrica.Flores alternas interpeciolades o en cimas breves. PedGnculos (1 — 2 mm) acrescidos en el fruto, pubes- centes. Hract@olas ovadas (0,5 = 1 mm) agudas, ciliado~glandulosas. C4liz (7 — 16 mm), nervios dorsales viol4ceos; densamente glandu- loso-pubescente y pelos muy cortos blancos; lébulos anchos, ciliados; apéndices intersepAlicos carnosos, viol&ceos o verdosos menores que los l6bulos, Interiormente piloso sobre los nervios, m&s sobre los 2 dorsa- les, lanoso detr&s de los estambres. Pétalos lilas a blancos, o con 1f- neas rosadas, angostamente oblongos o lanceolado=cuneados, obtusos, los dos dorsales algo m&s anchns y md4s cortos, con o sin pelos en el dorso del nervio medio, Estambres episépalos generalmente subexsertos, los 3 ventrales glabros, los otros pilosos, a veces todos pilosos, Uvario glabro, asimétrico, Estilo glabro o con pelos esparcidos. Estiqma capi- tado. Disco glandular horizontal, semicupuliforme, grueso, céncavo, ro- deando la base del ovario, dorso carenado. Ovulos 3 - 6 , Semilla rojo-oscura, obovoideo-aplanada (2 = 2,25 mm), marginada, carGncula notable no prominente (gneralmente 3 semillas). * £1 epf{teto alude al color del follaje. 50 PBN Th Or ky OaiGuly A Vol. 60, No. 1 Distribucién geogr4fica. Endémica de Brasil, en la regién del "cerrado" en altitudes hasta 1300 m. Material estudiado. BRASIL. Goias. Chapada dos Veadeiros, 13 Km S of Te~ rezina, Anderson 7264 16 III 1973 NY, P. Rib. Caringa, Pohl 5738 W,Ri- beirao do Prado, Pohl 3291 W. Inter Agua Béa et Rfo Jequitinhonha Pohl 3125 W. 1 Km E of Alto Parafso to Nova Roma, 1300 m, Anderson 6347 5 III 1973 NY, P. Minas Geraes. Minas Novas, Nossa Senhora das Penhas, St. Hilaire 1816-21 P. Mun. Datas, Rodovfa BR 259, Hatschbach 40832 22 I 1978 MBM,P.Mun. Gouveia, 3 Km S de Arroyo de Tigre, Hatschbach 44735 16 III 1982 MBM, P. Serra do Curral, E. Pereira e Pabst 3278 19 III 1957 HB, P, Re BR 3, Km 432, Pereira, Hatschbach e Pabst 8289 13 IX 1964 HB, P, Caet&, Lund ex herb. Warming XI 1834 C, P. Serra do Espinhago. Mun. Datas, ca. 15 Km S of Diamantina, 1250 m, Anderson et al. 35526 5 II 1972 NY, P. Ib., Lapinha, 1200 m, Irwin et al. 20843 25 II 1968 NY, P. 30 Km SW of Diamantina to Gouveia, 1300 m, Irwin et al. 21820 13 I 1969 NY, P. Ca. 33 Km NE of San Francisco S4 to Salinas, 1100 m, Irwin et al. 23110 11 II 1969 NY, P. Mun. Jabnticatuba, Rfo do Cipé, Hatschbach ! 30022 7 VIII 1972 MBM, P. Mun. Filiberto Caldeira, Curtidor, Hatschbach e Ahumada 31664 16 IJ 1973 MBM, P. Ce. 15 Km W of Corinto, 600 m, Ir — win et al. 26780 2 III 1970 NY, P. Serra do Cabral, E of Joaquim Feli- cio, 1000 m, Irwin et al. 27026 6 III 1970 NY, P. Bahia. Serra do Rio de Contas,980 m, Harley 15365 21 1 1974 K, P. Mun. Rfo de Contas, Mato Grosso, Hatschbach 46505 16 V 1983 MBM, P. Mato Grosso. Mun. Rondoné- polis, Serra da Petrolina, Hatschbach 34140 13 II 1974 MBM, P. * 4. Cuphea persistens Koehne Koehne, Verh. Bot. Ver. Brandenburg 3C: 277. 1888; in Engler, Pflanzen— rerch.) 149.) L9US ei lousteig.: lotivna Fs sia — 02, fig. 2h. 1943) lape: Argentina, Tucum4n, Sauciliaro, Lorentz et Hieronymus I 1874 Holdt.GOT. C. mesostemon Koehne f. ovalifolia Chodat, Bull. Herb. Boissier 7. App. 1: 72. 1899. Tipo: Paraguay, -aquna Ypacaray, Hassler IOWA elie en Hoos G. C. ovalifolia (Chodat) Koehne, Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2e. s@ér. 2: 401.1902. Tipo:el mismo del anterior. C. persistens Koehne var. formosana Lourteig, Darwiniana 8: 271-272. 1948. Tipo: Argentina, Formosa, Pilcomayo, 3 Km de Portefiito, al N,Mo- rel 3869 6 K 1947 HolSt. LIL. Subarbusto h. 50 cm. Rafces ramificadas. Tallos ranificados des- de la base, sublefasos en la parte inferior, procumbentes o erectos; pubescencia cistolftica, setosa hirsuta largufsima y pocos pelos glan-— Culor2s muy cortos, mezclados. Internodios h. 5 em, acortados notable- mente hacia el 4pice . Hojas decusadas,pares miy desiquales en los ra- mos florfiferos, una hoja hasta bractef{forme, Pecfolo h. 5 mm, casi nu- los hacia el 4pice. Lamina lanceolada, raro oblonga (10 - 50 x 5 = 20 mm) aguda; base cuneada, raro obtusa, decurrente en el pecfolo;nerva— duras salientes sobre el envés; pubescencia corta cistol{tica densa,u- * El epfteto alude a los pétalos persistentes después de la antesis, 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 5] niforme sobre ambas faces, + sctas esparcidas. Flores alternas interpe- ciolares o en cimas cortas, axilares. Pedénculos (1-1,5 mm). Bractéolas cerca del Spice del peddnculo,ovadas (0,5 = 1 mm) agudas, ciliadas, 4- pice generalmente con una seta larga. C4Sliz (7,5 = 10 mm) verdoso, dorso viol&ceo, calcar corto, otbuso; pelos cort{simos en el calcar; sobre los nervios larguf{simas setas vio- léceas,desigquales, hirsutas (en general 1,5 = 3 mm largo); l6bulos triangulares? apéndices intersep4licos menores, setosos. Interiormente piloso sobre los nervios, o sobre los 2 dorsales solamente, lanoso de- tr4s de los estambres. Pétalos lilas a viol4ceos, lineares a elf{ptico- cuneados, los dorsales obovado-cuneados, pelos blancos hirsutos en el dorso del nervio medio, Estambres episépalos subexsertos, 3 ventrales glabros, los otros pilosos. Disco glandular grueso, subascendente,c6n— cavo, dorso carenado. Uvario semiovoideo-asimétrico, glabro. Estilo villoso. Estigma pequefio. Uvulos 6 — 13. Semilla parda, obovaideo-aplanada (+ 3 mm),marginada, finamente fo veolada, carfincula notable no prominente. Distribuci6n geogr&fica. Vive en campos , cerrado, abras de selva, lade~ ras de montaMas. Abundante en el NW de Argentina. Material estudiado. DRASIL. Mato Grosso. Corumb4, C.A.Conceic@éo 1629 4 X 15685 P, Serra do Aguapei, 3-6 Km N of Fazenda Santa Catarina, 300- 400 m, J.H. Kirkbride & E, Lleras 2994 2 III 1977 P, US. C&ceres to S of Serra do Aguapei, Km 125, 190 m, Kirktride & Lleras 3041 4 III 1977 P, US. SW do Sopé da Serra Bodoquina, Pires e Furtado 17181 20 X 1980 NY, P. BOLIVIA. Santa Cruz. Prov. Cordillera, Alto Parapefi, 850 m, R. de Mi- ehel 201 © 69152962 LPB Ps Ib. , te: Michel 239° 4-1. 1963.LPH, P. ARGENTINA. Jujuy. Tumbaya, Volc4n, Cabrera et al. 15535 27 II 1963 LP P. Santa Barbara,fl Fuerte, Cabrera et al. 17275 5 I 1966 LP, P. Ib., Fabris et al. 5090 11 II 1964 LP, P. Salta: Alvarado, R. Filipovich 295 s.d. P, US. José de San Mart{n,Coronel Cornejo, Marufiak, Quarf{n y Sthinini 593 9 XII 1972 CTES, P.Tucum4n. Taff, Ruta 9, ca. del Cadi- llal, Srapovickas y Crist6bal 14521 1 1 1969 CTES, P. Formosa. Pilco- mayo, Puente Hé Bé Chico, Morel 4204 24 XI 1949 LIL. Ib., Puerto Ramos Morel 7140 2 XI 1949 LIL.Ib., 3 Km de Portefito, al N, Morel 3869 6 X 1947 LIL. (M&s material, v. Lourteig,l.c.). PARAGUAY. Sierra de Anambay , Hassler V 1913 G,P. Ib., Hassler 12096 II 1913 BM, P. Ib., Hassler 11219 V 1913 BM, G,P. Campo Tucangu4,Hass- ler 3834 I 1900 G,P. OBS. El material de Bolivia (Santa Cruz) no posee setas ri en las ko- jas ni en el tallo. En cambio, Hassler 11219,de Paraquay, presenta una densidad superlativa de setas, Las variaciones observadas no presentan ninguna relacién fitogeogr&fica. 52 PHiWetaO LeO: GullgA Vol. 60. No. 1 * 5. Cuphea Scolnikiae Lourt. sp. n. Herba usque 30 em alta. Caule e rhizomate radicante, deinde erecto, den- sissime et adpresse malpighiaceo-pubescents; pilis tenuissimis, anisobra- chiatis aut cystolithicis, pilis brevibus albis vel violaceis et setis longis (0,7 mm) sparsis, intermixtis. Folia tam longa quam internodia vel breviora, elliptica aut lanceolata (13 - 40 x4 - 18 mm) utraque pa- gina cystoliticospubescentes cum setis tenuibus sparsis intermixtis; subtus nervo centrali et 4-7 paribus secundariis conspicuis, hirsuto= pubescentis. Flores pauci, axillares. Calyx (5,5 - 8,5 mm) calcare obtuso, pubescentia uniformi brevi cum setis violaceis intermixtis; lobuli acuti; appendices intersepalici ob-~ tusi quam lobuli mirores. Intus biseriatim pilosus in nervis dorsalibus et lanato—pubescens pone stamina. Petala sex, violacea (4 = 4,5 mm) in-= terdum pilis in dorso nervi centralis; duo dorsalia obovato-spathulata, ventralia elliptico-linearis. Stemina 11; duo dorsalia brevissima, epi- sepala_. subexserta, 3 ventralia fere glabra, epipetalia densissime la- Nata. Diseus suborbicularis. Ovarium fusiforme, glabrum. Stylus glaber vel pauci pilosus, post anthesim exsertus. Ovula + 10. Semina nigra nitida (2,5 x 2 mm), subrectangularia complanata, mar- gine insigniter incrassata ad basim et ad apicem (loco carunculae) inter- rupta, 4 angulis acu*issimis. Typus: Bolivia, Prov. Itdnez, sobre el Rfo San “art{n, Scolnik y Lu- trobZ. 24 Xt 194 Holet. PP. lsat. CORD: Rastrera. Rafz fibrosa, fina, ramificada. Tallo rizomatoso, radi- cante en la parte inferior, largo (h. 20 cm), pubescencia cistolftica, finfsima adpresa o subhirsuta cortfsima, en parte malpighi&cea (pelos con ramas desiguales), mezclada con pelos muy cortos, blancos c viold= ceos y algunas setas m4s largas (0,7 mm), esparcidas. Hojas generalmen- te del largo de los internodios o m4s cortas, decusadas, uniformes, sub- s@ésiles o pecioladas (h. 2,5 mm). L4mina elfptica a lanceolada (13 - 49 x 4—- 18 mm), aguda, base cuneada,raro obtusa, 4-7 pares de nervaduras secundarias ascendentes, reunidas formando una colectora cerca del mar- gen, prominentes en el envés;pubescencia cistolftica ordenada, densisi- ma ( a veces s6lo perceptible en el haz), muy corta en el envés, setas finas + esparcidas sobre ambas faces, nervaduras hirsuto~pubescentes sobre el envés. Flores raras,solitarias, axilares, hacia el 4pice de las ramas. Pedtinculo muy corto (h. 1 mm). Bract@éolas aovadas (h. 0,5 mm) agudas, ciliadas, adpreso-pubescentes,ca. la mitad del pediinculo (2). C4liz (5,5 = 8,5 mm) calecar redondeado; enangostado en la fauce, pubescencia + uniforme, corta y setas violdceas mezcladas; lé6bulos aqu- dos; apéndices intersep4licos obtusos netamente menores que los lébulos. Interiormente lanoso-pubescente detrds de los estambres, tubo glabro, los dos nervios dorsales pilosos. Pétalos viol&ceos (4 ~ 4,5 mm),a ve- ces con pocos pelos sobre el dorso del nervio medio, hirsutos; los dor- * Dedicada a Rosa Scolnik, nédica Brgeobine (19 -1980) interesada en la Fitoterapéutica y que recogié el tipo. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 53 sales obovado—espatulados, subagudos. Estambres ll, los 2 dorsales cor- t{simos casi glabros, los episépalos subexsertos, casi glabros;los o - tros menores, densamente lanosos. Disco gtandular grueso,subhorizontal, céncavo superiormente, dorso convexo. “vario fusiforme, glabro + tan largo como el estilo. Estilo delgado, glabro o con pocos pelos hacia el Spice, netamente exserto después de la antesis. Estigma pequefio, capita do. Ovulos ¥ 10.(3). Semilias 9, muy caracterfsticas, negras a la madurez ( 2,5 x 2 mm) subrectangulares, gruesas, aplanadas con m&rgenes laterales notablemen- te engrosados, interrumpidos en la base y en el 4pice (zona caruncular), presentando 4 4ngulos muy agudos. Distribucién geogr4fica. Vive en la regié6n de la cuenca amaz6nica,en selva baja, varzea, suelos arenosos, arcillosos, al borde del aqua. Material estudiado. BOLIVIA. La Paz. Prov. Iturralde, Luisita, 13° 5°S 67° 15°W, 180 m, W Rfo Beni, al lado Rfo Muqui, Beck y R. Haase 9837 22 II 1984 LPB, P. Beni. Prov. Iténez, sobre el Rfo San Martin, Scolnik y Luti 682 24 XI 1947 P. BRASIL. Amazonas. Km 21 de Rodovfa Itacoati4ra - Manaus, E. Oliveira 2909 8 XI 1963 IAN. Mato Grosso. Fazenda Cachimbo, Sub. Base Projeto RADAM 21 ZR — PT, Estrada BR 80, M.R.Cordeiro 1237 20 XI 1976 NY, US. NGcleo Pioneiro de Humboldt, Rfo Aripuana, bel. Salto dos Dardanelos, C.C.Berg et al. 19820 22 X LOTI NY, P. (1) Es con reserva que ubico esta especie en la Seccién Pseudocircaea porque si bien presenta los pétalos persistentes después de la antesis dobl4ndose dentro del c4liz, lo cual constituye el carf&cter m4s salien- te de la seccién, y generalmente pelos en el dorso del nervio medio de los p&étalos, lo que asf ocurre en las otras especies, las semillas pre- sentan, una forma muy peculiar, muy distinta a la de todas las especies de esta seccién. (2) Las bract@olas de la colecci6n Oliveira 2909, orbiculares (+ 2 mm) parecen anormales. OBS. Dentro de los especf{menes estudiados hay variaciones en la composi- cién de la pubescencia. Asf{, Cordeiro 1237 muestra apenas algunas setas en los 4pices jévenes; Beck y Haase 9877 tiene ramas con setas y otras Bin ellas; Berg et al. 19820 es todo setosos El tipo presenta raras se- tas y muche pubescencia unibraquiada. El c4liz se hace netamente "ampullaceo" en el fruta, conservando la fauce angosta (semejante a C. carthagenensis). Gracias a los di&fogos epistolares con Julian Steyermark pude in - troducir detalles de interés en la Seccidén Amazoniana ; el r&pido prés- tamo de las Gltinas colecciones de 1985 decidieron el problema de C.Car- donae Lourt. Los envfos de préstamos de N.Y. Botanical Garden fueron u- Na appreciable colaboracién. 54 Pvt AOR) ONG: ea Vol. 60, No. 1 BIBLIOGRAF IA BENTHAM, F., XVII. Contributions toward a Flora of South America. Enume- ration of the Plants collected by Mr. SCHOMBURGK in British Guiana. (Lythraceae). J. Bot. 2: 286 - 324. 1840. CHODAT, R., Lythraceae in Plantae Hasslerianae, soit Enumeration... Bull. Herb. Boissier 7: App. 1: 72 - 73. 1899. HERZOG, T., Lythraceae in Die von Th. HERZOG auf seiner zweiten Reise durch Bolivien im den Jahren 1910 und 1911 gesammelten Pflan- zen. Meded. Rijks Herb. Leiden 27: 16 - 18. 1915. KOEHNE,E., Lythraceae in MARTIUS, Flora Brasliensis 13i(2)is1) UI Se— esl lame 39 - 67. 1877. Monachii. fee Lythraceae Mononraphiae describuntur. Bot. Jahrb. 1:436-4568; 1681; 2: 136 - 176. 1882; 3: 129 - 155. 1882; 4: 386-431.1883. --~ Eine neue Cuphea aus Argentinien. Verhand. Bot. Ver. Branden— burg 30: 277 - 278. 1889. =-- Lythraceae adjectis specierum nonnullarum extra-americanarum descriptionibus. Bot. Jah>b.23. Beibl. 57:17 - 26. 1897. << ir CHODAT, R., Lythraceae in Plantae Hassierianae. Pull. Herb. Boissier 2e, sér. 2: 401 — 403. 1902. --- Lythraceae in Engler, Pflanzenreich 216: 1 - SAG hg. lems 1903. Leipzig. — Ex Herbario Hassleriano. Neue Lythraceae aus Paraguay und dem Gran Chaco. Repert. Sp. Nov. B: 196 = 199, 1910. LOURTEIG, &A., Lythraceae Argentinae. Lilloa 9: 317 — 421, fig. 1-27,14m. at — ily 1 mapa. 1943. ooo Ibid. Addenda II. Darwiniana 8: 263 ~— 278, fig. l= 6, 1ldm. 1- Sie LOA6 --- Lythraceae in SCHULTES, Plantae Austroamericanae IX. Bot. Mus. Leaflets (Harvard Univ.) 16: 219 = 228, lém. 35 — 37. 1554. — Lythraceae in MAGUIRE, The Botany of the Cuayana Highland. Mem. NEVE BoteGardemeg iis cso5n— soon an lgenaool. --- Una nueva Seccié6n y una nueva especie de Cuphea. Notas Museo La Plata 94: 279 - 2Hd, fig.1959. —— Lythraceae Austrcamericanae. Sellowia 16: 119 - 162, fig.1-8, Mame l= le LIGA. --- La identidad de Cuphea affinitatum Koehne. Sellowia 17 765=66% . 1965. 1986 Lourteig, Dos secciones del genero Cuphea 55 ee Spéciation et vicariance chez une Section du genre Cuphea (Lythracées). C. R. Société Biogéographie 62 . 1986. (En im- presién). RUSBY, H.H., On the collections of Mr. Miguel BANG. III. Corrections, additions and notes referring to parts I and II. Mem. Tor- rey Bot. Club 6 (1): 1 — 130. 1896. Saint HILAIRE, A. de, Salicarieae in Florae Brasiliae Meridionalis 3: 94 —~ 189, 14m. 182 —- 192. 1833. Parisii. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XVII Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional & emended bibliography: Loud., Encycl. Pl. 522, 523, 1116, & 1146, fig. 8709. 1829; Lechl., Berb. Amer. Austr. 53. 1857; Engl., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 7: 477. 1886; K. Schum., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 9: 220. 1888; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 1, 1: 589--590. 1935; D. E. Clarke & al., Sunset New West. Gard, Book, imp. 1, 247. 1967; Walden, Flow. Pl. Hong Kong pl. 40, fig. 110, & pl. 43, fig. 111. 1977; D. E. Clarke & al., Sunset New West. Gard. Book, imp. 2, 247. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 59: 462--499, 506, 507, & 510--512. 1986. Add to Excluded Taxa: Ovieda pillo-pillo Meisn. in Lechl., Berb. Amer. Austr. 53. 1856 = Ovidia piblo-piblo Hohen., Thymeleaceae. CLERODENDRUM GLABRUM var. VAGUM (Hiern) Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 4: 45. 1952; Wild, Rhodes. Agric. Journ. 49: 289. 1952; Wild, Veg. South. Rhodes. Term. 11. 1952; Wild, Vict. Falls Handb. 158. 1953; Pardy, Rhodes. Agric. Journ: 52: 414. 1955: Wild, Rhodes... Agric.. Journ. 52: 538. 1955: Wild, Observ. Veg. Sabi 8. 1955; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1955: 63. 1956; Coates & Palgrave, Trees Cent. Afr. 42/7-- [429]. 1957; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 101. 1959; Mold., Résumé 141, 144--146, 148--150, 152, 153, 262, 263, 267, 268, 272, 273, 344, & 450. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees Shrubs 582 & 584. 1961; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 30. 1962; H. Huber in Hutchins. & Dalz., Fle W. Trop: Afr., ed:-2;, 441. 19633. Mold., Resume Suppl. 9: 3 (1964), 12: 6 (1965), and 13: 4. 1966; C. A. Sm., Comm. Names S. Mir, Pils GON. W602 NMnotie, Mss@es ticle Wess lls. Airs UrOw> Wiel. 1966: 56. 1967; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.11: 504. 1967; Mold., Résu- me Suppl. 5:2 8°& V8. W673 Mold., Biol. Abstr. 49: 4199. 1968; Greenway, Journ. East Afr. Nat. Hist. Soc. 27: 196. 1969; Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 237. 1969; Van der Schijff, Check List Vasc. Pl. Kruger Natl. Park 81. 1969; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya. 4612-1970; Mold., Fifth Summslr 228; 235, 239), 240, 2EDA RS CAS PEW Casi, Cats Bag. CUT UMS Ley Ulay GUN ay titlovi 464, & 465 (1971) and 2: 622, 866, & 970. 1971; Mold., Phytologia sa: Zig. (ibeenold.. Phytol. Mem: 2: 218, 225.229, 230, 2325 Zone 23S AOU iets Cray C405 S49 5 Bobs Ook, Gor. TOSOs. Hh Nie weuAcoes Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 458. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 57: 390 (1985), 58: 181 (1985), and 59: 259, 335, 346, 486, 494, & 499. 1986. Illustrations: J. Hutchins., Botanist South. Afr. 399. 1946; Coates & Palgrave, Trees Cent. Afr. [429] (in color). 1957. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its decidedly pubescent young branchlets, the leaf-blades being pubes- cent on the venation above and ae ad throughout beneath, 1986 Moldenke, Notes on Céenxodendraum 57 and the larger externally pubescent calyxes. A small bush, subshrub, or shrub, or even small shrubby tree, 0.5--10 m, tall, often branched from the base, sometimes with a strong disagreeable odor; crown bushy; stems to 20 cm. in diameter at breast height; branches terete, more or less pilose-pubescent when young with a dense, light-gray, velvety tomentum, especially at the nodes, finally glabrous; bark light-gray, tough, irregularly ridged, flaky, with prominent lenticels; nodes conspicuously thick- ened; branchlets woody, slender, subterete, stramineous, pilose- pubescent; twigs tinged mauve-brown; wood hard, cross-grained; sap colorless; leaf-scars on old branches very large, prominent, mostly ternate, corky; leaves decussate-opposite or ternate, often short- petiolate, deciduous; petioles very slender, 0.4--2 cm. long, dense- ly pubescent or hirsurulous; leaf-blades subcoriaceous to subcharta- ceous or membranous, ovate or ovate-lanceolate to oval-elliptic, elliptic-oblong, or oblong, 2.5--8.5 cm. long, 1--5 cm. wide, api- cally acute or acuminate to obtuse, marginally entire, basally rounded or cuneate and acute, dark-green and sparsely pilose or soft- ly puberulent-pubescent above, especially on the venation, finally glabrescent except for the venation, lighter and more densely pilose- pubescent to velvety-pubescent and glandular-impressed-punctate be- neath; midrib slender, impressed above, prominent or prominulent be- neath, pubescent on both surfaces; secondaries 4--7 per side, ob- scure above, arcuate-ascending, often irregularly branched, looping near the margins, prominent or only slightly prominulent beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation fine, rather sparse; inflorescence ax- illary and terminal, abbreviated, 3--5 cm. long, 2.5--3 cm. wide, densely canescent-villous or villous-tomentose throughout, the cymes compound, dense or loose, densely bracteolate, few- to many-flowered; peduncles slender, 0.5--1] cm. long; pedicels 2--5 mm. long, puberu- lent or finely pubescent; bracts lanceolate, as long as or longer than the pedicels, pubescent or villous; bractlets and prophylla linear or linear-subulate, 4--8 mm. long, tomentose or villous; flowers regular, unpleasantly (skunk-like) aromatic or fragrant, much frequented by insects; calyx tubular or subtubular to campanulate, 2--5 mm. long, externally villous or tomentose, the rim 5-toothed, the teeth narrow, about 2 mm. long, not spreading, apically acumin- ate; corolla hypocrateriform, white or pinkish to yellow or mauve, about 3 times as long as the calyx, the tube cylindric, straight, 0.8--1.3 cm. long, the upper portion glandular-pubescent, the lobes oblong or suborbicular, subequal, about 4 mm. long, apically sub- acute, dorsally glandular-pubescent, ventrally glabrous; stamens longer than the corolla-tube, exserted; filaments and style tinged mauve, purple, or pink to pale-violet; ovary oblong, 2-celled, ex- ternally glabrous; ovules 2 per cell; fruiting-calyx shallowly cupu- liform, about 5 mm. long and 1 cm. wide, externally more or less pi- lose or glabrate, very laxly spreading, the rim irregularly lobed; fruit drupaceous, oblong, about 9 mm. long and 6 mm. wide, fleshy, wrinkled in drying, externally glabrous. This puzzling taxon is based on a Welwitsch collection from Ango- la; Thomas’ C, gfabaum var. pubescens is based on Welwitsch 5752 from near the sea in Benguela, Angola; C. gfabrum var. incarnatum is 58 Put Vet Oe O.Gcl eA Vol. 60, No. 1 based on a Welwitsch collection from Mossamedes; C. xehmanni is based on Rehmann 5066 (according to Thomas) from bushveld between Klippan and the Eland River in Transvaal; while C. enrcophy£lum is based on Fischer 331 from Tanganyika. C£enodendron ovake Klotzsch is based on a Peters collection from Tanganyika. The C, ovale credited to Baker and to Kunth are synonyms of typical C, gfabnum E. Mey.; the C. ovalifolium of A. Gray is Fanadaya ovalifolia (A. Gray) Seem., while C. ovakifolium (A. L. Juss.) Bakh. is C. {2ortbundwn var. Latifolium F. Muell. Collectors have encountered CLerodendrum glabrum var. vagum on anthills, on granite or limestone outcrops and kopjes, among granite boulders in rocky places, along roadsides, on riverbanks, in sand-pits, in bushveld, sandveld, lowveld, and sourveld, in red, sandy, or granitic soil, among large rocks and stones in gritty soil, on bush savannas, on steep rocky hillsides and slopes, in grassland with scattered Acacia, Commiphora, Combretum, and clumps of shrubs, on the banks of seasonal streams with Zizyphus, Acacia, Grewia, etc., clustered in coppices on hillsides, on open-forested, flat, sandy plains, and in open Brachystegia woodlands and CoLopho- Spermum forests, at altitudes of 10--2300 meters, in flower from No- vember to August, and in fruit in May and July. In Transvaal this plant is reported to be "rare" by Story, "quite common along the range" by Repton, and "a fairly frequent spreading Shrub" by Acocks; in Zimbabwe Nornby calls it "occasional". In South Africa it was found by Rodin "on sandy hills with Syzygium condatum intermingled in swamps with Ficus and other trees". Greenway describes it as "a stiffly branched shrub to 15 feet tall with heads of white flowers and aromatic leaves, very locally common in open grasslands with Apodytes dimidiata, Vanissa edulis, Rhus, Heerta, Croton macnostachys, Euckea spp., Osyris abyssinica, and Thespesia garckeana on the lower slopes of mountains in a dark brown loam of volcanic origin" in Tanganyika. Coates & Palgrave (1957) describe this plant as "a medium-sized tree, reaching 25 to 30 feet in height, with a trunk 4 to 10 inches in diameter and brown in colour...... [with] A one- or two-seeded drupe turning dark brown or black when fully mature" and occurring in Southern Rhodesia [=Zimbabwe]. Northern Rhodesia [=Zambia] and Nyasaland [=Malawi ]. Hiern (1900) describes his two varieties of Sxphonanthus glabra as follows: "Var. tncannata. A shrub, 2 to 5 ft. high; branches short- ly and softly pubescent, erect or spreading; leaves coriaceous, herbaceous green, somewhat fleshy, 1 to 2 in. long by % to 1 in broad, mostly ternate; petiole % to % in. long; flowers flesh- coloured; stamens 4. Mossamedes. -- In thickets at the mouth of the river Bero, in sandy somewhat salt places; fl. July 1859. No. 5753. This variety has the habit of S. (C£erodendron) Rehmanntk (GUrke in Pl. Wilm. n. 601) from the Transvaal, but the foliage of our speci- mens is nearly glabrous and the corolla-tube is shorter. "Var. vaga. A shrub, 2 to 3 ft. high, sparingly branched; branches pallid, tomentellous, rambling; branchlets hoary-tomentose; leaves mostly ternate or quaternate, 4 to 1 in. long by \ to 4% in. broad, 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 59 more or less pubescent; petiole 1/8 to % in. long; flowers white. Benguella. -- In maritime thickets near Benguella; fl. March 1859. No. 57525" Dahlstrom collected C, gfabaum var. vagum “in an area considered [to be] the northern outpost of Cape flora, with the precipitation from rain and mist considerably higher than elsewhere in northern Transvaal". Dyer speaks of the "flowers covering the whole tree”. StoLz 1166 appears to represent a large-leaved form. Codd 2291 is described by its collector as having “glaucous-pubescent leaves", but the use of the term "glaucous" seems inappropriate here. Sim (1907) distinguishes the variety from the typical form of the spe- cies by "the twigs, inflorescence and under surface of young leaves pubescent". CLenodendron rchmannii var. tenuifolium Merxm. is based on Dehn 276 and the type specimen in the Munich herbarium is accompanied by a hand-colored illustration on the sheet. Wager 4.n. was annotated in the same herbarium as being from the type locality of C. rxehmanni but having its leaves "nearly glabrous". Eiovson 27000 is also from the type locality of C. xehmanni “and is in fact a very good match with the type collection". West 1083 is said to be “inter- mediate between C, xchmanni and C. glabawm, the leaves not profuse- ly gland-dotted beneath". Smits 4.n. bears a notation: "This would key out as C. rxehmanni but I cannot separate it from hairy forms of C. gfabrum". Vernacular names recorded for C. gfabaum var. vagum are "“nungwangala", "“nyaka-chembere", “omululu", "“omururu", and “umhlambuzi". The corollas are described as having been "white on Banbosa & Moreno 10144, Chase 5462, Codd 5333, Galpin 9059, Greenway 7742, Peter 40596, Pothirl & Paulo 973, Read 1019, Richards 28442, Rodin 4663, Schhieben 3148, 3648, & 9204, Stony 1890, Tanner 1479, Teixeina 1783, Torne 8795, Tonne & Paiva 10643, Werdermann & Ober- dieck 1805, and Wormald 3/51, “dull-white" on Chase 1206, "white- lilac" on Barbosa & Moreno 9834, “pinkish-white" on Mendes 1161, "white or pale-pink" on Acocks 8846, "pink, segments white" on Dyer 3407, "mauve" on Chase 6292, and "yellow" on Giklet 4738. Keys for distinguishing this plant from its near relatives will be found in the present series of notes under C. discolor (Klotzsch) Vatke [59: 259] and C. dusenié Glrke (59: 335]. Thomas (1936) separates the taxa in his Section Odontocalyx as follows: 1. Branches and lower leaf-surface more or less glabrous; calyx 2--3 mm. long, the teeth awl-shaped and divergent; corolla-tube more or less glabrous. 2. Inflorescence closely compressed; peduncles up to 1.5 cm. long; corolla-tube 5--7 mm. long; no petiolar spur remaining on the branches; supplementary buds not visible.......... C. glabrum. 2a. Inflorescence loose; peduncles to 4 cm. long; corolla-tube 7-- 8 mm. long; small petiolar spurs on the branches; one supple- mehtary: budhplaihl y: VPSTHI@ S22 2.5 22 ae et C. glabratum. la. Branches and lower leaf-surface with white pubescence; calyx 4-- 5 mm. long; corolla-tube glandular-pubescent. 3. Calyx & split, the lobes plainly divergent; leaf-blades apical- 60 PYRO VRT SOND ‘OcGek A Vol. 60, No. 1 ly acuminate, basally narrowed into the petiole; corolla-tube 9S2 Omit: dongevinw:. se C. aehmanni [=C. glabawm var. vagum]). 3a. Calyx 1/3 split, the lobes scarcely divergent; leaf-blades o- vate; corolla-tube about 12 mm. long.......... C. erntophyllum [=C. glabaum var. vagum]. Baker (1900) separates the taxa as follows: 1. Leaf-blades oblong. 2. Leaf=blades glabrous... 00.5. . sec eeecercsccccecenauce C. glabrum. 2a. Leaf-blades slightly pubescent beneath.......eeeeees C. ovake. la. Leaf-blades ovate, basally round, very pubescent. Pearson (1901) separates them as follows: 1. Leaf-blades profusely gland-dotted beneath; corolla-tube not ex- Ceediniguiy seine lie VOW Gite ce nates ov etacc co's! o wires ers Se) oie C. glabrum. la. Leaf-blades not gland-dotted beneath; corolla-tube not less CAVA Gee I MUGAI. ON STeys cc cts = cltlosaiereasie himpis al 5 res 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 69 549,0h 5614018985 Urbs seSymbatAntilleSseimpsol,2 368s 1908s90. Es Schulz in Urb., Symb. Antill. 6: 68--69. 1909; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 320 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bots Buitenz.,/ser:23,°32995. 19215. Stapf,o Ind. Lond.’ 13079301929; Mold., Brittonia 1: 468--469 & 472. 1934; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 18. 1936; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 4, 5, & 37. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 2, 19, 20, & 21. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 2, 17, 19, & 21. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 24, 72, 84, 88, & 90. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp..2, 1: 46, 549, & 561. TEAS snMoiid. <6Aliphashist Tks heed, Solas Zap 0679089, 999, ohl6suiiss 186, 187, 273, 315, & 316 (1946), 2: 347, 349, 358, 418, 466, 468, 646, 647, & 649--651 (1948), 3: 663, 695, 866, 869, 889, 924, & 930 (1949), and 4: 1021, 1030, 1035, 1038, 1084, 1137, 1144, & 1162. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 42, 43, 45, 158, 174, 179, & 181. 1949; Roig, Dicc. Bot. Nom. Vulg. Cub. 2: 716 & 1005. 1953; Synge in Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Hort., ed. 2500: 505. °1956; Alain ‘in Ledn & Alain, “Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 299, SOE fe3.L0 Fo&. 319-321 sh Figdvl38s 19575..Mold.s¢ Biol. ‘Abstr..32 202353 1958; Mold., Phytologia 6: 276 (1958), 6: 453--454 (1959), and 7: 76. 1959; Mold., Résumé 50, 51, 53, 216, 229, 252, 262, 264, 268, 273, 440, 447, & 450. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 4, 15, 16, & 25. 1959; Jacks..in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 46, 549, & 561. 1960; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 36: 4036. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 7: 458. 1961; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 44. 1962; Urb., Symb. Antill. SMI Diets SOS 11964); Togiew,, Fl. «Cubs: Supiliedi24.a 9693 sMoilidies Fifth Summ. 1: 95, 98, 358, 378, 379, 427, 434, 446, 454, & 465 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1753 (1974) and 4: 2080. 1974; Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 299, 301, 310, & 319--321, fig. 138. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 88, 91, 349, & 537. 1980; Capote & Garcia, Revist. Jard. Bot. Nac. 4: 48. 1983; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 418. 1983; Raj, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 39: 358, 374, 383, & 394. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 57: 478 (1985), 58: 198 (1985), and 59: 117, Demet OT OA) 6 li IOV Illustrations: W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 72 [ser. 3, 2]: pl. 4230 (in color). 1846; Paxt., Mag. Bot. 13: 217 (in color). 1847; Lemaire & Van Houtte, Fl. Serres, ser. 1, 4: pl. 324 (in color). 1848; Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cub., imp. 1, 4: 320, fig. 138 (1957 )rcand) impe) 2), (2: 320 Fight W380 1974, A shrub or tree, 1--4 m. tall; branches sometimes procumbent; branchlets slender, light-gray or almost white, obtusely and usual- ly obscurely tetragonal or terete, glabrous, tuberculate; twigs simi- lar to the branchlets but buff-colored or brownish and more or less puberulent or pubescent, often more or less verruculose-lenticel- late; nodes tetragonal-compressed, not annulate; principal inter- nodes 1--10.5 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite or whorled in 5's, the members of a pair or whorl often approximate; petioles slender or stoutish, 2--9 mm. long, minutely puberulent; leaf-blades firmly chartaceous or coriaceous, bright- or dark-green above, lighter be- neath, elliptic, obovate, or oblanceolate to obovate-oblong, oblong, or sublanceolate, 4--21 cm. long, 1.8--7.2 cm. wide, apically round- 70 Ba VT OL 0G TF Vol. 60, No. 1 ed to abruptly short-acuminate or short-cuspidate, marginally en- tire and revolute, basally acute or rounded to narrowly subcordate, glabrous above or obscurely puberulent along the midrib, minutely puberulent on the venation or glabrous beneath; midrib slender, flat above, prominent beneath; secondaries slender, 6--8 per side, arcu- ate-ascending, prominulent beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation a- bundant, slightly prominulent beneath, the larger portions often al- sO Subprominulent above; inflorescence axillary or subterminal to terminal, cymose-corymbose or paniculate, 9.5--12 cm. long, trichot- omous, few-flowered or loosely many-flowered, usually 9--18-flowered, Subequaling the subtending leaves, basally bibracteolate; peduncles slender, 3.5--12 cm. long, minutely puberulent, buff-colored; pedi- cels very slender, 4--13 mm. long, minutely puberulent; bracts none; bractlets few, linear, 2--4 mm. long, puberulent; prophylla linear or setaceous, 1--2 mm. long, puberulent; flowers nutant during an- thesis; calyx campanulate or cupuliform, about 3 mm. long, membran- ous, rather broad, 5-angular, basally nigrescent, externally puberu- lent or hirtellous, the rim truncate and shortly 5-dentate, the teeth very small, apically cuspidate, basally subquadrangular, reflexed; corolla tubular-infundibuliform, yellow, 2--3 cm. long, externally puberulent or softly pubescent, internally glabrous, 5--6 times as long as the calyx, its tube 4--5 times as long as the calyx, the limb small, 5-lobed, often not spreading, the lobes ovate, subequal, apically acute, erect or spreading; stamens inserted in a whorl in the lower portion of the corolla-tube, in 2 unequal pairs, long- exserted; filaments slender, twice as long as the anthers, glabrous, basally dilated; anthers dorsifixed, oblong-sagittate or elliptic; style filiform, as long as the stamens, not thickened apically; stigma bifid; ovary globose, 4-celled, each cell l-ovulate; fruiting pedicels erect; fruiting-calyx somewhat accrescent, pelviform; fruit drupaceous, obovate or obovate-rotund to oblong, /7--10 mm. long, 6-- 1] mm. wide, apically compressed, very fleshy, externally glabrous or pulverulent, blue or light-blue, glaucous, nigrescent in drying, composed of 4 (or by abortion only 1--3) elongate semicylindric pyrenes, the pulp greenish. Although it is now known that this species is endemic to Cuba, Hooker (1846) says: "Of the native country of this very pretty shrub I regret to say we are ignorant. We are indebted for flowering spec- imens, in December, 1845, to Mr. Henderson, of Pine-apple Place, Kensington, who received plants from Mr. Makoy, of Liége, under the erroneous name of ‘yellow Rondeletia'; and about the same time also, from Messrs. Lucombe and Pince, of the Exeter Nursery. It is quite clear that this is no Rondefetia, nor any Rubiaceous plant, but a true Aegiphila, with singularly large yellow tubular flowers, well worthy of a place in every collection, flowering as it does in the middle of winter in a warm stove, and then the flowers are succeed- ed by the glaucous-blue berries." Actually the fruits are drupes and the plant is not an Aegiphifa, but is a true and typical CLeno- dendrum. [to be continued ] MEDBOLA VIRGINIANA L. AN ADDITION TO THE LOUISIANA FLORA Dennis K. Brown Department of Biology Southeasterm Louisiana University Hammond, Louisiana 70402 Medeola virginiana L. (Liliaceae), Indian cucumber-root, is listed in a number of regional flora (e.g., Gleason and Cronquist, 1963; Rickett, 1967; and Small, 1933) as occurring "to Louisiana". However, no record of Medeola having been previously collected in Louisiana is known, nor does it occur on a recent state checklist (Thomas and Allen, 1984). A population of two to three dozen plants of Medeola was found in flower on a sandy hill near Pushepatapa Creek in Sec. 38, T1S, R12E, Washington Parish, Louisiana, in May, 1985. Washington Parish has been previously surveyed (Taylor and Thomas, 1985) and its unique plants reported (Thomas and Taylor, 1986). Medeola was discovered during a spring 1985, survey of approximately 37 acres along Pushepatapa Creek. This survey was undertaken because of the relatively undisturbed nature of the tract. Conversations with local residents indicate the area has not been logged since the early 1900's. The habitat is hilly, mesic hardwood forest located within Louisiana's longleaf pine vegetation zone. The Pushepatapa Creek watershed is well known to Louisiana botanists to contain a number of plants unusual to the area. It is, for example, the only known Louisiana location for Quercus laevis Walt. (turkey oak) and Thelypteris noveboracensis (L.) Nieuwl. (New York fern) (Thomas, personal communication). This habitat is ecologically significant and is probably the westem limit of Medeola's geographic distribution as well as for other species. The Nature Conservancy's Louisiana Natural Heritage Program has assigned Medeola to its rarest plant status (Sl) for the state (Parker, 1986). Voucher soecimens are deposited in the herbaria of Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, and Southeasterm Louisiana University, Hammond. 71 72 Pat *Y oT OGEGO CG 51 8A Vol. 60, No. 1 LITERATURE CITED Gleason, H.A. and A.Cronquist. 1963. Manual of vascular plants of northeasterm United States and adjacent Canada. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., Princeton, New Jersey. Parker, A. 1986. Louisiana special plant list. Louisiana Natural Heritage Program, Baton Rouge, Louisiana. Rickett, H.W. 1967. Wildflowers of the United States - Vol. II. The southeastern states. The New York Botanical Garden. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. Small, J.K. 1933. Manual of southeasterm flora. The author, New York. Taylor, D.D. and R.D. Thomas. 1985. A preliminary checklist of the vascular flora of Washington and St. Tammany parishes, Louisiana. Contributions of the Herbarium of Northeast Louisiana University 6: 1 - 104. Thomas, R.D. and C.M. Allen. 1984. A preliminary checklist of the pteridosperms, gymnosperms, and monocotyledons of Louisiana. Contributions of the Herbarium of Northeast Louisiana University 4: 1 - 55. Thomas, R.D. and D.D. Taylor. 1986. Significant collections of Louisiana plants, XII. Washington and St. Tammany parishes. Phytologia 59: 383 - 388. PLANTAE MESOAMERICANAE NOVAE. XI. BY Luis D. Gomez P. and Jorge Gomez Laurito Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, San Jose C.R. Mapania Herrerae Gomez-L., sp. nova. Species valde distincta in sectione Pycnocephala. Inflorescentia corymbosae, achaeniae forma et amplitude, axis culmusque strigosus facile cognoscenda. Planta mediocris. Rhizomate rectum, squamis atroavellaneis vestiti, 1-2-caespens formans. Radices fibrosas, validas, usque 30 cm longas. Culmus 90-130 cm altus, medio circa 4 mm crassus,so- litarius, centralis, trigonus, pauce nodosus, versus apicem stri- gosus, basi foliatus, follis brevior. Cataphylla pauca, 3-4 cm lon- ga, ovata. Folia normalia pauca, elongatissima, 134-155 cm longa, 25-31 mm lata, unicostata; lamina conspicue transversaliter septa- ta, margine et costa infra sursum serrulato-scabra, basi semsim an- gustata, apicem longe acuminata; vaginas 15-23 cm longas, ochrace- as, cinnamomum suffusas, margine membranaceas, sursum cinnamomeis. Folia caulina plerumque 2, 92-120 cm longa; vaginas 2.5-10 cm lon- gas, basis ferrugineo-strigosas. Bracteae involucrantes folia simi- lis, inaequalis, patentes ima longissima 46-76 cm longa, evaginan- tes, apicem acuminatissima. Bracteolae longe subulatae.infloresc- entia corymbosae, 4.5-6.5 cm longa, 4-8 cm lata; axis elongatus, 4-10 cm longus, internodios 1-7 am longos, strigosus.Radii 5-8, inaequalis, 1-6 cm longis, medio 1-1.8 mm latis, subterete usque breviter complanatis, strigosis, in capitulo unico terminanti. Prophylla papyracea, fusca, bicostata, strigosa, apicem profunde bifida. Capitula 2lerumque globosa, maturitate 19-30 mm in diame- tro, multispiculata congestae. Svicae 8-10 mm longae, 3-2.5 mm cra- ssae, ovatae, apice acutae, margine scariosae. Squamellae 4, 4-5.5 mm longae, lineari-lanceolatae, valde plicatae, hyalinae; latera- liter oppositae, costa spinulosa-scabridae. Antherae 3 mm longae. Stylus gracilis, bifidus, persistentibus. Achaeniae latae aobova- tae vel globosae quasi pyriformia, 1.5-1.8 mm longae, 1.3-1.5 mm latae, facies tumidae, fuscae, in medio achraceae, nitentes, u- trinque levitar costulatae, maturitatae breve stipitata. Fig. 1. Gerardus Herrera, amicus atque infatigabile collectore speciem ha- ec novam cordialiter dicatur. HOLOTYPUS: camino de Fila Dimat (ca- ga de Hermogenes Pereira) hacia Soki, Quebrada Sha. Prov. Limon , 16-X-1985. Leg. L. D. Gomez, G. Herrera & D. Masterson 23860, CR. ISOTYPUS: F, MO, USJ. Mapania Aublet (Cyneraceae, Mapanioideae) es un género tropical de unas 50 especies con su centro de dispersion en Malasia (\£. Koyama, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Garden 17(1):49-68. 1967). Koyama agrupa las #soe- cies en ocho secciones, las neotropicales en secciones Mapania, Pyc- nocephala C.8.Clarke y Tepuianae T. Koyama. A pesar de que todas 4 / 74 PRY T OMe O Ged Vol. 60, No. 1 las especies americanas de las seccidédn Pycnocephala presentan una inflorescencia monocéfala, tipicamente, algunas caracteristicas camo las dimensiones de los aquenios, ausencia de una porcion esponjosa en los aquenios y el grado de connivencia de las escuamlas, sugie- ren cierta afinidad de M. Herrerae con esa seccion. Con este hallaz- go, se elevan a tres las especies centroamericanas del género, que se pueden diferenciar mediante la clave siguiente: 1a- Plantas con hojas reducidas a vainas sin lamina.Estilo trifido. Mapania assimilis 1b- Plantas con hojas normales. Estilo bDifido ...ccccccescccsccced 2a- Inflorescencia una cabeza terminal casi sesil.Culmos sin nudos. Mapania pycnocephala ssp pycnocephala 2b- Inflorescencia corimbosa con el eje muy alargado,estrigoso.Cul- mos nodosos. Mapania Herrerae Elaphoglossum Lalitae L. D. Gomez, sp. nov. Rhizomate brevi, ligno- so, erecto, squamis membranaceis, tenuis, amplissime obovato-ellip- ticeis, avellaneis densissime obtecto. Stipitibus (30)-<5-(40) cm longis, gongestis, sine phyllopodia, dense squamosi, paleis rhizoma- tis similibus, canaliculati, stramineis, 2-4 mm crassi. Limbo steri- li oblongo-lanceolato, subcoriaceo, utrimque viridi sed subtus val- lidiori, glabro, praeter costam utrimque squamulis vestito, 60-85 cm longo, 9-10 om lato. Costa robusta, subtus exserta, scamosa, su- ora sulcata et ad basim scamosa deinde glabrata; venis patentibus l-furcatis vel simplicis, ab origine 7-8/cam, sine hydathoda. Limbo fertili 40-50 cm stipitato, stipitibus densissime rhizomatibusque scamosis, lamina 20-25 cm longa, 2-4.5 cm lata. HOLOTYPUS: Berrocal et al. 43, CR. Rio Segundo, Asuncion, ?rov. Li- mon, epifito. Elevacién: 400-500 m. PARATYPI: Forest between Cuebra- da Quicuyal y Queb. Arrayanes, Cariblanco, Heredia, 3900 m, R.Lent Ssts) JPG VaNS La nueva especie pertenece a la seccidédn Decorata Mickel & Atehortua y su congénere mas cercano es la que hasta ahora se consideraca la Gnica especie de esa seccién, Elaphoglossum decoratum (Kunze)Moore, del que difiere la nueva especie Dor no presentar escamas margina- les, tener solo las bases de la costa escamosas en ambas superficies la textura menos coriacea y las dimensiones generales de la >lanta y sus partes. Dedico esta especie, con esoecial carino y 2orecio, a la Sefora Lalita Pignataro Granatta en su sentuagésimo quinto cum- Dleanos y quien fa decicado, desinteresadamente apoyo y hessitali- dad a muchos cotanicos visitantes y sovortado, sacientemente, mis herborizaciones. Elaphoglossum gerardianum L. D. Gomez sp. nov. rhizomate lignoso, condensato, 3.5-4 am crasso, rosulato, squamis membranaceis sallide avellaneis vel cinnamomeis, 19-12 mm X 0.2-).5 mm, integris, densis- Sime vestito; stinitibus brevissimis, avproximatis, subcylindricis, 1986 Gomez P. & Gémez L., Plantae mesoamericanae 75 squamis dorsaliter affixis, basim cucullato-denticulatis apicem fi- liformis, fusco-nigrescentibus dense obtectis, sterilibus 3-4 cm longis, 3-4 mm crassis, fertilibus 4-6 cm longis. Limbo sterili 35 -45(50) cm longo, 5-7 cm lato, oblongo, pandurato, apicem retuso proliferans, basim angustato, rotundato-cordato, margine integerri- mo, Ssquamoso, squamis ferrugineis basim cucullato-expansis apicem aciculo-subulatis; superficie utraque glabra, nitida, costa crassa, subtus exserta, ad basim utrimque squamata, limbo fertili anguste- lanceolato, basim plus minusve decurrens, apicem acuminato. Venis ad costam 4-6/cm, patentibus, praesertim furcatis. HOLOTYPUS: Camino a Katsi, Cerro Kikirchabeta, Prov. Limon, 500 o, L.D. Gomez et al. 23784, CR. ISOTYPI: CR, MO. PARATYPUS: 12-16 km above Panamerican Highway on road from El Llano to Carti-Tupile, 150-400 m, Panam&é. H. Kennedy et al. 3138, CR, MO. La nueva especie se caracteriza por su habito nidular, recolectora de humus, sus frondes de gran tamario y forma pandurada y por la presencia de yemas raquideas, apicales, en los apices retusos de los frondes estériles. Las escamas rizomaticas sugieren afinidad con algunas especies de la seccién Elaphoglossum subseccién Pachy- glossa (e.g. E. herminieri (Bory & Fée)Moore) pero carece de filo- podios. Por las escamas subuladas de costa y margenes hay afinidad con especies de la seccién Polytrichia. Una especie caracteristica- mente prolifera en Costa Rica es E. proliferans Max. & Morton ex Morton, de menores dimensiones, forma distinta y habito diferente. Mickel (Brittonia 37(3):261-278. 1985), describe varias especies neotropicales proliferas, con base cordada E. exsertipes y E. phy- llitidis, ambos de la seccién Undulata pero largamente peciolados. Dedico esta nueva especie al amigo Gerardo Herrera Ch., generoso, entusiasta recolector, atento observador de la naturaleza, cuyos meritos no han sido reconocidos por aquellos llamados a hacerlo y a estimular a los valores nacionales. Sea este mi humilde tributo. R. Singer et al. (Beihefte z. Nova Hedwigia, 77. 1983) citan como micosimbiontes potenciales en las tierras bajas neotropicales una Astraeaceae, Astraeus hygrometricus. Un ejemplar procedente de Tu- rrialba, Cartago, 600 m (L. D. Gomez 22857, F) corresponde a esta especie que crece abundante en bosquecillos secundarios. La esclerodermatacea Scleroderma sinnamariense Mont., indicada camo pantropical por Guzman (Darwiniana 16: 204. 1970) se registra aho- ra de dos localidades costarricenses: Bribri y La Selva de Sarapi- qui, ambas vertiente caribe, Provincias de Limon y Heredia, respec- tivamente, creciendo bajo Gnetum. El peridio es acnhocolatado y no oresenta tintes verdosos como el material amazdnico, las demas ca- racteristicas calzan con las dadas por Guzman y Singer et al., L. D. Gomez 20560, F; Gomez s.n. Tulane Univ.). 76 Pane YO) Lp doGe baa Vol. 60, No. 1 Fig. 1. Mapania Herrerae Gomez-L. NOVELTIES AND NEW COMBINATIONS IN MACHAERANTHERA (ASTERACEAE - ASTEREAE) B. L. Turner Department of Botany, The University of Texas, Austin 78713 In connection with a forth-coming systematic treatment of the series Variabiles and Verae of the genus Machaeranthera (sensu Cronquist and Keck, 1957) the following novelties and new combinations are deemed appropriate. MACHAERANTHERA ASTEROIDES var. GLANDULOSA B. L. Turner, var. nov. M, a. var. asteroides accedens sed capitulis minoribus, phyllariis brevioribus, pilis paucioribus, et vestimento prominentibus trichomatibus glandularibus. Resembling M. a. var. asteroides but differing in its smaller heads with shorter less pubescent involucral bracts and prominent vestiture of glandular trichomes. TYPE: UNITED STATES. ARIZONA: Maricopa Co., 2.6 mi E of Queen Creek Tunnel, 4200 ft, 19 Sep 1975, Pinkava, Keil & Lehto 118904 (holotype LL; isotypes ASU, CSU, NY). The variety is abundant at lower elevations in central Arizona and grades into the var. asteroides southward. The latter is readily distinguished by its densely puberulent vestiture, larger heads with more numerous ray florets and generally broader leaves. MACHAERANTHERA ASTEROIDES var. LAGUNENSIS (Keck) B. L. Turner, comb. nov. based upon Machaeranthera lagunensis Keck, Brittonia 9: 238. 1957. nov. . based upon Machaeranthera commixta Greene, Pittonia 4: 7l. 1899. MACHAERANTHERA CANESCENS var. AMBIGUA, B. L. Turner, var. nov. M. Cc. var. canescens accedens sed capitulis magnioribus, phyllariis adpressis tantum pubescentibus, achaeniis saepe glabris. Resembling M. c. var. canescens, but differing in its larger heads and appressed, merely pubescent, involucral bracts and mostly glabrous achenes. 77 78 Poti WT OL Cora Sr eA Vol. 60, No. 1 TYPE: UNITED STATES. ARIZONA: Coconino Co., Flagstaff, 28 Aug 1922, H. Hanson A7 (holotype TEX; isotypes ARIZ, F, MO, NEB, NY, OSU, PHIL, RM, TEX). Representative Specimens (from among 300 or more): UNITED se Seay ARIZONA: Apache Co.: 15 mi W Window Rock, 1 Sep 1962, (TEX). Coconino Co.: E slopes San Francisco Peaks, 8000 ft, 7 Sep 1939, Cutler 3117 (DS, GH, MO, NDG, NY); E of Flagstaff, 4 Sep 1940, Heller 15795 95 (DS, MO, NY, PHIL, UC, US, WSU); 5 mi S Grand Canyon Natl. Park, f highway 64, 11 Sep 1940, Heller 15821 (DS, MO, NY, PHIL, WSU); 10 mi W Flagstaff, 14 Aug 1946, Parker et al. 6158 (ARIZ, DS, LL, US, UTC); near Flagstaff, May-Oct 1900, Purpus 8096 (MO, POM, UC, US); Rowe's Well, Rim of Grand Canyon, 5 Nov 1899, Ward 10 (NY, RM, US). Navajo Co.: just W of Heber on road to Payson, 28 Aug 1973, Sexton s.n. (ASU). Yavapai Co.: 30 mi S Flagstaff, 19 Oct 1982, Neese leese 12508 (BYU, NY). MACHAERANTHERA CANESCENS var. ARISTATA (Eastwood) B. L. Turner, comb. nov. based upon Aster canescens var. aristatus Eastwood, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.;)Ser. 2, 6: 296. 1896. MACHAERANTHERA CANESCENS var. NEBRASKANA, B. L. Turner, var. nov. M. ¢. var. canescens accedens sed plantis altioribus erectioribus rigidioribus, involucris magnioribus 0.9-1.5 cm altis, phyllariis 8-9-seriatis, floribus ra®iatis saepe plurioribus. Differing from M. c. var canescens in being taller, more stiffly erect, with larger, 8-9 seriate, involucres (0.9-1.5 cm high) with generally more numerous ray florets. TYPE: UNITED STATES. NEBRASKA: Sheridan Co.: 2 mi E Ellsworth, sandhill prairie on dry loose sand, 27 Aug 1968, Steve Stephens 28037 (holotype NY!; isotypes ARIZ!, DS!, GH!). This taxon is largely confined to Nebraska and has been treated by some authors as M, sessiliflora, but the latter name applies to populations along the Snake River in Idaho, as noted below. MACHAERANTHERA CANESCENS var. sessiliflora (Nutt.) B. L. Turner, comb. nov. based upon Dieteria sessiliflora Nutt., Trans. Amer. Phil. SOC OCre ar 7s) SOLS BUsao0r 1986 Turner, Novelties & new combinations 79 The type of this heretofore problematical name was believed by at least a few authors to have been collected on the east slopes of the Rocky Mountains. My studies strongly suggest that type material was collected by Nuttall along the Snake River during his excursion to Oregon in 1836. MACHAERANTHERA CANESCENS var. SHASTENSIS (A. Gray) B. L. Turner, comb. nov. based upon Machaerantera shastensis A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Ares 62 5392 7 1865: MACHAERANTHERA CANESCENS var. ZIEGLERI (Munz) B. L. Turner, comb. nov. based upon Machaeranthera canescens subsp. ziegleri Munz, Aliso 7: 65. 1969. In my treatment Machaeranthera canescens is composed of ten, largely allopatric, intergrading taxa which will be arranged in two or more subspecies. LITERATURE CITED Cronquist, A. and D. D. Keck. 1957. A reconstitution of the genus Machaeranthera. Brittonia 9: 231-239. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE) CCXXII1. NEW COMBINATIONS AND NEW SPECIES FROM TROPICAL AMERICA. R. M, King and H. Robinson Department of Botany National Museum of Natural History Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A careful review of the literature shows the need for the following new combinations in the Eupatorieae. The occasion is also taken to describe three new species that have been encountered in collections sent for identification. AGERATINA ASCLEPIADEA (L.f.) R. M. King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Cacalia asclepiadea L.f., Suppl. Pl. 352. 1781. Colombia. The species name by Linneaus GHisBsKea)) oRc(&r URS AGERATINA GRANDIFOLIA (Regel) R. M. King & H. Robin- son, comb. nov. Eupatorium grandifolium Regel, Gainitiemifeliomandy:) O2iupyli ca ly 2ial 85124) gi Mieaoaveior) 2 ihe Bouche) K.& R. is a later homonyn and the species Mame was not validated until its transfer to Kystenia by E. L. Greene. The validation was after the description of Regel’s species. DASYCONDYLUS HIRSUTISSIMUS (Baker) R. M. King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium hirsutissimum Bakers sb i. Bras O62)! 3:1 W846... | Baazavie Thats ass evidently the same species more recently described as Dasycondylus santosii K.& R. DISYNAPHIA TACUAREMBENSIS (Hieron. & Arechav.) R. M. King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium tacuar- embense Hieron. & Arechav. in Arechav., Anales Mus. Nac Montevideo sere o2y. dic) tO pil elle ASLO Ar PHANEROSTYLIS HINTONIORUM (B. Turner) R. M. King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Brickellia hintoniorum B. Turner, Phytologia 58(7)i) 193. 1985: The specves is transferred on the basis of the description and comments of the author. Material has not been 80 1986 King & Robinson, New combinations & species available for study. FLEISCHMANNIA HARLINGII R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes ad 0.5 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules angusti teretes leniter striati rubescentes superne minute sparse puberuli inferne glabrescentes. Folia opposita, petiolis tenuis 6-15 mm longis; laminae ovatae vel triangulares plerumque 1.2-2.8 cm longae et 0.7-1.4 cm latae base breviter obtusae vel subtruncatae margine lateraliter argute serratae apice leviter anguste acuminatae supra sparse pilosulae et glanduliferae subtus vix glandulo-puncta- tae in nervis et nervulis sparse puberulae. Inf lores- centiae terminales pauce ascendentiter ramosae, ramis ultimis 7-11 mm longis sparse minute puberulis, brac- teis subulatis erecto-patentibus. Capitula campanu- lata ca. 9mm alta et 6-7 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 20 subimbricatae lanceolatae vel lineares 3-7 mm longae et 0.8-1.5 mm latae exteriores argute acumina- tae interiores obtusae vel mucronulatae et leniter rubrescentes omnino extus subglabrae. Flores ca. 20 in capitulo; corollae albae ca. 4 mm longae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis, faucibus anguste infundibularibis ca. 2.5 mm longis, lobis oblongo-ovatis ca. 0.7 mm longis et latis extus sparse puberulis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.3 mm longa; thecae ca. 1.2 mm longae, appendices antherarum oblongae ca. 0.3 mm longae et 0.25 mm latae; rami stylorum late lineari- spathulati. Achaenia ca. 2.5 mm longa in costis per- sistentiter flavescentia; setae pappi ca. 30 vix con- tiguae plerumque 3.0-3.5 mm longae apice tenues. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 20 po. TYPE: HCUADOR: Lojas Estribacrones de Celvcan c. 3 km NE Guachanama, 2800 m, dry secondary scrub. Flower s*white. * 21°F eb 19657 \ "Go har l mg SL. Ander— sson 22347 (Holotype, GB). Vegetatively the new species seems closest to Fleischmannia pastazae (B.L.Robinson) K.& R. of southern Ecuador, but the leaves have very few glands below (less than on the upper surface), and the inflorescence has fewer and larger heads on more ascending branches. Also, the style branches are broader and spathulate, and the achenes have persist- ently yellow costae. In their size the heads are more Ecuador, but that is a more pubescent species with larger less serrate leaves having distinctly punctate undersurfaces, more corymbose inflorescences, larger involucral bracts with characteristically undulate scarious margins, bluish to lavender corollas, nar- 82 P-Hoe¥e To OsboO Gel A Vol. 605@86>.1 rower style branches, and more glabrous achenes. MIKANIA HARLINGII R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae volubiles recto-patentiter ramosae. Caules fistulosi teretes leviter striati dense hirsuti vel sublanuginosi. Folia opposita, petiolis 5-8 mm longis; laminae subcoriaceae late ellipticae plerumque 3.0-4.5 cm longae et 2.0-3.3 cm latae base breviter obtusae vel rotundatae margine leviter reflexae sensim subcrenulatae apice late rotundatae supra sparse pilo- sulae in nervis majoribus depressae et anguste exsulcae subtus dense hirtellae in nervis et nervulis profunde exsulco-reticulatae, nervis majoribus in partibus basilaribus in binis duplicibus pinnatis sensim valde ascendentiter curvatis. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales pyramidaliter thyrsoideae, ramulis penultimis 2-7 mm longis dense hirtellis, aggregatis Seisisidia bus) 2—-4-capatatis., | Capmtulla seal 6 mm alta; Squamae involucri 4 oblongae ca. 4mm longae et l mm latae apice rotundatae exteriores extus dense pilosu- lae. Flores 4 in capitulo; corollae sordide albae ca. 4 mm longae glabrae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis, faucibus indistinct ws sca. (055 — mm" Hon gas a lobals lanceolata specie. 2mm long is et) 0.6 mm What is antus set extius laevinbusi; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.25 mm longa; thecae ca. 1 mm longae; appendices antherarum oblongae ca. 0.3 mm longae et 0.2 mm latae; basi stylorum glabri incrassati sed non noduliferi; rami stylorum breviter mamillosi. Achaenia ca. 2.8 mm longa 5- costata plerumque glabra apice dense puberula; setae pappi ca. 45 longiores ca. 3.5 mm longae et in apicem clavatae breviores interspersae ca. 2.5 mm longae et in apicem attenuatae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 23 pr. TYPE: ECUADOR: Loja: Loma de Lorno;, 6 km S) of Saraguro on road to Loja, 3200 m, moist montane scrub. Liana. Flowers darty white, (fragrant. | My rebs 198p. G. Harling & L. Andersson 21922 (Holotype, GB; isotype, US). PARATYPES: ECUADOR: Zamora-Chinchipe: Loja._- Zamora road at,the pass,,/2900 m, wet sicruib. Liana. ~ Flowers dainty) whi tel, » 912) seb. 1985. wuG: Harling & L. Andersson 21982 (GB, US); CANAR: At pass On HoOad wr uanidntiewe— URebviel ayn an Were eink») SOO ame secondary scrub. Liana, c. 2 m above-ground. Flowers danty—whate.. 9 March, 19/85... G.atax Damion 6) Lee Andexns sion 229723 EE). The new species is obviously related to others with thyrsoid inflorescences in spite of the tendency for heads to group in threes. Relationship may be to such species as Mikania aschersonii Hieron., M. stuebelii Hieron., and M. sylvatica Klatt, but the 1986 King & Robinson, New combinations & species 83 latter all have less pubescence, more pointed leaves, and have corolla throats as long or longer than the corolla lobes. The discovery of a new species in three different localities where it has not been seen before, raises interesting questions. Two of the localities have been commonly cited by past collec- tors. Geographically all three localities are in a series from eastern Cafiar to the eastern Loja border area, in the eastern range of the Ecuadorian Andes. It must be assumed that the species will be found also in intervening eastern Azuay. The seeming sudden appearance of the species is probably associated with the great disturbance in vegetation noted in southern Ecuador in recent years. NEOCUATRECASIA CUZCOENSIS R. M. King & K. Robinson, Bip of ThONs. Plantae herbaceae perennes vel suffrutescentes erectae vel decumbentes ad 40 cm altae inferne ramosae. Caules teretes dense fulvo-hirtelli. Folia opposita breviter petiolata, petiolis 2-3 mm longis; laminae ovatae 10-12 mm longae 4-7 mm latae base rotundatae trinervatae margine pauce serratae apice acutae supra pilosulae subtus pallidiores dense punctato-glanduliferae in nervis dense pilosulae. Inflorescentiae terminales laxe cormbosae, ramis ultimis 3-12 mm longis dense patentiter puberulis. Capitula late campanulata ca.7 mm alta et 7-8 mm lata, squamae involucri ca. 14 eximbricatae oblongae apice breviter obtusae 4-6 mm longae exteriores ad 2 mm latae extus dense puberulae interiores angustiores lineares 0.5-1.0 mm latae subglabrae. Flores ca. 20 in capitulo; corollae albae ca. 4 mm longae, tubis constrictis ca. 1 mm longis extus glanduliferis per- pauce minute spiculiferis; faucibus campanulatis cylindricis ca. 2 mm longis intus superne mamillosis, lobis oblongo-ovatis ca. 1 mm longis et 0.7 mm latis extus dense glandulo-punctatis et interdum breviter uni-setuliferis intus dense papillosis; filamenta antherarum in partibus superioribus ca. 0.3 mm longa in parietibus cellularum dense annulate ornata; thecae ca. 0.8-0.9 mm longae; appendices antherarum subquad- ratae ca. 0.2 mm longae et latae; basi stylorum solu dense hispiduli; scapi stylorum glabri; rami stylorum late lineares laminiiformes utrinque dense papillosi. Achaenia ca. 2.2 mm longa base breviter attenuata in costis dense breviter setulifera; setae pappi1 ca..35 persistentes ca. 2 mm longae irregulariter scabridulae apice tenuiores acute. Grana pollinis in diametro 23- 25 pm. TMPE a speRUce Cuzco s sProvis Paveartambo,.,. 7) fo. 12, km 84 P Hii Te.0) Lah Gelt A Vol. 60, No. 1 from Acyanaco Pass on road to Tres Creces. Elev. ca. 3700 m. 13°07°S, 71°40°W. Polylepis and Weinmannia woodland mixed with Stipa ichu grassland. Scrambling herb; flowers white. 4 April 1985. Bruce Stein 2481 (Holotype US; Isotype, MO). The Paucartambo area of Cuzco seems to be one of the centers of diversity for the small Peruvian and Bolivian genus Neocuatrecasia. The present species differs from all others inthe genus by having less hairs on the corolla lobes. “It differs of N- man= coana and N. hirtella of the same province by the short restricted area of pubescence at the base of the style. From the first of the above it differs further by the longer pappus, and from the second it differs further by the less attenuate achene base and the leaf blades without truncate to subcordate bases. Of species having similar restricted pubescence on the style, N. weddellii of Carabaya, Peru has larger heads with more ‘flowers, and N. thymifolium of Bolivia has simpler leaves, more atrupt bases on the corolla throats, and longer more irregular setulae above on the. ri bisi sof athe) aicheniesi. combinations & species 85 1986 King & Robinson, New a eee ge) BOTANICA Neocuatrecasia cuzcoensis R.M.King & K.Robinson, 1 Herbarium. Photos by Holotype, United States Nationa National Museum Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, of Natural History - 86 Pint 7-0 EL OG Leh Vol. 60, No. 1 BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke > GENRE INGA (Légumineuses, MIMOSOIDEAE) EN GUYANE FRANCAISE: Systemati- que, Morphologie des Formes Juvéniles, Ecologie" by Odile Poncy in Mémoires du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, series B.31, 153 pp., 37 b/w multi-fig., 11 multi-photo. pl., 2 geog. distrib. maps & 2 tab. Paris 75005. 1985. 218.40 francs. This carefully prepared presentation is no. 13 in the "Studies on the yra of the Guianas". Of the "more than 35 species known" here, 34 are yed according to their indehiscent unique sacrotestate fruits and juve- le forms of 22 are keyed according to details of the compound leaf struc- “e. One table is systematic - according to Bentham (1875), Ledn (1966) 1 others; another is for habitats - primary or climax forests, diversi- »d forests and cleared or savanna zones. After biogeographical notes and itomical description of the genus as a whole, the individual species are stematically and fully described in the usual taxonomic form. This very 1e study will surely be of interest to many botany and ecology students 1 scholars. 1£ FACTS ON FILE DICTIONARY OF ASTRONOMY Revised Edition" edited by Val- erie Illingworth, 437 pp., 85 b/w illus. & diag. & 27 tab. Macmillan Press, U. K. 1985 & Facts on File, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1986. $19.95. Updating that involves new and revised concepts since the 1979 first ition especially about different types of celestial bodies and the new and xroved instruments making these investigations possible, the increased slic awareness due to the arrival of Halley's comet, the clear explana- nS with ample cross-referencing, and the effective diagrams make this 9k a valuable study source for all English-reading amateur, student and fessional "star gazers". ISTRUMENTATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY" edited by B. Marshall & F. Es Woodward, x & 242 pp., 56 b/w fig. incl. 2 photo. & 26 tab. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, London & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1986. $34.50. This book is number 22 in the Seminar Series of the Society for Experi- ital Biology. It describes evaluatively in its 13 chapters by 17 scien- ‘ts the most effective improvements in instrumentation that have been made * measuring and recording data from research stations involving radiation, . in air, H50 vapor, temperature, wind speed, recording of remote sites, ‘roprocessing, porometry, plant water potentials, growth and structure. > last chapter discusses the role of these “tools of science" and the in- 87 88 BisHi Yoo Te Oh ts Op Gees A Vol. 60, No. 1 strumenters who invent and modify them. Along with the references two U. K. and two U. S. manufacturers are listed. This updating will prove valuable not only for the scientists in the labs but also for teachers in the classroom whose Own "lab" days employed earlier techniques and equipment. "ECOLOGY OF AN OAK FOREST IN HUNGARY - Results of SikfSkut Project 1, Structure, Primary Production and Mineral Cycling" edited by P. Jakucs, xiv & 546 pp., hundreds of detailed diagrams, maps & tables & 16 photo pl. Akademiae Kiadd, P. 0. B. 24, Budapest H-1363 Hungary. 1985. $49.00. This is an important, very detailed I. B. P. report starting with careful ecological observational descriptions and measurements as early as 1972 of what is mainly a temperate climax Quercus petnraea and vn certs temperate zone oak forest and Surrounding more varied (by many environmental factors such as different elevations, vege- tation, man, soil chemistry) areas. This Sikfdkut is located near Eger in northern Hungary. The separately authored chapters deal with such topics as photomass, growth and pigment investigations, energy content of autotrophic parts of the forest, nutrient content, and element Migration and litter decomposition. The copious charts, diagrams and tables are helpfully well constructed. Since this study is the first published, it sets very high standards to be at least met by the future publications. This study is recommended worldwide and so it is fortunate that it is writter in English. "A FLORA OF SAN DIEGO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA" by R. Mitchel Beauchamp, ii & 241 pp. & 8 b/w geogr. distrib. area maps. Sweetwater River Press, P. 0. Box 985, National City, California 92050. 1986. $22.95 soft cover & $28.95 hard cover. For this southern California area our author-friend claims that no other county within the continental United States has a larger number of native plant taxa. Even the botanists attached to the early western expeditions made similar claims. Several floras of this area have been authored by outstanding California botanists but these are now all out of print. This present work is arranged phylogenetically to class level and from there on alphabetically. Included with my review copy is a fine vegetation map run on pro- tectively covered paper. This is an extra for $2.25, but the text contains its own separate pages of the 8 sectional maps. This book should prove 'time and energy efficient’ for folks - natural- ists, ecologists, students and teachers - on local "hunts". ' ' PHYTOLOGIA », in international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Jol. 60 June 1986 No. 2 CONTENTS CONTRERAS JIMENEZ, J.L., Desmanthus balsensis (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), una especie nueva de la depresion del Rio ES CERT OI, PICRICO 5. 65 )cl'd)colaliv volt) o/b bi» wy'p'y wis) wae ald oes 89 RUDD, V.E., A new species of Machaerium (Leguminosae) from EMD S12 Sas ai Dae keds do bre by Sead Wis bs) 6 me BIW hse at 93 REEDER, J.R., Mistaken identity in annual Eragrostis I ee GLC il ya ah ods ok HAbLa EIS GU hare & A late laine eye aft 95 EL-SAADAWI, W.E., EL-KHEIR, W.S.A., & DARWISH, M.H., Micropoma niloticum (Del.) Lindb. (Musci) with corm-like ERLE TT EE Py PR EE RDLT OF Dard Om BE GUE AMIN Dae ae ORE 98 MEEROW, A.W., Eucrosia stricklandii var. montana and the identity of Phaedranassa loxana (Amaryllidaceae) ........... 101 FREEMAN, C.C., A new combination in Penstemon RS Ed EE IS PER te 5/0 ALE DDD Gee ee en a 105 DILLON, M.O., & SAGASTEGUI-ALVA, A., A new species of Achyrocline (Inuleae-Asteraceae) from Peru ............+4+: 107 FOOTE, M.A., The Algae of New Jersey (U.S.A.) IX. Chlorophyta (Green Algae). C. Chlorococcales and Siphonales ........... 111 HOLM-NIELSEN, L.B., & JORGENSEN, PM., Passiflora tryphostemmatoides and its allies ..........000 ce eee eens 119 TURNER, B.L., A new species of Wedelia (Asteraceae-Heliantheae) ER ENOMED A ICMR. © IVREMAEV IN 515 5d ialig 5!p 6B aye sa bie mehe.'e,.h\6 wwe esolela bee 125 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum ENRPRETIOGAED. CHOW/ENA lian! bu crate: bis dof ws Afa& thdbis twelve Wile «lence Gamo 128 REEDER, J.R., Another look at Eragrostis tephrosanthos MU eV Comal CN UD Be 0 § BON 2 lees Shane be atdoh PMs late ie 153 SETI R OES, Fk, BOOK FOVICWS 0) oa 5 seisies oly View Se 8 aie UWA wb 155 ‘ > Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic _ dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost _ in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is _ received after a volume is closed. DESMANTHUS BALSENSIS (LEGUMINOSAE: MIMOSOIDEAE), LNA ESPECIE NUEVA DE LA DEPRESICN DEL FIG BALSAS EN GUERRERO, MEXICO. José Luis Contreras Jiménez Herkbario de la Facultad de Ciencias, UNAM A-P. 7O-Z399, Coyoacan C-P- Od510 México D-F- Desmanthus balsensis J-L- Contreras sp. move, fig» 1- Frucex a—oemealtis: “ramuli gernreulati. Folia P<3=2.1 (—3.3) cm longa. Capitula floribus inferioribus masculis vel supe- rioribus hermaphroditis vel totis masculis vel neutris; ant- herae gqlandula stipitata cadiuca coronataes; pollen in tetrati- bus tetraedricis- Lequmen 2-3-2 cm longum, ©9-5-0-7 cm latum, valvis coriaceis- Arbusto de 1-3.5 m- de alto; corteza lisa de color marron obscura y grisaceo3; ramillas geniculadas, gqlahras, con abun- dantes lenticelas- Hojas hipinnadas, dispuestas en ramas cor- tas; estipulas linear-subuladas, setosas, de 1-d mm de largo, fersistentes; peciolos anguiosos o redondeados, acanalados, yilosos o glabros, de 5-190 ¢-15) mm de largo; raquis angiulo- s0, acanalado, piloso o glabro, de ¢d-) S-11 ¢(-15) mm de lar- yo, terminado en una seta de O-5-2-R2 mm de largo, con una glandula crateriforme entre el primer par de pinnas, en oca- Sliones tamhien en el sequido par, o las glandulas ausentes; pinnas en 1-d pares, de 7-15 ¢-20) mm de largo; foliolos en Co) so ee — id) pares, ofFlongos, de 1-5-3 mm de largo por O.5S-1-6 mm de ancho, base ohlicua, apice agudo, mucronmulado, margen entero, ciliado o glahro- Inflorescencias de capitulos OvoOides sokhre pedtinculos S-d angulados, de 1-3-5 cm de largo, solitarios o pareados en las axilas ade las hojas; hracteas semejantes a las estipulas; bracteolas acinaciformes, de 1-2-5 mm de largo, persistentes- Capitulos con las flores in- feriores estaminadas, y las superlores perfectas, o en oca- Siones todas las flores estaminadas o neutras; cAaliz campanu— lado, de 1l-d-2-7 mm de largo, con 3 lo6hulos triangulares a deltados, de 1/d a 1/3 de la longitud del tubo, glahros; co- rola con 5 pétalos libres, hHlancos a verde claro, angostamen-— te trulados a lanceoiados, de 2-3-5 mm de largo, glahbros; es- tambres 10, filamentos delgados, libres, de diferente longi- tud, los mas largos de 3.5-5-5 mm exertos, los mas cortos in- sertos en la corola; anteras dorsifijas, ohlongo-ovadas, de O-.d-O-.6& mm de largo, coronadas con una glandula estipitada 89 90 POY 7.0: 05G- 1 A Vol. 60, No. 2 \ ne i Fig- 1 Desmanthus balsensis J-L- Contreras. A rama con capi tulos y frutos inmaduros; B flor masculinas C flor femenina; D pistilos E estigma; F,G antera glandular, vista ventral y dorsal respectivamente; H detalle de una hoja mostrando nec— tario y estipulas; I fruto maduro; J semillas dentro del fru- to. 1986 Contreras Jiménez, Desmanthus baksensis 91 caduca 3; polen en te@tradas tetraédricas, de S2-6-62-5 pim de diametro; ovario subseésil, de 1-1-5 mm de largo, glahro; es- tilo filiforme, de 3-5-6 mm de largo, excediendo la longitud de los estamhres; estigma terminal, concavos; oOvulos i1i-id. Calices de las flores estaminadas de 1-1-Z2-2 mm de largo, es- tambres 10-12, los demas caracteres semejantes a los de las flores perfectas- Flores neutras mas pequeftas que las ante- riores, con 1-5 pétalos; estambres reducidos a filamentos de menos de O-S mm largo, er, ocasiones algunos hien desarrolla- dos pero sin antera- Legqumbre sésil, subcilindrica, linear, recta, curva o falcada, de (2—). sabia CHoae Coe. leneac for O-.5-0.7 cm de ancho, valvas coriadceas de color marron obscuro al madurar, hase obtusa, apice agudo, dehiscente a lo largo de ambas suturas- Semillas 2-12, dispuestas longitudi- nalmente respecto a las valvas, subcomprimidas, elipsoidales, oblongas uw ovoides, de ded-6&-5 mm de largo por 3-d-S mm de ancho, de color pardo a verde~yrisaceo- Tipo: México, Guerreros; Municipio de Zumpango del Fic, 4 km al Este-Noreste de Xochipala, 7 de Noviembre de 1955, J-Luis Contreras J. 1757, (Holotipo, FEME; isotapo, MEXU; otros iso- tipos para ser distribuidos»>- Otros ejemplares examinados: Me x1lco, Guerreros; Municipio de Zumpango del BLO 2ec, Kinestt Eo te-Noreste de Xochipala, 14 de Julio de 1985, J-Luis Contre- aoe tele CRCME Ds Tras PeME, MEXUy: Sec km al Bote = ae xo chipala, 22 de Agosto de 1755, J. Jiménez Famirez dd5h CFCME); dd& (CFCME)3; d km al Este-Noreste de Xochipala, 7 de Noviembre de 1955, J-Luis Contreras J- Hida es +CR CHES mine pus & km al Noreste de Xochipala, 7 de Septiembre de 1950, J-Luis Contreras J». Fé6ey CFCMED; 10 km sobre la carretera Mezcala-Chilpancingo, 10 de Septiembre de 1980, L.Soto Pin- Go goo CPCME.saMund capao cade “Gopalildo, cerro al Weste de Tlalcozotitlan, 9 de Junio de 1982, A» Gonzalez Monzdn 12 < FCME). REY egies yagi Desmanthus balsensis se caracteriza por su hahito arhusti- vO, ramillas geniculadas, anteras glandulares, polen en tetra das, y legumbre subcilindrica con las valvas coridceas, Ca- racteristicas que la distingquen del resto de las especies co-— nocidas del gqenero cf- Britton & Foose (1925), Fudd (1760), Turner (1950). El habito de @sta especie es similar al de Ds fruticosus , y D- covillei , pero se diferencia de ambas por sus hojas de menor tamato, con foliolos mas pequeros, y menos numerosos. Desmanthus balsensis es la tinica especie conocida del géne- -Yo con anteras glandulares caracter que la relaciona con el genero Neptumia , sin embargo las estipulas subuladas, el Fruto ¢@s1il con las semillas transversales son caracteristi- cas propias del g@nero Desmanthus CWindlers, L9660% JAsi,e D_- 92 Pein TLONewOMGe TA Vol. 60, No. 2 balsensis posee caracteres intermedios entre estos dos yene—- ros, hecho que refuerza la opinion de Isely (1970) en el sen- tido de que Desmanthus y Neptunia podrian considerarse como secciones de un mismo yenero- La presencia de granos de polen en tetradas es un caracter que mo se habia reportado para estos dos géneros, por lo que se requiere de estudios mas detallados para entender su signi ficado- Desmanthus halsensis se ha colectado unicamente en un area restringida de la porciobn guerrerense de la Depresidn del Rio Balsas, en laderas con suelos calizos de la Formacion Mezca- la, entre los 650 y 1190 msnm, en el bosque tropical caduci- folio, asociado a Bursera spp-, Neohuxhbaumia mezcalaensis , Bauhinia andrieuxii , Acacia velvae , entre otras especies. ae ee ee SS — SS AGRADECIMIENTOS Muiero manifestar mi agradecimiento al Me. ern CC. Mario Sousa, al Dr. Alfonso Delgado, y al Biol- Jaime Jiménez por la revi- sion Critica del mManuscrito, y sus acertados comentarios y stuyerenmciass; al Dr.- Fernando Chiang por la diagnosis latina; asi como al 5Sr- Fosendo Martinez por la ilustracion que acom— fama a la descripcisn- REFERENCIAS Britton, Nets &@ rose, “Jie 1972. Mimosaceae- Int N- Amer- Fanta eerste oot ete Isely, D- 197060. Legumes of the Lnited States: II Desmanthus and Neptunmia - J» Sci- (Iowa). dds gd95-S11. Fudd, V-E. 1966. Another Mexican Desmanthus +. Leatl-. W- Baits sess cer chet Turner, Bel.» 1950. Mexican species of Desmanthus <(Legumino sae). Field & Lah. 15:5 119-124. Windler, D- 1966. A revision of the genus Nepgtuni sae). Austral. J- Bot. 14: 379-de0. CLequmina 2 A NeW SFECIES OF MACHAcKIUM (LEGUMINOSAE) FROM NICAHAGUA Velva x. kudd Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 20560 and California State University, Northridge, Ca. 91440 Collection of additional specimens for the Flora de Nicaragua has further complicated the understanding of an otherwise difficult group of machaerium ranging from México to Colombia and Venezuela. The complex includes species such as M. arboreum (Jacq.) Vog., M. acuminatum H.E.K., wi. pittieri Macbr. (M. acuminetum var. lati- folium benth.), lt. chiapense Lrandeg., and others. Velimitation of the type specimens is relatively easy, chiefly on the basis of the fruit, but other collections show intermediate characters. The flowers and leaves are mostly similar. Apparently no studies have been made to determine what ecological, especially edaphic, charac- ters might be contributory to the distribution of the various taxa. Two species ot what may be cellec the i. arboreum comple» occur in Nicaragua. One, .. pittieri Macbr. (Fiela hus. Bot. 4: 91. 1925), has been lectotypified by Oersted 7 (K), Nicaragua, "inter Granada et Nicaragua", in 1857 (nuda, Bol. Soc. Kot. Méx., no. 27: 144. 1977). It was based on M. acuminatum H.B.K. var. latifoliwn Benth. (Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 4, suppl.: 65. 1860), later raised to speci- fic status as li. latifolium (Benth.) Fittier (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 470. 1922), non kusby 1910. In addition to "Nicaragua, Versted", Bentham cited "Xalapa, Galeotti; l.ount Urizaba, broteri, n. 1021", both collections from Veracruz, }.éxico. rittier based his observa- tions on a collection from Costa HKica, "A. Jonduz (inst. Fis. Geogr. Costa nica, no. 100604). All of those specimens are more or less sin- ilar and, for the time being, at least, are being treated as con- specific. ln Nicaragua there is what appears to be a second, related species, here described as new. 1t is chiefly distinguished by its larger, tomentulose fruit. MACHALKIUM NICAKAGUENSE kudd, sp. nov. A speciebus affinibus, .. arboreum Jacq., M. acuminatum H.B.K., M. pittieri Macbr., etc., fructibus majoribus, tomentulosis imprimis distinguendum. Arbores ad fere 10 m altae, inermes; stipulae deltoideae, ¢lab- rae, leviter induratae, subpersistentes vel caducae, 1-5 mm longae; folia 3-5-foliolata; foliola ovata ad lanceolato-ovata, subcoriacea, fere (5.5-) 6-16 cm longa, (1.5-) 2.5-7.5 cm lata, acuta ad leviter acuminata, acumine ().5-2 cm longo, basi rotundato usque ad cuneato, supra glabra, subtus glabra vel subglabra, venulis irregulater reticulatis, plerumque non prominulis; 93 94 PHY eTVOLLOIGST “A Vol. 60, No. 2 inflorescentiae axillares, racemosae vel paniculatae, tomentulosae; flores 6-8 mm longi, sessiles, calyce 2-45 mm longo, 1.5 mm diametro, striato, puberulento, petalis albis, fere in siccate nigricans, vexillo pubescenti; fructus alatus, tere rectus, plerumque subcul- triformis, (6-) 8-145 cr. longus cum stipite 4-7 (-10) mm longo, parte seminifera 2-4.5 cm longa, 2-5 cm lata, ela circiter (4-) 5-10 cm longa, (2-) 3-5.8 cm lata, demum plus minusve glabrescente. Type: w. D. Stevens 16329, icaragua, lepto. de Madriz, lower w slope of Cerro Volcan de Somoto; ca 15¢ 25' Nh, 862 35' W, elev gOO-1300 m; pastures below and disturbed deciduous forest above, 1% Dec. 1979, in fruit (holotype MO, no. 4294008; isotype SFV). Additional collections: Nicaragua: Lepto. de Nuevo Segovia: «1 Jicaro, "Las Animas", elev. 750-800 m, Moreno 14932 (NO). #1 Jicaro, "Quebrada Grande", elev. 700-750 m, Moreno 13918 (MU, SFV). "Las Galiineras", 2 km de Murra, orilla de Quebrada La lula, elev. ca 760-800 m, horeno 5891 (MO, SrV). La Tronquera, elev. 660-700 m, Moreno 19459 (hG). Guebrada 41 Nancital, ca km 255.5, ca 6.2 km N of edge of OUcotal, mixed evergreen and deciduous forest in quebrada, cutover pine for- est on slopes and ridge, elev. 700-760 m, Stevens 3056 (MG, SFV). Lepto. de Madriz: Cerro quisuca, summit and upper slopes, steep rocky slopes, elev. 110U-1250 m, Stevens 16057 (0, S#V). S of Somoto, between Santa Teresa and #1 hodeo, heavily grazea oak for- est on rocky slopes, elev. S0U-900 m, stevens 22221 (MC, SEV). Lepto. de ssteli: tun. San Juan de Limay, valle Las Cascadas, elev. 800-900 m, Moreno 1930 (KO, SIV). Honduras: Depto. de Morazdn: Kegion of kio de la Orilla, Sk of kl Zamorano, rocky wooded river bank, elev. YOU-950 m, Standley 25806 (NY). Near Suyapa, along Quebrada Suyapa, in barranco, elev. 1100 m, Molina 578 (MO). Lepto. de Faraiso: Matorrales del ifo Mata Indo, entre San Francisco y Lizapa, elev. 900 m, Molina 14448 (NY), 14452 (NY). Jamastrén Valley, Hacienda Quebrada Seca, elev. 500 m, Molina 20310 (NY). verpto. de Ucotepeque: Vicinity of San Antonio, cutover pine-oak forest rl Cerro, elev. 1500 m, holina 22474 (MO, NY). MISTAKEN IDENTITY IN ANNUAL ERAGROSTIS (GRAMINEAE) John R. Reeder Herbarium, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ 85721 The large number of incorrectly identified specimens of annual Eragrostis in herbaria attest to the fact that this group has been a persistent source of taxonomic difficulty. Recent studies, how- ever, particularly those of Koch (1974, 1985), have added greatly to our understanding of several of these puzzling species. Examination of old vouchers on which certain state records were based has revealed several cases of mistaken identity. As a result, it is now evident that Eragrostis barrelieri should be added, and E. minor deleted for Wyoming; neither £. minor nor E. frankii ap- pears to occur in Arizona. I am grateful to the curators at ASC, ASU, and RM for the loan of specimens. WYOMING Porter (1964) includes Eragrostis poaeoides P. Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult. (= E. minor Host) as part of the grass flora of Wyoming. His note indicates a single collection from the University campus at Laramie. This record is clearly based on the following: Albany Co., Laramie, Univ. of Wyoming campus, 7200 ft, weed in dry soil, waste ground, 23 Aug 1957, C. L. Porter 7430 (ARIZ, RM). The RM specimen apparently served also as the basis for the inclusion of E. poaeoides by Beetle & May (1971). The above collection, in fact, represents Eragrostis barrelieri Daveau, a species not previously reported from the State. Two additional gatherings of this latter species from Wyoming are at RM, both are from Laramie: N 7th St. between Lewis and Bradley, weed in garden, 1 Oct 1975, B. E. Nelson & L. Nelson 1440 [deter- mined as Eragrostis minor Host]; Parking lot corner of 1lth St. and Grand Avenue, 7 Aug 1982, G. P. Hallsten 360 [determined as F. pectinacea (Michx.) Nees]. Porter's 1957 collection was apparently the first from Wyoming of this introduced European weed. It was almost two decades before it was collected again, and today seems to be known in the State by only three gatherings, all from within the city limits of Laramie. The first two collections were determined as Eragrostis minor (syn. = E. poaeoides); the most recent specimen was also mis- identified, but as E. pectinacea, another weedy species represent- ed at RM by several collections from the southeastern part of Wyo- ming. Hitchcock (1951) gives the U.S. range for Eragrostis barrelieri as "Colorado and Kansas to Texas and California." The species is not listed by Cronquist, et al (1977). Difficulties in determining Eragrostis barrelieri and its con- fusion with E. minor are understandable. The key in Hitchcock's Manual is quite confusing in that it indicates that in £. barrel- ieri the plants are not glandular on the branches nor lemmas, and 95 96 PSRMY TT OMLLOVGSCITA Vol. 605 .Noe-2 that the panicles are narrow. Harvey (1975), in contrast, states correctly that the panicle is open and that the branches frequently have glandular spots or rings. In my experience, the most consist- ent character which serves to distinguish E. barrelieri from its closest allies is the presence of glandular areas or rings on the rachis below the branches. These seem always to be present, and are often large, shining, and quite conspicuous. Frequently they are yellowish. Regarding Eragrostis minor in Wyoming, as indicated above, the Porter and Nelson collections so-named actually represent E. barrelieri. A third collection from Wyoming at RM originally det- ermined as E. minor (Goshen Co., T26N, R64W, SW29, sandy road bed, 4266 ft, 9 July 1982, Hallsten, Skinner, & Beetle 122) is, in reality, a small plant of E. cilianensis (All.) Vign.-Lutati ex Janchen, a not uncommon weed in Wyoming. Many of the lemmas on the above specimen have prominent glands on their keels. In E. minor glands are mostly on panicle branches and pecicels, but may also occur on margins of blade and keel of sheath. Glands are normally rare (or absent) on the lemmas. Since all collections from Wyoming determined as E. minor prove to be misidentifications, the name of this species should be omitted from any list of grass taxa occur- ing in the state. ARIZONA Two cases of mistaken identity involving annual Eragrostis taxa have come to my attention recently. One is the report of E. poa- eoides P. Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult. (= E. minor Host) by Pinkava, et al. (1970). One collection is cited: Navajo Co., 4 miles E of Heber, 12 Oct 1963, E. Lehto & D. Keil 3534. = have examined the ASU specimens of this collection, and a duplicate at ARIZ, and the plants are clearly E. mexicana (Hornem.) Link. Although this spe- cies and E. minor are similar in many respects, the caryopses are quite different. The grain of E. mexicana is blunt at the apex, somewhat cubical in shape, and bears a well defined groove on the side opposite the embryo. In E. minor in contrast, the caryopsis is rounded at the apex, the general shape is e_lipsoidal, and there is no longitudinal groove. Curiously, although Eragrostis minor is not _isted as part of the Arizona grass flora by Harvey (1951), a specimer. at ARIZ (G. M. Davis s.n. 8.C.S. 4555, collected in 1936 near Frescott, Yavapai Co.) beers an annotation by Harvey as E. poaeoides, and the date 12/IV/40. The specimen is somewhat immature ana does not have mat- ure caryopses, but it appears to represent F. mexicana. Another specimen at ARIZ labeled E. poaeoides (Hardies $67, collected in 1936 in Oak Creek Canyon) is clearly FE. mexicana. The grains are mature and have the characteristic shape and Gistinctive groove. Eragrostis frankii C. A. Meyer was reported from Arizona by Rominger, et al. (1984). The specimen cited is: Yavapai Co., SE} Sec. 2), LION, RAE, Cornvidide Quad... ca. 5400 etl. Gc. wventercusenme Aug 1979. (DHA 39486). [The international acronym for the Deaver 1986 Reeder, Mistaken identity 97 Herbarium at Flagstaff is ASC, not DHA! see Index Herbariorum.]. We have received on loan from ASC two specimens of the above col- lection. Both are very immature, the panicles only partially emerged from the upper sheath, but they seem clearly to represent E. cilianensis (All.) Vign.-Lutati ex Janchen. Even though imma- ture, the specimens are some 30 cm tall and rather coarse. Some of the glumes and lemmas bear on their keels prominent circular glands characteristic of E. cilianensis. LITERATURE CITED Beetle, A. A. & M. May. 1971. Grasses of Wyoming. Wyoming Agric. Exp. Sta. Research Jour. 39. 151 pp. Cronquist, A., A. H. Holmgren, et al. 1977. Intermountain Flora. Vascular Plants of the Intermountain West, U.S.A. Vol. 6. The Monocotyledons. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. 584 pp. Harvey, L. H. 1951. The genus Eragrostis. pp. 75—88. In: F. W. Gould. Grasses of Southwestern United States. Tucson: Univ. Arizona Press. 342 pp. + index. 1975. Eragrostis von Wolf. pp. 177—201. In: F. W. Gould. The Grasses of Texas. College Station: Texas A & M Univ. Press. viii + 653 pp. Hitchcock, A. S. 1951. Manual of the Grasses of the United States. (2nd ed., revised by Agnes Chase) U.S. Dept. Agric. Misc. Publ. 200.0 S105it apps Koch, S. D. 1974. The Eragrostis pectinacea-pilosa ccmplex in North and Central America (Gramineae: Eragrostoideae). Illinois Biological Monographs 48. 74 pp. & I. Sanchez V. 1985. Fragrostis mexicana, E. neo- mexicana, E. orcuttiana, and E. virescens: the resolution of a taxonomic problem. Phytologia 58: 377—381. Pinkava, D.J., E. Lehto, & D. Keil. 1970. Plants new to Arizona flora—III and new distribution records of noteworthy species. Jour. Arizona Acad. Sci. 6: 134, Porter, C. L. 1964. A Flora of Wyoming. Part III. 17. Poaceae (Gramineae) Grass Family. Wyoming Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 418. 80 pp. Rominger, J. M., J. R. Keller, et al. 1984. Additions to the flora of Arizona II. Jour. Arizona-Nevada Acad. Sci. 19: 8&9. MICROPOMA NILOTICUM (DEL.) LINDB. (MUSCI) WITH CORM=-LIKE STEM BASES W.eE.El-Saadawi, W.S.Abou El-Kheir, and M.H.Darwish Botany Department, Ain Shams University, Cairo, Egypt. During excursions by the authors, aimed at a study of the algal-moss association in various parts of Egypt, six samples of the moss Micropoma niloticum (Funariaceae) were collected. This moss 16 not common but is wide spread on muddy banks of the Nile, irrigation canals, and fields in late winter and early spring months (see : Delile, 1812; Imam and Ghabbour, 1972; El-Saadawi and Abou El-Kheir, 1973; Refai, 1985). It is also known from Ghazza Strip (El-Saadawi, 1972). It grows usually as pure stands in a pH range of 6.5 to 8 (Darwish, 1984) sometimes in association with Riccia sp. (Hepaticae). Sporophytes readily develop and reproduction is mainly by spores; no gemmae have, hitherto, been found, One of the six samples was collected from a canal bank at El-Ghareeb village in El-Fayum region; about 29 km south west of Cairo. The stems of all gametophores of this sample arose from orange-brown swollen corm-like bases measuring about 1 mm in length and 0.6 mm in width (Fig. 1 A). "Corms" of fruiting individuals were slight- ly smaller in size (Fig. 1 B). This is a peculiarity that was not met with in other sites, Thus the bases of the stems of the gametophores of M. niloticum, and ind- eed of any other moss species, collected from all other sites in Egypt are only slightly thicker than the aerial stems; being about 0,1 - 0.2 mm thick. As far as we are aware there is no record in the literature of such struc- tures, It is worth mentioning that this is the only sanm- ple of M. niloticum that grew on a calcareous substratum, And the following 19 algal taxa were met with under the moss plants in this sample. Bacillariophycophyta Amphora coffaeiformis Ag. borealis (Kz.) Cl. Cocconeis placentula E. euglypta (E.) Grun. Cyclotella meueghiniana rectangulata Grun, Denticula tenuis Kz. genuina Grun,. Diploneis oblongella (Naeg.) Ae Cl. ve lapponica. 98 1986 El-Saadawi, El-Kheir, & Darwish, Micnropoma 99 Fragilaria bidens Heib,. F. pinnata E. genuina (Grun,) May. v. subrotunda Gomphonema olivaceum Kz, tenellum (Kz,) Cl. Nitzschia fasciculata Grun, Ne. palea v. fonticola (Grun,) V.H. N. vitrea Norman genuina Grun. Rhopalodia gibba (E.) O. Me Re gibberula (E.) O. M. musculus (Kz.) A. Cl. R. gibberula (E.) 0. M. producta (Grun.) A. Cl. Chlorophycophyta Chlamydomonas steinii Gorosch, Chlorococcum sp. Coelastrum naegeli proboscideum Bohlin, Cyanophycophyta Chroococcus turgidus (Kultz.) Nig. Oscillatoria irrigua Kutz. Whether the formation of the swollen stem bases of Micropoma gametophores is promoted by the calcareous Substratum or by any of the co-existing algal taxa or by both is not known, Moss samples are deposited in CAIA, References Darwish, MeHe, 1984. Studies on algae and mosses occurr- ing together in their natural habitats. M. Sc. Thesis, Girls College, Ain Shams University, Cairo, Delile, Re, 1812, Flora Aegypticae Illustratio Descript- ion de L'Egypte. His. Nate, Paris. 2: 289. El-Saadawi, We E., 1972. Illustrated description of Micropoma niloticum (Del.) Lindb, Proc. Egypt. Acad. Sci. 25: 217-219. El-Saadawi, We Es and Abou El-Kheir, We Se, 1973. On some Egyptian mosses and the algal flora in their habitats. Proc. Egypt. Acad. Scie 26 : 125-136. Imam, M. and Ghabbour, S. Ie, 1972. A contribution to the moss flora of Egypte Bot. Notiser, 125 (4) : 51 8-522. Refai, Me Se, 1985. Studies in the bryoflora of the Nile Delta. Me. Sc. Thesis, Fac. of Sci., Ain Shams Univer- sity, Cairo, 100 PeH, Ve TwOpl 0 GriwA Vol. 60, No. 2 Fige 1. Micropoma niloticum with corm-like stem bases. A. Gametophyte,. B. Gametophyte bearing sporophyte,. EUCROSIA STRICKLANDII VAR. MONTANA AND THE IDENTITY OF PHAEDRANASSA LOXANA (AMARYLLIDACEAE) Alan W. Meerow Horticultural Systematics Laboratory, Department of Ornamental Horticulture, University of Florida Gainesville, FL 32611 Recent examination of four specimens received on loan for the Flora of Ecuador project appear to represent a new variety of E. stricklandii (Baker) Meerow. Far more importantly, the discovery of this variety may resolve a vexing taxonomic problem in Phaedranassa. Eucrosia stricklandii (Baker) Meerow var. montana Meerow, var. nov. Varietas nova a varietas typica perianthio roseo et habitate montana differt. TYPE: Ecuador, Loja, below Cangonamd towards Panamerican Hwy w of Catacocha, on dry roadbank, 1800-2000 m, 1 Jan 1981, Balslev 1337 (holotype: NY!). ?Phaedranassa loxana Ravenna. Pl. Life 25: 57. 1969. (This binomial was presented as a new name for P. chloracra sensu Lindley without citation of any specimens). Bulbous geophyte to 5-6 dm tall. Bulb ellipsoid, 3 X 4=-4.5 cm; neck short, 1-3 cm long, ca 7 mm wide; tunics brown. Leaves hysteranthous, or ocassionally emerging with the scape, imperfectly known, petiolate, the lamina elliptic. Inflorescence umbellate; scape slender, 3-6 dm tall, 4-5 mm diam proximally, 2-3 mm diam distally, terminated by two marcescent bracts that enclose the flowers before anthesis; bracts ca 21 mm long, ca 7 mm wide, lanceolate; inner bracteoles 10-13 mm long, ca 1-2 mm wide, linear. Flowers 5-7(-10), ca 3 cm long, pedicellate, funnelform-tubular, weakly zygomorphic; perianth tube subcylindrical, 9-10 mm long, ca 3 mm wide at the throat, constricted proximally, green for most of its length, distally concolorous with the tepals; tepals 6 in 2 series spreading slightly at the apices to ca 7 mm wide, lanceolate-spatulate, subequal, pink; outer tepals 18-19 mm long, minutely apiculate, inner tepals 16-17 mm long, obtuse; all ca 3 mm wide. Stamens 6, connate proximally into a conspicous staminal cup; cup ca I cm long, with a deep oblong sinus on the dorsal side, irregularly cleft between the free portions of the filaments, edentate, slightly declinate, with a ridge of 6 globose nectar glands at the base, glands 1 mm diam; filaments narrowly subulate, 6-8 mm long, 2 exserted < 2 mm from the limb, the remaining four included; anthers ca 2 mm long, oblong. Style ca 35 mm long, filiform, exserted ca 5 mm from the limb; stigma capitate, minute, ca 101 102 PLAY) Teoh O:Gelern Vol. 60, No. 2 0.5 mm wide. Ovary globose-ellipsoid, 3-4 mm diam; ovules axile, biseriate, numerous in each locule, flattened, Fruit and seed unknown. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL EXAMINED: ECUADOR. Loja: Catamayo, 2800 m, 1876, Andre 4534 (K); no locality, 2000-2400 m, Oct-Nov 1888, Lehmann 4851 (K); Catamayo, 1400-1600 m, Nov 1888, Lehmann 4852 (K). Eucrosia stricklandii var. montana differs from var. stricklandii by its pink perianth, FTowering season, and, more significantly, by its altitudinal range of 1600-2800 m. It occurs in quebradas and along roadsides in the dry, grassy, scrub vegetation of Loja province (Fig. 1). It flowers from October-January. Variety stricklandii has red flowers, and inhabits the seasonally dry, Ceiba forests of E1 Oro, Guayas, and Manabi provinces in Ecuador (Fig. 1), always below 1000 m elevation. Its flowering season is August-October. In other respects, the two varieties are very much alike. Clearly, var. montana represents a geographic and ecological segregate of the species. An 1 lustration of the species (var. stricklandii) may be found in Meerow and Dehgan (1985) as E. brachyandra Meerow & Dehgan. Like so many species of Amaryllidaceae described in the 19th century, the pliant originally described as Phaedranassa chloracra (Herbert) Herbert has a confusing taxonomic history. Ravenna (1969), in a synopsis of Phaedranassa Herbert, placed P. chloracra (Herbert) Herbert into synonomy with P. dubia (H.B.K.) Macbr. Herbert (1837) applied the basionym Phycella chloracra Herbert to the plant originally described as Haemanthus dubius H.B.K., from the Rio Guallabamba valley north of Quito. Herbert Tisted the latter under synonomy with Phycella chioracra, but ignored the priority of the epithet dubius. In the same volume of Edwards’ Botanical Register in which Herbert (1845) transfered Phycella chloracra into Phaedranassa, Lindley (1845) presented an illustration of a plant as Phaedranassa chloracra, citing an unnumbered Hartweg collection from Saraguro in Loja Province of Ecuador. Though he appears to have applied the name to a plant different than Herbert's, Lindley merely repeated Herbert's description! It is unclear whether Lindley actually saw material of the Hartweg collections to which he referred. The accompanying figure of the plant could as well represent several different species of Phaedranassa, a number of which differ only cryptically from each other. Ravenna (1969) recognized P. chloracra sensu Lindley as a valid binomial (i.e. as P. chloracra LindT.). He further chose to assign it a new name, P. loxana Ravenna. A detailed description accompanies the nomenclatural change. Though precise measurements of various vegetative and floral parts are provided in the description, no specimens are cited, and the distribution information is vague: “Ecuador, region of Loja" (Ravenna, 1969, p. 57). There appears to be no specimen for P. chloracra from Loja province among the Hartweg collections I have received on loan from Kew. 1986 Meerow, Eucnosia Strickland 103 In fact, I have not found any collections of Phaedranassa from Loja province among loans from numerous herbaria. In my own field studies, I have observed that Phaedranassa becomes increasingly rare as one travels south in Ecuador, and T have not encountered any populations in Loja. Eucrosia stricklandii var. montana, however, occurs in the same vicinity that Hartweg supposedly collected in Loja province (Fig. 1). The variety also inhabits elevations more characteristic of Phaedranassa species than of most Eucrosia (Meerow, 1985). Moreover, the species has historically been treated incorrectly as a species of Phaedranassa (Bentham and Hooker, 1883; Ravenna, 1969). The pink coloration of the perianth of var. montana would add to the confusion; most Phaedranassa are pink-flowered. Thus there appears to be a strong lik] thood that the Hartweg collection to which Lindley (1845) refered actually represented E. stricklandii var. montana. Unfortunately, specimens of this Hartweg Collection have not been found. Acknowledgments I thank the curators of K, and NY for the loan of herbarium material cited in this paper, and Walter Judd and Dennis B. McConnell for their editorial suggestions. Florida Agricultural Experiment Station Journal Series No. 7235. Literature Cited Bentham, G. and J. D. Hooker. 1883. Genera Plantarum, vol. 2. Reeve and Co., London, Herbert, W. 1837. Phycella chloracra. In Amaryllidaceae, p. 155. James Ridgeway and Sons, London. - 1845, Phaedranassa chloracra. Edwards’ Bot. Reg. 31, misc. 23: 16% Meerow, A. W. 1985. A new species of Eucrosia and a new name in Stenomesson (Amaryllidaceae), Brittonia 37: 305-309. - and B. Dehgan. 1985. A new species and a new combination tn the genus Eucrosia (Amaryllidaceae). Brittonia 37: 47-55 Ravenna, P. F. 1969. Contributions to South American Amaryllidaceae -- III. 1. Synoptic treatment of the genus Phaedranassa. Pl. Life 25: 55-62. 104 Paney Mn OC Us OS GaiA Vol. 60, No. 2 Eucrosia stricklandii @var. stricklandii * var. montana 6 25 So 75 100 +H km Figure 1. Distributions of Eucrosia stricklandii var. stricklandii and E. s. var. montana in Ecuador. A NEW COMBINATION IN PENSTEMON (SCROPHULARIACEAE) Craig C. Freeman Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, U-42 University of Connecticut Storrs, Connecticut 06268 Studies of the genus Penstemon in the Great Plains (Freeman, 1981) indicate the necessity of a nomenclatural change. This change is made in advance of my treatment of the genus in the forth- coming Flora of the Great Plains. Penstemon glaber Pursh var. brandeget (Porter) C. C. Freeman, comb. nov. Pentstemon cyananthus Hook. var. brandegei Porter in Porter & Coulter, Syn. Fl. Colo. 91. 1874. Pentstemon brandeget (Porter) Rydb., Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 1: 343. 1900. Penstemon alpinus Torr. subsp. brandeget (Porter) C. W. T. Penland in Harrington, Man. Pl. Colo. 496, 641. 1954. Type: UNITED STATES. Colorado. Fremont Co. (fide Pennell, 1920); "Sierra Mojado", 7. S. Brandegee 930 (MO). Penstemon glaber exhibits considerable morphological varia- tion throughout its range, but has three reasonably distinct varieties. Typical var. glaber occurs primarily on sandy or grav- elly soil on the unglaciated high plains and in the foothills of the Rocky Mountains from southwestern North Dakota and north- central South Dakota, west to northwestern Wyoming, and south to the panhandle of Nebraska. Variety alptnus (Torr.) A. Gray occurs largely on the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains up to 3300 m (11,000 ft) elevation. The variety is distributed from southeastern Wyoming south to south-central Colorado. Im the northern part of its range, var. alptnus may be found on the high plains where it passes into var. glaber. In central and south-central Colorado, var. alpinus is ob- served to intergrade with the more southern var. brandeget. The latter is found on the eastern slope of the southern Rocky Moun- tains at elevations to 1700 m (5500 ft), and is encountered sporad- ically in the foothills and on the high plains. Variety brandeget is distributed from south-central Colorado, south to northeastern New Mexico, and in parts of Colfax and Union Cos., New Mexico, it is locally common. The three varieties of Penstemon glaber can be distinguished 105 106 PH OVE TSO EOrG 1A Vol. 60, No. 2 by the following characters. 1. Sepals 2-4 mm long, lance-ovate to orbiculate and broadly rounded or with an abruptly short-acuminate tip; corolla gla- brous or pubescent internally on the anterior surface; stami- node rounded’ at’ the tip. VW... - « « Guu. ele | VabaOlaper 1. Sepals 4-7 (10) mm long, ovate and usually with a long-acu- minate tip; corolla glabrous to pubescent or villose internal- ly on the anterior surface; staminode rounded to distinctly bi- furcate at the tip. 2. Staminode rounded or obscurely bifurcate at the tip; corol- la 24-35 mm long; stems glabrous to pubescent. ...... TORSO = OE. Ps METS | SS eee. Novas cere ees 2. Staminode usually distinetly bifurcate at the tip; corolla 30-40 mm long; stems puberulent to pubescent. ...... The hae gel SROs ate. o MSM. eSB Stee, Se war brancedes: LITERATURE CITED Freeman, C. C. 1981. A biosystematic study of the genus Penstemon (Scrophulariaceae) in the Great Plains. Master's Thesis, Kansas State University, Manhattan. Pennell, F. W. 1920. Scrophulariaceae of the central Rocky Moun- tain states. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 20: 313-381. A NEW SPECIES OF ACHYROCLINE (INULEAE-ASTERACEAE) FROM PERU Michael O. Dillon Department of Botany Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, IL 60605-2496 and Abundio Sagadstegui-Alva Herbarium Truxillense (HUT) Universidad Nacional de Trujillo, Peru ABSTRACT - A new species of Achyrocline (Inuleae-Asteraceae) is described for northern Peru: Achyrocline peruviana Dillon & Sagdst.; and an illustration and a key to the Peruvian species are provided. Achyrocline is a genus of 15-20 species distributed primarily in tropical and subtropical South America, with a few in tropical Africa, Madagascar, and Comores, and one represented in Central America. This genus most closely resembles Gnaphalium in habit and floral structure; however, Achyrocline is readily distinguished by its cylindrical to narrowly campanulate involucres and few number of total florets (< 25). In Peru, some four species occur in a wide variety of habitats and elevations throughout the Andean Cordillera. In preparation for an upcoming treatment of the Inuleae (Asteraceae) for the Flora of Peru the following species description is made. Achyrocline peruviana Dillon & Sagdst., sp. nov. Pipe i. Foliis angusto lanceolatis vel ellipticis, plerumque 4-5 em longis, 2-8 mm latis, apice acutis, mucronatis a simili Achyrocline celosioides (Kunth in H.B.K.) DC. differt. Habitat in vallibus occidentalibus andinis siccis. TYPUS: Peru, Cajamarca, Contumazd, El Granero, ladera abierta, 14 Jun 1983, 2800 m, A. Sagdstegui A. & S. Lépez M. 10661 (HUT, holotypus; F, MO, isotypi). Suffrutescent perennials to 0.75 m tall, much-branched basally; stems arachnoid-tomentose. Leaves alternate, sessile, the blades narrowly lanceolate to elliptic, (1.5-) 4-5 em long, 2- 107 108 PaHay VT COLO *GtieA Vol. 60, No. 2 8 mm wide, discolorous, basally attenuate, apically acute, mucronate, lower surface densely arachnoid-tomentose, upper surface sparcely arachnoid-tomentose, glabrescent, obscurely trinervate, the margins entire. Capitulescences glomerulate, ecymose-paniculate, open, terminal and axillary. Capitula disciform, ca. 4 mm high, ca. 1.2 mm wide, sessile; involucres narrowly campanulate, stramineous; phyllaries 9-10, 2-3-seriate, subequal, glabrous, the outer phyllaries lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, apically acute, the inner phyllaries lanceolate, 3- 4 mm long, ca. 1.2 mm wide, apically acute; pistillate florets 1- 2, the corollas filiform, ca. 2 mm long, apically ca. 4-cleft, the lobes densely glandular with multicellular trichomes, the style branches slender, apically truncate, penicillate; hermaphroditic florets 2-3, fertile, the corollas tubular, ca. 2.5 mm long, apically 5-lobed, the lobes densely glandular with multicellular trichomes, the style branches oblong, apically truncate, penicillate. Achenes ovoid, ca. 1 mm long, glabrous, brown; pappus bristles ca. 2.5 mm long, uniseriate, strigulose, free and falling separately. DISTRIBUTION: Achyrocline peruviana is apparently a narrow endemic presently known only from dry intermontane localities in the Departments of Cajamarca and La Libertad (2600-3100 m.). Its distribution is primarily restricted to river valley systems with Pacific drainage. Achyrocline peruviana is most closely related to A. ecelosioides, but differs from that species by possessing more narrowly elliptic or lanceolate leaves usually at least 4 cm long with acute, mucronate apices. The distribution of A. celosioides is primarily restricted to moist sites in river valleys with eastern (Atlantic) drainage from southern Ecuador to central Peru. Some individuals of A. satureioides approach A. peruviana in general appearance, but the former species has narrowly cylindrical capitula and a distribution at lower elevations (below 1500 m) on the eastern escarpment of the Andean Cordillera. Additional material examined: PERU. Dept. Cajamarca. Prov. Contumaza: 1-2 km S of Contumazd, 2620 m, Dillon, Sagdstegui, & Dillon 4455 (F, HUT, MO, TEX, US, USM); Contumazad, 2600 nm, - Sagdstegui et al. 10685 (F, HUT, MO). Dept. La Libertad. Prov. Huamachuco: Hda. Cochabamba, 2750 m, Lépez & Sagdstegui 2781 (HUT); Prov. Otuzco: Agallpampa, 3100 m, Lépez 1867 (F, HUT), 895 (US). 1986 Dillon & Sagdstegui-Alva, A new species Key to Peruvian Species of Achyrocline 1. Leaves decurrent; stems winged...ecececeeeeeeeeeees A. alata 1. Leaves not decurrent; stems unwingedeccccccccsccvescescesee 2. Leaves linear to linear-lanceolate; capitula tightly eylindrical, outer phyllaries ovate, apically obtuse Cee TION CGC Wuwlccaswel osGeclacefeveainc ante We binls ceapeceeooe 3. Plants with reduced habits, usually < 50 em tall; leaves 2-3(-5) cm long, 1-3 mm wide..... A. ramosissima 3. Plants not reduced in habit, usually > 1 m tall; leaves 4-10 cm long, 2-9 mm wide...... A. satureioides 2. Leaves lanceolate to elliptic or obovate; capitula narrowly campanulate, spreading; outer phyllaries lanceolate, Bauer Ley AOU Lec caves aiase Male ctellea cca dvgieedaaereleaeces ey 4 4, Leaves elliptic to obovate, (0.5-) 1.3-3.5 cm long, FenliO.enn Ml) WA Gelwacls clic tediecapusiisicdsseleiclee Ae celosioides 4. Leaves lanceolate to ce eee 1.5-5 cm long, 2- WidC esis cue ow clelc's seen cece e ee reeeeceeee Ay Siri ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank Dr. Rolf Singer (F) for preparing the Latin diagnosis. The illustration was prepared by Segundo Leiva Gonzalez, Universidad Nacional de Trujillo (HUT). This study was made possible by a grant from the NSF-Science In Developing Countries Program (INT-8512104). Field work by the junior author was supported, in part, by the Missouri Botanical Garden. EXPLANATION OF FIGURE Fig. 1. Achyrocline peruviana. A, habit; B, capitulum; C, outer phyllary; D, inner phyllary; E, hermaphroditic floret; F, pistillate floret; G, stamen; H, style branches of hermaphroditic floret. (Drawn from Sagdstegui & Lopez 10661, HUT). 109 2 60, No. Pe Hesve Te 0) ke Oh Ghale Vol. 110 THE ALGAE OF NEW JERSEY (U.S.A.) IX. CHLOROPHYTA (GREEN ALGAE). C. CHLOROCOCCALES AND SIPHONALES MaryAnn Foote College of Mt. St. Vincent Riverdale, New York 1047] This is the ninth paper in the series examining the distribution of algae in the state of New Jersey. The genera are listed alphabetically and the collection dates chronologically within them. Further ecological data may be obtained from the original sources. DIVISION CHLOROPHYLA GREEN ALGAE Chlorococcales Actinastrum gracilimum G.M. Smith Delaware/Raritan Canal (D/R Canal) (6); Johnson Park, New Brunswick (7); Millstone River (11) Actinastrum hantzschii Lagerheim D/R Canal (5); Raritan River and Johnson Park (7) Ankistrodesmus convolutus Corda northern shore (16); Oradell Reservoir (17) Ankistrodesmus falcatus (Corda) Ralfs North Branch of Raritan River (11); northern shore (16); Oradell Reservoir (17) Botryococcus braunii Kutz ponds (3); state (4); D/R Canal (5); Pine Barrens (15) Characium acuminatum A. Braun South Branch of Raritan River (11) Characium angustatum A. Braun Johnson Park (7); Oradell Reservoir (17) Characium gracillipes Lambert Johnson Park (7) Characium pringsheimii A. Braun golf course ditch and Johnson Park (7) Characium sessile Herm Cranberry Pond, Sussex Co (3); state (4) Characium stipitatum (Bachmann) Wille D/R Canal (6) 11 EZ PREY: TeO.k OsG oR Vol. 60, No. Chlorella marina Butcher northern shore (16) Chlorella ovalis Butcher northern shore (16) Chlorella salina Kufferoth northen shore (16) Chlorella vulgaris Beyer Oradell Reservoir (17) Chlorococcum humicola (Naegli) Rabenhorst northern shore (16); Oradell Reservoir (17) Chodatella chodati (Bernard) Ley D/R Canal (6) Closteriopsis longissima Lemn. D/R Canal (6) Codiolum gregarium Barnegat Bay (13) Coelastrum cambricum Archer ponds (3); South Branch of Raritan River (11) Coelastrum microporum Nag ponds (3); D/R Canal (6); Johnson Park (7) Coelastrum proboscideum Bohlin State (4) Coelastrum sphaericum Nag Oradell Reservoir (17) Crucigenia apiculata (Lemm) Schmidle Johnson Park (7) Crucigenia fenestrata Schmidle Johnson Park (7) Crucigenia quadrata Morren Johnson Park (7) Crucigenia rectangularis (Nag) Gray D/R Canal (6) Dictyosphaerium ehrenbergianum Naeg frequent in ponds (3); state (4) 1986 Foote, Algae of New Jersey Be ctyosphaer tur pulchellum Wood D/R Canal (6); Jonnson Park (7) Dictyosphaerium reniforme Bulnh occasional in ponds (3); state (4) Dimorphoococcus cordatus Wolle ponds (2) Eremosphaera viridis De By requent in small pools (3) Errerella bornhemiensis Conrad D/R Canal (6) Golenkinia paucispina W & GS West D/R Canal (6) Hydrodictyon reticulatum (L) Lagerheim Johnson Park (7); North and South Branches of Raritan, Millstone River and Raritan River (ll) Hydrodictyon utriculatum Roth frequent in Sluggish waters (3) Kirchneriella obesa (Kirchner) Mobeus D/R Canal (4) Pediastrum angulosum (Ehrb) Menegh frequent in ponds (3); state (4) Pediastrum asperum Hackensack River (18) Pediastrum biradiatum Meyen D/R Canal (6); South Branch of Raritan River (11) Pediastrum boryanum (Turp) Meneghini ponds (3); state (4); D/R Canal (6); Raritan Estuary (9); North and South Branch of Raritan River, Millstone River (11); Hackensack River (14, 18) Pediastrum boryanum var. longicorne Raciborski North and South Branch of Raritan River (11) Pediastrum clathratum (Schroeter) Lemm Hackensack River (18) Pediastrum duplex Meyen state (4); D/R Canal (6); Johnson Park (7); Raritan Estuary (9); North and South Branches of Raritan River (11) 113 114 P EhevevcOlmitO: 1G; Thar Vol. 60, No. 2 Pediastrum duplex var. clathratum (A. Braun) Lag D/R Canal (5); North and South Branches of Raritan River and Millstone River (11); Hackensack River (14); Oradell Reservoir (17) Pediastrum duplex var. cohaerens Bohlin Millstone and Raritan Rivers (11) Pediastrum duplex var. gracillimum West & West D/R Canal (6); North and South Branches of Raritan River and Millstone River (ll); Hackensack River (14); Oradell Reservoir (17) Pediastrum duplex var. reticulatum Lag D/R Canal (6) Pediastrum ehrenbergii (Corda) A. Braun frequent in pools (3) Pediastrum forcipatum (Corda) A. Braun frequent in ponds (3); state (4) Pediastrum gracillimum W & G.S. West D/R Canal (5) Pediastrum integrum Nag Hackensack River (18) Pediastrum muticum Kutz ponds, occaSional (3) Pediastrum obtusum Luchs North and South Branches of Raritan River (11) Pediastrum pertusum Kutz everywhere in pools (3) Pediastrum salenaea Kutz Sout; Brevich ef Raritan (11) Pediastrum simplex Meyen South Branch of Raritan River (11); Hackensack River (18) Pediastrum Simplex var. duodenarium (Bail) Raben D/R Canal (6); South Branch of Raritan River (11); Oradell Reservoir (17); Hackensack River (18) Pediastrum tetras (Ehr) Ralfs frequent in pools (3); state (4); D/R Canal (65); North and South Branches of Raritan River and Millstone River (11); Hackensack River (18) 1986 Foote, Algae of New Jersey Pediastrum tetras var. tetraodon (Corda) Hansg Hackensack River (18) Pediastrum tricornutum Borge Hackensack River (18) Scenedesmus abundans (Kirch) Chodat South Branch of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus abundans var. assymetrica (Schroed) G.M. Smith South Branch of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus acuminatus (Lag) Chodat Johnson Park (7); North and South Branches of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus acutiformis Schr North Branch of Raritan River and Millstone River (11) Scenedesmus acutus Meyen Shallow, stagnant water (3); North and South Branches of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus arcuatus Lem D/R Canal (5); Raritan River (7) Scenedesmus armatus (Chod) G. M. Smith Johnson Park (7); Oradell Reservoir (17) Scenedesmus attenatus Breb South Branch of Raritan (11) Scenedesmus bijuga (Turp) Lager D/R Canal (6); North and South Branches of Raritan River and Millstone River (11); Oradell Reservoir (17) Scenedesmus bijuga var. alternans (Reinsch) Bory North Branch of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus caudatus Corda Shallow, stagnant water (3) Scenedesmus denticulatus Lag North Branch of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus dimorphus (Turp) Kutz Shallow, stagnant water (3); D/R Canal (5); Johnson Park (7); Raritan Estuary (9); South Branch of Raritan River (11); Oradell Reservoir (17) Scenedesmus incrassatulus Bohlin North and South Branches of Raritan River and Millstone 116 P HieY! EG alesO Gi ah Vol. 60, No. River (11) Scenedesmus longus Meyen Johnson Park (7) Scenedesmus longus var. naegeli (Breb) G.M. Smith North Branch of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus obliquus (Turp) Kutz D/R Canal (5); North and South Branches of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus obtusus Meyen Shallow, stagnant freshwater (3) Scenedesmus opoliensis P. Richter Johnson Park (7); Raritan Estuary (9); North Branch of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus perforatus Lemm Millstone River (11) Scenedesmus protuberans Fritsch & Rich Johnson Park (7) Scenedesmus quadricauda (Turp) Breb D/R Canal (5); Johnson Park and Raritan River (7); Raritan Estuary (9); North and South Branches of Raritan River and Millstone River (ll); Barnegat Bay (12); northern shore (16); Oradell Reservoir (17) Scenedesmus guadricauda var. longispina (Chodat) G.M. Smith North and South Branches of Raritan Rive and Millstone River (11) Scenedesmus quadricauda var. maximum West & West South Branch of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus quadricauda var. parvus G.M. Smith South Branch of Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus quadricauda var. quadrispina (Chodat) G.M. Smith Raritan River (11) Scenedesmus quadricauda var. westii G.M. Smith North Branch of Raritan River (ll) Schroederia setigera (Schroeder) Lemm D/R Canal (6) Selenastrum bibrainum Reinsch D/R Canal (6) 1986 Foote, Algae of New Jersey Sorastrum spinulosum Nag requent in ponds (3) Tetraedron gracile (Reinsch) Hansg D/R Canal (6) Tetraedron lobulatum (Nag) Hansg D/R Canal (4) Tetraedron minimum (A Braun) Hansg northern Snore (16) Tetraedron trigonium var. gracile (Reinsch) De Toni D/R Canal (5) Tetraedron trigonum var. punctatum (Kirchner) Hansg State (4) Treubaria triapendiculata Bernard D/R Canal (5) Siphonales Bryopsis hypnoides Lamour Jersey City on ferry bridge (3); Barnegat Bay (13) Bryopsis plumosa (Huds) C. Ag Atlantic City (1); Great Egg Harbor (3); Cape May (5); Raritan Bay (8); Great Bay and Mullica River (10); Barnegat Bay (13) Codium fragile ssp tomentosaides Barnegat Bay (13) REFERENCES Ve Morse, S. 1881. Bull Torrey Bot Club 15: 309-14 2. Wolle, F. 1887. Freshwater Algae of the United States. Commenius Press. Bethlehem, Pa. 3. Britton, W. 1889. Catalogue of Plants Found in New Jersey. Jonn L. Murphy Pub Co. Trenton, N.J. 4. Collins, F. 1828. Green Algae of North America. G.E. Stechert & Co. N.Y. 5. Richards, H. 1931. Botanica 13:38-45 6. Renlund, R.W. 1953. Ph.D. Dissertation. Rutgers University. New Brunswick, N.J. 117 118 Pye OREO GPA Vol. 60, No. 2 We Keller, J.M. 1954. Ph.D. Dissertation. Rutgers University. New Brunswick, N.J. 8. Abbiate, L. 1961. M.S. Thesis. Rutgers University. New Brunswick, N.J. 9. Patten, B. 1962. Jrl Mar Res 20:57-75 10. Moeller, H. 1965. Bull NJ Acad Sci 9:27-30 ll. Edgar, R. 1968. M.S. Thesis. Rutgers University. New Brunswick, N.J. 12. Mountford, K. 1969. M.S. Thesis. Rutgers University. New Brunswick, N.J. 13. Taylor, J. 1970. Ph.D. Dissertation. Rutgers University. New Brunswick, N.J. 14. Foote, M.A. 1976. M.S. Thesis. Fairleigh Dickinson University. Teaneck, N.J. 15. Moul, E.T. and H. F. Buell. 1979. Algae of the Pine Barrens. IN: R.T.T. Forman, Editor. Pine Barrens: Ecosystem and Landscape. Academic Press. N.Y. 16. Olsen, P. and M. Cohn. 1979. Bull NJ Acad Sci 24:59-69 17. Foote, M.A. 1981. Bull NJ Acad Sci 26:49-51 18. Foote, M.A. 1983. Ph.D. Dissertation. Rutgers University. New Brunswick, N.J. PASSIFLORA TRYPHOSTEMMATOIDES AND ITS ALLIES by Lauritz B. Holm-Nielsen Botanical Institute, University of Aarhus Aarhus, Denmark and Peter M. Jorgensen Instituto de Biologia P. Universidad Catolica del Ecuador Apartado 2184, Quito, Ecuador ABSTRACT The status of Passiflora subgenus Tryphostemmatoides (Harms) Killip is discussed and a key to the species of this group is provided. INTRODUCTION Killip (1938) separated the Subgenus Tryphostemmatoides (Harms ) Killip from the closely related Subgenera Deidamioides (Harms ) Killip and Plectostemma Mast. by a combination of tendril bearing inflorescences, non plicate operculum, and bracts crowded at base of the pedicel (for terminology see Killip 1938 and Jorgensen et al. 1984). In our oppinion all species of Subg. Tryphostemmatoides have at apex a slightly plicate or at the least rough operculum, just as seen in Passiflora filipes or P. tenella, both recognized members of Subg. Plectostemma. The floral morphology of Subg. Tryphostemmatoides does not deviate from the general arrangement in Plectostemma. Tryphostemmatoides LS accordingly reduced to a Section of Subg. FPliectostemma. 119 120 P Bee TOG. 16 Vol. 60, No. 2 Subg. Deidamicides and Apodogyne Killip are in our OppAwonN Very Meike e to sbe. aneluded in, —Plectostemnaweas well, but no material has been studied and no decision is made. The species P. gracillima and P. tryphostemmatoides were, aS indicated by Knapp & Mallet (1984), wrongly equated in Woodson & Schery (1958). On the basis of this and the insufficient key characters in Killip's monograph (1938) japlus. the idescription of Peanbelaezii L.Uribe, we have felt that a key, short description and a distribution map Lor the Section were needed. Passiflora Subg. Plectostemma Mast. emend P.M. Jorgensen & Holm-Nielsen Sect. Tryphostemmatoides Harms. Passiflora Sect. Tryphostemmatoides Harms, in Engl. & Prantle Nat. Phlanzenfamnwped.22t> cin SO0sA(1925.).. Passiflora Subg. Tryphostemmatoides (Harms) Killip, P. Field. Mus, Nat. Hist.; Bot. Ser. 219(1)224-25. (sear Type species: Passiflora tryphostemmatoides Harms. Dedicates davanas,, Iclabrous’ throughout. stéemm tereve sore angulargaisthilate) Stipuiliesp 1) omms, sebaceous... ioftenrme— ciaveuse PRetvoles: wath 2-45 ssessi Les orwsicl piaabesseatamels borne atthe junctaon toe blade: fuaflorescences: axaielarny, With) “2 peducellate™ Dlowers, se verminatang. dim sam yeoman deciducus, minute tendril. Bracteoles setaceous, often decaducus. Calyx patellistorm., Corona’ a=! to S=senilate: Operculummplacate) io slight ya splicake,, stor wrough. a Neeiears ring annuiltar. amen) cupulitorm: Ovary Yelabrous. seeds reac wllarts er Key to Passiflora Subg. Plectostemma SKEGIE 5 Tryphostemmatoides la. Limen less than 1.5 mm high. Corona uniseriate. Flower less than 1.7 cm wide. Fruit ~subgplobose 1.8-2.7 x 1.5=2.5 em. Iijes Ibo 6 ooo Melseetotass - Joe. Bhan cryvphosiiennatosdes lb. Limen more than 1.5 mm high. Corona 1- to triseriate. Flowers more than t./ em wide. Fruit, ovoid or fusiform ZS — Ow 4 xe lo — 2. 4 emis 2a. Laimen closely appressed ‘the androgynophore, margin entire. Corona 1- or biseriate. Peduncle less than S25 em long. Fige lows issewc sees F< eRe 2b, “himen free, margin dentaculate. Conmonay2= Or triseriate. Peduncle longer than Sie) LSMIN cess eee acs om, 5 ee @ suse Wiareists ated st b ieimOc bale ene 1986 Holm-Nielsen & Jgrgesen, Passiflona 121 F Fig. 1. Passiflora tryphostemmatoides A. fruit (Lehmann 5662), B. cross section of flower (Asplund 19605). P. gracilima (Rimbach 222) C. fruit, D. cross section of flower. 122 PAHO TY Ove -OrGel A Vol. 60, No. 2 1. Passiflora tryphostemmatoides Harms, Bot. Jahrb. 18, Beibiao4or 744 16940.) Fig Leo Ay “Boand2. Petioles. O¢4=270. cmo ‘Blade’ ©.6-4.0 -x -1.2=<375¥"em, broadly ovate to orbicular, or transversely ovate, obtuse, base truncate to cordate. Peduncle 0.5-1.7 cm. Pedicels 2-6 mm in flowers, to 9 mm in fruit. Flowers 1.0-1.6 cm wide. Corona uniseriate, 2-4 mm. Operculum i=. 5) mm, placate: Limen mm, cupuliform. Erue subg lobose 2.7 ‘x-1.5=2.5 cm. Specimens examined: Colombia: Popayan, Central Andes, 1500-1800 m, Lehmann 5662 (K isotype). Valle, La Cumbre, 1800-2100 m, Killip 5561 (C,P) Pennel 5154 (G). Ecuador: Azuay, Highway Cuenca-Cola de San Pablo, Rio Negro, 1540 m, Boeke & Loyola 1056 (AAU); Cruz Pamba, 2315-2500 m, Steyermark 52932 (F, US). Napo, Archidona, Jundache, 1100 me, Asplund 10314’ (S); Slopes’sof Guagra Urco, “above Rio Borja, 2600 m, Holm-Nielsen et al. 27038 (AAU); Near Guagra Urco, Rio Suno, 2900 m;)Holm-Nielsen et al. Pal S\eyi/ (AAU). RPastaza, Mera; 1100 m, Asplund’ 29605 (G6, NYS UES Sys 2. Pass#elonargracillima’ Killip, Je uWash. Acad. “sei. ia; ine Cisearrrig 1. Cy D and 2. Petiole 1.1-2-7 em. Blade 2).0-4.0 x 1.5-4°5 cm, ovate, obtuse to retuse, base slightly cordate. Peduncle 0.5-3.1 em. Pedicel 0.8-1.2 cm. Flowers, 1.8-2.3 cm wide. Corona lS Oi wie Soioulencs 5 outer filaments 7-11 mm (inner filaments not present in the examined material). Operculum 2-3 mm erect, slightly plicate. Fruit 5.0-6.4 x eS =2) 40cm, eausitsornm. (6 aneked Specimens examined: Colombia: Narino, Between Meneses and Pasto, 2400 m, André 2882 (Photo in AAU). Ecuador: Bolivar-Chimborazo, W. Cordillera, Riobamba, 2600 Mm, Rimbacht,22e"(GHY er ee NY, US). Napo, Between Baeza and Cuyuja, Asplund 9610 (S). Prov. unknown, Chagal, Lehmann Sin. WGOe a." Passiflora arbellaezii LL. Uribe, Caldasia, 7(35):m3as5. (1957 awk eee Petiole mies 5—2.omcem- sBilade s2a2—3'.5 x 2.3—-si5 Cm, Ovaue, retuse to apiculate, base truncate to slightly cordate. Pedunellem4—4.7° tem. “Pédacel i.4-2.5 cm. Elowers 2.5 cm wide. Corona 2- to triseriate, outer filaments 12 mn, inner one or two series 2-3.5 mm. Operculum 2-3 mm erect, slightlyspliicater Fruit "2.6 x Ivo=2 “em, \ovoid« Specimens examined: Colombia: Valle, Vertiente occidental, Rio Sabaletas, Arbeleaz 10335 (COL holotype). Panama: Chiriqui, Hart 104 (Caz 1986 Holm-Nielsen & dyirgensen, Passiflona 123 Passiflora tryphostemmatoides, P. arbelaezii and Pe. gracillima differ especially in the height, relative position and shape of the Jimen, but also in. different fruit forms and the size of the flower and peduncles, however, the vegetative features of the species are very similar. The three species are therefore difficult to distinguish.in sterile. state, this. plus a small amount of indeterminable sterile sheets from Ecuador, “of very interesting and probably new species, makes us recommend thaversteritesimaterial, of wPassiflora, “unlike *Khapp & Mallet (1984), is not collected (Jorgensen et al. 1984). 0 200 400 600 800 1000km ——————————————— 2 SS SS 100 200 300 400 500 600 miles Fupet2.«c Distibution map» for. Passifloranarbelaeziis( Om); P. gracillima ( @ ) and P. tryphostemmatoides ( » ). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This is contribution No. 54 from the AAU-Ecuador Project. We wish to thank Kirsten Tind for her skillful drawings. 124 Ralte¥, si Ovi ebuGs Leh Vol. 60, No. 2 REFERENCES Jorgensen, P.M., J.E. Lawesson & L.B. Holm-Nielsen. 1984. A Guide to Collecting Passion Flowers. Ann. Missouri Bota Gangs 47a) (see 7A Lala alh oy Vo 12 LIBS. The American SpecLnes of Passzifloraceaes, Publ ..Fields Mus. sNats> Hist..), « Boitowseime LO W— 61 3\. Knapee Se &) J. Mallet. 1984. Iwo New) Species of \PassHitona (Passifloraceae) from Panama with Comments on their Natural History. - Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. Tae: 1068-1074. WOOdSOn,; shee « RaW. scheny. “19585. Passi fl ornacedemmaud Flora of Panama VII Fasc. 1. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. ASI eee A NEW SPECIES OF WEDELIA (ASTERACEAE-HELIANTHEAE) FROM NEUVO LEON, MEXICO B. L. Turner Department of Botany, Univ. of Texas, Austin TX 78713 Recent collections among the precipitous upper limestone ridges of the east-facing Sierra Madre Orientale overlooking the city of Monterrey has revealed the following novelty. It is placed in the genus Wedelia with some hesitation since it might equally be placed in the genus Aspilia (sensu H. Robinson, 1984) because it has "a constricted apical crown bearing all the pappus elements, having little or no wing on the achene, and having sterile rays." Aspilia is supposedly distinguished from Wedelia by its pistillate but sterile ray florets and largely wingless achenes. The present species, while mostly bearing sterile ray florets, does produce the occasional ray achene which is seemingly fertile, being distinguished from those of the disc by being nearly glabrous. McVaugh (1984) includes the Mexican species of Aspilja occurring in his Flora Novo-galiciana within Wedelia, commenting that "The distinction between Wedelia and the genus Aspilia Thoars is not always a clear one." A comment that appears valid to me, in spite of Robinson's (1984) efforts to maintain both. Wedelia ayerscottiana B. L. Turner, Fig. 1 Wedelia hispida accedens sed caulibus tenuibus simplicibus capitulis minoribus, pedunculis brevioribus, achaenis variegatis nonalatis, etc. Perennial erect or weakly ascending herb to 1m high. Stems terete, striate, mostly unbranched, stiffly hirsute with multicellular spreading trichomes, 1-2 mm long, these interspersed among a much shorter indument of scabrid, often glandular, hairs. Leaves opposite, 4-8 cm long, 2-3 cm wide; petioles 2-6 mm long, stiffly-hirsute; blades narrowly triangular, acutely tapering onto the petioles, 3-nerved from above the base, coarsely and evenly hispid on both surfaces, the margins minutely crenulate to irregularly and coarsely dentate, darkening upon drying, the upper surface more so. Heads 3-6 in terminal or axillary cymules, the peduncles 2.0-4.5 cm long. Involucres campanulate, 7-8 mm high, 5- 12 mm wide; bracts about equal, in 3 series, the outer-most broadly ovate to obovate, leafy, 4-6(7) mm long, 3-4 mm wide coarsely hispid, the middle and inner-most broadly obovate, scarious and yellowish-erose above, puberulent to glabrous. Chaff somewhat shorter than the subtended florets, yellow above, purplish below, with a prominent purple mid-nerve and bright yellow appendages. Ray florets 8, pistillate, fertile or often not so; corollas yellow, the ligules 6-7 mm long, 3.0-3.5 mm wide. Disk florets 30- 125 126 PRH PS TOOULRORGEI AA Vol. 60, No. 2 50; corollas yellow, ca 5 mm long, glabrous, the tube ca 1.5 mm long, tapering into a narrowly funnelform throat, the lobes ca 0.8 mm long. Achenes essentially monomorphic, markedly mottled, obovate, the body ca 4 mm long, ca 1.8 mm wide, bearing at its apex a slender neck ca 0.6 mm long which is topped by a minute scaly crown ca 0.2 mm high. TYPE: MEXICO. Nuevo Leon: Slopes above Chipinque Mesa and Motel, SW and overlooking Monterrey, ca 6000 ft elevation. Oak-pine forests; 12 Oct 1985; B. L. Turner, T. Ayers and R. Scott 15609 (holotype TEX; isotype MEXU). When first encountered I thought the plants concerned belonged to the common Aldama dentata Llave. In living plants the habital resemblance is remarkable. The heads are also remarkably similar, being about the same size with similar involucral bracts, including texture and dark striations which are so characteristic of A. dentata. The achenal characters, etc., are like those of Wedelia except that the achenes of both ray and disc florets are alike, both lacking any sign of wings and those of the ray not at all 3- angled. Except for its neck structure and basal elaisome, the body of the achene is surprisingly like that of Viguiera dentata. Wedelia ayerscottiana was rare at the site concermed, only two plants having been observed, both growing in the leafy-litter of an oak-dominated low forest. It occurs with a bevy of yet other local composite endemics including Ageratina rollinsii Turner, A. viburngides (DC.) K. & R.,Flyriella leonensis (B. L. Roh) K. & Re, Vigethia mexicana Wats., etc. The species is named for my two field companions, both in the terminal year of their doctoral and both in love with botany and each other. I have taken liberty to perpetuate these facts, at least in name, if not spirit. LITERATURE CITED McVaugh, R. 1984. Wedelia. Flora Novo-galeciana: 12: 1080-1092. Robinson, H. 1984. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XXXIX. New Species of Aspilia from Brazil. Phytologia 56: 262-274. 1986 Turner, A new species Fig. |. WEDELIA AYERSCOTTIANA, from holotype. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XVIII Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional & emended bibliography: Chakravert, Curr. Sci. 20: 48-- 49. 1951; Navalkar, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 50: 157--160. 1951; Shenians Gl Cup. J 7s o208=—219)5 O51 = Anonc. .BiOll.., ADStr once Sane 1952; Chakravert, Bio. Abstr. 26: 1750. 1952; Eyster, Biol. Abstr. 26: 3141. 19523) Molids, Biol. Abstr. 2b W85> a8 1471S 1952. "Patel, Bae ol. Abstr. 26: 2879. 1952; Pichi-Sermolli, Biol. Abstr. 26: 642. 1952; Quaintance, Biol. Abstr. 26: 1017. 1952; Sheriar, Biol. Abstr. 26: 3184. 1952; Willaman & Schubert, Agric. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1234: 236 & 237. 1961; Stoddart & Fosb. in Stoddart, Biogeogr. Ecol. Seych. Isis. 232. 1984; Mold., Phytologia 60: 56-- 70. 1986. ; Subramanian and his associates (1973) report the presence of the sterol, (24S)-ethylcholesta-5 ,22,25-triene-30-0l, in five CLeroden- daum species (C. indicum, C. inerme, C. infortunatum, C. phlomidis, and C. thomsonae) and suggest that this sterol may be considered as a possible chemotaxonomic marker for the genus. CLERODENDRUM GRANDIFLORUM (Hook.) Schau. Additional bibliography: Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 3. 1941; Mold., Phytologia 60: 67--70. 1986. Lemaire (1848) comments regarding this species: "I] est vraiment regrettable que tant de belles plantes, introduites directement en Belgique, sortent ensuite de ce pays pour aller orner les collections étrangéres, soit sous des noms erronés et donnés a hate, soit, mais plus rarement, exacts et dont les jardiniers estropient plus ou moins 1'inscription des étiquettes. Dans le premier cas, les espéd- iteurs ne sont pas excusables: car la Belgique ne manque pas de botanistes distingués qui pourraient déterminer les plantes nouvel- les; dans le second, le chef de 1'établissement-expéditeur ne l'est pas davantage, car la suscription des étiquettes devrait exercer sa surveillance. Or, l'introduction directe et la détermination de plantes nouvelles est aussi une chose grande et glorieuse pour un pays! Pourquoi donc répudier cette gloire? Ajoutons & ces justes reproches, que le destinaire se plaint avec raison de ne recevoir souvent avec ses plantes aucun renseignement sur leur patrie, etc. Nous pourrions citer une foule de preuves & ]'appui de ces observa- tions; nous nous contenderons seulement de faire observer que, c'est surtout de l'autre coté du détroit, qu'en raison des faits que nous Signalons, s'exerce souvent une critique assez acerbe contre 1"hor- ticulture belge, laquelle dans ces circonstances, cependant, ne fait que tirer les marrons du feu pour les laisser croquer aux autres. Sic vis non vobis....tulit alter honores. Nous espérons bien que ces réflexions, que nous inspirent 1'honneur et 1' intéret de notre patrie adoptive, seront acceptées et jugées avec le meme esprit qui 128 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 129 nous les a dictees. La plante qui fait le sujet de cet article, a été expédiée (nous dit M. Hooker) par un des établissments les plus distingués de la Belgique, a une maison anglaise sous le nom im- proper de Rondeletia a fleurs jaunes, et sans autre renseignement. L'absence complete de stipules aurait du tout d'abord démontrer que cette belle plante ne pouvait etre une Rubiacée." Van Houtte (1848) says concerning its cultivation: “Cette espece, en raison de la lignosité de ses rameaux, demandera des soins assid- us en cas de bouterage. 11 faudra surtout veiller a en éloigner toute humidite stagnante soit dans la cloche, soit autour des bou- tures. Comme elle donne facilement des graines, i] sera plus com- mode et plus avantageux de la multiplier par ce moyen. Pour le reste, elle demande 1a meme culture que celle qu'on applique aux au- tres arbrisseaux de serre chaude. On lui donnez une terre mélangée, mais par la raison que j'ai allégues ci-dessus, on decra le ménager les arrosements, car la plante transpire peu." The original description given by Turczaninow (1863) for his Aegiphila aurea is: "Ae, caule fruticoso tere*i ad nodos tetragono- compresso glabro, tuberculis elevatis aspero; foliis obovato-oblon- gis, abrupte et breviter acuminatis integerrimis, utrinque glabris coriaceis; panicula terminali folia subaequante; calycis dentibus e basi subquadrata cuspidatis; corolla tenuiter puberula calyce 5-- 6-tuplo longiore." It is based on J. J. Linden 131 from the prov- ince of Havana, Cuba. His original (1863) description of Cithanexylum Longiflonrum is: "Caule tetragono tuberculato glabro aut apice tenuiter puberulo; foliis oppositis breviter petiolatis, per paria interdum approxima- tis lanceolatis, basi parum attenuatis, in acumen breve abrupte productis, margine revolutis integerrimis, supra glabris viridibus subtus pallidioribus ad nervationes leviter puberulis; panicula terminali folia subaequante; floribus in pedecillis infractis mutan- tibus; corolla tubo calycis 4--5-plo longiore. Calyx campanulatus, basi nigricans, brevissime 5-dentatus, hirtellus. Corolla tubuloso- infundibuliformis, extus puberula, intus glabra. Filamenta in parte inferiore tubi verticillatim affixa, basi dilatata, parum inaequal- ia, antheris duplo longiora. Antherae ellipticae, dorso interloc- ilos affixae, inclusae. Stylus longitudine staminum, filiformis, apice non incrassatus. Species longitudine florum et filamentorum ab omnibus mihi notis diversa." It is based on Sagna 50 from some- where in Cuba, probably Havana. CLerodendron sagnaei was based by Schauer (1847) on Sagna 300, 591, and 8’.n. also from Havana, Cuba. Collectors have encountered C. grandifforum growing on hillsides and serpentine barrens, in wooded valleys and forests, on mountains and dry limestone hills, in thickets and oak woods, along streams, and on riverbanks, in flower from October to April and in August, and in fruit in August and from December to February. Alain (1974) asserts that it is endemic to Cuba and there occurs in woods in Ha- vana and Pinar del Rio provinces and on the Isle of Pines. Schauer (1847, in keeping C. grandiffonum and C. sagnaei apart as two separate species, comments about the former: "Videtur a C. Sag- naek differre tantum foliis basi subcordatis, corolla paululum majore, 130 Putte VetTe On Ls 0: (6 oh A Vol. 60, Nae et floribus erectis, si ex vivo ut ex sicco erecti in C, Sagnaer." Synge (1956) says that it was introduced into cultivation in England in 1843 from the West Indies. Roig found it cultivated as an orna- mental in Cuba, The corollas are described as having been "yellow" on Alain & Ki€lip 2008 and Morton 4274 and by all authors who refer to the color and as “brilliant yellow" on Eman 12644. Gibbs (1974) reports negative results, with blue fluorescence, from the Juglone test of the leaves, stems, and roots of this plant. Common and vernacular names reported for it are “bois-de-cabri a grandes fleurs", "large yellow-flowered aegiphila", "oviedo", "oviedo amarillo", "oviedo blanco", "oviedo de flor blanca" and "ovieda flor blanca". It may be noted here that Alain 488 exhibits especially large leaves. A sheet of {night 3176 in the British Museum herbarium con- sists of a branch with holly-like leaves, re-annotated as probably bignoniaceous, which probably represents a species of Pseudocanprd- Alain (1974) distinguishes the Cuban species of C£erodendraum known to him as follows: 1. Spinose shrubs or vines; cymes axillary.....ccesse- C. aculeatum. la. Unarmed shrubs or herbs; cymes axillary or terminal. 2. Large herbs, with broad membranous leaves. 3. Leaf-blades basally deeply cordate; corollas scarlet......... C. Spectosisdimum. 3a. Leaf-blades basally only shallowly cordate; corollas white. 4. Leaf-blade margins mostly dentate, the teeth large and con- Spicuous, pilose on both surfaces; corollas doubled........ C. philippinum f. multiplex. 4a. Leaf-blades marginally mostly entire or minutely denticu- late, glabrescent; corollas simple.........s0.. C. Lindkeyd. 2a. Shrubs; leaf-blades mostly narrow, coriaceous. 5. Leaf-blades mostly more than 5 cm. long, apically obtuse or rounded, basally subcordate, marginally entire or with a few irregular teeth. 6. Corollas yellow, pubescent, the limb small, not spreading; leaf-blades mostly obovate or oblanceolate.C, gnrandif{Lonum. 6a. Corollas white, glabrous or glabrescent, the Nan spread- ing, narrow; leaf-blades obovate to eiliptic or oblong- lanceolate. 7. Leaves subsessile or with a petiole to 1 cm. long, the blades mostly basally subcordate. 8. Leaf-blades obovate to oblanceolate, apically mostly ONEWISA Ol CWSI IGEN HS oon odnocecccgonnacdecod C. cubense. 8a. Leaf-blades lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, apically ACW AO (ROWING Goo docodocoédaccooctccodeasr C. nipense. 7a. Leaves petiolate (the petioles sometimes very short), basally mostly rounded (subcordate in C, calcicofa and in some forms of C, £éndenianwn) - 9. Leaf-blades glabrous on both surfaces or puberulent on only the veins beneath. 10. Inflorescence mostly longer than the subtending 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendraum 131 leaves; peduncles puberulous; cyme-branches verrucu- HOSE Fie ss Ss Obee sd Kec eeeodere Meanie C. Lindenianwn, 10a. Inflorescence shorter than the subtending leaves; peduncles glabrous; cyme-branches not verruculose.... C. anafense. 9a. Leaf-blades pubescent beneath. 11. Leaf-blades rounded at both ends....C. tuberculatun. lla. Leaf-blades basally subcordate, apically acute or GHUNSO Tues Cre ates ceed cae enc candauns C. calcicola. 5a. Leaf-blades 2.3--5.5 cm. long, elliptic or obovate, basally acute, marginally regularly denticulate...... C. denticulatumn, A key for distinguishing C. grandifonaum from other taxa found in regular cultivation will be found under C, bethunianwm Low in the present series of notes (58: 198). The C. gnandiffonum credited to GUrke by my wife and myself in our 1983 work on Sri Lankan plants, is the result of an unfortunate er- ror in transcription for C, gnandifolium Girke, and the C. grand- 4Lonum credited by us in the same work to Salisbury is a synonym of C. sernatum (L.) Moon. The C£erodendron grandiflorum Blanco cited by Bakhuizen (1921) and erroneously credited to Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 1, 512 (1837) is also an unfortunate error -- Blanco in the ref- erence cited does not propose a binomial in the genus CLerodendraum, but VoLkameria grandifgona, a synonym of CLerodendrum macrostegium. The C. gnandiffonum of H. J. Lam is also a synonym of C. macnrosteg- dum Schau. It should perhaps also be noted here that Jackson (1893) errone- ously cites the original publication of C. sagnaec as "Prodr. xi. 6591" instead of to page "695" and mistakenly dates Turczaninow's original description of Aegiphila aurea as "1868" instead of "1863". Paxton's 1847 work is also sometimes mistakenly cited as "1841". Material of CLerodendawm grandiflorum has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as C. cubense Schau., C. Lindenianum A. Rich., Aegiphifa sp., and Rondefetia sp. On the other hand, some sheets of Sagna 4.n., distributed as C. grandiflonum, actually are C. cubense Schau. Citations: CUBA: Havana: Linden 131 (Ld--photo); Sagnra 50 (Ld-- photo), 300 [Macbride photos 33934] (Cc F--969738--photo, Kr-- photo, N--photo), 502 (P), 591 (Dc, Ld--photo, N--photo), s.n. (B, B, F--998438, P, V); Senne 4.n. [1907] (B, B, Bg). Pinar del Rio: Acutia 10626 (Es, N), 10799 (Es), 16416 (Es), 16417 (Es), 18261 (Es), 18320 (Es); Acuna & Alain 4.n. [Enero 2-4, 1952] (N); Again 110 (Ld), 488 (Ha), 4499 (W--2284635), 6875 (Mi), 4.n. [Ledn 20091] (Ha, Ha, N, N), 8.n. [20 Decembre 1943] (Vi); Alain & Kibkip 2008 (W-- 2110007); C. F. Baken 3806 (B, N, W--523731); Britton, Wilson, & Leén 13944 (F--459883, N, W--793598), 14124 (N, N, W--793620, W-- 793621); Caldwell & Baker 7143 (B), 7145 (B); Cakfando 4.n. (Ledn 17605] (N); Charles 4998 (N); Ekman 10405 (S), 10452 (S), 10495 (N), 12633 (E--photo), 12644 (B, Ld--photo, N--photo, S, W--211346), 16391 (B, S), 16620 (S), 17386 (B, S), 18158 (B, N, S, W--2113460); Leén 6024 (Ha, N), 12540 (Ha), 12566 (Ha, N), 12640 (Ha, N), 12901 (Ha, N); Leon & Chanfes 4975 (Ha, N); Leon & Roca 7417 (Ha); Ledn & 132 Piatt WeetaOuter Oi 5G 51 ah Vol. 60, No. 2 Victonin 20974 (Ha); Marie-Vietonrin 49007 (Um--55106), 58263 (Um-- 55636); Morton 4274 (W--1783407); Roig 1139 (Es, F- 450824); Roig & Van Hermann 1129 (Es); Shafer 11909 (B, N, N, W--699518), 119177 te N, N, W--699520), 11986 (B, N, N, W--699599); Van Hewnann 3247 (B, Es); P. Wikson 9207 (N, N). Province undetermined: Auber 4.n. [Ins. Cuba] (D--612070); Cofector undetermined 4.n.(P); C. Wright 502 [71; Herb. Sauvalle 1779 in part] (Hv, Hv, Hv, Hv, Hv, Hv), 502/17 [Herb. Sauvalle 1780] (Hv), 3775 in part [Herb. Sauvalle 1779 in part] (Hv), 31776 [1860-1864; Herb. Sauvalle 1780] (B, B, Bm, Ca-- 937,199). iG Dis — UBS Sinn iGisy HVisy HViseukis, dlitsn MS=—30953 5, 0S uP aahals Sis S, T, V, W--57703, X). ISLA DE PINOS: Eman 12503 (B, S). CULTIVA- TED: England: Herb. Hooker 4.n. (K--type). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUS- TRATIONS: Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 320, fig.138. 1974 (Ld); Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 72 [ser. 3, 2]: pl. 4230. 1846 (Ld); Lemaire, Fl. Serres, ser. 1, 4: pl. 324. 1848 (Ld); Unidenti- fied Vol. 13, pl. 154 (N); Urb., Symb. Antill. 6: 68--69. 1909 (S). CLERODENDRUM GREVEI Molc., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 324--325. 1951. Bibliography: Motd., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 324--325. 1951; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 185. 1952; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 154, 229, 233--234, & 267, fig. 37 (10 & 11). 1956; Mold., Résumé 155 & 450. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 36. 1959;.Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 249 & 537. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 189 (1985) and 59: 346. 1986. Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 229, fig. 37 (10,&.11.) 2 diS56.. A shrub or tree; branchlets slender, grayish, rather prominently lenticellate, rather densely short-pubescent with twisted hairs on the younger parts, glabrescent in age; nodes more or less annulate; principal internodes 1.3--5.8 cm. long; leaf-scars rather small but borne on large and prominent ascending sterigmata to 3 mm. long on the younger parts; leaves decussate-opposite or ternate; petioles very slender, canaliculate above, about 10 mm. long, densely short- pubescent; leaf-blades submembranous, rather uniformly grayish-green on both surfaces, lanceolate, 6--8 cm. long, 1.5--2.3 cm. wide, api- cally acuminate, marginally entire, basally attenuate-acute or sub- acuminate, more or less densely short-pubescent above, less so in age except along the midrib, very densely short-pubescent through- out beneath; midrib very slender, very slightly prominulous above, prominulous beneath; secondaries very slender, 4--6 per side, arcu- ate-ascending, often very slightly subprominulous above, mostly ob- scured by the pubescence beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation very obscure or indiscernible on both surfaces: inflorescence terminal, cymose, 2--2.5 cm. long, 3--4 cm. wide, composed of numerous rather densely many-flowered cymes forming a very dense, sessile, convex inflorescence, the individual cymes stipitate on peduncle-like stalks that are very slender, to about 1 cm. long, densely short- pubescent like the upper part of the branchlets; bractlets and pro- phylla linear-setaceous, to about 3 mm. long, strigillose-pilose; pedicels obsolete or to 1 mm. long and pilosulous-pubescent; calyx Campanulate, about 3 mm. long, rather sparsely pilose, its rim 4- 1986 Moldenke, Notes on Cferodendrwn 133 lobed, the lobes cuspidate; corolla hypocrateriform, its tube nar- row-cylindric, about 7--8 mm. long, externally minutely pulverulent, nigrescent in drying, the limb about 4 mm. wide; stamens and pistil exserted; fruiting-calyx and fruit known only in an immature stage. The species is based on Greve 223 from somewhere in Madagascar and is deposited in the Paris herbarium. The pubescence and dense terminal inflorescences remind one strongly of C. emirnense Bojer. The species is known thus far (to me) only from the original collec- tion. A key to help distinguish this species from the other known taxa of CLerodendruwm in Madagascar will be found under C. banronianwn Oliv. in this present series of notes (58: 189). Citations: MADAGASCAR: Gaevé 222 (E--photo of type, F--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--fragment of type, N--photo of type, P-- type). CLERODENDRUM GRIFFITHIANUM C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 590 [as "CLenodendron" ]. 1885; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks herbs Cetd. csPre 15 1 StS Synonymy: CLerodendron griffithianun C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 590. 1885. Bibliography: C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 590. 1885; Forbes & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 26: 261. 1890; UdeKkoestih HOOK." f. & JdCKS.,5, Ind. Kew., inp. 1, Lb? SOl looses tanirs Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, 4: 216 (1894) and ser. 2, 4: 522. 1896; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 507 (1906), imp. 2, 507 (1906), and imp. 2a, 507. 1907; Gamble in King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 830. 1908; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 3, 507. 1911; Lévl., Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan 277. 1917; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 75. 1918; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 4, 507. 1921; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 2, 132. 1922; Chung, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (1): 228. 1924; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 125 & 153--154. 1932; Kanjilal, Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam, imp. 1, 486, 487, & 546. 1939; Biswas, Indian For. Rec. Bot., ser. Pamoe Sie VAs ES DieMerr..eBYittonia,4: 171. .o4l* Mold... Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 54--56 & 90. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. hee dacksS., Ind. Kewo, amp. 2, 2 SOl. 19463 Mold.,.Aliou. J-1Sie nV, Names Suppl. Wer 67194730. ON. & AL. Molds, Ple.Lite 22.62. 1948 Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 501 & 629 (1948), 3: 859 (1949), and 4: 1105. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 124, 126, 128, 131, & 181. 1949; Mold., Resume 159, 161, 165, 169, 264, & 450. 19593" Jacks. in’ Hook.) f... & Jacks... Ind... Kew., imp.,3,, 12.56}... 1960; Hundley & Ko in Lace, Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 203. 1961; Rao & Joseph, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 149. 1965; Rao & Verma, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 410. 1969; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 5, 507. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 267, 272, 282, 287, & 446 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 259, 270, 272, 277, & 537. 1980; Kanji- lal, Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam, imp. 2, 3: 487. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 58: 404 (1985) and 59: 409. 1986. A small pubescent tree or large bushy shrub, in habit resembling C. disparifolium Blume, but the branches viscous-pubescent; bark 134 Pate Ye T OOM SOG Gola a Vol. 60, No. 2 greenish-white, with minute vertical lenticels, 2 mm. thick; blaze greenish; wood white; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles 0.8--2.5 cm. long, viscid-pubescent; leaf-blades membranous, oblong or ellip- tic to elliptic-lanceolate or lanceolate, 7.5--20 cm. long, 2.5--6 cm. wide, apically acuminate or caudate-acuminate, marginally en- tire or very obscurely and remotely toothed, basally obtuse to rounded or cuneate, glabrous or glabrate above when mature, minutely pubescent beneath, more densely so on the venation; secondaries 7 or 8 per side; inflorescence terminal or subterminal in the axils of the uppermost leaves, composed of lax, corymbiform-thyrsoid, com- pound, viscid-pubescent, few-flowered cymes; peduncles penultimate from the axils of stipitate leaf-like bracts; bractlets filiform, a- bout 1.2 cm. long; pedicels filiform, 6--12 mm. long; calyx campanu- late, red, about 2.5 cm. long and 12 mm. wide, externally minutely pubescent, deeply 5-lobed, the tube short, the segments or lobes triangular-lanceolate, more or less reddish, 1.5 cm. long, apically acuminate; corolla white or yellow, hypocrateriform, glabrate or glabrescent, the tube 2.5--3.7 cm. long, slender, the lobes oblong, 8--9 mm. long; fruiting-calyx much enlarged, almost or quite enclos- ing the drupe, the segments triangular, incrassate, erect, about 12 mm. long, overtopping the drupe; fruit drupaceous, ovoid, about 1.2 cm. long and 1.8 cm. wide. The species is based on Griffith 6054 from Assam, India, depos- ited in the Kew herbarium. Clarke (1885) states that the species is also known from Aca in upper Burma. Rao & Joseph (1965) describe it as fairly common at 300 m. altitude in the Northeast Frontier re- gion of India. Kanjilal and his associates (1939) list it from Lak- himpur and Sibsagar in Assam. where, they say, it flowers from Janu- ary to March and fruits in the "Hot season". Actually the species is native from Assam to Burma and north into Yunnan. Collectors have encountered this plant in mixed evergreen and de- ciduous forests and subtropical hill forests, as well as along river- sides, at 300--2600 m. altitude, in flower in November to March. On the label accompanying Wand 155 it is stated that the plant was "in bud for second flowering". The corollas are said to have been "white" on Keenan & al. 3634 & 3635 and Wand 109 and "golden-yellow" on Rock 7844, Ward reports the plant "scattered but not rare in half-shade in gullies at the edge of jungles" in Burma. Merrill (1941) cites Wand Vernay-Cutting Exped. 109 & 155 from Upper Burma. A key for distinguishing C, grifgithianwn from other taxa in this genus growing in Assam is given by Kanjilal and his associates (1939) and this is reproduced here (with modifications and nomenclature updating by me): Ie IP TTOReSCEeNCe SODEOrM IMAI. © sips fee tae oe alee © ofelose C. welwitschti. 4a. Corolla-tube 4 inches 10NG.....ccscacveviscecicns C. guerker. 3b. Calyx large. 5. Leaf-blades marginally entire. Ge LeAaVeSmatline KV DUDEISCOMNIt cpeuctets stefoleliclepeleeialetelols C. zambesiacum. (EY TEGENISS WEIMER Sa oodcocoaeusdacodocudGodd OO C. stuhkmannt. 5a. Leaf-blades marginally repand.......eeeeeeeecees C. pogger. lage Panaclles langeiu ChYNSONGL cr 6 cjce scams -hpemioeeis sia C. thyrsordeum, [It should be pointed out that, in my opinion, the correct naze for what Baker calls C. gaeyé in the above key is C, spectosissimum Van Geert, while his C. zambesiacwm is the same as C. guerker J. G. Baker, ¢. Sfuh2manni is C. notundifolLium var. stuhlmannii (Gurke) Thomas, and C. poggei is C. angolense Gtirke ]. The Habin 4.n. 9P55/12/1928 |. distributed as C. guerkec actually is C. notundifolium Oliv. Citations: ZAIRE: Gewmain 8208 (E--2168593). TANZANIA: Tanganyi- ka: Schlieben 1759 (Br, Mu, N, S), 2757 (B, Br, Ld--photo, Mu, N, N--photo, S$); Tanner 1664 (N). MALAWI: Buchanan 332 (L, L, N-- photo, W--806806); Sto£z 614 (S). MOZAMBIQUE: Niassa: Tonne & Paiva 10992 (U1). CLERODENDRUM HAEMATOLASIUM H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 69--71. 1918. Synonymy: C£erxodendron haematolasium Hall. f. apud H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 286 & 363. 1919. CRenodendron haematoplasium Hall. f. ex E. D. Merrill, Bibl. Enum. Born. Pl. 616. 1921. CLeno- dendron macrophyllum var. haematolasium Bakh. in herb. Bibliography: H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 69--/1. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 286 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in lair ky Baldiase Buliks dhicela oes Binieelizas SGies “SSIs Da WOM5 er WN: T1921; £. D..Merr..,. Bibl.« Enum...Born: yPl. 616.1921; A. W. Halil, ind Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 17. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 65 & 90 (1942) and ed. 2, 146 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 192, 193, 264, & 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 322 & 446 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 313 & 537. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 253 (1982) and 58: 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erzodendrum 139 415. 1985. An herb or shrub, to 1.7 m. tall, with the habit, leaves, and form of the calyx reminiscent of C. phyffLomega Steud.; stems [or branches?] terete, 2.5--8 mm. wide, at first densely hirsute with weak, spreading, maroon or rose-purple (finally sordid gray-brown), transversely septate hairs, eventually glabrate and pale-gray; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles 2--9 cm. long, subterete, more or less deniculate at the base and apex, obsoletely sulcate above, densely fuscous-hirsute like the branches; leaf-blades large, mem- branous, obovate-lanceolate, 11--35 cm. long, 5.5--17 cm. wide, sim- ilar in form and indument to Cyrtandraa, apically more or less long- acuminate, marginally rather remotely and shortly sinuate-dentate except at the very base, basally acute or narrowly subrotundate, shiny dark-green and often covered with epiphytic hepatics above, somewhat less shiny and paler green or violet beneath, pubescent on both surfaces, not at all or only obsoletely glandular-punctulate beneath but larger glands not present; midrib and secondaries more densely bristly-hirsute beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation lax, sharply prominent beneath; inflorescence terminal. paniculate, thyr- soid, to 14 cm. long (including the short peduncles) and 6 cm. wide, densely hirsute like the stems; bracts linear or sublanceolate; ped- icels 5--7 mm. long, shorter than or subequaling the calyx; calyx in anthesis herbaceous, 12--14 mm. long, externally shiny bright-red and more or less densely purple-hirsute, internally shiny crystal- line greenish-white, deeply 5-fid, the sinuses acute, the lobes 1 cm. long, apically acutely acuminate; corolla hypocrateriform, red- dish to rose-purple as in Rubus odoratus; fruiting-calyx incrassate, 1.8--2 cm. long, loosely surrounding the drupaceous, green, immature fruit. This species is based on Hallion B.465, 2628, 2864, 2881, 2885, 2886, 2934, 3019, 3114, & 3151 from western Borneo. Hallier (1918) describes the plant as "Stengel, Blatt- und BllUthenstiele, Kelch und Unterseite der Mittel- und Fiedernerven dicht mit Rubus odoratus- rothen, im Alter schmutzig braungrauen abstehenden Haaren bedeckt. Bldtter weich und krautig, oberseits gldnzend dunkelgriin, unterseits etwas schwdcher gldnzend violett, mit stark vorspringendem weit- maschigen Adernetz und tribgrinem, abstehend borstig roth behaartem Mittelnerven. Der 5-lappige Kelch aussen gldnzend lebhaft roth, in- nen krystakkinisch gldnzend weissgriin, bisweilen in's R&bthliche spielend, nach der Spitze zu mit zerstreuten, rothen, schrdg vorn gerichteten Borsten besetzt, die schwach glasgldnzende hellgrtine junge Frucht umschliessend." He also suggests that "an sylvae pluv- jalis pl. cleistogama?" In another place he describes the hairs on the stems, petioles, calyx, and lower leaf-surface as Amaranthus-red. Collectors have found this plant growing on hillsides and in hill- top jungles and humus-rich high forests with Quercus wilkhelminae Seem., 2. angentea Korth., Q. pulchra King, 9, cycLophona Endl., Q. ewyckit Korth., and Gardenia anisophylla var. pokyneura Valet., at 650--1800 m. altitude, in flower in January, April, May, October, and November, and in fruit in January, May, and November. The corollas are described as having been "white-yellow" [=yellow- 140 Pay Ve Tig Disks OCG LA Vol. 60, No. 2 ish-white?] on Abas SAN.&5700, “green covered with red hairs” on Cockburn & Saikek SAN.70030, "cream" un Clemens & CLemends 4967, "greenish-cream" on C£emens & CLemens 26909, and "red like those of Rubus odonatus" on Haklier B.465. Merrill (1921 cites only Hablienr 265 & 2934 from Dutch Borneo. In view of the wide discrepancies in described corolla-color, it is quite possible that two color-forms are here involved. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as C. dispanifolium var. kinabakuense (Stapf) Bakh. and as Rubdaceae. Citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Kalimantan: Endert 3210 (Bz-- 72726), 4423 (Bz--72746); H. HallLier B.465 (Bz--19202--cotype), B. 2934 (Bz--19203--cotype, Ca--236924--cotype), B.3151 (Bz--19204-- cotype, Ld--photo of cotype, N--cotype, N--photo of cotype). Sabah: Abas SAN.&5700 (Sn--54458); M. S. CLemens 10087 (Bz--19201, N-- photo); Clemens & CLemens 4967 (Bz--19195), 26909 (Bz--19198, N), 31262 (Bz--19205), s.n. [Jan. 27, '31] (N), 4.n. [30.X1.1931] (Bz-- 19196), 4.n. [10.V.1932] (Bz--19197); Cockburn & Saikeh SAN.70030 (Sn--35679); Moulton 6698 (Bz--19199); M. Ramos 4.n. [Sandakan and vicinity] (Bz--19200). CLERODENDRUM HAHNIANUM Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 13 [as "CLer- odendron" ]. 1920; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 59 & 90. 1942. Synonymy: CLerxodendron hahnianun Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: Sa) 920k Bibliography: Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 13. 1920; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jah- resber. 48 (1): 497. 1927; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gen. Indo-chine 4: 851 & 869. 1935; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 59 & 90. 1942; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 62. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 138 & 181. 1949; Mold., Resumé 175 & 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 299 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 31: 395. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 288, 386, & 537. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 59: 238, 412, 470, 482, & 483 (1986) and 60: 66. 1986. A shrub; branches tetragonal, canaliculate, rather densely pubes- cent; bark red; nodes annulate with an interpetiolar row of lanate hairs; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles stout, 8--12 mm. long, pubescent; leaf-blades chartaceous or subcoriaceous, oblong-lanceo- late, arcuate, 5--13 cm. long, 1--2.5 cm. wide, apically acute, mar- ginally entire, basally cuneate, sparsely pilose above, softly vil- lous beneath; midrib prominent; secondaries 12--14, recurved; vein and veinlet reticulation irregular, only slightly distinct; inflor- escence axillary and terminal, paniculate, many-flowered, about 25 cm. long and 17 cm. wide, di- or trichotomous, the cymes racemi form; bracts arcuate; bractlets subulate; pedicels 4--8 mm. long; calyx ‘ turbinate, herbaceous, green, 5 mm. long, externally villous, the tube 1.5 mm. long, the lobes lanceolate, 3--3.5 mm. long, apically acute; corolla hypocrateriform, 2.5--3 cm. long, externally puberu- lent, the tube filiform, 1.6--1.7 cm. long, the lobes equal, oblong, 8--13 mm. long; stamens long-exserted; anthers oblong; style slen- 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 141 der; stigma shortly bifid; ovary subglobose, externally glabrous; fruiting-calyx accrescent, red; fruit drupaceous, subglobose, 1--2 cm. long, 1--3 cm. wide, black when mature; pyrenes two. This species is based on an unnumbered Hahn collection from Cam- bodia and is known thus far (to me) only from the original collec- tion. Dop (1930) says of it "Cette espéce est voisine des CL. Gode- fneyé 0. Ktze et CP, Leoydianum Craib. Elle s'en distingue par le port, les feuilles arquees et la pilosite"; in his 1935 work he dis- tinguishes it from the other Indochinese taxa known to him by the following key (modified and nomenclaturally updated by me): Te GONE a= CUbe COCTOF Cin. TIONG Ae. rates ae ala dete clwle elole oteleip's C. tndicum, la. Corolla-tube only to about 5 cm. long. 2. Calyx-rim truncate, entire or very shortly denticulate. 3. Cymes axillary, simple, 3-flowered; leaf-blades marginally ENTE Ciclo wire eters wie Sekirei ip ialta b laigndaw oie heh te bal ar, 0 fe he -.C. 4neune. 3a. Cymes terminal, paniculate, many-flowered; leaf-blades mar- ginally dentate or denticulate. 4. Ovary externally velutinous; floriferous stems separate, jeafiess,,..50, Cis. | ONGsis se Hayes oe' esi ele wieiviece C. Ssubscaposum. 4a. Ovary externally glabrous; floriferous stems not separate FCOMe EEX OENEESo~ VEAP Vicrele'a fe ote tetalereteterstols'e'e olapsiate jaye C. Senratum, 2a. Calyx distinctly dentate or lobed. 5. Inflorescence terminal, dense, capitate, umbellate, or in many-flowered panicles. 6. Inflorescence dense, capitate, umbellate, or globular; bracts foliaceous . 7. Calyx with round peltate glands. 8. Calyx glabrous, puberulent, or pubescent, with only 3-- 5 peltate glands. 9. Peltate glands irreqularly disposed. 10. Calyx-lobes triangular, apically acute. 11. Bracts persistent, longer than the calyx; corol- Ta white or pale-rosé......2.0042- C. philippinun. lla. Bracts caducous, equaling the calyx; corollas eo ets Con ie ie C. bunger. 10a. Calyx-lobes large, oval, foliaceous..C, viscosum, 9a. One peltate gland at the base of each calyx-tooth... C. colebrokianum. 8a. Calyx silky-velutinous, with a large number of pel- Cate iGhand Seay. ..tosres hd Woks weee web pediae © Sem C. vaklosum, Ja. Calyx without*peltate glands..........0002: C. canescens. 6a. Inflorescence loosely paniculate, racemiform, or corymbi- form; bracts generally small. 12. Leaf-blades with rounded glands beneath 13. Leaf-blades marginally entire or simply dentate....... C. kaempfer. 13a. Leaf-blades 3--7-lobed. 14. Lobes triangular, not deeply separated; corolla 2-- Zed CMs HONDAS o Pease wenda auld dan diaawar C. paniculatum. 14a. Lobes linear-oblong, deeply separated; corollas 1 2=—teS Teme WONG «ce be sete: cists wala’ ae C. palmatilobatum. 142 Rat Niet Owl (0.16) 1h Vol. 60, iNega2 | 12a. Leaf-blades not glandulose beneath. 15.Flowering calyx membranous, green, externally pubescent or puberulent. 16. Calyx more than 1 cm. long. 17.6 Corol las puberulent.s cicero er, - - 21 Ovary surface papillated peer Pre? 18 2 = 22 Raphides detected in ovary Bre bs 6 94 oD ise ZZ 23 Style not deeply inserted in ovary Ss FOB oS 90 16 16 22 206 Po Metin E2046 . BoA Vol. 60, No. 3 24 Style distinct 68 10% = Sil) eee 9 25 Raphides detected in style 4 - 7h Wal 54 2 5 8 26 Stigma lobed ass Ss? OF 37 "6 & O18 27 Staminal filament glabrous Do Oes SL. Sol O2 lS eres 28 Stamens inserted on perianth Gu SZ D2. =) vl lemley 29 Staminal filament broad De Ye EG 62 7h 4” SSIS 30 Anthers bloboid Ten = arr 24 of = 2 9 I Flowers or inflorescence. State 1, Solitary Stn Feta tech PY oh ag 9 State 2, umbellate = 5 <5, » 30m Os a= 9 | State 3, corymbose - - = 5 gS DW = a State 4, recemose , Din ide” lt Giges 70 Sh 3} State 5, paniculate 6 - =)4 eno eZ6Sis = ty ll Leaf arrangement. State 1, alternate 4 - 9 4 y Na) areal LS 727% State 2, opposite = ee ie i State 3, whorled - - 310 = 3 - State 4, clustered at base of scape or peduncle a RN Si oa Pa - - II] Leaf nature. State 1, foliage Sy lOn aor2 OS Ge 22 7 State 2, scaly - - ee - = = 13 State 3, succulents - - Sears - - - State 4, spiny - - = 5 = Seraph IV Leaf shape. State 1, tubular - | WM 7 - - - State 2, linear SRO FUSING 33 = 7 | State 3, ovate Dye a 72 Gn 2 $ 6 a2 2, State 4, hastate - + - - - - 3 ] V Leaf surface. State 1, glabrous 3 10. 59. 8) TOG 12 222 ee State 2, worty - - - 2 te - - State 3, spiny - + - 3 CRS - - State 4, hairy a = - - p ee pee - VI Root stock. State 1, rhizome Sy VG BD 102 Oe ae State 2, corm - 6 3) = - - 2 . State 3, bulb Dix G7 395 (= - - VII Venation of tepals. State 1, uninerved pe 7 ip | 72, = AS State 2, multinerved Bee OF ZONES 330 I 9 - State 3, reticulate o-—~-h--— 42.--« Bini Disnenen = 1986 Badawi & Elwan, A taxonomic study 207 Within GROUP IV the reticulate venation of the tepals is restricted to members of Group IV-G. The distinction of this Group (mainly Melar thioideae-Uvularieae) can be further substantiated (see Table |). Charac- ters number 5, 16, 24 andII,3in Table 1 reflect some aspects of the variations exihibited between members of Group IV-H and Group IV-lI. Eustrephus latifolius in Group IV-H possesses leafy stems; a character which otherwise is restricted to members of Group IV-I. However, in the former species the presence of the leafy stems is associated with hairy tepals while in Group IV-I, their presence is associated with glabrous tepals. External evidence: A defensible taxonomic scheme must possess a certain peridictive value. Therefore, in addition to the recorded information which was included in the computation, more criteria were recorded for all the species. The distribution of these characters among the Groups is given in Table 2. The record of these features for each species is given in Elwan (1979). Also, all known cromosoma! counts for the species under investigation have been compiled from different sources. These are: Darlington and Wylie (1961), Ornduff (1967, 1968), Moore (1973, 1974), Fedorov (1976). Also the IOPB chromosome number reports presented periodically by Askell and Love in Taxon have been consulted. From Table 2 it is evident that the proposed arrangement gains additional support. Thus with the exception of some Ophiopogonoideae, Asparagoideae, Dracaena and Dianella in Group III-F, the berry type of fruit is confined in GROUP IV. In GROUP II and GROUP III there is a tendency towards the absence of bundle sheath. However, this tendency is more prominent in GROUP II which comprises 30/38 spp. of Allioideae and 17/17 spp. of Lilioideae-Tulipeae. In GROUP IV the bundle sheath is present in most species. At lower reaches of the hierarchy, the distinction between the "groups" is even more sound. Within GROUP II the distinction between members of Group II-B (which comprises Colchiceae and 4 other species) and those of Group II-D (which includes Lilioideae-Tulipeae among others) can be emphasized in terms of many characters (see no. 7, 13 and 15 in Table 2). Also within GROUP III, the distinction between Group III-E (mainly Aloineae-Aloinae) and Group III-F (which includes most of Asphode- loideae, Lilioideae, Scilleae, Dracaenoideae, Ophiopogonoideae and Alteroi- deae) can be emphasized in terms of characters no. 1, 2, 8, 11, 13 and 17 (see Table 2). Fiurthermore, within GROUP IV, the distinction between Group H and | at one hand and Group G on the other (see Diagram 1) is quite clear in terms of character no. 10-13 (see Table 2). One should also point out that some "groups" are seemingly "good" in terms of chromosomes counts. For instance, the chromosome number for most species is frequently in multiple of 7, 8 and 9 in all GROUPs except in GROUP IV, where most species have x=10. The latter GROUP includes most of Asparagoideae, Luzuriagoideae, Herrerioideae, Smila- coideae among others. Also the distinction within GROUP II between 208 Poh. Ve etoOiety0.4G...dA Vol. 60, No. 3 Table 2 : Distribution of the characters recorded for 255 species of Liliaceae sensu lato and not subjected to numerical analysis. The complete absence of a character in a group is indicated by '-'. GROUPs opel: pes live fendi: inca Groups AY eB D we FF.) Gane Characters St. Ow i5S9T 69 108 61 22 23 | Fruits berries - - - - 18 qr 22 2 Flowers hairy 4 - 1 - 6 ft = = 3 Stipules present - - - - - = "6 == 4 Leaves with spiny apex - - - = 1 = ae 5 Stem glabrous - 3 Le oe 52 Le tF-22 6 Bundle sheath present mh Z 10 4 49 9 RI Se20 7 Stomata on leaves sunken - - KG) eZ g aoe 8 Druses in leaves - 1 3 ~ 4 2etls 9 Solitary crystals in leaves - - 1 - 4 4 10 Druses in overies - = 4 - Z. he at a= 11 Solitary crystals in overies | - 3 - 3 OF wae 12. Style papillated - - 3 1 7 Di | =a 13 Style very short 6 - 1 ai 11 - 6 14 14 Style long - 18 4 42 LQ, Poteet 15 Pollen grains smooth | - Lg jel 10 1. St wi 16 Pollen grains granulose ! 10: 38 7 79. «© S. Trae 17 Pollen grains reticulate 6 - 4 = LOY “sayyend Group II-B and Group II-D is meaningful in terms of chromosome counts. Thus, while members of the former Group (Colchiceae among others) have chromosomes predominantly in multiples of 9 or 17, those of the latter (Lilioideae-Tulipeae among others) have chromosomes mostly in multiples of 8. Similarly within GROUP III, the multiples of 8 chromo- some counts are strictly confined to members of Group III-F, while those of Group III-E have chromosomes mainly in multiples of 7. Within GROUP IV, there is an apparent tendency in Group IV-G for the chromo- somes to be in multiples of 7, 10, 11 and 13; while in Group IV-H the chromosomes are mainly in multiples of 8, 9 and 10. Conclusion From Tables (1 & 2), it is clear that some of the proposed groupings are "better" than others (viz based on manifest correlations among charac- ters). The correlation reflected among members of GROUP IV is so evident, however, GROUP III reflects slight correlations between charac- ters but this may be merely due to its large size. However, at lower reaches of the hierarchy, some groups are well defined. The recognized taxa, other than genera which appear intact in the present analysis at 25 groups level (and consequently at higher levels) are; Veratreae (Engler, Hutchinson) in group 1.., Colchiceae (Engler, Hutchinson) in group 4, Tulipeae (Hutchinson, Engler, Melchoir, 1964) in group 7; Hutchi- nson's Aloineae = Melchoir's Aloeae in group 11, Aletroideae (Engler, Melchoir) in group 18, Engler's Pariideae = Hutchinson's Trilliaceae in group 19, Herrerieae (Hutchinson, Melchoir) in group 22. 1986 Badawi & Elwan, A taxonomic study 209 At nine Groups level the taxa which appear intact are: Anguillarieae (Hutchinson, Engler) in Group D; Gilliesieae (Engler, Melchoir) in Group D; Asphodeleae-Anthericinae (Engler) in Group F;Asphodeleae-Eriosperminae (Engler, Melchoir) in Group F; Engler's Asphodeloideae-Hemerocalloideae = Melchoir's Hemerocalleae in Group F; Ophiopogonoideae (Engler, Mel- choir) in Group F. At four GROUPs level the taxa which appear intact are: Melchoir's Simlacoideae = Hutchinson's Smilacaceae, Engler's Luzuriagoideae = Hutchi- nson's Philesiaceae, Asparageae (Engler, Melchoir) in GROUP IV; and Dracaenoideae (Engler) in GROUP III. Some of the represented groups are seemingly homogenous in terms of well recognized taxa; thus group | includes Verateae; group 2 includes only Scilleae p.p; group 3 includes only Colchiceae; group 6 includes only Anguillarieae; group 11 includes only Aloineae-Aloinae; group 13 only Dracaenae p.p.; while Asparageae sensu Melchoir is in Group IV-I. The taxa which seem to suffer most disruption and which fail to appear in only one of the 4 main GROUPs are Scilleae, Asphodeleae, Holonieae, Tofieldieae, Johnsonieae, Polygonateae and Lomandreae. However, the disruption of some of these taxa may be attributed to i) Deficiency on behalf of the machinary, ii) Any human error incor- porated inthe analysis iii) The sample under investigation represents quite a heterogenous taxon (Liliaceae sensu lato) so that the recorded characters could not reflect the actual relationships among all of its groupings. However, it is hoped that the present study might contribute to similar studies in the taxonomy of liliaceous taxa. It also may direct the attention towards the appropriate characters necessary for mono- graphic studies concerning particular taxa. Acknowledgement: We are deeply indebted to the keeperof the herbarium of the Natural Science Museum, Stockholm, for loan of specimens. Thanks are also due to late Prof. Vivi Tackholm, Cairo University, for her kind permission to use all facilities at CAI. Our sincere thanks are also due to Prof. H.A. Sneath, and M.J. Sackin, University of Leicester, England, for their kind help in the computational analysis. 210 PaHaYervOriks ORG tiga Vol. 60, No. 3 Appendix I: The distribution of 255 species of Liliaceae sensu lato among the 25 groups of GROUPs I-IV in diagram I. GROUP I Group A Group I: Veratrum grandiflorum Maxim., V. eschscholtzia Gray, V. californicum Durand., V. stamineum Maxim., V. album Linn., Zygadenus paniculatus S. Wats., Z. mattalii A. Gray, Melanthium virginicum Linn. GROUP II Group B Group 2: Hyacinthus orientalis Linn., Muscari paradoxum C. Koch Group 3: Heloniopsis breviscapa var. albiflora Maxim., H. orientalis Thunb. Group 4: Colchicum arenarium Waldst. et Kit., C. autumnale Linn., C. cornigerum Linn., C. luteum Baker, C. montanum Linn., Merendera robusta Bunge Group D Group 6: Dipidax ciliata Baker, D. rosea Laws. Group 7: Calochortus splendens Dougl. ex Benth., C. uniflorus Hook, _et Arn., Erythronium dens-canis Linn., Fritillaria arianum Losinks. et Vved., F. atropurpurea Nutt., F. liliacea Lindl., F. meleagris Linn., F. roylei Hook., F. tenella Bieb., Gagea bracteolaris Salisb., G. dshungarica Regel, G. fascicularis Salisb., G. fibrosa Schult., G. mauritanica Schult., G. liotardi Schult., G. minima Ker-Gawl., G. persica Boiss., Gilliesia graminea Lindl., G. monophylla Reiche, Lilium maritimum Kellogg, L. martagon Linn., Lloydia alpina Salisb., Miersia chilensis Lindl., Tulipa cretica Boiss. et Heldr., T. greigi Regel, T. oculus-solis Saint-Amans, T. stellata Hook., T. sylvestris Linn. Group 8: Allium ampeloprasum Linn., A. artemisietorum Eig et Feinbr, A. asche- rsonianum Barbey, A. barthianum Aschers. et Schweinf, A. blomfieldianum Aschers. et Schweinf, A. carinatum L., A. cepa Linn., A. curtum Bioss. et Gillard, A. desertorum Forsk., A. erdelii Zucc., A. monophyllum Vved., A. flavum Linn., A. narcissiflorum Vill., A. paniculatum Linn., A. roseum Linn., Androcymbium gramineum Macbride, Asphodelus acaulis Desf., Eremurus kopatdagensis Hort. ex Karrer, Nothoscordum bivalve (L.) Britt., N. fragr Kunth, N. texanum M.E. Jones, Sowerbaea juncea Linn., Tulbaghia alliacea var. ludwigiana Linn. Group 9: Alania cunninghami Steud., Anguillaria dioice R. Br., Baeometra columel- 1986 Badawi & Elwan, A taxonomic study 211 laris Salisb., Chinographis japonica Maxim., Tofieldia calyculata Wahlenb., T. palustris Huds. GROUP III Group E Group 10: Dipcadi erythraeum Webb et Berth., Muscari neglectum Guss. ex Tenoro. Group II: Aloe metriformis Mill., A. spinosisima Hort. ex Jahandiez, A. vera Linn., Gasteria maculata Haw., Haworthia fasciata Haw., H. margaritifera Haw., H. reticulata Haw. Group F Group 12: Nolina lindheimeriana S. Wats., Odontostomum hartwegii Torr. Group 13: Astelia alpina R. Br., A. argyrocoma A. Hell. Group 15: Anthericum ramosum Linn., Asphodelus microcarpus Viviani, Chlorogalum angustifolium Kellogg, Cholorophytum elatum R. Br., Dianella revoluta R. Br., Hemerocallis aurantiaca Baker, H. fulva Linn., Thysanotus dicho- tomus R. Br. Group 16: Dracaena afromontana Mildbread, Massonia angustifolia Linn. Group 17: Albuca major Linn., A. minor Linn., Anthericum angustifolium Hochst., A. capitatum Vill., A. fasciculatum Baker , Asphodelus albus Willd, A. fistulosus v. tenuifolius L., A. pendulinus Coss. et Dur., A. ramosus Linn., A. tenuifolius Gav., Bulbino asphodeloides Spreng., Bulbinella caudata Kunth, B. gracilis Kunth., Camassia cusickii S. Wats., Chlorophy- tum amplexicaule Baker , C. bakeri Poella., C. norlindhii Bak., Clintonia alpina Kunth., C. borealis Rafin., Dasylirion acrostichum Zucc., Dipicadi serotinum Medic., D. unifolium Baker , Echeandia brevifolia Wats., Ere- murus himalaicus Baker, E. spectabilis Bieb., Eriospermum abyssinicum Baker , E.bakerianum Schinz., E. burchellii Baker , Eucomis punctata L. Herit., Hyacinthus amethystinus Linn., Liriope muscari v.variegata L. H. Bailey., L. spicata Lour., Lomandra ettrisa (R.Br.) J. Britten, Milla biflora Cav., Muilla maritima S. Wats., Narthecium ossifragum (L.) Huds., Nolina longifolia (Karra) Hemsl., Ophiopogon formosanus Ohwi, Ornithogalum brachystachys Hort. Gorenk ex Schult., O. comosum Linn., O. narbonense Linn., O. tenuifolium Guss., Peliosanthes neilgher- riensis Wight., Scilla autumnalis Linn., S. bifolia Linn., S. yemensis Deflers, Sowerbaea laxiflora Lindl., Urginea grandiflora Baker , U. scilla Steinh., Xerophyllum asphodeloides (L.) Nutt., Yucca aloifolia Linn., Y. filamentosa Linn. 212 PTHieYeeTi0: le -OG alwA Vol. 60, No. 3 Group 18: Agapanthus africanus Leighton, A. campanulatus (L.) Hoffm., A. umbel- latus L'Herit, Aletris aurea Walt,, A. bracteata Northrop, A. farinosa Linn., A. spicata Thunb., Anthericum jacquinianum Schult., Aphyllanthes monspliensis Linn., Bloomeria crocea (Torr.) Cav., Brodiaea congesta Sm., B. laxa S. Wats., Chionodoxa luciliae Boiss., Cordyline stricta Endl., C. terminalis Kunth., Dracaena elliptica Thunb., D. fragrans Ker-Gawl., Drimia hyacinthoides Baker, D. media Jacq., Hosta albomarginata (Hook.) Ohwi., H. longissima Honda, Hyacinthus alexandrina Feinbr., H. flexuosus Baker , H. macrobotrys Baker, H. mauritanica Pomel., H. sessiliflorus (Viv.)Kth., Lachenalia algoensis Schone., L. comptonii Baker , L. tricolor Jacq., Muscari bicolor (Boiss.) Eig. et Feinbr., M. comosum (L.) Mill., M. eburnea Eig. et Feinbr., M. maritimum Desf., M. moschatum Willd., M. holzmanni Hirc., M. racemosum Mill. Gard., Rohdea japonica Rolh., Sansevieria cylindrica Boj., S. trifasciata Hort. ex Prain., Scilla festalis Salisb., S. peruviana Linn., Urginea undulata Steinh. GROUP IV Group B Group 19: Gloriosa rothschildiana O'Brien., G. simplex Linn., Medeola virginiana Linn., Paris quadrifolia Linn., Philesia magellanica J.F. Gmel., Tricyrtis affinis var affinis Makin., T. formosana Baker, T. hirta var. parviflora Hooker, T. latifolia Maxim., Trillium cernuum Linn., T. govanianum Wall., Uvularia grandiflora Sm., U. perfoliata Linn., U. pudica (Walter.) Fernald , U. sessilifolia Linn. Group 20: Disporum trachycarpa Benth. et Hook. Group H Group 21: Heterosmilax japonica Kunth., Polygonatum latifolium Desf., P. multi- florum (L.) All., P. odoratum (Mill.) Druce., P. officinale All., P. verticil- latum All., Smilax aspera Linn., S. beyrichii Kunth, S. herbacea Linn., S. laurifolia Linn.,S. californica A. Gray. Group 22: Behnia reticulata F. Didrichs., Eustrephus latifolius R. Br., Geitonoplesum cymosum A. Cunn., Herreria latifolia Woodes., H. montevidensis Klotzsch. H. stellata Ruiz et Pav., Rhipogonum album R. Br., R. scandens Forst Group 23: Dasypogon bromeliifolius R. Br., Wallaria mackerjii J. Kirk., W. nutans J. Kirk. Group I Group 24: Asparagus acutifolius Linn., A. africanus Lam., A. maritimus Pall., A. medeoloides Thunb., A. officinalis Linn., A. plumosus Baker, A. sprengeri Regel, A. stipularis Forsk., A. trichophyllus Bunge., A. turkest- 1986 Badawi & Elwan, A taxonomic study 213 Group 24: (Cont.) anicus Popov., Danae gayae Webb. et Kunth., Ruscus aculeatus Linn., R. hyphyllum Linn., R. ponticus Woronow et Schelkownikow. Group 25: Acanthocarpus preissii Lehm., Asparagus falcatus Linn., A. racemosus Willd., Convallaria majalis Linn., Maianthemum convallaria (Weber) Wigg., Smilacina racemosa (L.) Desf., S. stellata (L.) Desf., S. sessilifolia Nutt. ex Baker , Streptopus strptopoides var. japonicus Fasstt. References: Becker, K.M. (1973) A comparison of angiosperm classification systems. Taxon, 22:19-50. Cronquist, A. (1968) The evolution and classification of the flowering plants. Great Britain. Darlington, C.D. and Wylie, A.P. (1961) Chromosome atlas of flowering plants. London. Elwan, Zeinab (1979) A taxonomic study of the Liliaceae sensu lato. M.Sc. Thesis. Bot. Dep. Ain Shams Univ., Cairo, Egypt. Engler,A. (1888) Liliaceae In Engler and Prantl. Die Natiirlichen Pflanzn familien. 2(5):10-158. Fedorov, A. (ed.) (1976) Chromosome numbers of flowering plants. Otto- koeltz. West Germany. Granks, J.W. & Watson, L. (1963) The pollen morphology of some critical Ericales. Pollen et Spores, 5:51-68. Hutchinson, J. (1934) The families of flowering plants, vol. II Mono- cotyledons. London. (1973) The families of flowering plants. 3rd. ed. London. Krause, K. (1930) Liliaceae. In A. Engler, Die Nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, 2nd. ed. 15a: 227-386. Leipzig. Engelmann. Melchior, H. (1964) Engler's Syllabus des Pflanzenfamlien, 2. Berlin. Moore, R.J. (1973) Index to plant chromosome numbers for 1967-1971. Regnum Vegetabile, 90:105-127. —————{1974) Index to plant chromosome numbers for 1972. Regnum Vegetabile, 91:1-108. Ondruff, R. (1967) Index to plant chromosome number for 1965. Regenum Vegetabile, 50:41-45. (1968) Index to plant chromosome numbers for 1969. Regenum Vegetabile. 55:32-37. Traub, H.P. (1974) Liliales-liliy order. In Encyclopaedia Britannica, new ed., 10:971-976. A TAXONOMIC STUDY OF LILIACEAE SENSU LATO: Il. EVALUATION OF ENGLER'S SUBFAMILIES Afaf A. Badawi and Zeinab Elwan Bot. Dept., Fac. of Sc., Ain Shams Univ. Cairo, Egypt. Introduction In our previous paper (Badawi & Elwan, 1986) a taxonomic arrangement of 255 species representing 104 genera of the Liliaceae sensu Engler (1888) has been proposed. Several taxonomic treatments of the Liliaceae are already on record (Lindely, 1853; Bentham & Hooker, 1862-1883; Krause, 1930; Lawrence, 1951; Melchoir, 1964; Dahlgren, 1976; Cronquist, 1968; Thorne, 1968; Hutchinson, 1973; and Takhtajan, 1980). Hardly any two of these classifications are in full or near full agreement, and the discrepancies between-them go as far as splitting the family into several splinter families. Furthermore, what might be regarded as a tribe by one author is raised to family by another or reduced into a subtribe by a third. Therefore, it is imparative to test our preposed arrangement against other systems. That of Engler (1888), being the most comprehensive and dtailed account of the family has been chosen for this purpose. In comparing classifactory systems, hierarchical levels of the groups (or taxa) to be compared have to be pre-determined. In this study we have endeavoured to select levels which would lead to maximum resem- blance between these taxa in our scheme and those in Engler's system. COMPARISON WITH THE ENGLEREAN SYSTEM The tabulated sort of comparison between our arrangement (Badawi & Elwan, 1986) and that of Engler (1888) seems most profitable. Two tables have been, therefore, constructed. Table | is made at the 4 GROUPs level of our arrangement, while Table 2 is made at the 9 Groups level . It is evident from Table | that 5 out of the 11 subfamilies of Engler's Liliaceae are disrupted at the 4 GROUPs level. Melanthioideae is the most disrupted; it is shared by the four GROUPs and the distribution of its species among these GROUPs shows no concentration in any one GROUP. These disrupted 5 subfamilies are the largest of the family Liliaceae. The other 6 subfamilies are with relatively limited concepts; and these were, therefore, represented by relatively few species in the sample examined to propose our arrangement. I. Subfamily Melanthioideae: At the 4 GROUPs level, Veratreae, Anguillarieae, Colchiceae and Uvularieae are homogenous, i.e. appearing in only one of the GROUPs. The former is the only constituent of GROUP I, the latter is in GROUP IV, while the other two tribes are in GROUP II. From these tribes only 1986 Badawi & Elwan, A taxonomic study 215 Uvularieae become disrupted at the 9 Groups level. Tofieldieae and Helonieae are disrupted at the 4 GROUPs level (Table 2). However, one should point out that thegeneral arrangement of the examined Melanthioideae may be considered as a support to Buxbaum's (1937) Wurmbaeoideae. This subfamily is made to include the tuberous Melanthioideae of Engler viz Anguillarieae, Colchiceae and Uvularieae p.p. (Gloriosa, Littonia and Sandersonia). The first two tribes are in GROUP II; but Gloriosa is in GROUP IV with the examined species of Tricyrtis, Uvularia (Engler's Uvularieae). In other words all the examined Wurmbaeoideae except Gloriosa are in GROUP II (see Badawi & Elwan, 1986). Hegnauer (1963) and Wildman & Pursey (1968) gave chemical supports for the recogni- tion of Wurmbaeoideae. Huber (1969) relied on seed anatomy, had also supported the relationship among the tribes of this subfamily. Buxbaum's (1937) Colchiceae includes Androcymbium and Colchicum. In our arrangement the former genus is grouped with Anguillarieae in Group II- D; while Colchicum is in Group II-B. In other words, our arrange- ment coincide with Engler's concept of Colchiceae not to include Andro- cymbium. Also, Merendera in our arrangement is more related to Colchicum rather than to Dipidax, Androcymbium and Baeometra. Baker (1880) included the last three genera with Merendera (tribe Merendereae). Colchi- cum is sometimes defined to include Merendera; together with Bulbocodium (Stefanoff, 1926). The examined 12 species of Engler's Uvularieae (ig.including Tricyrtis, which is Tricyrtideae by Hutchinson, 1973) are in GROUP IV. Therefore, our arrangement did not emphasize the distinction of Tricyrtis from other Uvularieae. However, Sen (1975) stated that the chromosome number as well as the Karyotype of Tricyrtis indicate that its taxonomic assigne- ment into an advanced tribe Tricyrtideae is justified. Also Cheadle & Kosakai (1971), depending on the type of vessels in stems and roots, emphasized the difference between Tricyrtideae (including Tricyrtis and Sandersonia) and Uvularieae. The taxonomic affinity of Walleria had received a wide controversy, thus Bentham (1880), Engler (1888), Baker (1897) included this genus in Uvularieae. Hutchinson (1959 & 1973) considered Walleria in Uvularieae, in Dianelleae as well as in Techophilaeaceae. Chaedle & Kosakai (1971) suggested, on anatomical bases, that Walleria should be excluded from Dianelleae, while it could be placed in Uvularieae or Techophilaeaceae. Huber (1969) considered this genus a member of the tuberous Aspara- goideae. It was not expected in our morphological and anatomical study of Liliaceae sensu late to solve such taxonomic conflict of Walleria. However, the results of our investigation emphasized the distinction of Walleria from Uvularieae. At the 9 Groups Jevel of our arrangement the two examined species of Walleria are separated from the other 10 species of Uvularieae {Appendix I in Badawi & Elwan, 1986). 216 Poll ViehsOel,O 6 Tab Vol. 60, No. 3 Table 1. A comparison between Engler's subfamilies of Liliaceae and GROUPs I-IV of our proposed arrangement (Badawi & Elwan, 1986) in terms of the number of species representing each subfamily in each of the 4 GROUPs; number between parentheses equal total number of species within groups; '*' indicates the disrupted subfamilies. Engler's subfamilies GROUPs of the proposed scheme (8) 1169) ‘Tl (117) IV (61) I. Melanthioideae* 8 16 2 12 Il. Herrerioideae - = = 3 III. Asphodeloideae* - 4 42 2 IV. Allioideae* - 30 8 - V. Lilioideae* - 19 40 - VI. Dracaenoideae = - 12 - Vil. Asparagoideae* - - 3 32 VIII. Ophiopogonoideae - - 6 - IX. Aletrioideae ra = 4 7 X. Luzuriagoideae = = = 4 XI. Smilaccideae = = = 8 Ii. Subfamily Asphodeloideae: This subfamily is disrupted at the 4 GROUPs level of our arrangement. However, 42 out of the examined 48 species are in GROUP III (see Table 1). Only two Asphodeloid species are in GROUP II; these are of Lomandreae and Dasypogoneae. These tribes are commonly regarded to be Xanthor- rhoeceae rather than Liliaceae (Hutchinson, 1973; and Dalhgren, 1976). No doubt that this grouping of 42 species of Engler's Asphodeloideae in GROUP III out of the examined 48 species avouch the relative homo- genity of this subfamily. Nevertheless, at the 9 Groups level, our arrange- ment raise a taxonomic point of interest considering the status of Aloineae. Members of this group did spilt off from other Asphodeloideae (Table 2). Engler's subtribes of Aloineae, viz Aloineae-Aloinea and Aloineae- Kniphofinae have been raised to tribal rank by many taxonomists (Hutchin- son, 1973 and Takhtajan 1980). While Nakai (1942) gave the tribe Aloineae (in its strict sense) the family status "Aloeaceae". And in fact the diver- gence of Aloineae-Aloinea, in our arrangement from the other examined members of Asphodeloideae, is at a high level of dissimilarity (Badawi & Elwan, 1986). Therefore, our arrangement evokes the acceptance of the family Aloeaceae. Sen (1975) had also pointed out that members of this group have a characteristic karyotype. All having X=7; with 4 very long and 3 very short chromosomes. Ill. Subfamily Allioideae: Many genera of this subfamily are considered in more recent taxo- nomic treatments (e.g. Traub, 1963; and Hutchinson, 1973) not liliaceous taxa. In our arrangement only 8 species of Alloideae are in GROUP Ill. These represent the examined species of Agapanthes, Brodieae, Blo- omeria, Milla and Miulla (see Badawi & Elwan, 1986). These genera are 1986 Badawi & Elwan, A taxonomic study 217 Amaryllidaceae in Hutchinson's (1973) system. The relationship of these genera to Amaryllidaceae was ascertained and proved to be based on a number of morphological and anatomical criteria (Badawi & Elwan, 1976). However, the main bulk of the examined Allioideae (30 out of 38 species) are in GROUP Il. These are Tulbaghia (1 species), Allium (15 species), Nothoscordum (3 species), Gagea (8 species), Gilliesia (2 species) and Miesera (1 species). These genera, with the exception of Gagea are in many treatments outside the framwork of Liliaceae, but rather in a much definable family Alliaceae (Dahlgren, 1967; and Takhtajan, 1980). In Hutchinson's (1973) system these genera are Amuaryllidaceae, while Gagea is Tulipeae. In our arrangement, GROUP Il includes also the exami- ned 17 species of Tulipeae (Table 2). This means that members of Allioi- deae in GOUPR II share a relatively high similarity to Tulipeae rather than to the 8 species of Alloideae in GROUP Ill. The taxonomic attitude to consider Gagea as Tulipeae was ascertained on embryological and cytological bases (Kaul et al., 1969; and Sen, 1975). Also on morphological and anatomical bases (Badawi & Elwan, 1976) suggested that Gagea together with Tulbaghia and Gilliesia are better associated with Tulipeae. IV. Subfamily Lilioideae: The disruption of this subfamily hits across its two tribes; Tulipeae (17/17 species) is in GROUP II, while Scilleae (40/42 species) is in GROUP Ill. Thus our arrangement reflects a pronounced distinction between Engler's Tulipeae and Scilleae making the concept of this subfamily rather implausible. The recognition of Tulipeae (including Gagea) and Scilleae as two separate but highly related groups is not debated any more. However, Sen (1975) suggested the exclusion of Colchortus, Llyodia and Gagea from Hutchinson's Tulipeae. He also visualized the fact that Scilleae contains several assemblages but their relationship is not very remote. V. Subfamily Asparagoideae: The disruption of this subfamily at the 4 GROUPs level of our arrange- ment does not reflect serious taxonomic conflict. Since 32 out of the examined 35 species of Asparagoideae are in GROUP IV, while only 2 species of Clintonia (Polygonateae) and one species of Rhodea (Convol- larieae) are in GROUP IIl (Badawi & Elwan, 1986). However, at the 9 Groups level only Pariideae and Asparageae appear intact, while Poly- gonateae is seriously disrupted (Table 2). The latter tribe was divided by Sen (1975) on cytological bases into 3 tribes. Clintonia and Streptopus in one tribe,while Polygonatum, Maianthemum and Smilacina in other tribe and Disporum in the most primitive tribe. Our arrangement (Badawi & Elwan, 1986) shows that Clintonia is in GROUP Il], while the other 11 examined species of Polygonateae (Streptopus, Polygonatum, Maian themum and Smilacina) are in GROUP IV. In other words, our arrange- ment indicates the distinction of only Clintonia from Polygonateae. 218 Beli¥mtinG@inks ORG) deh Vol. 60, No. 3 Engler's Convollarieae is divided into two subtribes,viz Convollarieae- Aspidistreae and Convollarieae-Convollarineae.These two groups gained the tribal status (Hutchinson, 1973). The distinction between these two tribes was substantiated, on anatomical bases, by Cheadle & Kosakai (1971). Sen (1975) had also accepted these two tribes, he pointed out to the resemblance between Convollarieae (sensu stricto) and Polygonateae. This affinity was suggested by Therman (1956). In our arrangement Convol- larieae-Convollarinea is separated from Convollarieae-Aspidistreae, in GROUP IV and GROUP Ill respectively. Our results also substantiate Sen's (1975) idea about the close relationship of Polygonateae and Convol- larieae. GROUP IV includes Polygonateae (except Clintonia) and Convol- laerieae (sensu stricto). Engler's Asparageae includes Asparagus, Ruscus and Danea. The relationship of these genera raised serious taxonomic debates. Hutchinson (1973) retained this tribe to include only Asparagus, while the other two genera are Ruscaceae. Takhtajan (1969) and Dahlgren (1976) had suggested the family status for Asparagus. However, Sen (1975) stated that there is no cogent cytological evidence for that status. Also El- Gazzar & Badawi (1975) did not warrant enough distinction to erect separate family for Asparagus. In our arrangement these 3 genera are grouped together even to the 25 groups level (Badawi & Elwan, 1986). Such grouping, nevertheless, may be due to their pronounced distinction from other liliaceous taxa rather than their similarity. The tribe Pariideae in Engler's (1888) system is Medeoleae by Bentham and Hooker; including Medeola, Scoliopus, Paris and Trillium. Takhtajan (1969) and Cronquist (1968) kept also this tribe in Liliaceae. A distinct family, Trilliaceae was erected for these genera (Hutchinson, 1973). However, in our arrangement Pariideae seems to fit in quite well with other Asparagoideae in Group IV. Chatterji & Sharma (1970) had also on cytological bases suspected the recognition of a distinct family for such group of genera. Table 2. Comparison between our arrangement (Badawi & Elwan, 1986) and that of Engler at the nine Groups level. Numbers between parentheses represent the number of species out of the total examined. GROUP I (8/255) Group A: Melanthoideae-Veratreae (8/8) GROUP II (69/255) Broup B: Melanthioideae-Helonieae (2/4) Melanthioideae-Colchiceae (6/6) Lilioideae-Scilleae (2/42) Badawi & Elwan, A taxonomic study Group D: Melanthioideae-Tofieldieae Melanthioideae-Helonieae Melanthioideae- Anguillarieae Asphodeloideae- Asphodeleae- Asphodelinae Asphodeloideae-Johnsoniaea Allioideae- Agapantheae Allioideae-Allieae Allioideae-Gilliesieae Lilioideae-Tulipeae GROUP III (117/255) Group E: Asphodeloideae-Aloineae-Aloinae Lilioideae-Scilleae Group F: Melanthioideae-Tofieldieae Melanthioideae-Helonieae Asphodeloideae- Asphodeleae- Asphodelinae Asphodeloideae- Asphodeleae- Anthericinae Asphodeloideae- Asphodeleae-Chlorogalinae Asphodeloideae- Asphodeleae-Odontostominae Asphodeloideae- Asphodeleae-Eriosperminae Asphodeloideae- Asphodeleae-Dianellae Asphodeloideae-Hemerocallideae Asphodeloideae-Aphyllantheae Asphodeloideae- Johnsonieae Asphodeloideae-Lomandreae Alloideae- Agapantheae Allioideae-Allieae Lilioideae-Scilleae Dracaenoideae- Yucceae Dracaenoideae-Nolineae Dracaenoideae-Dracaeneae Asparagoideae-Polygonateae Asparagoideae-Convollarieae-Aspidistrinae Ophiopogonoideae Aletroideae GROUP IV (61/255) Group G: Melanthioideae-Uvularieae Asparagoideae-Polygonateae Asparagoideae-Pariideae Luzuriagoideae 219 (2/3) (1/4) (5/5) (2/10) (2/3) (1/4) (26/31) (3/3) (17/17) (7/7) (2/42) (1/3) (1/4) (8/10) (14/14) (1/1) (1/1) (3/3) (1/1) (4/4) (1/1) (1/3) (1/2) (3/4) (5/31) (38/42) (2/2) (3/3) (7/7) (2/13) (1/1) (6/6) (4/4) (10/12) (1/13) (4/4) (1/4) 220 Polite cOiks OG, cle Vol. 60, No. 3 Group H: Melanthioideae-Uvularieae (2/12) Herrerioideae-Herrerieae (3/3) Asphodeloideae-Dasypogoneae (1/1) Asparagoideae-Polygonateae (5/13) Luzuriagoideae (3/4) Smilacoideae (8/8) Group I: Asphodeloideae-Lomandreae (1/2) Asparagoideae-Asparageae (16/16) Asparagoideae-Polygonateae (5/13) Asparagoideae-Convollarieae-Convollarinae (1/1) References Badawi, Afaf and Elwan, Zeinab (1976). An amended concept of Alliaceae. Publ. Cairo Univ. Herb. 7. Badawi, Afaf and Elwan, Zeinab (1986). A Taxonomic study of Liliaceae Sensu lato: I]. Numerical analysis. Phytologia 60: 201-213. Baker, J.G. (1880). A synopsis of Colchicaceae and the aberrant tribes of Liliaceae. Journal of Linean Society (Botany), 17:405-510. Baker, J.G. (1897). Liliaceae in W.J. Thistleton-Dyer (Ed.), Flora Capensis, 6:233-528. Ashtord, Kent: L Reeve & Co. Bentham, G. and Hooker, J.D. (1862-1883). Genera Plantarum. London. Buxbaum, F. (1937). Die Entwicklungslinien der Lilioideae. 1. Wurmbaeoi- deae. Botanisches Archis, 38:213-293. Chatterji, A. and Sharma, A.K. (1970). Ph. D. Thesis Calcuta-Referred to in Sen. (1975) Cytotaxonomy of Liliales. Feddes Repertorium, 86 (5):255-305. Cheadle, V.I. and Kosakai, H. (1971). Vessels in Liliaceae. Phytomorphology, 2 1:320-333. Cronquist, A. (1968). The evolution and classification of flowering plants. Great Britain. Dahlgren, R. (1976). Angiospermernes taxonomi. Bind 4. Monocotyledonernes taxonomi. Akademisk Forlag. Copenhagen. El-Gazzar, A. and Badawi, Afaf (1975). The taxonomic position of Asparagus. Phytologia. 29(6):472-476. Engler, A. (1888). Liliaceae In Engler and Prantl. Die Natiirlichen Pflanzen familien. 2(5):10-158. Hegnauer, R. (1963). Chemotaxonomic der Pflanzen. II. Monocotyledoneae. Basel:Birrkhauser Verl. 1986 Badawi & Elwan, A taxonomic study 221 Huber, H. (1969). Die Samenmerkmale und Verwandtschaftsverhdlcnisse der Liliifloren. Mitteilunger der botanischen Staatssammlung. Miinchen, 8:219-538. Hutchinson, J. (1950). The families of flowering plants. 2. Monocotyledons, 2nd ed. Oxford: Clarendon Press. (1973). The families of flowering plants. 3rd. ed. London. Kaul, A.K., Wafai, B.A. and Khan, A.V. (1969). Studies on the genus Gagea. Il Embryology of diploid Gagea Kashmiriensis Turill. Kashmir Sci3, 16. Krause, K. (1930). Liliaceae. In A. Engler, Die Natirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, 2nd ed. 15a:227-386. Leipzing. Engelmann. Lawrence, G.H.M. (1951). Taxonomy of vascular plants. New York. Lindely, J. (1853). The vegetable Kingdom. 3rd. ed. London: Bradbury and Evans. Melchoir, H. (ed.) (1964) in: Engler Syllabus de Pflanzenfamilien. 12 ed. Berlin. Nakai, T., (1942). Referred in: Sato, D., Karyotype alternation and phylogeny in Liliaceae and allies families. Jap. J. Bot. 12:57-161. Sen, Sumitra (1975). Cytotaxonomy of Liliales. Feddes Repertorium, 86(5):2 55-305. Stefanoff, B. (1926). Monographia der Gattung Colchicum L. Sofia: Bulgar. Acad. Sci. Takhtajan, A. (1969). Flowering plants. Origin and dispersal. Washington Smiths. Inst. Press. (1980). Outline of the classification of flowering plants (Magnollophyta). Bot. Rev. 46: 225-359. Therman, E. (1956).Cytotaxonomy of the tribe Polygonateae. Amer. J. Bot., 43:134-142. Thorne, R. (1968). Synopsis of a putatively phylogenetic classification of flowering plants. Aliso, 6:57-66. Traub, H.P. (1963). The genera of Amaryllidaceae. Ist. ed. The American plant life Society, La Jolla:1-85. Wildman, W.C. and Pursey, B.A. (1968). Colchicine and related compounds. In Manske, the alkaloids, chemistry and physiology. XI. New York: Academic Press. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "THE DARWINIAN HERITAGE" edited by David Kohn, xii & 1138 pp., 22 b/w fig. incl. 5 photo. & 5 tab. Princeton University Press, Prince- ton, New Jersey 08540. 1985. $79.50. This wonderful, huge book includes the proceedings of the Charles Darwin Centenary Conference held in the Florence Center for the His- tory and Philosophy of Science in June 1982. Yes, wonderful for the thorough, intelligent, richly documented appraisals. Being supine for a couple of weeks gave me the chance to read this book carefully. PART I has 14 papers on phases of the evolution of a theorist such as "Darwin's Early Intellectual Development: An Overview of the ‘Beagle’ Voyage (1831-1836)" and "Charles Darwin and Alfred Russel Wallace: Two Decades of Debate over Natural Selection". PART II has 7 papers on Darwin in Victorian context such as "Darwin of Down: The Evolution- ist as Squarson-Naturalist" and "Darwin and the World of Geology". PART III has 3 papers about comparative receptions of Darwinism in Britain and America, in Germany, France and Italy, and in Russia. PART IV has 7 papers on perspectives on Darwin and Darwinism including Ernst Mayr's "Darwin's Five Theories of Evolution" -- really parts of the whole -- about which he concludes that "It strikes me as almost miraculous that Darwin in 1859 came so close to what would be consid- ered valid 125 years later". A.La Vergata has produced an excellent study in "Images of Darwin: A Historiographic Overview" "The BEAGLE Collector and His Collections" makes an effective finale. Advanced students, faculty and interested educated readers should find this book a treasure chest of factual information and ideas. "THE ECOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE FUNGAL MYCELIUM" edited by D. H. Jennings & A. D. M. Rayner, xvi & 564 pp., 168 b/w multi-fig. incl. 186 photo. & 31 tab. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, London & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1984. $99.50. This excellent book is composed of the invited papers for the Sym- posium of the British Mycological Society held at Bath University in 1983. "The primary function of the mycelium is that of establishment and spread in or on a suitable medium with concomitant absorption of nutrients and water" and showing the following "three important phe- nomena: (1) hyphal fusions or anastomoses, (2) perforate septa and (3) cytoplasmic and nuclear migration". The 24 papers attack effective- ly the "what" and the "how" of such processes as in a woodland litter decomposer, mycorrhizal roots, rhythmic growth and fungal spor- ulation, heterokaryosis in Rhizoctonia solani and nuclear and cyto- plasmic genes that determine morphology and virulence in Endothia parasitica. This long ignored basic part of fungal organisms has now 222 1986 Moldenke, Book reviews 223 been given its "just due" as has the pioneer work of Prof. A. H. R. Buller. For students and teachers of mycology and ecology this book offers essential orientation and enrichment. "BIOTECHNOLOGY AND ECOLOGY OF POLLEN" edited by David L. Mulcahy, Gab- riella Bergamini Mulcahy & Ercole Ottaviano, xxiii & 528 pp., 141 b/w fig. incl. 93 photo. & 71 tab. Springer-Verlag, Ber- lin, Heidelberg & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1986. $46.00. These "Proceedings of the International Conference on the Biotech- nology and Ecology of Pollen, 9--11 July 1985" have come into print so promptly because, like this journal, they are composed of the authors' typewritten papers reproduced in photo-offset form. A handful of misspellings and all possible shadings of ink slipped through. Besides "delivering male gametes to the egg", pollen also serves "to block alleles and gene combinations into the next gener- Bie ONatarete ic « simply because pollen tubes carrying defective haploid genotypes frequently fail to complete growth through the entire length of the style". There are 7 papers on gene expression. 20 on biotechnology, 17 on style interactions, 7 on ultrastructure , 12 on physiology, and 15 on gametophytic ecology. Some of the observations are based on statistically very limited material. These papers should certainly lead to important discussions and further studies. "THE FIELD GUIDE TO PREHISTORIC LIFE" by David Lambert and the Dia- gram Group, 256 pp., 500+ 2-color illus., maps & charts. Facts on File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1985. $17.95 hardcover & 1986 $10.95 papercover. The author is Cambridge trained: "the Diagram Group is a British book design studio, known worldwide for its ability to explore highly technical matters in easily absorbed text and pictures", mak- ing "the guide accessible to anyone from the inquiring eleven-year- old to tne budding scientist". Also the general reader will find this format captivating and easily comprehensible. There are chap- ters on fossil clues to prehistoric life and on each of the follow- ing groups: plants, invertebrates, fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals now "masters of the land", records in the rocks through different periods and epochs on our changing planet, and the stories of fossil hunting and fossil hunters. There is a worldwide list of famous fossil collections in museums. Such an attractive introauction to prehistoric life -- even if the ginkgo tree sketch is hardly recognizable! "SNAKES OF THE WORLD" by Chris Mattison, 190 pp., 100 color & b/w photos., 15 fig., 6 tab. & 12 maps. Facts on File Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1986. $17.95. 224 Pon YetoOrt 20a IA Vol. 60, No. 3 This inexpensive book, with its many excellent illustrations and interesting text, gives a fine overall yet considerably detailed ac- count of what snakes are like as to their basic (taxonomic) charac- teristics, size, shape, colorings, exclusive carnivory, ovi-. Vivi- and ovoviviparous reproduction patterns, means of defense, feeding, relationships with their varied environments, geographical distri- bution, and relationships with man. Plants, of course, feature as food for their prey and milieu for their habitats. The final chap- ter is a fine survey of snakes by families. "INTRODUCTION TO MODERN MYCOLOGY" by J. W. Deacon, vii & 197 pp., 80 b/w fig. incl. 21 photos. & 15 tab. Blackwell Scientific Pub- lications, U. K. & Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons, New York N. Y. 10158. 1980. $18.95 paperbound. The author has patterned this clearly presented and up-to-date text for undergraduate courses in the biology of fungi, related fields and for "microbiologists, botanists and biologists in gener- al". There are chapters on various fungal life functions, germina- tion, genetic systems [including parasexuality], saprophytes and plant and animal parasites, economic importance through the produc- tion of products like gibberillin and the causation of plant and animal diseases. The content is completely explained and well illus- trated. This book belongs in all public, college and university libraries. It would make a good text in our junior colleges with the anticipation or requirement that all contents be learned through rather than just skimmed over as must be done with the much larger American texts. It would also provide a short and rich source for secondary school teachers of biology for their own background. "ECOLOGY AND TROPICAL BIOLOGY" by Ian Deshmukh, xii & 387 pp., 152 b/w fig, 11 photo. pl., 5 maps & 46 tab. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Inc., Oxford OX2 OEL U.K. & Palo Alto, Califor- nia 94301. 1986. $19.95 paperbound. Because of effective comparisons of ecological conditions and patterns between those of the temperate and tropical zones, this text provides interesting new perspectives to students, research workers and faculty in both the Old and the New Worlds. The first part of the well-explained text covers the ecology of natural sys- tems (energy flow, nutrient cycles, populations of single and dif- ferent species, evolution, communities and tropical terrestrial bi- omes) and the second part covers human ecology (food from foraging to fossil fuel, populations, deforestation, desertification, nature reserves). The author conspicuously defines terms before using them, makes clarifying and organizing use of many figures and tables throughout and of mathematic models in the appendix. This book is unique because it can serve English reading libraries in agricul- tural & technical schools, colleges & universities all over the world. “ PHYTOLOGIA ’ 20 ‘An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication ee * pag Vol. 60 July 1986 No. 4 i aol Aen Dk ‘AUS 4 1988 NE: ste Cw yn CONTENTS BOTANICAL GARDEs HARTMAN, E.L., & ROTTMAN, M.L., The vascular flora of five rock glaciers in the San Juan Mountains, Colorado .......... 225 TOOLIN, L.J., Notes on rare U.S. plants from Arizona, I: Including a Talinum (Portulacaceae) new to the U.S. ......... 237 GUEDES, M., Ixoras malgaches nouveaux a fleurs solitaires ..... 243 TURNER, B.L., A second species of Tetrachyron (Asteraceae-Heliantheae) from Oaxaca, Mexico ............. 251 TURNER, B.L., A new species of Verbesina (Asteraceae) NIE AITONICO a. oo. asa n'y Ad lel eta biaieoldy Adin Wa we BE bie A 254 RUIZ, S.Z., & RZEDOWSKI, J., Tres especies nuevas de Pinguicula (Lentibulariaceae) de Mexico ................+... 255 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum RT A ONS As Aa I ae ae be \clid ont wT oa 266 Dees, AAL., BOOK TEVIEWS 6.5. o a ie cee esa ase paante 286 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is _ received after a volume is closed. bat Vey THE VASCULAR FLORA OF FIVE ROCK GLACIERS IN THE SAN JUAN MOUNTAINS, COLORADO Emily L. Hartman and Mary Lou Rottman Department of Biology, University of Colorado at Denver, Denver 80202 ABSTRACT Rock glaciers are the most extensive Holocene glacial deposits in the Colorado Rocky Mountains. An inventory was taken of the vascular plant flora of five rock glacier complexes in alpine basins of the San Juan Mountains, Colorado. A flora of 89 species in 55 genera and 22 families is reported. Eight species were found only on the rock glaciers and not in the adjacent basins. Dominance within representative community types was analyzed. Rock glaciers are the most common Holocene glacial deposits in the cirques of the Southern Rocky Mountains of Colorado (Meierding and Birkeland 1980). Many studies pertaining to the origin, age, morphology, ice composition, and movement of rock glaciers are found in the literature (Howe 1909, Capps 1910, Ives 1940, Wahrhaftig and Cox 1959, Outcalt and Benedict 1965, Barsch 1971, White 1971, White 1973, Ellis and Calkin 1979, Johnson 1983). Although there are some general references to the presence of vascular plants on rock glaciers in North America (Wahrhaftig and Cox 1959, White 1971, Madole 1972, White 1973, Carrara and Andrews 1976, Johnson 1983) no lists of species are given. The purpose of this study was to survey the vascular plant species present on five rock glaciers in the San Juan Mountains and to determine dominance within representative community types. ROCK GLACIERS Wahrhaftig and Cox (1959) describe rock glaciers as tongue- shaped or lobate masses of poorly sorted angular debris lying at the base of cliffs or talus slopes and ranging in size from a few hundred feet to over a mile in length, in the direction of flow, and a few hundred feet to nearly two miles in width, perpendicular to the direction of flow. Dimensions vary according to rock glacier type and topographic location. All rock glaciers have an ice component: either a central core of ice, superimposed by rock debris (ice-cored), or an interstitial matrix of ice (ice-cemented). The occurrence of rock glaciers also implies the occurrence of permafrost and a periglacial climate for maintenance of the landform (White 1981). The upper surface of most rock glaciers has a microrelief determined by a system of longitudinal and transverse ridges and furrows that give the impression of slow plastic or viscous flow (Wahrhaftig and Cox 1959). 225 226 Ppt Y sOeley OnGst A Vol. 60, No. 4 There are two basic morphological types of rock glaciers. Tongue-shaped rock glaciers are usually ice-cored but may be ice- cemented (Madole 1972), have a greater length to width ratio, and originate in cirques where ice glaciers formerly occurred (White 1981) or in slight recesses on promontories or valley walls (Madole 1972). These forms have steep fronts of 38 to 50 degrees where basal shear resistance is great (White 1981). Lobate rock glaciers are usually ice-cemented, have a greater width to length ratio, and form at the base of valley walls, usually as an extension of talus (White 1981). These forms have steep fronts of 40 to 55 dgrees. On the basis of movement rock glaciers may be categorized as active or inactive. Active tongue-shaped rock glaciers move 5-160 cm/yr depending upon size and slope angle whereas the lobate forms move substantially less, 1-6 cm/yr (White 1981). The front slopes of active rock glaciers are completely devoid of vegetation and form a sharp angle with the surface of the glacier. Inactive rock glaciers show no movement. The front slopes of the latter are covered with turf or lichens and are rounded at the junction of slope and surface (Wahrhaftig and Cox 1959). In Colorado rock glaciers are reported for the Front Range, Mosquito Range, Sawatch Range, Elk Mountains, Sangre de Cristo Range, and San Juan Mountains. White (1973) identified 756 rock glaciers from aerial photos of the San Juan Mountains. Rock glaciers occur primarily above timberline. STUDY AREAS The San Juan Mountains are a discontinuous section of the Southern Rocky Mountains situated along the Continental Divide in southwestern Colorado. They are composed largely of Tertiary volcanic tuffs and lavas that lie unconformably over metamorphic, sedimentary and volcanic intrusive rocks of Precambrian age as well as sediments of Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and early Cenozoic age (Casadwall and Ohmoto 1977). All of the rock glaciers studied are tongue-shaped or tongue-lobate complexes and show evidence of movement; however, isolated, stabilized areas of fines, which support well-developed vascular plant communities are present to some extent on all but Gilpin rock glacier. American Rock Glacier American xock placier (37.° 54”) N;,.107° 31° W). is. tocated approximately 15 km southwest of Lake City, Hinsdale Co. This massive, north-facing complex of tongue and lobate units has an elevational range of 4026-3770 m, from source to frontal slope (Fig. 1). The headwall source of the rock glacier debris consists of volcanic aphanitic andesite, welded tuff, and biotite-quartz latite (Lipman 1976). 1986 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of rock glaciers 227 Imogene Rock Glacier Imogene rock glacier C37" 56°" GOR Ns 107-4 Wh) a northeast facing tongue rock glacier, is located approximately 11 km south- southwest of Ouray, Ouray Co. It has an elevational range of 3721- 3464 m, from source to frontal slope. Headwall source material for this rock glacier consists of biotite-quartz latite and fluvial- banded flows of rhyodacitic composition (Burbank and Luedke 1966). Gilpin Rock Glacier Originating high on the flanks of Gilpin Peak, the Gilpin rock glacier (37* 59' 35" N; 107° 47' 30" W) is located approximately 14.5 km southwest of Ouray, Ouray Co. Although north-facing at its source, at 3965 m elevation, the rock glacier makes a 45 bend and becomes east-facing near its frontal slope, at 3721 m elevation. Headwall material is Gilpin Peak tuff consisting predominantly of quartz latite welded ash flow tuffs (Burbank and Luedke 1964). Kendall Rock Glacier Kendall Rock Glacier (37° 47' 05" N; 107° 37' 48" W) is located approximately 8 km southeast of Silverton, San Juan Co. North- northwest-facing at the source end, this rock glacier also makes a 45 bend to west-facing at the front terminus. The elevational range, lowest of all five rock glaciers, is 3782-3599 m, from source to frontal slope. The headwall source of the rock glacier debris consists of bedded tuff, agglomerate, and breccia of andesite and latite (Burbank et al. 1935). Burns Rock Glacier Located approximately 19 km northeast of Silverton, San Juan Gay jeburnserock glacier "(37/253 45° Ne 107'2 32" "15" Wy ts: a complex of multiple lobate units that coalesce to form a short, west-facing tongue at its terminus. The elevational range, from source to frontal slope, is 3904-3697 m. Biotite-quartz latite and aphanitic andesite constitute the primary rock debris of the glacier. METHODS This study was conducted over five field seasons, 1981-1985. The surface and slopes of each of the five rock glaciers were systematically traversed in order to locate and flag potential vegetated areas for floristic inventory and community analysis. A total of 154 vascular plant communities and/or single species populations were analyzed. Dominance, when applicable, was determined according to the Braun-Blanquet cover-abundance scale (Mueller-Dombois and Ellenberg 1974). Nomenclature follows Kartesz and Kartesz (1980) with alternate names used by Weber (1984) added in parentheses. Voucher specimens are deposited in COLO and CU- Denver. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Flora The alpine flora present on five rock glaciers in the San Juan 228 PEHVYST 40% OG 7 5A Vol. 60, No. 4 Mountains consists of 86 species representing 52 genera in 19 families of angiosperms, one species of gymnosperm, and two species in two genera of pteridophytes. The Asteraceae, Brassicaceae, and Cyperaceae are the leading families contributing 21%, 13%, and 8% of the taxa, respectively. The Poaceae, which is usually among the three leading families in most Colorado tundra floras (Michener 1964, Komarkova 1976, Webber et al. 1976, Hartman and Rottman 1985), is replaced by the Brassicaceae in this study. Eight species found on the rock glaciers were not found in the adjacent basins. These include: Agrostis filiculmis (Agrostis idahoensis), Arabis lemmonii (Boechera lemmonii), Draba incerta, Erigeron vagus, Penstemon harbourii, Phlox caespitosa ssp. pulvinata (Phlox pulvinata), Senecio porteri, (Ligularia porteri), and Stellaria irrigua. Vascular plant species on the rock glaciers studied occur either in highly localized communities on stable sites or as isolated populations of single species in unstable areas. The community types represented are fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow, and krummholz. Single species populations are characteristic of rock crevices and rock debris habitats. Rock Debris Because the rock glacier surface and slopes are formed of rock debris from the headwall or source area, rock debris is the most abundant habitat found on the five rock glaciers studied. The debris ranges in size from large boulders, up to two m in diameter, to cobbles and fines. There are limited areas in rock interstices and at the base of boulders on the rock glacier that have a sufficient accumulation of fines to support vascular plant species. These areas become available for colonization when the surficial deposits of rock material move down slope exposing the finer material present in the lower strata. Creeping-stemmed species such as Erigeron vagus, Penstemon harbourii, Senecio porteri (Ligularia porteri), and Stellaria irrigua are occasionally found among the rock debris. Many of the rock debris habitats, especially rock interstices, support only single species populations. Where fines and soil accumulation occur in flat areas at the base of boulders, communities of low richness and no dominance are found. Some of the common species that may occur singly or in some combination in rock debris habitats are Androsace septentrionalis, Aquilegia coerulea, Cerastiun earlei (Cerastium beeringianum ssp. earlei), Draba crassifolia, Festuca brachyphylla, Potentilla diversifolia, Saxifraga debilis (Saxifraga hyperborea ssp. debilis), Senecio werneriifolius (Packera werneriifolia), Sibbaldia procumbens, Smelowskia calycina, and Trisetum spicatum. Rock Crevice The rock crevice habitat includes soil-filled crevices on solitary boulders. These crevices are formed by jointing of the rock material. Younkin (1970) reports that the thin soils in the rock crevices are often composed of organic matter and that the orientation of the crevices on the rock substrate determines the insolation factors of the particular habitat. On all of the rock 1986 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of rock glaciers 229 glaciers the rock habitat is usually represented by a single species population. Although speciees may occur together in this habitat, there are no dominants. The species most frequently encountered are Carex elynoides, Claytonia megarhiza, Erysimum capitatum var. amoenum (Erysimum capitatum, alpine ecotype), Festuca brachyphylla, Polemonium viscosum, Sagina saginoides, Saxifraga rhomboidea (Micranthes rhomboidea), Senecio amplectens var. amplectens (Ligularia amplectens), Senecio amplectens var. holmii (Ligularia holmii), and Smelowskia calycina. Fellfield Fellfield community sites are characterized by a high proportion of weathered rock material (up to 80%), coarse-textured soils, and little organic material. They occur on exposed, windswept ridges with little or no snow cover, thus exposing the plants and soil to severe desiccation. The highest richness of species on rock glaciers occurs in this community. The dominants include Carex elynoides, Chionophila jamesii, Selaginella densa, Senecio werneriifolius (Packera werneriifolia), Silene acaulis var. subacaulis (Silene acaulis ssp. subacaulescens), and Trisetum spicatum. Dry Meadow This community type occurs in stable areas on convex slopes that experience early snowmelt. Although the substrate includes some rock fragments, soil accumulation is sufficient to permit a better development of vegetation than the fellfield. The most frequent dominants are Carex elynoides, Geum rossii var. turbinatum (Acomastylis rossii ssp. turbinata), Phlox caespitosa ssp. pulvinata (Phlox pulvinata), Saxifraga bronchialis ssp. austromontana (Ciliaria austromontana), and Selaginella densa. Moist Meadow In striking contrast to the moist meadow communities in the adjacent basins (Hartman and Rottman 1985), the rock glacier moist meadows are low in species richness and minimal in occurrence, being found only on Imogene rock glacier. They occur in depressions where snow accumulation is greater and release is later at or near the base of a highly stable longitudinal lobe. The dominant secies are Salix reticulata ssp. nivalis and Sibbaldia procumbens. Krummho1z Wardle (1974) defines timberline as the ecotone between the subalpine zone, including both forest and ecotonal krummholz, and the alpine zone of low growing vegetation. He describes krummholz as a modification of the normal upright conifer growth form caused by the severity of the habitat. In the most severe sites krummholz conifers are reduced cushions of contorted stems that are shorn off level with the surface of the winter snowpack. In less severe sites, erect stems with branches only on their leeward sides rise above the cushion to produce flagged krummholz. Kendall rock glacier is the only rock glacier on which krummholz, of the mixed cushion and flag types, occurs at approximately 3652 m elevation. Picea engelmannii 230 Prk Y¥oT05t @4Gr2 A Vol. 60, No. 4 is the only gymnosperm species represented in four scattered communities. The understory dominants include Carex elynoides and Salix reticulata ssp. nivalis. INVENTORY OF VASCULAR PLANT SPECIES ON ROCK GLACIERS SAN JUAN MOUNTAINS, COLORADO Achillea millefolium L. var. lanulosa (Nutt.) Piper (Achillea lanulosa Nutt.) krummholz Agropyron scribneri Vasey (Elymus scribneri [Vasey] Jones) rock debris, fellfield Agrostis filiculmis M.E. Jones (Agrostis idahoensis Nash) dry meadow Androsace septentrionalis L. rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow Angelica grayi Coult. & Rose rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow Antennaria alpina (L.) Gaertn (Antennaria media Greene) rock debris, fellfield Antennaria microphylla Rydb. fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow, krummholz Aquilegia coerulea James rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow, krummholz Arabis divaricarpa A. Nels. (Boechera divaricarpa [A. Nels.] Love & Love) rock debris Arabis drummondii Gray (Boechera drummondii [A. Gray] Love & Love) krummholz Arabis lemmonii S. Wats. (Boechera lemmonii [S. Wats.] W. Weber) rock debris Arnica mollis Hook. rock debris Artemisia scopulorum Gray fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow, krummholz Besseya alpina (Gray) Rydb. rock debris, fellfield Carex albonigra Mackenzie rock debris, fellfield, moist meadow Carex arapahoensis Clokey rock debris Carex elynoides Holm rock debris, rock crevice, fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz Carex heteroneura W. Boott var. chalciolepis (Holm) F.J. Herm. (Carex chalciolepis Holm) rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow, krummholz Carex phaeocephala Piper rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz 1986 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of rock glaciers 231 Carex pseudoscirpoidea Rydb. rock debris Carex pyrenaica Wahlenb. (Carex crandallii Gand.) rock debris Castilleja haydenii (Gray) Cockerell rock debris, krummholz Cerastium earlei Rydb. (Cerastium beeringianum C. & S. ssp. earlei [Rydb.] Hulten) rock debris, fellfield Chionophila jamesii Benth. rock debris, fellfield Claytonia megarhiza (Gray) Parry ex S. Wats. rock debris, rock crevice, fellfield, krummholz Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh. krummholz Draba aurea Vahl dry meadow Draba crassa Rydb. rock debris Draba crassifolia Graham rock debris, fellfield Draba incerta Payson rock debris Erigeron grandiflorus Hook. moist meadow, krummholz Erigeron melanocephalus A. Nels. rock debris, dry meadow Erigeron pinnatisectus (Gray) A. Nels. rock debris, rock crevice, fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz Erigeron simplex Greene rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz Erigeron vagus Payson rock debris Erysimum capitatum (Dougl.) Greene var. amoenum (Greene) R.J. Davis (Erysimum capitatum [Dougl.] Greene, alpine ecotype) rock debris, rock crevice, fellfield, dry meadow Festuca brachyphylla Schultes rock debris, rock crevice, fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz Geum rossii (R. Br.) Ser. var. turbinatum (Rydb.) C.L. Hitchc. (Acomastylis rossii [R. Br.] Greene ssp. turbinata [Rydb.] W. Weber) rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow, krummholz Hymenoxys grandiflora (Torr. & Gray ex Gray) Parker (Rydbergia grandiflora [T. & G.] Greene) krummholz Lloydia serotina (L.) Salis. ex Reichenb. rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow buzula spicata ¢L.) DC- rock debris, dry meadow, moist meadow, krummholz Minuartia obtusiloba (Rydb.) House (Lidia biflora [L.] Love & Love) fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz 232 Py Hy Ya dio @ Ey Oy Gp fy A Vol. 60, No. 4 Minuartia rubella (Wahlenb.) Hiern (Tryphane rubella [Wahlenb. } Reichenb. ) fellfield Oreoxis alpina (Gray) Coult. & Rose dry meadow, moist meadow Oreoxis bakeri Coult. & Rose fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow, krummholz Oxyria digyna (L.) Bae rock debris, fellfield Penstemon harbourii Gray rock debris, fellfield Penstemon whippleanus Gray krummholz Phacelia sericea Hook. rock debris, fellfield Phlox caespitosa Nutt. ssp. pulvinata Wherry (Phlox pulvinata Wherry) rock debris, dry meadow, moist meadow Picea engelmannii Parry ex Engelm. krummholz Poa alpina L. rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow Poa rupicola Nash ex Rydb. (Poa glauca Vahl) rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz Polemonium viscosum Nutt. rock debris, rock crevice, fellfield, krummholz Polygonum bistortoides Pursh (Bistorta bistortoides [Pursh] Small) fellfield Polygonum viviparum L. (Bistorta vivipara [L.] S. Gray) rock debris Potentilla diversifolia Lehm. rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz Ranunculus macauleyi Gray rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow Sagina saginoides (L.) Karst rock debris, rock crevice Salix glauca L. fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz Salix reticulata Hook. ssp. nivalis (Hook.) Love, Love & Kapoor fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow, krummholz Sambucus racemosa L. ssp. pubens (Michx.) House rock debris Saxifraga adscendens L. ssp. oregonensis (Raf.) Bacig. (Muscaria adscendens [L.] Small) fellfield Saxifraga bronchialis L. ssp. austromontana (Wieg.) Piper (Ciliaria austromontana [Wieg.] W. Weber) rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz Saxifraga debilis Engelm. ex Gray 1986 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of rock glaciers 233 (Saxifraga hyperborea R. Br. ssp. debilis [Engelm] Love, Love & Kapoor) rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow Saxifraga flagellaris (Sternb.) Willd. ssp. platysepala (Trautv.) Porsild (Hirculus platysepalus [Trautv.] W. Weber ssp. crandalli [Gand.] W. Weber) rock debris, fellfield Saxifraga rhomboidea Greene (Micranthes rhomboidea [Greene] Small) rock debris, rock crevice, fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow, krummholz Sedum integrifolium (Raf.) A. Nels. ex Coult. & A. Nels. (Rhodiola integrifolia Raf.) rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow Sedum lanceolatum Torr. (Amerosedum lanceolatum [Torr.] Love & Love) fellfield, dry meadow Selaginella densa Rydb. rock debris, rock crevice, fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow Senecio amplectens Gray var. amplectens (Ligularia amplectens [A. Gray] W. Weber) rock debris Senecio amplectens Gray var. holmii (Greene) Harrington (Ligularia holmii [Greene] W. Weber) rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz Senecio porteri Greene (Ligularia porteri [Greene] W. Weber) rock debris Senecio soldanella Gray (Ligularia soldanella [Gray] W. Weber) rock debris, fellfield Senecio werneriifolius Gray (Packera werneriifolia [Gray] Weber & Love) rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow, krummholz Sibbaldia procumbens L. rock debris, rock crevice, fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow Silene acaulis (L.) Jacq. var. subacaulis (F.N. Williams) C.L. Hitchc. & Maguire (Silene acaulis (L.) Jacq. ssp. subacaulescens [F.N. Williams] Hitchc. & Maguire) rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, moist meadow Smelowskia calycina (Steph.) C.A. Mey. ex Ledeb. rock debris, rock crevice, fellfield, dry meadow Stellaria irrigua Bunge rock debris Stellaria umbellata Turcz. ex Kar. & Kir. rock debris, fellfield Taraxacum ceratophorum (Ledeb.) DC. rock debris, dry meadow Taraxacum lyratum (Ledeb.) DC. fellfield 234 Pail) Medi0' ab OG) ALB Vol. 60, No. 4 Thlaspi montanum L. (Noccaea montana [L.] F.K. Meyer) rock debris, dry meadow Trifolium attenuatum Torr.& Gray rock debris Trifolium nanum Torr. rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow Trisetum spicatum (L.) Richter rock debris, fellfield, dry meadow, krummholz Vaccinium scoparium Leib. moist meadow Valeriana capitata Pallas ex Link moist meadow Zigadenus elegans Pursh (Anticlea elegans [Pursh] Rydb.) fellfield, dry meadow ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank Barbara A. Siems and Diane C. Wilson for field assistance on Gilpin, Imogene, and Kendall rock glaciers during the 1985 season. LITERATURE CITED Barsch, D. 1971. Rock glaciers and ice-cored moraines. Geografiska Annaler 53A: 203-206. Burbank, W.S., T.S. Lovering, E.N. Goddard, and E.B. Eckel. 1935. Geologic map of Colorado. U.S.G.S., Washington, D.C. Burbank, W.S. and R.G. Luedke. 1964. Geology of the Ironton quadrangle, Colorado. U.S.G.S., Washington, D.C. 1966. Geologic map of the Telluride quadrangle, southwestern Colorado. U.S.G.S., Washington, D.C. Capps, S.R. 1910. Rock glaciers in Alaska. J. Geol. 18: 359-375. Carrara, P.E. and J.T. Andrews. 1975. Holocene glacial/periglacial record: northern San Juan Mountains, southwestern Colorado. Zeit. Gletscherkunde and Glazialgeologie 11: 155-174. Casadwall, T. and H. Ohmoto. 1977. Sunnyside Mine, Eureka Mining District, San Juan County, Colorado: geochemistry of gold and base metal ore deposition in a volcanic environment. Econ. Geol.72: 1285-1320. PS ee MeeandaeP by, iGallcine 1979. Nature and distribution of glaciers, neoglacial moraines, and rock glaciers, east-central Brooks Range, Alaska. Arctic and Alpine Research 11: 403-420. Hartman, E.L. and M.L. Rottman. 1985. The alpine vascular flora of three cirque basins in the San Juan Mountains, Colorado. Madrono 32: 253-272. Howe, E. 1909. Landslides in the San Juan Mountains, Colorado. WES gS lites, Ietyoype (7/ Ives, R.L. 1940. Rock glaciers in the Colorado Front Range. Geol. Soc. of America Bull. 51: 1271-1294. Johnson, P.G. 1983. Rock glaciers: a case for a change in nomenclature. Geografiska Annaler 65A: 27-34. 1986 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of rock glaciers 235 Kartesz, J.T. and R. Kartesz. 1980. A synonymized checklist of the vascular flora of the United States, Canada, and Greenland. Vol. II: The biota of North America. Univ. North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. Komarkova, V. 1976. Alpine vegetation of the Indian Peaks area, Colorado Rocky Mountains. Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. Colorado, Boulder. Lipman, P.W. 1976. Geologic map of the Lake City caldera area, western San Juan Mountains, southwestern Colorado. U.S.G.S., Washington, D.C. Madole, R.F. 1972. Neoglacial facies in the Colorado Front Range. Arctic and Alpine Research 4: 119-130. Meierding, T.C. and P.W. Birkeland. 1980. Quaternary glaciation of Colorado. In H.C. Kent and K.W. Porter, eds., Colorado geology pp. 165-173. Rocky Mountain Assoc. Geologists, Denver. Michener, M.J. 1964. The high altitude vegetation of the Needle Mountains of southwestern Colorado. M.A. thesis, Univ. Colorado, Boulder. Mueller-Dombois, D. and H. Ellenberg. 1974. Aims and methods of vegetation ecology. John Wiley, New York. Outcalt, S.E. and J.B. Benedict. 1965. Photointerpretations of two types of rock glaciers in the Colorado Front Range, United States of America. J. Glaciology 5: 849-856. Wahrhaftig, C. and A. Cox. W959 Rock glaciers in the Alaska Range. Geol. Soc. of America Bull. 70: 383-436. Wardle, P. 1974. Alpine timberlines. In J.D. Ives and R.G. Barry, eds., Arctic and alpine environments, pp. 371-402. Methuen, London. Webber Pod. ,; WC. Emerick, D.¢.E- May, and V. Komarkova. 1976. The impact of increased snowfall on alpine vegetation. In H.W. Steinhoff and J.D. Ives, eds., Ecological impact of snowpack augmentation in the San Juan Mountains, Colorado, pp. 201-254. Final Report, San Juan Ecology Project, Colorado State Univ., Fort Collins. Weber, W.A. 1984. Colorado flora: western slope (unpublished). White, P.G. NOS. Rock glaciers in the San Juan Mountains, Colorado. Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. Denver. White, S.E, 1971. Rock glacier studies in the Colorado Front Range, 1961-1968. Arctic and Alpine Research 3: 43-64. EO Bir Alpine mass movement forms (noncatastrophic) classification, description, and significance. Arctic and Alpine Research 13: 127-137. Nounkin, Wok; Jr. LOR A study of the vegetation of rock outcrops in northern Colorado. M.S. thesis, Colorado State Univ., Fort Collins. 236 POHEYST OoleOuG: 1A Vol. 60, No. 4 Fig. 1 American rock glacier and headwall, American Basin. East and west lobate units in background; coalesced tongue-shaped unit in center. NOTES ON RARE U. S. PLANTS FROM ARIZONA, I: INCLUDING A TALINUM (PORTULACACEAE) NEW TO THE U.S. L. J. Toolin, Herbarium, University of Arizona, Tucson, 85721 A number of the rarer plants in the U.S. flora are to be found only in extreme southeastern Arizona. Most of these are Mexican peripherals - species centered in Mexico that have limited distributions north of the International Boundary. Of some 60 such species in Arizona, 41 occur nowhere else in the U.S. In addition, at least 23 endemics are native to the southeastern corner of the state. While most of the peripheral and endemic species have been on record for many years, little or no information on their numbers, local distributions, habitats, or population trends has been published. This paper is the first in a series intended to provide some such basic information. The area covered in this series (see Fig. 1) includes Cochise, Santa Cruz, southern Graham and Pinal counties, and eastern Pima County. Southeastern Arizona has long been known for the diverse and interesting biota that it supports, deriving from the region's geographical location, its strikingly varied topography, climate, and the resulting diversity of habitats. Our area shares portions of three Biotic Provinces: Sonoran, Chihuahuan, and Madrean. Descriptions of the physical and biotic features of the region are available elsewhere (Lowe, 1964; Brown & Lowe, 1978 (map); Brown et alee L982). Certain localities within the larger area considered here harbor concentrations of diversity, including rare forms. Typically, these localities are associated with mountainous terrain, especially where riparian canyon habitats are present, as at Sycamore Canyon in the Pajarito Mts. (Toolin et al., 1979). In the following discussions, all specimens cited are deposited at ARIZ, unless otherwise noted. I thank R. W. Kiger for identifying the Talinum, G. Russel for providing label information from Talinum specimens at US, and C. Sternberg for the map. PORTULACACEAE Talinum marginatum Greene (1912) A low, herbaceous perennial previously known from a few scattered collections in Mexico. The first U. S. specimen came from Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mts., Cochise Co., 20 July 1980, L. J. Toolin 920 (ARIZ & US). The type was collected at Santa Teresa, near Tepic, Nayarit, Mexico, by J. N. Rose in 1897. Other collections known to me, but not seen, are from northwestern Chihuahua, near Colonia Garcia, Townsend & Barber 151, in 1899 (US); at an unspecified locality of the Sierra Madre, Chihuahua, E. W. Nelson 6094, also in 1899 (US). a ope 237 238 32°30 —_ ————_ Ru % Fo Ie ne ‘ 1% = Ins RR 3 fA = [ | | | NEW MEXICO ARIZONA map location Tucson pe He WT: OnU,, OFG, TEA ee Ge ol ae 9 ° = a tees 212 = wl, wy Mar EZ ~ | i] sng eS i IW s, Sty, F = Tp AL Psy sis = 9 o a fe) if i} Mie r= 2 Kee >= =~ S8 z= Se) BO as) ars ale YY as Fras metldg 3 _ Soe “aye is oe Bile San al 4) ne: Qeee 1o Oe a 4S ro] Bpory Oe, = x oO 2 SD ays y ro} TTS S = S ° Wy = So Lise Wh, coy a | Re = Ae We U =~ 5 Aw : 9 3 TA ss se q > Gz / es) & = eS >= x ie Qa We ” S Oi, gl. NW eS sie, \ x Seares Te = SIN 1Y4vA/NO, siz! ° eB .@ 08g ue at - <5 8 cy ¢ a ater et H's, Cnt za ZN “uns Says ae | | on / = | i rs a if ig s A Marina diffusa @ Dalea tentaculoides ® Tolinum marginatum Figure |: United States localities for species discussed 1986 Toolin, Rare U. S. plants from Arizona 239 This species appears to be rather specialized, growing only in open patches of thin gravel soil that are devoid of other perennial plants. The Ramsey Canyon population consists of about 250 individuals growing in pine-oak woodland at 1800 m elevation, in association with such annuals as Dalea filiformis, Crotalaria sagittalis, and [Ipomoea costellata. A second population of the same size occupies similar habitat in adjacent Carr Canyon, at 2300 mo. elevation. Both populations have maintained roughly the same numbers over the last six years, T. marginatum has, as now known, 4 very wide and disjunct distribution. Its range covers 1000 km along the Sierra Madre Occidental. The climates under which this species grows vary dramatically: the Tepic region is tropical and completely frost- free, while the Huachuca Mts. undergo long periods of freezing weather during the winter. The paucity of records for T. marginatum suggests that it may be truly rare and widely disjunct, for although it is a small plant (to 8 cm tall), its bright yellow flowers stand out in the bare situations in which it grows. Whether this is a true picture of the species' distribution will, it is hoped, be determined by future collection and a recently-initiated search of Mexican herbaria. I have found that these plants usually produce some cleistogamous flowers with viable seed. The ability to self-fertilize explains, in part, the establishment and persistence of populations in widely scattered localities. Published descriptions (Greene 1912; Wilson 1932), based solely on pressed specimens, are largely inaccurate and lack some details. T. marginatum is acaulescent, the leaves and inflorescence arising from the apex of the tuberous roots, which vary in shape from nearly globose to fusiform. The leaves have been described as much flattened, oblong-spatulate, obtuse, with blades 1-2 cm long. The inflorescence is said to be shorter than the leaves. In fact the leaves are terete, 1.5-2.5 mm in diameter, more-or-less linear, with blades up to 6 cm long. The inflorescence commonly equals or exceeds the leaves. The petals are mostly 2.5-3.5 mm long. This species can be distinguished from other Arizona Talinums by its combination of yellow flowers in a cymose inflorescence. Specimens examined: Arizona, Cochise Co., Huachuca Mts., ridge at west side of Ramsey Canyon, Toolin 920 & 1447; Huachuca Mts., Carr Canyon, near the Reef, F. Reichenbacher 1091. Mexico, Sonora, Sierra Charuco, in gravel atop boulder, H. S. Gentry 2303. 240 Pill otal OG teieG. A Vol. 60, No. 4 LEGUMINOSAE Dalea tentaculoides H. S. Gentry (1950). A shrub endemic to Santa Cruz and Pima counties, known from Sycamore Canyon, Pajarito Mts., Santa Cruz Co. (the type locality), and the Baboquivari Mts., (including the adjacent Quinlan and Coyote Mts.). This species appears to have lost ground in_ the Baboquivaries. Several collections were made from canyons on the west slope of the range in the 1920's and 1930's, but a 1981 survey of those localities failed to locate a single specimen. Since the west slope habitats have been strongly modified by livestock grazing, the populations may have been exterminated within the last fifty years. D. tentaculoides still occurs in the Baboquivari Mts. region, at least on Kitt Peak (Quinlan Mts.), where several were seen in 1984 at 1450 m elevation (G. Starr, pers. comm.), and in Mendoza Canyon (Coyote Mts.). The shrub almost certainly grows elsewhere in the northern end of the Baboquivaris, but its distribution and numbers there are still poorly known. In Sycamore Canyon, Pajarito Mts., about 100 individuals grow in partial shade under oaks, cottonwoods, ash, and sycamores at elevations of 1125 - 215) 9 mi. The population is distributed as scattered colonies and individuals over a two-mile stretch of the main canyon, and in a few side drainages. Plants bloom twice a year, in spring and in fall. No seedlings were found from 1980 to 1983, but a number have been produced since then. Seedling establishment may be dependent on summer rainfall, since the several summers preceeding 1983 were drier than normal, while winter rainfall was average. Observations on age distribution in colonies suggest that seedling production and establishment are dependent on particularly favorable conditions of erratic occurrence. In one example, five fully mature specimens with strongly woody stems are clustered with 20 smaller, younger, mostly suffrutescent plants. The younger individuals are essentially identical in height, main stem diameter, and branching. They seem to have germinated and become established at the same time. The lack of intermediates between the two age/size groups in the cluster indicates that additions to the population are episodic. Both Gentry (1950) and Barneby (1977) note that OD. tentaculoides has no close relatives. This, along with its present limited range, implies that it is an old, relictual species. 1986 Toolin, Rare U. S. plants from Arizona 241 Specimens Examined: Santa Cruz Co., Pajarito Mts., Sycamore Canyon: R. Darrow, s.n., May 1941 (Holotype, ARIZ); J. M. Kaiser 1275; Toolin 1389; L. Benson 10960; L. N. Goodding, s.n., May 1938. Pima Co., Baboquivari Mts., Baboquivari Canyon: Loomis & Peebles 1597; Peebles & Harrison 3965; Kearney & Peebles 8543. Quinlan Mts., Kitt Peak: G, Starr 762. Coyote Mts., Mendoza Canyon: W. E. Niles 497, Marina diffusa (Moric.) Barneby (1977). Dalea diffusa Moric. A peripheral Mexican shrub distributed from Sonora south to Guatemala. Type from "Nova Hispania" (Mexico), collected by M. Pavon in 1827. First collected in the U.S. in the Patagonia Mts., Santa Cruz Co., in 1934, Kearney & Peebles 10054. In'tthe’ UsS.¢cthis species has a very limited range, and has not been known to number more than about 25 adults at one time, The population is confined to a south-facing rocky slope, in fine gravel soil derived from decomposing granite, at 1680 m elevation. Although this shrub is short-lived here, at its northernmost locality, reproduction seems adequate to maintain and even increase population numbers. Each adult produces a few seedlings in most years. Observation has shown that population growth in this frost-sensitive plant is limited by episodes of abnormally cold weather, as in 1978, when all individuals were killed by a hard freeze. The population is carried through these disasters by its reserve of seeds, which may remain viable for several years. Barneby (1977), describing the species as known in Mexico, states that individuals develop persistent woody stems after several years' growth, and that these give rise to secondary suffrutescent stems during the growing season. Individuals in the Patagonia Mts. rarely live long enough to develop woody stems. Typically, these plants produce short-lived suffrutescent stems each year from a more-or-less woody caudex. Plants seen as lush, vigorous shrubs in the fall are found in the following spring with the above-ground growth reduced to a tangle of dead branches. Brown (1984) pointed out that for a given species (animal or plant), suitable local sites will decrease in number towards the margin of a species range, and that such localities will be increasingly unfavorable. The Patagonia Mts. M. diffusa population seems to be living at the very edge of its ecological limits. Barneby (1977) mentions that this species tends to form colonies, and our M. diffusa largely follow that pattern. Clusters of eight or so individuals are scattered over a few hectares. Persistence of these colonies is dependent on climatic conditions, and they come and go rather rapidly. 242 Pel! Mot OnkeGtG IA Vol. 60, No. 4 M. diffusa shares its Patagonia Mts. habitat with Dalea pulchra, Mimosa biuncifera, Brickellia coulteri, Yucca schottii, em ee scattered Quercus emoryi, and variety of grasses. The nearest Mexican populations are about 250 km to the south, in northeastern Sonora and northwestern Chihuahua. Specimens examined: Arizona, Santa Cruz Co., Patagonia Mts., Sycamore Canyon, Kearney & Peebles 10054; J. M. Kaiser, s.n., Oct. 1967; Toolin & Starr 2166. Mexico, “Sonora, Rio de Bavispe, S. S. White 3707 3948; Sierra Chuna, H. Ss. Gentry 1369; Chihuahua, _ Rio Bonito, gH LeSeuer 1216. LITERATURE CITED Barneby, R. C., 1977 - Dalea Imagines. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 27:126 Brown, D. E. (ed.) 1982 - Biotic communities of the American Southwest - United States and Mexico. Desert Plants 4. Brown, D. E. & C H. Lowe 1978 - Biotic Communities of the Southwest (map). For. Serv. Gen. Tech. Bull. RM41. Ft. Collins. Brown, James H., 1984 - On the relationship between abundance and distribution of species. Am. Nat. 124:266. Gentry, H. S., 1950 - Studies in the Genus Dalea. Madrono 10:240. Greene, E. L. 1912 -— Leaflets of Bot. Obs. & Crit. 2:270 Lowe, C. H. 1964 - Arizona's natural environment. U. A. Press, Tucson Toolin, L. J., et al. 1979 - The flora of Sycamore Canyon, Pajarito Mountains, Santa Cruz Co., Arizona. J. Az.—-Nev. Acad. Sci. 14:66. White, S. S. 1948 - The vegetation and flora of the region of the Rio Bavispe in northeastern Sonora, Mexico. Lloydia 11:229, Wilson, P. 1932 — Talinum. No. Am. Flora 21(4):285. IXORAS MALGACHES NOUVEAUX A FLEURS SOLITAIRES Michel Guédés Abstract : New Ixora, with solitary flowers, from Madagascar. Three new species with solitary flowers, belong in a new Section, Microthamnus A.M. Hom. ex Guéd. sect. nov. : I. reducta Drake ex Guéd., I. sambiranensis A.M. Hom. ex Guéd. and I. bemangidiensis Guéd. spp. nov. are described. A new combination, I. littoralis (A.M. Hom. ex J. Arénes) Guéd. is made. The existence of species of Ixora bearing 3-4-carpel ovaries modifies the concept of the genus, a new diagnosis, Ixora L. emend. Guéd., is given. Bremekamp (1937) déclarait ne pas connaitre d'Ixora a fleurs isolées. Trois espéces qui avaient recu l'épithéte "uniflora" n'étaient pas, en fait, des Ixora. Cependant, la révision des espéces malgaches révéle l'existence de quatre taxa a fleurs soli- taires qui appartiennent aA deux groupes naturels distincts 4 l'intérieur du genre Ixora. Ixora reducta Drake ex Guéd. avait été étudié et nommé par Drake del Castillo d'aprés un échantillon de Humblot (n° 408). I1 n'a pas été publié jusqu'ad maintenant. La plante (fig. 1) semble étre un arbrisseau (1) rameaux contournés munis de feuilles opposées—décussées, assez largement ovoides, progressivement rétrécies en pétiole, longues d'environ 2-2,5 cm, 4 limbe mince et glabre. Les colliers stipulaires sont de forme banale. Les fleurs terminent de courts rameaux et leurs ovaires inféres sont enveloppés dans un involucre constitué de deux feuilles de petite taille et de leurs deux stipules interpétiolaires relative- ment fort développées (fig. 1) et encore unies dans les aisselles foliaires. Le calice enclos dans cet involucre posséde 4 dents a peine marquées (fig. 2). La corolle, de couleur blanche, n'est connue qu'a l'état de bouton ; on ne peut se prononcer sur la longueur défini- tive de son tube. Elle a quatre lobes a préfloraison tordue dextre comme d'usage. Les étamines ont un filet relativement long, qui atteint les 2/3 de l'anthére. Le style est a deux stigmates aigus que je n'ai pas vu séparés. En l'absence de fleur épanouie, on ne peut se prononcer sur la longueur définitive. L'ovaire est a deux loges uniovulées, le micropyle étant inférieur. La récolte de Humblot provient des monts Antsianoka. Une autre plante recueillie par R. Capuron (n° 23672-SF) au sud-est de la, entre Farafangana et Vohipeno, semble pouvoir étre rapportée a cette espéce. Il s'agit d'un sous-arbrisseau a fruit rouge. Seule cette drupe a noyaux monospermes est connue dans son cas, mais elle présente deux feuilles involucrales (fig. 3) comme chez I. reducta et les feuilles sont trés semblables a celles de cette espéce. a a (1) Pourtant, le cahier d'Humblot lui attribue une hauteur de 15 nm. On doit se demander si cette indication n'est pas erronée. 243 244 Pen Ww) WF Opt ONG: fA Vol. 60, No. 4 Ixora sambiranensis A.M. Hom. ex Guéd. a été nommé par A.M. Homolle a laquelle sont dus des travaux fort importants, restés jusqu'a maintenant inédits, sur les Rubiacées malgaches. Il s'agit d'un arbuste de 1-2 m de hauteur, a feuilles coria- ces, étroitement lancéolées, longues d'environ 4-6,5 cm, a marges étroitement révolutées, assez nettement discolores. La nervation est plus apparente sur la face dorsale plus claire, souvent grisatre. Les stipules sont longuement acuminées (fig. 4). Les fleurs solitaires terminent de courts rameaux et leur ovaire est, 1a aussi, enveloppé dans une sorte d'involucre formé des bases de deux feuilles et de leurs stipules aristées (fig. 4). Ces deux feuilles peuvent montrer des bourgeons axillaires, peut-—étre susceptibles de croitre ensuite en rameaux végétatifs. Le calice est a 4 lobes de forme variable, plus ou moins longuement triangulaires (fig. 5) et quelquefois érodés au bord. La corolle blanche a un tube d'environ 3 cm de longueur ; ses quatre lobes sont a préfloraison tordue dextre. Les quatre étamines ont des filets assez longs (fig. 4, 5) comme chez I. reducta. Le style est a deux stigmates renflés a la base et ne dépassant guére la moitié des lobes de la corolle dans la fleur ouverte, comme cela est général chez les Ixora. L'ovaire est a 2 loges uniovulées ; ovules a micropyle infére. Le fruit (fig. 6) est une drupe a deux noyaux uniséminés, a épicarpe probablement rouge. La plante est connue surtout, quoique insuffisamment, grace a deux récoltes de Perrier de la Bathie (n° 3658, rocailles des torrents, Ankaizima, 1908 ; n° 3809, bords des torrents, massif de Manongarivo, 1909). Une autre plante récoltée plus récemment, un peu plus au nord, prés d'Ambanja (Service des Eaux et Foréts de Madagascar, n° 7165 SF), appartient aussi cette espéce. Un de ses rameaux au moins porte deux fleurs cdte cote, mais chacune est enveloppée de stipules de type végétatif et doit étre considérée comme solitaire sur un rameau court. Néanmoins, on peut voir la une étape vers la réalisation d'une inflorescence. a a Ixora_bemangidiensis Guéd. (fig. 7) n'est que trés imparfai- tement connu et seulement par son type (Capuron, 22333-SF). C'est un sous-arbrisseau a fleurs blanches, a feuilles assez largement ovales et obtuses, munies de stipules longuement aristées. Les feuilles sont minces et concolores, a limbe trés progressivement rétréci en pétiole. La fleur termine un rameau (fig. 7) et son ovaire est enveloppé d'un involucre formé par les bases de deux feuilles stipulées comme chez I. sambiranensis. Le calice est a quatre dents minces et irréguliérement érodées (fig. 8), caractére rencontré inconstamment dans l'espéce précédente. La corolle est blanche, a tube long de 25 mm. Les étamines ne sont pas connues mais leur filet semble assez long. Le style est a deux stigmates dépassant tout jiuste le tube de la corolle. La seule récolte provient de la forét de Bemangidy, au nord de Mahatalaky, non loin de Fort-—Dauphin. Les espéces de ce premier groupe peuvent se distinguer ainsi : 1986 Guédes, Ixoras malgaches nouveaux 245 1. Feuilles petites, a limbe relativement large (1-2 cm x 1 cm) ; ovaire lachement enclos dans le dernier verticille foliaire du rameau, a Stipules*trés développées WV. Wie. sees ae LT. *reducta 1'. Feuilles atteignant et dépassant 4 cm de lon- gueur, lancéolées ; ovaire étroitement enclos dans le dernier verticille foliaire du rameau ; stipules longuement acuminées ou aristées. 2. Feuilles a limbe étroitement lancéolé (4,5 cm x 6 cm), discolores ; pétales larges de 3 mm. I. sambiranensis 2'. Feuilles a limbe largement lancéolé (3,5-4 cm x 1 cm), a peu prés concolores ; pétales am ces de 2° mms awrets wieiclcts totes otetets ote seeeeeeeee I. bemangidiensis Dans ses notes manuscrites, A.M. Homolle a proposé de placer Ixora reducta dans ume section nouvelle du genre, la sect. Microthamnus, caractérisée par des fleurs solitaires et un calice tronqué. I. sambiranensis et I. bemangidiensis s'y placeront aussi. Le calice de ces plantes, s'il n'est pas tronqué comme chez I. reducta, tend, du moins, a @tre érodé et a perdre ses dents (fig. 8). Cette section possédera ainsi des représentants du N au S de 1'Ile. On trouvera, sans doute, des affinités avec des sections 4 fleurs en inflorescences, comme le laisse supposer I. sambiranensis. La délimitation des sections du genre Ixora reste d'ailleurs bien floue en l'absence de monographie mondiale du genre. Ixora reducta Drake ex Guéd. sp. nov. Frutex (?) caulibus juvenibus puberulis, foliis ovatis 20-25 mm longis, 10 mm latis, oppositis, decussatis, marginis stricte revolu- tis, subglabris. Stipulae interpetiolares acuminatae, intra foliorum axillas confluentes. Flores solitarii ramulos terminantes, pedunculo' subnullo, involucro duobus parvis foliis ingentibusque stipulis suis consti- tuto, ovarium circumvenienti. Calyx tubo brevissimo, lobis quattuor latissimis brevissimis, 1 mm longus. Corolla alba, tubo longitudine ignota, lobis quattuor ad dexteram contortis. Stamina quattuor, fauci inserta, parviora lobis corollae, antheris dorso basi affixis, filamentis 2/3 antherae aequantis. Ovarium inferum biloculare, loculis uniovulatis. Ovulum micropylo infero. Stylus exsertus, parvior lobis corollae, stigmata duo, acuta. Fructus drupaceus, ruber, 7 mm longus, 8 mm diametro, pyrenis duabus uniseminalibus. Madagascar : Humblot 408 (Montes Antsianoka) ; Capuron 23672-SF (entre Farafangana et Vohipeno). Typus : Humblot 408, Herb. Mus. Parisiense. Ixora sambiranensis A.M. Hom. ex Guéd. sp. nov. Frutex 1-2 m altus, ramosissimus, foliis coriaceis lanceolatis, 4-6,5 cm longis, 0,4-0,7 cm latis, discoloribus, pagina infera colore diluto, marginibus stricte revolutis, stipulis interpetiola- ribus aristatis, intra foliorum axillas confluentibus. 246 BAH dosh OwGalT JA Vol. 60, No. 4 Flores solitariis, ramulos terminantes, pedunculo subnullo. Ovarium duobus parvis foliis stipulisque suis circumvenientum. Calyx 1,5 mm longus, breve tubo, lobis brevibus triangularibus, nonnumquam erosis. Corolla alba, tubo 3 cm longo, lobis vix 1 cm longis, 0,3 cm latis, ad dextram contortis. Stamina fauci inserta, antheris 3,5 mm longis, dorsi basi inmsertis, filamentis 2 mm longis. Ovarium inferum biloculare, loculis uniovulatis, ovulis micropylo infero. Stylus filiformis exsertus, brevior lobis corollae, stigmata duo subacuta. Fructus ruber, drupaceus, subsphaericus, 7 mm diametro, pyrenis duabus uniseminalibus. Madagascar : Perrier de la Bathie 3758 (Ankaizim, Sambirano, sept. 1908) ; 3809 (Massif de Manangarivo, Sambirano, 1909) ; Eaux et Foréts Mad. 7165 SF (Andampidely, Ambanja, 4 Janvier 1953). Typus : Perrier de la Bathie 3758, in Herb. Mus. Parisiense. Ixora bemangidiensis Guéd. sp. nov. Suffrutex, folia lanceolata 3,5-4 cm longa, 1-1,5 cm lata, vix coriacea, fere concoloria, opposita, decussata, stipulis interpetio- laribus aristatis instructa. Flores solitarii, ramulos terminantes, pedicula subnullo. Ovarium duobus parvis foliis stipulisque suis circumvenientum. Calyx 1 mm longus, tubo brevissimo, lobis quattuor brevissimis erosis. Corolla alba, tubo 2,5 cm longo, lobis quattuor 6 mm longis, 0,2 mm latis. Stamina fauci imnserta, antheris ignotis, filamentis 1 m longis. Ovarium biloculare, loculis uniovulatis ; stylus exsertus, stigmata duo apiculata tertiam partem corollae loborum non superan- tia. Fructus ignotus. Madagascar : Forét de Bemangidy, au N de Mahatalaky (Fort- Dauphin). Typus : Capuron 22333-SF, in Herb. Mus. Parisiense. Trés voisin de I. sambiranensis, I. bemangidiensis n'est connu que par son type. Ces trois espéces permettent de définir une section du genre Ixora, a fleurs solitaires, mais ne groupant pas toutes les espéces possédant ce caractére, puisque I. littoralis en est exclu. Cette section a été nommée Sect. Microthamnus par A.M. Homolle, nom publié ici : Ixora sect. Microthamnus A.M. Hom. ex Guéd. sect. nov. Frutices foliis mollis vel coriaceis, sed non lucentibus. Flores solitarii, ramulos terminantes ; pedunculo subnullo. Ovarium duobus foliis stipulisque suis circumvenientum. Calyx parvus, 1-1,5 mm longus, tubo brevissimo, lobis quattuor triangularibus aut vix conspicuis, saepe erosis. Corolla tenuis, tubo circiter 2,5-3 cm longo, lobis circiter 1 cm longis. Stamina fauci inserta, antheris medium corollae loborum attingentibus, filamentis instar antherarum dimidii circiter longis. Ovarium biloculare, loculis uniovulatis ; stylus filiformis exsertus, stigmata duo extremitatem corollae non attingentia. Fructus drupaceus, pyrenis duabus uniseminalibus. Madagascar Typus : 1. reducta Drake ex Guéd. Un ensemble de plantes malgaches a fleurs solitaires dont, pour l'instant du moins, on ne peut constituer qu'une espéce, appartient 1986 Guédés, Ixoras malgaches nouveaux 247 I. reducta : 1, inflorescence ; 2, calice ; 3, fruit 23672 SF. I. sambiranensis : 4, rameau fleuri,;, 5,,.£leur,.s. 6,..fruit: 4-5 : Mes SP -s-6 =" 3758 P.-B. Ixora bemangidiensis : 7, rameau fleuri ; wy Calitce, 22333 Capuron. 248 pe. T.Ok OF GTA Vol. 60, No. 4° a un groupe trés différent représenté aussi en Nouvelle-Calédonie et, comme certains autres Ixora, posséde 4 carpelles. Ces plantes, probablement de petits arbres, ont des feuilles ovoides, longues de 3-10 cm, 4 bords révolutés, trés coriaces, luisantes au-dessus.Les stipules interpétiolaires sont aristées et forment des colliers stipulaires par union dans les aisselles foliaires. Les fleurs terminent de courts rameaux et la base de l'ovaire est enveloppée d'un involucre formé de deux feuilles trés simpli- fiées, accompagnées de leurs deux stipules qui peuvent, parfois, manquer. Le calice qui atteint 1,6-1,8 cm, posséde un tube au moins aussi long que les dents qui sont fort développées. La surface interne du tube est garnie de poils qui dépassent entre les bases des dents. On trouve fréquemment, entre toutes les dents ou certai- nes d'entre elles seulement, des appendices intermédiaires qui sont des stipules sépalaires unies. Les dents elles-mémes, parfois subégales, sont souvent fortement inégales ; leur longueur varie de 0,5-0,9 cm. Le tube de la corolle est long de 3-4 cm et ses lobes de 1,5-2 cm. La corolle est trés épaisse et présente presque la consis- tance du cuir. La préfloraison est fortement tordue - dextre. Les anthéres ont environ 0,3 cm de longueur, elles sont donc trés courtes par rapport aux lobes de la corolle, par comparaison avec les autres espéces d'Ixora. L'ovaire infére montre quatre loges uniovulées. L'ovule est pendant et a micropyle infére. Le style est exsert mais les quatre stigmates aigus au sommet et renflés 2 la base ne dépassent pas le 1/3 des lobes de la corolle. Le fruit est une drupe a quatre noyaux uniséminés, d'environ 1,5 cm de longueur et de 1 cm de diamétre. Il est surmonté du tube calicinal et de ses dents, qui ne semblent pas augmenter de taille aprés la fécondation. Ces plantes proviennent des régions d'Ambohitralanana (district d'Antalaha), d'Ambila et d'Ampangalana au N de Mananjary. Cette espéce avait été nommée Thouarsiora littoralis A.M. Homolle ex J. Ar. et décrite avec les lobes de la corolle divariqués mais CAPURON (1969, Adansonia, 9 (1) : 48 avait envisagé qu'elle doit tre rapportée aux Ixora. Une nouvelle combinaison est nécessaire : Ixora littoralis (A.M. Hom. ex J. Ar.) Guéd. comb. nov. Thouarsiora littoralis A.M. Hom. ex J. Arénes, Not. Syst. 16 : 19. 1960. Type : Madagascar, Du Petit Thouars s.n°.Herb.Mus. Parisiense. On pourrait é@tre tenté, devant la variabilité du calice, de distinguer au moins deux taxa (avec ou sans stipules calicinales, et a feuilles involucrales munies ou non de stipules) mais le premier caractére au moins montre des cas intermédiaires et le probléme nécessite, pour @tre étudié, un matériel plus abondant. Il existe des Ixora a gynécée trimére qui forment un intermé- diaire entre les deux séries : I. trichocalyx Hochreutiner et Il. trimera (1) Guéd. qui reste a décrire sont dans ce cas. I. trimera appartient au méme groupe que les Ixora étudiés ici, tandis que I. trichocalyx en est sirement distinct. De plus, ces Ixora 4 4 ou 3 carpelles se rapprochent, semble-t-il, d'espéces a 2 carpelles considérées comme des Ixora typiques, par exemple I. finlaysoniana 1986 Guédes, IxoraS malgaches nouveaux 249 Wallich ex Don qui semble spontané a Madagascar, et I. foliicalyx (1) Guéd. qui sera décrit ailleurs. Cette derniére espéce montre, par rapport aux autres Ixora, l'apparition d'un tube calicinal assez long et le raccourcissement des étamines, trois fois moins longues que les lobes de la corolle dans ce cas. La corolle est trés longue (9-10 cm) et ses lobes sont plus épais que chez I. finlaysoniana. Les feuilles sont plus coriaces. Les Ixora tri- ou tétracarpellés sont ainsi liés aux Ixora typiques par des intermédiaires. Ils entreront, sans doute, dans une section spéciale qui comprendra aussi des plantes de Nouvelle-Calédonie, Aa deux carpelles. Ces espéces sont publiées ci-dessous. Pour é@tre bien circonscrite, cette section ne pourra étre définie qu'aprés la révision des Ixora de Nouvelle-Calédonie, en particulier. D'autres plantes lui appartenant seront décrites ailleurs. L'inclusion d'espéces uniflores et possédant 4 carpelles conduit a redéfinir le genre Ixora. De plus, N. Hallé a attiré mon attention sur l'existence, en Nouvelle-Calédonie, d'un Ixora cauli- flore (I. cauliflora Montr.) et 1'Il. ferrea Benth. d'Amérique présente la méme particularité dont il n'est point tenu compte dans les définitions du genre Ixora. On peut alors amender la définition du genre de la facon suivante, en s'inspirant de la diagnose de BREMEKAMP (1937 : 198-199) : Ixora L. emend. Guéd. - Inflorescentia terminalis una vel inflorescentia cauliflora congesta, vel flos solitarius ramulum terminans, cum floribus tetrameris hermaphroditis, cum stigmatibus divaricantibus, cum endocarpio tenui genus hoc a generibus aliis Ixorearum distinguit. Suffrutices, frutices an arbores. Folia opposita an rare ternata, petiolata an sessilia ; lamina margine integra, nec acarodomatis nec bacteriodomatis munita. Stipulae in vaginam amplexicaulem connatae. Flores solitarii terminales, vel inflo- rescentiae corymbosae an subpaniculatae, rare paniculatae, terminales, vel inflorescentiae congestae cauliflores. Ramuli infimi plerumque oppositi et articulati ; ramuli alii nunc oppositi et articulati, nunc nec oppositi nec articulati. Flores nunc in triades plus minusve distinctus dispositi, nunc omnes’ irregulariter dispersi, tetrameri et hermaphroditici, rare flores aliquid pentameri. Ovarium biloculare, triloculare vel tetraloculare. Ovula in placentas partes superiore dissepimenti affixas immersa, semper solitaria. Calyx lobatus, dentatus an truncatus. Corolla lobis dextrorse contortis. Stamina antheris sagittatis et apiculatis, filamentis brevibus vel tam longis quam antherarum dimidium aut duae partes, fauce inserta, flore aperto depletis. Discus annularis crassus. Stylus filiformis parte exserta stigmata duo-triavel quattuor semper divaricantia comprehenstentia corollae lobis subaequilonga an eis breviore. Drupa nunc globosa, nunc paulo complanata et bisulcata, uni-, bi-, tri- an tetrapyrena. Pyrenae uniseminales endocarpio tenui. Semina endospermo integro. Distributio pantropicalis. Typus : I. coccinea L. 250 PHENO Osl-s0b Gel A Vol. 60, No. 4 Travaux cités ARENES, J., 1960. A propos de quelques genres malgaches de Rubiacées. (Vaquériées et Gardeniées). Not. System. 16 : 6 - 41, fig. 1-5. BREMEKAMP, C.E.B., 1937. The Malaysian species of the genus Ixora (Rub.). Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, 3éme sér. 14 : 197 - 367. 1) Afin de valider ces bindmes je donne les diagnoses latines : I. trimera Guéd. spec. nov. Arbor ? Altitudo ignota. Folia coriacea, elliptica, usque 21 x 5 cm, lamina in petiolum decurrens ; nervus medianus in inferiore facie projectus 3; nervi secondarii numerosi, paralleli. Inflorescen- tiae axillares, uniflorae. Pedunculus 6,5 mm longus. Bracteae 2, lineares, concavae, calyci breviores, intus pilosae. Flores 4-meri. Calvx oblongus, 12 mm latus ; lobuli oblongi, obtusi, breviter mucronati, ad 1/3-1/2 longitudinis calycis, intus omnino pilosi. Corolla tubo 6,5 mm longo, tenui : lobuli late obovati (+ 12 mm), basi attenuati, patuli vel reflexi. Stamina filamento valde brevi, in margine tubi inserto. Ovarium circa 2,5 mm longum, bi-tri- loculare, 2-3-ovulatum. Stigma 2-3, linguiformia. Stipulae 2, in vagina connatae, subcirculares, + 3 mm longae, mucronatae, intus pilosae, in margine dense ciliatae. Typus : Madagascar, Maroarivo, Vohijeno, 6500 SEFN, 25 XI 1952 Herb. Mus. Parisiense. I. foliicalyx Guéd. spec. nov. Arbor ad 9 m attingens. Petiolus crassus ad 15 mm longus. Folia coriacea ad 23 x 10 cm 3; lamina in petiolum decurrens, elliptica vel obovato-elliptica, apiculata vel mucronata. Medius nervus in inferiore facie projectus. Nervi secon- darii numerosi, paralleli. Inflorescentiae multiflorae, corymbi- formes. Bracteae ellipticae, concavae, + 7 mm longae, intus pilosae, margine irregulariter serrata, dentibus paucis et remotis. Flores 4-meri. Calyx 8-10 mm longus ; lobuli acuti vel subacuti, ad + 1/4 longitudinis calycis, intus omnino pilosi. Corolla tubo ad 10 cm longo ; lobuli oblongi, + 7 mm longi, obtusi. Stamina in margine tubi insertae, subsessiles ; antherae sagittatae. Ovarium bilocu- lare, biovulatum, + 2,5 mm. Stigmata 2, linguiformia. Fructus globosus, paulo complanatus, + 15 mm diam., durus, bilocularis, biseminatus. Stipulae 2, in vagina connatae, subtriangulares, latae, longe aristatae, + 7 mm. I. finlaysoniana proximus sed foliis major coriaceis et corollis valde longis, lobis crassioribus. Typus : Madagascar, Sahatavy, Fénerive, leg. Botoalma 7002 RN, SOer 1955 Herb. Mus. Parisiense. Paratypi : Madagascar : 3918 RN ; 6894 RN ; SF 6564 ; SF LO7/S7S mos ISS 76RD SE 1369003) ShemIZOIIN sy SRIWNA24 2) saiSh eG236 ss eil675 Oimcmrois 22346 Herb. Mus. Parisiense. A SECOND SPECIES OF TETRACHYRON (ASTERACEAE-HELIANTHEAE ) FROM OAXACA, MEXICO B. L. Turner Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin, TX 78713 In spite of a recent monographic study of Tetrachyron, a small Mexican genus with obscure relationships (Wussow and Urbatscth, 1979), two very distinct species have been discovered within the last two years (Turner, 1985; present paper), both from the Tehuantepec region of southwestern Oaxaca. This emphasizes the great need for additional botanical exploration of the more remote montane regions of Mexico. Tetrachyron oaxacana B. L. Turner, sp. nov. Fig. l. Frutex caules glabri. Folia rhombico-ovata glabra, 3-5- nervia. Capitula 15-20, pedunculi 1-4 mm longi. Involucrum cylindricum, bracteae 5-6-seriatae, imbricatae, flavae, scariosae. Flores radii, 1-3, parvi pistillati fertiles; corollae aureae. Flores disci 5-6; corollae aureae. Achenia 4-angulae; pappus constatus e ca 12 squamis laceratis 0.6-1.0 mm longis. Shrub to 1.5 m high. Stems terete, glabrous, reddish. Leaves opposite, glabrous, 6-8 cm long, 3-4 cm wide; petioles, 2.0-2.5 cm long, narrowly tapered (winged) from the blade; blade rhombic-ovate to rhombic-deltoid, minutely glandular-punctate, palmately 3-5 nerved, abruptly constricted below then gradually tapering along the petiole, the margins irregularly serrate, the apices acuminate. Heads 15-20 in terminal cymules 2-3 cm high, 2-3 cm wide, over- topped by the leaves, the ultimate peduncles 1-4 mm long. Involucre cylindric, 5-6 seriate, imbricate, 8-9 mm long, 3-4 mm wide; bracts scarious, yellowish, glabrous, 5-7 striate, ovate to elliptical with rounded or obtuse apices. Receptacular pales similar to the involucral bracts but thiner, with orange oil-ducts, the apices somewhat 3-lobed and lacerate. Ray florets 1-3 pistillate, fertile; corollas yellow, the tube glabrous, ca 3 mm long, the ligule 3-lobed, ca 4 mm long, ca 2 mm wide. Disk florets 5-6; corollas yellow, glabrous, ca 6 mm long, the tube ca 1.6 mm long, the lobes ca 1 mm long, prominently margined with orange oil- ducts. Anthers yellow, ca 2.5mm long. Style branches obtuse or rounded, hispid on the undersurface just below the apex. Achenes (+ immature) of the ray and disk florets similar, 4-sided, ca 3 mm long, 0.7 mm wide, flecked with blackened cells; pappus of ca 12 lacerate scales 0.6-1.0 mm long. TYPE: MEXICO. OAXACA: Cerro Guingola al SW de Tehuantepec, ca 1110 m, abundante en Suelo calizo rocoso, 27 Nov 1983, R. Torres C. 4202 (holotype, TEX; isotypes MEXU). 251 252 Pkt Wt Ou (0'¢G. aah Vol. 60, No. 4 The generic placement of this species is moot. It was my original intention to treat this as a monotypic genus within the tribe Coreopsideae, a tribe to which I would also append Tetrachyron. Wussow and Urbatsch (1979), however, see no strong Coreopsid connection, in spite of their detection of anthochlors among the phenolics, plus several morphological features that suggest this tribe. In any case, Tetrachyron oaxacana is apparantly a remote member within its genus and tends to obscure the taxonomic chasm between it and Calea. Indeed, I sent material to Dr. Urbatsch, who has worked on both Calea and Tetrachyron, and he kindly gave the following assessment (pers. comm.): the plant concerned has the capitulescence, phyllaries, and corollas of Tetrachyron but possesses the pappus and prismatic (?) achenes of Calea; vegetatively it is more like Tetrachyron. He concluded that the species here described "looks like a toss-up". ; I tend to agree that it is somewhere between these two genera but believe that it is closer to Tetrachyron. If there is a Coreopsid connection it would appear to be remote and possible through the genus Goldmanella which has an involucre, achenes, corolla and style branches more or less similar to Tetrachyron Oaxacana, but its leaves are alternate and without glandular punctations. It is interesting to note that Greenman, in his description of Goldmanella, states "The plant here described in the appearance of the involucre suggests some of the Galinsogeae, particularly Calea..." I believe he was referring to the Tetrachyron group of that genus, prior to its segregation by Wussow and Urbatsch. Certainly the hypothetical Coreopsid-connection needs careful scrutiny, particularly if the tribe Coreopsideae is accepted in the broad sense of Turner and Powell (1977). I am grateful to Dr. Lowell Urbatsch for his helpful comments on the taxon, to Dr. Guy Nesom for the Latin diagnosis and to Dr. L. Vorobik for the fine illustration. LITERATURE CITED Turner, B. L. 1985. A new species of Tetrachyron (Asteraceae- Heliantheae) from Oaxaca, Mexico. Phytologia 58: 389-391. Turner, B. L. and A. M. Powell. 1977. Helenieae-systematic review. In The Biology and Chemistry of the Compositae, Vol. 2, Heywood et. al., eds. Academic Press, London. Wussow, J. R. and L. E. Urbatsch. 1979. A systematic study of the genus Tetrachyron (Asteraceae: Heliantheae). System. Bot. 4: 297-318. 1986 Turner, Second species of Tetnrachynon Fig. |. TETRACHYRON OAXACANA, from holotype. wy 253 A NEW SPECIES OF VERBESINA (ASTERACEAE) FROM DURANGO, MEXICO Boh. Turner Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin TX 78713 Routine identification of plants from northwestern Mexico has revealed the following novelty. I am grateful to Dr. Guy Nesom for the Latin diagnosis. VERBESINA DURANGENSIS B. L. Turner, sp. nov. Vv. rosei aemulans, differt foliis paucioribus (3 paria) late ellipticis et acheniis sine pappo. Perennial herb to 50 cm high, arising from a short woody rootstock, the root system fibrous. Stems terete, striate, sparsely strigose, prominently winged between the 3 leafy nodes, otherwise wingless. Leaves opposite, exactly 3 pairs, sessile, elliptic, 3-8 cm long, 2-4 cm wide, pinnately veined, and prominently reticulate, sparsely strigose on both surfaces the Margins remotely denticulate, the apices obtuse. Heads borne 2-3 on elongate peduncles 20-30 cm long, the ultimate peduncles 5-8 cm long. Involucre campanulate, 2-3 seriate, ca 6 mm high and 8 mm wide (pressed), sparsely strigose; bracts subequal, mostly blackened, the outer series narrowly spatulate, the inner series linear-lanceolate. Receptacular pales ovate, black with yellow recurved apical cusps. Ray florets 8-13, neuter; corollas yellow, the tube ca 1 mm long, pubescent, the ligules 15-20 mm long, 3.0- 4.5 mm wide. Disk florets 30-40; corollas yellow, ca 5 mm long, the tube ca 1 mm long, the lobes ca 1 mm long. Anthers black, ca 3 mm long, the appendages eglandular. Style branches with a short conical appendage, hispid beneath. Achenes (immature) ca 3 mm long, hispid, epappose. TYPE: MEXICO. DURANGO: Mpio. de Mezquital, alrededores de La Guajolota, area de disturbio en bosque de pino, 16 Aug 1985, I. Solis 229 (TEX; isotypes to be distributed). The species belongs to the section Pterophyton and is closely related to Verbesina rosei Rob. & Greenm. from Nayarit (lectotype GH!), but differs by its fewer, broadly elliptical, leaves and €pappose achenes. 254 TRES ESPECIES NUEVAS DE PINGUICULA (LENTIBULARIACEAE) DE MEXICO* Sergio Zamudio Ruiz*® y Jerzy Rzedowski*** RESUMEN Se describen tres especies nuevas de Pinguicula (Lentibularia- ceae) de Mexico: P. barbata (Subg. Temnoceras) de Chiapas, P, emar=- ginata (Subg. Temnoceras) de Veracruz y Puebla y P. takakii (Subg. Isoloba) de San Luis Potosi. ABSTRACT Three new species of Pinquicula (Lentibulariaceae) are descri- bed from México: P. barbata (Subg. Temnoceras) from Chiapas, P. e= marginata (Subg. Temnoceras) from Veracruz and Puebla and P. takakii (Subg. Isoloba) from San Luis Potos{. La revisién de los especimenes del género Pinguicula deposita- dos en los herbarios mexicanos ha revelado la existencia de varios taxa nuevos. En este trabajo se describen tres nuevas especies en- démicas de Mexico; de ellas P. barbata descrita de ejemplares pro- venientes de Chiapas y P. emarginata, conocida de Veracruz y Puebla se ubican en el Subgénero Temnoceras Barnh, emend. Casper (1966), la tercer especie P. takakii, colectada en San Luis Potos{ Se ce al Subgénero Isoloba. La descripcién de estos taxa aumenta a 17 la lista de especies de Pinguicula comocidas hasta ahora de México; la existencia de otros ejemplares de herbario (actualmente en estudic) que no coin- ciden con ninguna de las especies conocidas, indica la necesidad de incrementar las colectas en todo el territorio del pafs y hacer una revisién a fondo de este género en México. * Trabajo parcialmente subvencionado por el Instituto de Bot&nica de la Universidad de Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico, y por el Consejo Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnologfa. ** Centro de Investigacién y Desarrollo del Estado de Michoacan, Coordinacién de Ecolog{fa, Apartado postal 386. 61600 P&tzcuaro, Michoacan, Mexico. *** Instituto de Ecologfa, A.C., Centro Regional del Bajio. Apartado postal 386. 61600 P&tzcuaro, Michoacan, México. 255 256 Poi Ve aT (Oh Om: DA Vol. 60, No. 4 Pinquicula barbata spe Ne: Herba perennis. Folia 11-17, obova- to-spathulata, 27-42 mm longa, 17-26 mm lata, a supra medium basim versus abrupte cuneata; rosula “hiemalis” destituta. Fedicelli 1-5, 33-70 mm longi. Flores 12-16 mm longi (calcare incluso). Calyx bi- labiatus; labium superum usque ad basim fere divisum, lobis oblon= go-lanceolatis, 225-3 mm longis, +1 mm latis; labium inferum usque ad tertium vel dimidium bilobatum, lobis lanceolatis, 1.5-1.6 mm longis, 0.8-0.9 mm latis. Corolla bilabiata, pallide violacea ("pa- le lavender" fide Breedlove & Smith); labium superum bilobatum, in- fero manifeste brevius, lobis ellipticis, +4 mm longis, 3=3.5 mm latis; labium inferum trilobatum, pilis glandulosis tortis, multicee llularibus et apice multiseriatis, in lineas tribus dispositis, barbatum, lobis inaequalibus, medio majore, hemicirculari, 5-7 mm longo, 4.5-6.2 mm lato, lateralibus obovatis usque ad oblongis, 3-5 mm longis, 3-4.5 mm latis; tubus brevissimus, cylindricus, +2 mm longus, +6 mm latus, infra labium superum geniculatus; palatum nullum; calcar cylindricum, 3.8-4 mm longum, +1 mm latum, angulum obtusum formans. Capsula subglobosa, 2-3 mm alametro. Hierba perenne. Hojas numerosas (11-17), obovado espatuladas, de 27 a 42 mm de largo por 17 a 26 mm de ancho, Apice redondeado, base abruptamente cuneada desde mas arriba de la parte media, mar- gen entero e involuto, con numerosas glandulas estipitadas y glan- dulas sésiles punteadas dispersas en el haz. No presenta roseta de invierno. Pedicelos 1 a 5 por planta, erectos, filiformes, de 33 a 70 mm dé largo, densamente glanduloso pubescentes, unifloros. Flores de 12 a 16 mm de largo por 8 a 9 mm de ancho; caliz bilabia- do, provisto por fuera de glandulas estipitadas dispersas, labio superior dividido en tres 1ébulos oblongo-lanceolados, de 2.5 a 3 mm de largo por 1 mm de ancho, separados casi hasta la base, labio inferior dividido de 1/3 a 1/2 de su longitud en dos ldébulos lan- ceolados, de 1.5 a 1.6 mm de largo por 0.8 a 0.9 mm de ancho, coro- la bilabiada de color violaceo palido (pale lavander fide Breedlove & Smith), labio superior notoriamente mas corto que el labio infe- rior, dividido en dos lébulos el{pticos, de +4 mm de largo por 3 a 3.5 mm de ancho, labio inferior dividido en tres lébulos desiguales, el medio mas grande, hemicircular, de 5 a 7 mm de largo por 4.5 a 6.2 mm de ancho, los laterales obovados a oblongos con el &pice truncado, de 3 a 5 mm de largo por 3 a 4.5 mm de ancho, barbado con tres lineas de pelos glandulares retorcidos, multicelulares, multiseriados en el 4pice, que se extienden de la base de los 16— bulos hasta el tubo, tubo muy corto, cil{ndrico, geniculado abajo del labio superior, de +2 mm de largo por +6 mm de ancho, con es- casas glandulas estipitadas en su exterior, paladar ausente, espo- lén cilf{ndrico, formando Angulo obtuso con respecto al resto de la corola, de 3.8 a 4 mm de largo por +1 mm de ancho, con glandulas estipitadas dispersas en su exterior, estambres geniculadés, de 1.5 a 2 mm de largo, anteras reniformes, de 0.5 a 0.8 mm de largo, ovario hemisférico, estigma bilobado, el 1ébulo inferior agrandado, 1986 Ruiz & Rzedowski, Tres especies nuevas 257 hemicircular, laciniado, de +2 mm de largo por +1 mm de ancho. CApsula subglobosa, de 2 a 3°mm de didmetro, con gldndulas estipitadas dispersas.e. Semillas numerosas, obovoides, de +1 mm de largo por 0.3 a 0.5 mm de ancho, superficie granulosa. ~ TIPO: México, Chiapas, 10 km al E. de El Porvenir, a lo lar- go del camino a Huixtla-Siltepec, Municipio de La Grandeza, alt. 2900 m, 18-I-1973, DeE. Breedlove & AeR. Smith 31833 (MEXU). S6lo conocida de la colecta anterior. Esta especie se ubica en el Subgénero Temnoceras Barnh. emend. Casper (1966), por tener hojas uniformes en un solo tipo de roseta, la corola bilabiada con el labio inferior mucho mas grande que el labio superior, el 1lébulo medio del labio inferior mas grande que los laterales, el tubo corto, cil{ndrico, los pe= los del interior de la corola ordenados en tres lineas y el espo- 1én cilf{ndrico (Fig. 1). De este subgénero, hasta ahora, sélo se conocia en México a Pinguicula crenatiloba DC, Por la forma de la corola tiene cierto parecido con Pinguicula variegata Turcz., de la parte oriental de Siberia Septentrional en Rusia y en menor grado con algunas especies sudamericanas. De la especie anterior P. barbata se diferencia por muchas caracter{sticas, las m4s importantes se muestran a continuacién: P. barbata P. variegata Tamano de la hoja Largo X Ancho 27—-42 mm X 17-26 mm 6-9 mm X 5-7 mm Largo del pedicelo 33-70 mm 45-130 mm Largo de las flores 12-16 mm 8-17 mm Color de la corola Violaceo palido Variegado: blanque- cino amarillo, azul, con estrias viola- ceas Forma del tubo Cil{ndrico geni- Cénico infundibuli- culado forme C4psula Subglobosa Ovoide o retusa Pelos del interior Retorcidos, ml- Multicelulares ticelulares, mul- cilindricos tiseriados en el apice 258 Puli? Vie 20) b2O8G, PsA Vol. 60, No. 4 Destaca por sus hojas mas grandes, por sus flores de color violaceo palido con los lébulos del labio superior de la corola mas grandes y de forma el{ptica, el tubo cil{ndrico geniculado abajo del labio superior y sobre todo por la pubescencia de la parte interna del tubo formada por pelos retorcidos, multicelula=- res, subulados y multiseriados en el 4pice. Pinguicula emarginata sp. n.: Herba perennis. Folia 5-16, elliptica vel obovata, breviter petiolata, 10-50 mm longa, (3) 5-22 mm lata, basi cuneata, margine integra et involuta; rosula "hiemalis” destituta. Pedicelli 1-7, 40-100 mm longi, uniflori. Flores (8) 10-16.5 mm longi (calcare incluso). Calyx bilabiatus; labium superum usque ad basim fere divisum, lobis oblongis usque ad oblongo-lanceolatis, 1.6-2.5 mm longis, 0.5-0.8 mm latis, labium inferum usque ad 2/3 longitudinis bilobatum, lobis oblon- gis usque ad oblongo-lanceolatis, 1.5-2 mm longis, 0.3-0.7 mm latis, lobis aliquis apice leviter fissis vel omnino partitis. Corolla bilabiata, alba venis purpureis (lutea fide Garcia Sauce- do), labium superum infero brevius, bilobatum, lobis late oblon- gis usque ad subquadratis, 2-4 mm longis et latis, irregqulariter emarginatis vel fissis; labium inferum trilobatum, lobis spathu- latis usque ad obovatis, 3.6-6.2 mm longis, 2-5 mm latis, apice truncatis, irregulariter fissis vel emarginatis; tubus campanula- tus usque ad late infundibuliformis, (1) 2-4 mm longus, 3-5 mm latus, intus pilis multicellularibus subulatis abundantibus, sub forma brevior secus calcar penetrantibus; palatum nullum; calcar subulatum, rectum vel leviter curvatum, 4-7 mm longum, 0.5=1 mm latum. Stamina 1-1.8 mm longa. Capsula subglobosa, (1.5) 2-2.5 mm longa, 1.2=2 mm lata. Hierba perenne. Hojas 5 a 16, elipticas u obovadas, de 10 a 50 mm de largo por (3) 5 a 22 mm de ancho, con peciolos cortos, el Apice redondeado y la base cuneada, margen entero e involuto, con glandulas estipitadas y glandulas sésiles dispersas en la su- perficie superior. No presenta roseta de invierno. Pedicelos 1 a 7 por planta, erectos, filiformes, de 40 a 100 mm de largo, gla- bros en la base, con glandulas estipitadas dispersas cerca de la punta, unifloros. Flores de (8) 10 a 16.5 mm de largo (incluyen= do el espolén) por (6) 8 a 13 mm de ancho; cAliz bilabiado, con pocas glandulas estipitadas y gldndulas sésiles dispersas en su superficie externa, el labio superior dividido en tres 1ébulos oblongos a oblongo-lanceolados, libres casi hasta la base, de (1) 1.6 a 2.5 mm de largo por 0.5 a 0.8 mm de ancho, labio inferior dividido hasta 2/3 de su longitud en dos ldébulos oblongos a oblon= go-lanceolados, de 1.5 a 2 mm de largo por 0.3 a 0.7 mm de ancho, algunos lébulos esta4n ligeramente hendidos en el Apice y se sub- dividen parcial o totalmente formando calices con 6 6 7 ldébulos; corola bilabiada, de color blanco con venas moradas (amarillo fide Garc{a Saucedo), labio superior mds corto que el inferior, dividido 1986 Ruiz & Rzedowski, Tres especies nuevas 259 en dos lébulos ampliamente oblongos o semicuadrados, de 2 a 4 mm de largo y ancho, con el &pice irregularmente emarginado o hendido, labio inferior dividido en tres lébulos espatulados a obovados, de 3.3 a 6.2 mm de largo por 2 a 5 mm de ancho, con el Aapice truncado, irregularmente hendido o emarginado, tubo muy corto, campanulado © ampliamente infundibuliforme, de (1) 2 a 4 mm de largo por 3 a 5 mm de ancho, con escasas gl4ndulas estipitadas en la base en la parte externa, con abundantes pelos glandulares multicelulares su- bulados en la parte interna, mismos que penetran a lo largo del espolon, en donde disminuyen de tamafo, paladar ausente, espolén subulado, derecho o ligeramente curvo, surguiendo como prolongacién recta del tubo de la corola, con gl4ndulas estipitadas dispersas en su parte externa, de 4 a 7 mm de largo por 0.5 a 1 mm de ancho; es- tambres geniculados, de 1 a 1.8 mm de largo por 0.3 a 0.5 mm de ancho, anteras transversalmente el{pticas o transversalmente oblon- gas; ovario hemisférico, con pelos glandulares dispersos, estigma bilobado, con el lébulo inferior agrandado, de forma hemicircular, de +1 mm de largo por 1 a 2 mm de ancho, con la cara interna papi- losa, la cara externa glabra. C4psula subglobosa, de (1.5) 2 a 2-5 mm de largo por 1.2 a 2 mm de ancho. Semillas numerosas, an- gostamente obovoides, mucronadas, con el fun{culo persistente en la base, de +1 mm de largo por 0.2 a 0.3 mm de ancho, la superficie es reticulada con celdas hexangulares. TIPO: México, Veracruz, Municipio de Atzalan, Tatzayanala, orilla del rfo, sobre pefias, alt. 1400 m, 10-I-1970, F. Ventura A. 347 (ENCB). Material adicional examinado: Puebla, Cascada Oligui, entre Teziutlan y Tlapacoyan, orillas de rfo en bosque de neblina, alt. 1550 m, 2=VI-1968, D. Garcfa Saucedo 79 (ENCB). Esta especie también se ubica en el subgénero Temnoceras Barnh,. emend. Casper (1966) y dentro de las especies mexicanas se encuentra cercana a Pinguicula | crenatiloba DC., por la corola bila- biada, con el labio inferior mds grande que el superior, los 16- bulos de la corola irregularmente hendidos o emarginados (Fige 2), pero difiere en su tamano y en la forma de algunas estructuras, como se muestra a continuacién: P, emarginata P. crenatiloba Largo de la hoja 10-50 mn (5) 8-12 (14) mm Ancho de la hoja (3) 5-22 mm 3-7 «mm Largo del pedicelo 40-100 mm (15) 25-45 (72) mm 260 Pen S1G0uk 0eG) TA Vol. 60, No. 4 P. emarginata P. crenatiloba Largo de la flor (8) 10-16 mm (3) 5=6 (7) Forma del tubo Campanulado a amplia- Cil{ndrico mente infundibuliforme Largo del tubo 2—4 mm 1 mm Forma del espoldén Subulado Cilf{ndrico con el &pice cénico Largo del espolén 7=14 mm 165-225 mm Existen otras caracter{sticas que las distinguen, pero es f&cil diferenciarlas por el mayor tamario de P. emarginata y por la forma de los lébulos de la corola, ademas, P. crenatiloba tiene paladar y pelos claviformes multiseriados en el apice, es= tructuras que no se presentan en P. emarginatae Pinguicula takakii sp. ne: Herba perennis. Folia 3-8, breviter spathulata vel obovata, 5=—16 mm longa, 4-12 mm lata, a supra medium basim versus abrupte cuneata, margine integra et involuta; rosula "hiemalis” destituta. Pedicelli 1-5, atrorubri, 25-26 mm longi, uniflori. Flores 6=12 (14) mm longi (calcare incluso). Calyx atroruber, bilabiatus; labium superum usque ad 2/3-3/4 longitudinis trilobatus; lobis oblongo-triangularibus, obtusis vel acutis, 0.8= 1-4 mm longis, 0.4-0.7 mm latis; labium inferum bilobatum usque ad 1/4-1/2 longitudinis, lobis triangularibus, acutis, 0.3-0.7 mm lon- gis, 0.3-0.5 mm latis. Corolla subisoloba, violacea, tubi parte infera et calcare luteis, faucibus luteis sed parte infera lineis atrorubris +sex, lobi breviter spathulati vel obovati usque ad subquadrati, apice rotundati vel truncati, breviter emarginati vel leviter undulati, 2-3 mm longi et lati; palatum semilentiforme, 0.6=-1.3 mm longum, 0.6-2 mm latum, leviter emarginatum, luteum, dense pilosum, pilis multicellularibus claviformibus; tubus sub- cylindricus, 4-5 mm longus, 3-4 mm latus, intus pilis multicellu- laribus subulatis, aliquis ramosis; calcar cylindricum, 2-3.5 mm longum, 0-8=1 mm latum, angulum obtusum formans. Stamina 1-1.2 mm longae Capsula subglobosa, 1.2=2 mm diametro. Semina numerosae Hierba perenne. Rizomas simples, raicillas adventicias fila- mentosas (4 a 12). Hojas 3 a 8, cortamente espatuladas u obovadas, de 5 a 16 mm de largo por 4 a 12 mm de ancho, 4pice redondeado, base abruptamente cuneada desde la mitad o mas arriba, margen en- tero e involuto, con numerosas glandulas estipitadas y sésiles dispersas en el haz. No presenta roseta de invierno. Fedicelos 1 1986 Ruiz & Rzedowski, Tres especies nuevas 261 a 5 por planta, de color guinda, filiformes, de 25 a 65 mm de largo, con glAndulas estipitadas de color guinda dispersas, uni- floros. Flores de 6 a 12 (14) mm de largo (incluyendo el espolén), por 4 a 10 mm de ancho; caliz guinda, bilabiado, con gl4ndulas estipitadas y sésiles dispersas en la superficie exterior, el labio superior dividido de 2/3 a 3/4 partes de su longitud en tres lébulos, oblongo triangulares, obtusos a agudos, de 0.8 a 1.4 mm de largo por 0.4 a 0.7 mm de ancho, el labio inferior dividido de 1/4 a 1/2 de su longitud en dos lébulos, triangulares, agudos, de 0.3 a 0.7 mm de largo por 0.3 a 0.5 mm de ancho; corola subisoloba, de color violeta con la parte inferior del tubo y el espolén ama- rillos, la garganta amarilla con +6 lineas de color guinda en la parte inferior, glabra por fuera, lébulos subiguales, cortamente espatulados, obovados a subcuadrados, con el 4pice redondeado o truncado, ligeramente emarginado o crenado, de 2 a 3 mm de largo por 2 a 3.1 mm de ancho, paladar semilentiforme, de 0.6 a 1.3 mm de largo por 0.6 a 2 mm de ancho, ligeramente emarginado, de color amarillo, cubierto por numerosos pelos multicelulares claviformes, tubo subcil{mdrico de 4 a 5 mm de largo por 3 a 4 mm de ancho, con pelos multicelulares subulados, algunos con prolongaciones o ra- mificaciones laterales; espolén cilf{ndrico, de 2 a 3.5 mm de largo por 0.8 a 1mm de ancho, con glandulas estipitadas esparcidas en su parte externa, forma un 4ngulo obtuso con respecto de la corola; estambres de 1 a 1.2 mm de largo; ovario hemisférico, con glandu- las estipitadas dispersas, estigma bilobado, con el lébulo inferior agrandado, de forma hemicircular, con pelos retrorsos en la cara externa y papilas en la cara interna, de +1.1 mm de largo por +1 mm de ancho, de color guinda. C4psula subglobosa, de 1.2 a 2 mm de diametro. Semillas numerosas, obovoides a elipsoidales, de 0.4 a 0.5 mm de largo por 0.2 a 0.3 mm de ancho, la superficie reticula- da con celdas m4s o menos hexagonales. TIPO: México, San Luis Potos{, Municipio de Villa Juérez, Minas de Guascamd, 2 km al S.E. de Buenavista, ladera yesosa con matorral desértico rosetéfilo de Hechtia sp., Agave striata, Dasy- lirion longissimum y Dodonaea viscosa, alt. 1400 m, 18-XII-1980, S. Zamudio R, 3789 (ENCB). Material adicional revisado: San Luis Potos{, Municipio de Villa Juérez, Minas de San Rafael y Guaxcam4, ladera yesosa con matorral rosetéfilo de Hechtia glomerata, Agave striata, Dasyli- rion longissimum, alt. 1350 m, 30-XI-1965, F. Takaki 2507 (ENCB) ; 1.5 km al N.E. de Buenavista, alt. 1350 m, 20-XII-1980, S. Zamu=- dio Re. 3824 (ENCB),. 262 PP HY FPOOE OFGc IA Vol. 60, No. 4 Esta especie se ubica dentro del subgeénero Isoloba, Seccién Isoloba de Casper (1963), que se caracter{za por tener hojas uni- formes, los lébulos de la corola casi iguales, el tubo cil{ndrico, presencia de paladar y espolén corto (Pige 3). P. takakii es muy parecida a Pe. lilacina Schlecht. & Cham. y a P. sharpii Casper et Kondo, pero se diferencia de ellas (Cuadro 1), por sus hojas (5 a 16 mm de largo) cortamente espatuladas u obovadas con la base abruptamente cuneada desde m4s arriba de la mitad, que en general son m4s chicas que las hojas redondeado ovadas u obovadas de base cuneada ( (15) 20-35 (45) mm de largo) de P. lilacina y las ampliamente obovadas con base cuneada (14= 18.5 mm) de P. sharpii. El pedicelo y el cAliz de color guinda la distingque de las otras especies en las que estas partes son amarillas o amarillo- verdosas. Las flores son m&s cortas que las de P. lilacina y casi iguales o a veces m4s grandes que las de P. sharpii. La pubescencia del interior de la corola también es distinta: P. takakii y P. sharpii tienen pelos multicelulares claviformes en el paladar, s cortos y subulados en el tubo, en donde algunos muestran prolongaciones laterales, en P. lilacina los pelos del paladar son m&s largos, clavado-capitados y multiseriados en el apice. Finalmente el habitat las separa de manera notable, ya que P. lilacina y P. sharpii crecen sobre rocas, en bordos o taludes de los bosques de encino, pino encino, o bosques meséfilos de mon=- tafia, en ambientes de clima semihtimedo o himedo, mientras que Pe takakii crece sobre suelo yesoso asociada con Selaginella spe y Pe icola Brandegee en laderas secas con matorral desertico rosetofilo de Hechtia glomerata, Agave striata y Dasylirion longi- ssimun. El nombre de la especie se dedica al Bidlogo Francisco Takaki, quien fue aparentemente el primero en colectar ejemplares de esta planta. El Bidl. Takaki es ampliamente conocido en el medio bot4- nico wince por su contribuci6én a la cartograffa de la vegetacién del pais. 1986 Ruiz & Rzedowski, Tres especies nuevas 263 AGRADECIMIENTOS Se agradece a la Profesora Luz Ma. Villarreal de Puga, Direc- tora del Instituto de Botanica de la Universidad de Guadalajara, Su apoyo para la realizacién de este trabajo. Se dan las gracias asimismo a las autoridades de los herbarios MEXU y ENCB por el préstamo de sus materiales de Pinguicula. LITERATURA CITADA Casper, SeJ- 1963. Gedanken zur Gliederung der Gattung Pinguicula L. Bot. Jb. 82(3) 2321-335. Casper, SeJe 1966. Monographie der Gattung Pinguicula L. Biblioth. Bot. 127/128:1-209. Vol. 60, No. 4 Padi ove eTagOigle OrvGrql sA 264 SeTeraze{ seuopoebuoToid uoo sounbjte ‘oqnq [@ ue sopelt -nqns A 503100 syw Szepeted [eo ue SQUIOJTARTD SeTeTNTSOFAZ IN solteg SesIe[OFA SRTIQ = OT[Fzewe oqna ‘eT TTszewe equebreb ‘souysenbuetq so[nqoy png ybuot ns ap z2/t @ €/L sopfun fopnbe obuotqo a@seq eT eR5eY FSeD Salq =T1I ‘sopnbe e sosngqgo sobuo{tqo wm 6-£ ul S°6E-P°ET wu LI-UL ual SL-dL eqsobue ‘epeounds oseq ‘epeaogo aquewet {due sousu o sew Frdzeys einspnburg TTxeAey °q @eIQUae SeIM}ONIASe seuNdTe Use SePUeIJasTGg = T sotde Te ue sopetiasy3 iow *sopeqtdeo-opeae[> sezeT aseq Sepeacgo ‘epeac=epRepucpey BUPIETFL STMOFNbuTg SaeTeszeAeT sou -o}T2ebuotoid uco sounbte ‘oq =n} [@ ue sopetnqns A soj205 szu ‘zepeted [Te ua sewiz0j -FAeTO ‘saere[N[soyRINw soleq sep -uynS sesus{l sfes uo elTyz -ewe eqjuebszeb et ‘sol [ytaraewe ugtodse te A oqny Tep roy4z —ajuy eqred e{ uo> e{aTOTA pn3fbuo{ ns ap p/t & 2/1 soptun ‘sopnbe e sosnqgo ‘seze[tnbueyay png ybuot ns ap €/T ® p/L sopfun ‘sopnbe e sos -nqqo ‘seazetnbuet3z3 obuolTqo wu (PL) cl-9 aa S9-02 wi cIl-? wu 91-9 epesu -n> squoweqdnaqe aseq ‘epea =ogo © epe[nqedse equewejz3105 Frxexey ETNOpNbuTg Frdazeys *q A euypoeitt °d *oapens e[0205 BI ep epPousoseqng B[OJOD eT ep AOTOD ZTIES Tep sz0p1e3uT OTgeT Tep sotngoy ZTTy Tep zotiedns OFGET Tap soTNgoT 43OTF eT ap obseq oTsotped Tep ob1e7 efoy BT ap oyouy efoy et ap obse7 efoy eT ep ewzog SWI LLSTYa Lovey 1986 Ruiz & Rzedowski, Tres especies nuevas 265 Representacién esquemA&tica de: 1. Pinguicula barbata, 2. Pinquicula emarginata y 3. Pinguicula takakii. A. flor, B. cAliz, C. hojas, D. pelos del interior de la corola, E. pelos del paladar, NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XX Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM HOLTZEI F. Muell. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 60: 200. 1986. Continuation of description of the species: "style glabrous, al- most totally enclosed; fruit shorter than the calyx; pericarp thin, somewhat succulent; endosperm thinly osseous, often only one of the nutlets perfect. In clefts of rocks, the comparatively long carnu- lent root deeply penetrating. Stems seemingly but slightly woody, often only a foot long even when flowering, slender. Leaves mostly measuring 1--145 inches, exceptionally somewhat indented, never pointed. Calyx occasionally 6 cleft. Corolla measuring %4--2/3 inch in length. Nutlets \%--1/3 inch long, when solitary verging into a globular form. Testa pale. Cotyledons white, turgid; radicle very Short. Ihis species is as regards its flowers not unlike C. tomento- Sum but the stamens are shorter, and the leaves as well as the sta- ture and the fruit are widely different; in size of the leaves it comes near to C, phlomoides." Citations: AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: Holtze 109 [Herb. Pra- ger 18685] (Ca--isotype, Gg--32012--isotype, L--isotype). CLERODENTRUM HORSFIELDII Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. 2: 880--881 [as "C2eno- dendnon" |]. 1858; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 64 & 90. 1942. Synonymy: CLerodendnon horsfieldic Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. 2: 880-- 881. 1858. CLenodendnon bLumeanum var. honspieldir (Miq.) Kuntze, in herb. Bibliography: Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. 2: 880--881. 1858; Jacks. in Hook. f. 8) Jacks... Inds Kew. amps I, Ws) Sol. WS9SkeKoorde. & Vallets Meded. Lands Plant. Bat. 42 [Beijdr. Booms. Java 7]: 212. 1900; Koord, Exkursionsfl. 3: 138. 1912; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. S04 5a) Sosa SiGe Bakh. sinkam a Bakhes Bulli Jagd Bot. Buneenze. Ser. os oO. Gee 09s & tx. 192Z1= Molde Known Geogres Distrib Ver benac., ed. 1, 64 & 90. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Ke5 mild. Bole SOs WSS ils ING -& No dks Wolelog Pla Laie 2e fos 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 144 & 181. 1949; Synge in Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Gard., ed. 2, 1: 505. 1956; Mold., Resumé 190, 264, & 450. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Unde Kewa, impai3, a/256l 4 W960s\Mold J, -Fitiha-Summes 1 322 98 AAG a(NS7N) sand 2: 866. s9713 Mold... Phytol. Mem. 2: Sil3> &.537 2 980. H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 446. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 58: 196, 197, 287, & 291 (1985) and 59: 331. 1986. Miquel's original (1858) description of this plant is "Ramuli ob- tuse subcompresso-tetragoni petiolique cum folii pagina sup. et in- florescentia puberuli. folia opposita aequalia vel inaequalia longe (6--3 poll.) petiolata, e basi lato-cordata vel subconcava rotunda- to-ovata acuminata repando-obtuse subcalloso-denticulata, subcoria- cea, subtus molliter breviterque cana et raris glandulis peltatis 266 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendraum 267 inspersa alte trinervia et pauci-costata transverseque venosa, 7--2 poll. longa, cymae longe pedunculatae in thyrsum corymbosum parvi- paucique foliatum collectae, singulae vulgo 7--4-florae, calycis puberuli colorati (in sicco coccinei) campanulati sub anthesi semi- pollice parum brevioris 5-fidi laciniae elliptico-oblongae acutatae pauci-glandulosae, corollae extus tenuissime puberae tubus pollica- ris calyce circiter triplo longior, limbi 5-partiti laciniae obova- to-oblongae subspathulatae 6--5 lin longae unilaterae, staminibus paullo breviores, stigmatis crura acuta inaequalis. Java, op den G. Praoe (Horsf.). -- Kembang geni sund." A key to distinguish this species from its relatives in cultiva- tion in English gardens, as given (with modifications) by Synge (1956), may be found under C. bethunianwm Low in the present series of notes (58: 197). Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as C, speciosisszimum Van Geert. On the other hand, the Poem 155, distributed as C. honsfieldii, actually is C. dispan- 4fokium Blume. Citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Java: Backer 30604 (Bz--20512, Bz--20513, Bz--20514); Honsf{ield 4.n. (Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, Ut--49915--type). CLERODENDRUM HUMBERTI Mold., Phytologia 3: 307--308. 1950. Synonymy: C£erodendrauwm huwmbertii Moldenke apud Fosb., Kew Bull. S32E482 90978) Biblicgramhy: Mold., Phytologia 3: 307--308. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Supp]. 11: 56. 1953; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 160, 187-191, & 267, fig. 30: (12 & 13). 19563°Mold.:,° Résumé 155. & 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Fosb., Kew Bull. 33: 143. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 249 & 537. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 187 (1985) abd 59: 497. 1986. Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 187, fig. 30 (12 & 13). 1956. A twiggy shrub, about 1 m. tall; branches, branchlets, and twigs numerous, Slender, light-gray or whitish, subterete, densely white- strigose with short, closely appressed, antrorse hairs, the branches less densely strigose in age, finally glabrescent on old wood; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 1.3--4 cm. long; leaves very small, decussate-opposite, regular, apparently quite uniform; peti- oles filiform, 2--6 mm. long, rather densely appressed-strigillose with whitish hairs; leaf-blades firmly chartaceous, perhaps somewhat fleshy when fresh, uniformly bright-green on both surfaces or Slightly lighter beneath, orbicular, 5--13 mm. long and wide, api- cally rounded or emarginate, marginally entire, basally rounded or truncate, glabrous on both surfaces, very densely impressed-punctate on both surfaces, the midrib and approximately 4 secondaries fili- form, very tenuous, indiscernible on both surfaces or very obscure beneath; veinlet reticulation indiscernible on both surfaces; inflor- escence terminal and in the uppermost leaf-axils, small. cymose, the individual cymes lax, 1.5--3 cm. long and wide, rather few-flowered; peduncles very slender, very densely white-strigose like the twigs, 268 DH Ye alan Orsle OG) Toul Vol. 60, No. 4 6--10 mm. long; pedicels filiform, 3.5--6 mm. long, scattered-strig- illose with white hairs; calyx campanulate, about 2 mm. long and wide, very sparsely scattered-strigillose with very short white hairs, the rim very shallowly and obscurely 5-toothed or subtrun- cate; corolla hypocrateriform, pale greenish-white or white, the tube about 5 mm. long, externally puberulent, the limb about 5 mm. wide; stamens and pistil long-exserted, the latter about 11 mm. long, glabrous; stigma bifid. This endemic species is based on Humbert & Swingle 5623 from the neighborhood of Ambovombe, at 1--50 m. altitude, in the extreme south of Madagascar, collected on September 9, 1928, and deposited in the United States National Herbarium in Washington. Fosberg (1978) suggests that this species may "represent" C, glab- num E. Mey. in Madagascar, "which seems similar in many respects’. Collectors have encountered C, humberti in sand along roadsides and in Didienea bushland, at 1--50 m. altitude, in flower in May, July, September, and November. The corollas are described as having been "white" on Decany 2690, 2771, 9077, & 9169 and Lam & Meeuse 5488. A key to distinguish this species from its Madagascar relatives will be found under C. baronianum Oliv. in the present series of notes (58: 184--190). Citations: MADAGASCAR: Decany 2690 (P), 2771 (N, P), 9077 (P), 9169 (P); Humbert & Swing’e 5623 (A--isotype, F--photo of type, It-- photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--fragment of type, N--photo of type, P--isotype, W--1528818--type); Lam & Meeuse 5488 (Le--939171- 384, N). CLERODENDRUM HUMILE Chiov., Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital., ser. 2, 29: 117 [as "CLenodendron" |. 1923; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 64 & 93. 1936. Synonymy: C£enodendnon humile Chiov., Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital., Sapa Be COR ays Woes Bibliography: Chiov., Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital., ser. 2, 29: 11/7. 19233 Ac Weehill.«IndssKew. Suppl..7:+5l..19293.B; Thomas ssEnghe Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 37, 64, & 93. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 48 & 90 (1942) and ed. 2, 115 & 181. 1949; Mold., Resumé 141 & 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 228 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 218 & 538. 1980. This species is based on an unnumbered Bovone collection from the Katanga Plateau of the Bionos, Zaire, collected on October 19 (year?) and according to Thomas (1936) the plant is only 12--15 cm. tall, the leaves at most 5 cm. long and 2.5 cm. wide, and the corolla- tube about 5 cm. long. He comments that "Diese Art ist mir nur aus der Beschreibung bekannt; danach durfte sie mit C. Buchnert iden- tisch sein, von der sie ein zufdllig sehr kleines Exemplar darstellt; sie unterscheidet sich lediglich durch die Grdssenverhdltnisse". In his key to species he distinguishes C. buchnert from it by the fact that in C. buchnenré the plants are to 60 cm. tall and the corolla- tubes about 9 cm. long. Nothing is known to me of C, humi£e beyond what is stated in its 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erxodendrwn 269 meager bibliography (above). CLERODENDRUM IMPENSUM Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 100. 1936. Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 7, 38, 66, 94, & 100. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 49 & 90. 1942; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 55. 1947; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 116, 118, & 181. 1949; Mold., Résume 144 & 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 235 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 225 & 538. 1980. A shrub, 1--2 m. tall; branchlets obtusely tetragonal, dark rusty- red, hollow, puberulent or hispidulous, with accessory buds; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles 0.5--2 cm. long, hispidulous ["vel cuspidato" fide Thomas, =hispid?], striate; leaf-blades coriaceous, elliptic-oblong, 6--9 cm. long, 4--5 cm. wide, apically acute, mar- ginally coarsely and irregularly dentate or undulate, basally atten- uate, glabrous above or sparsely pilose on the immersed venation, prominently "cuspidata" [fide Thomas, =hispid?] on the venation beneath; inflorescence capitate, few-flowered, borne in the axils of small leaves or foliaceous bracts and aggregate at the tips of the branchlets; peduncles very short; pedicels very short; bracts rotund- elliptic or lanceolate-elliptic, 0.6--2 cm. long, 0.3--1.5 cm. wide, apically acute, conspicuously venose, glabrous, marginally ciliate, probably colored; calyx probably violet in color, cupuliform-campan- ulate, 3 mm. long and about equally wide, basally sparsely hispid; corolla white, the tube slender, about 3.5 cm. long, curved, glandu- lose, basally and apically slightly dilated, the lobes 5, subequal, ovate-oblong, about 6 mm. long, reclinate; stamens long-exserted, the filaments didynamous, 5.5 and 6 cm. long, inserted below the mouth of the corolla-tube, surpassing the pistil; anthers 1.5 mm. long; style 5.6 cm. long; stigma shortly bifid; fruiting-calyx about 1 cm. long, wide-spreading, split to 4/5 its length into 5 ovate- triangular teeth which are basally 4 mm. wide, apically acute, mar- ginally ciliate, and conspicuously venose; mature fruit unknown. This species is based on Exck 396 from an abandoned cultivated area at Usambara, Kwai, Tanganyika, collected on October 22, 1899, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium, now probably destroyed. Thomas (1936) cites also Afbens 248 and Englex 1175 from the same locality in Tanganyika, the altitude there given as 1500--1600 m. Nothing further is known to me of this species. CLERODENDRUM IMPENSUM var. BUCHNEROIDES Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 66. 1936. Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ] 66. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 49 & 90 (1942) and ed. 2, 116 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 144 & 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 235 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 225 & 538. 1980. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in being more or less strongly hairy throughout, the stems green, and the leaf-blades oblong. 270 Potth ie Ta@ok50 G@ Ink Vol. 60, No. 4 The variety is based on Braun 5397 from Tabora, Tanganyika, col- lected on June 4, 1913, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium, now probably destroyed. Thomas (1936) cites also Meyer 1115 from Ussim- biro, Tanganyika, collected in 1911. Citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Burtt 4889 (Ld--photo, N--frag- ment, N--photo, S). CLERODENDRUM INAEQUIPETIOLATUM Good in Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. Brit. 68: Suppl. 2: 141--147 [as "C2enodendron" ]. 1930; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 75 & 94. 1936. Synonymy: CLenodendron inaequipetiolatum Good in Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. Brit. 68: Suppl. 2: 141. 1930. Bibliography: Good in Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. Brit. 68: Suppl. 2: 141=-142. 1930; A. W. Hill. Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 54. 1933; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 42, 75, & 94. 1936; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 58 (2): 329. 1938; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 47, 50, & 90 (1942) and ed. 2, 113, 118, & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 139, 146, & 450. 1959; H. Huber in Hutch. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 441 & 444. 1963; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 223 & 242 (1971) and 2: 867. 1971; Mold., Phy- toleiMemia (22 2145 is2 , 65382 19808 A yellowish- or yellowish-brown-hirsute scrambling shrub, about 3 m. tall; branches terete, densely hirsute especially on the nodes; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles to 5 cm. long, one of each pair longer than the other; leaf-blades obovate, to 18 cm. long and 12 cm. wide, one of each pair somewhat larger than the other, apically a- cute and mucronate, marginally sparsely subdentate, basally cordate, olivaceous and hispid above, the venation pubescent, paler beneath and the venation there also pubescent; secondaries about 7 pairs; tertiaries transverse; inflorescence corymbose, terminal, densely subcapitate; pedicels short, about 3 mm. long; bractlets filiform; calyx 5--6 mm. long, externally yellow-hirsute, the tube infundibu- lar, 5-lobed, the lobes lanceolate-triangular, 2--3 mm. long, short- er than the tube, apically acute, ventrally glabrous; corolla white, the tube 8--9 mm. long, slightly longer than the calyx, glabrous on both surfaces, slightly constricted at the middle, the limb 5-lobed, the lobes ovate-suborbicular, spreading, 4--5 mm. long, about half as long as the tube, dorsally densely long-hirsute; stamens long- exserted; filaments filiform, about 0.8 mm. long, equaling the corol- la-tube, glabrous; anthers oval, apically obtuse; style filiform, 10 mm. long, surpassing the corolla-tube, glabrous; ovary externally glabrous; fruit about the size and shape of a pea, glabrous. This species is based on Gossweiler 7384 from the borders of woods near Fort Quisseque, Cuanza District, Angola, collected in flower and immature fruit on January 13, 1918, and deposited in the herbar- jum of the British Museum (Natural History). Good (1930) comments: "Very nearly related to C. Johnstonii Oliv., but the flowers are smaller than in that species and this hirsute pubescence is quite distinct from its soft woolly tomentum". Huber (1963), however, says of C, inaequipetiolatum: "similar and closely akin to C. sinua- tum [Hook. ]" Thomas (1936) cites the type collection and then notes that 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerodendrwn 271 "Diese Art ist mir nur aus der Beschreibung bekannt; danach mussten die beiden folgenden Nummern ihr zuzurechnen sein" -- Gossweiler 9487 from Angola and Ledermann 5438 from Cameroons. Huber (1963) cites Savory UCI.305 and Ujer FHI.30489 from the Cameroons. He dis- tinguishes the present species from some of its small-flowered, mostly opposite-leaved relatives in western tropical Africa as fol- lows (with his key somewhat modified by me): 1. Calyx 5 mm. long or longer; leaves glabrous........ C. buchhoLzi. la. Calyx less than 5 mm. long, or, if longer, then the leaves mar- kedly pilose. 2. Calyx-lobes as broad as or broader than long, usually spread- ing; pedicels mostly more than 5 mm. long; leaves glabrous. 3. Whole plant nigrescent when dry; petioles more than 3 cm. RDNHEE SC SARS oC. Louees Cire Le eR ee cs C. melanocrater. 3a. Plant not nigrescent; petioles only up to 2 cm. long. 4. Branches puberulent; inflorescence elongate; rachis inter- nodes usually 2 cm. or more long; corolla-tube 2 mm. or more swidey? densél. ye piTdSe,.266 2200. DU isk sae C. thyrsoideun, 4a. Branches glabrous; inflorescence short; rachis ‘nternodes less than 1 cm. long; corolla-tube less than 1 a wide, SHPGlabtous s656 5. GANS. 3 SAGER ACt Ot v cpites Wee C. vokubike. 2a. Calyx-lobes longer than broad, mostly erect; pedicels usually ‘Tess than 5 mm. long; leaves usually pilose, especially on the venation beneath. 5. Calyx pubescent, 5--7 mm. long; leaves always opposite, broadly ovate, pubescent on both surfaces.C.inaequipetiolatum 5a. Calyx only minutely puberulent to subglabrous, 2--4 mm. long; leaves sometimes ternate, elliptic to ovate, glabrous above or slightly pubescent only on the midrib, pubescent aHif onthe vanadtion?beneathe .: 5... ceeScses eset e4 C. dusenck. Citations: ANGOLA: Cuanza: Gossweiler 7384 [Mo. Bot. Gard. type photo A.88?] (Go--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, W--photo of type). Loanda: Gossweiler 9487 (Ld, W--1550238). CLERODENDRUM INCISUM Klotzsch in Peters, Reise Mossamb. Bot. 1: 257-- 258 [as "C£enodendron" ]. 1861; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.]. 78. 1936. Synonymy: C£enodendron incisum Klotzsch in Peters, Reise Mossamb. Bot. 1: 257. 1861. Cerodendron Lindemuthianwn Vatke, Linnaea 43: 537--538. 1882. C£ernodendron beraniert Briq., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 4: 348--349. 1896. CLenodendron incisum var. typica Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 79. 1921. Cenodendrum Ancisum var. typica Bakh. apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: {[Gatt. Clerod.] 78 in syn. 1936. Cenodendaum incisum Baker ex Mold., Résumé 272 in syn. 1959. C£enodendraum inciswm Vent. ex Mold., Resumé 272 in syn. 1959. C£enodendrawm incisum var. typicwm Bakh. apud Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 799 in syn. 1962. Bibliography: Klotzsch in Peters, Reise Mossamb. 6 [Bot. 1]: 257- 258. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 159. 1862; Vatke, Linnaea 43: 537--538. 1882; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; GUrke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 341. 1895; 272 PRHGN STO: Es ONG. aleA Vol. 60, No. 4 Briq., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 4: 348--349. 1896; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.- Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 294 & 307--308. 1900; Koord. & Valet., Med- ed. Lands Plant. Bat. 42 [Beijdr. Booms. Java]: 164. 1900; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 87. 1916; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 74, 79, 109, & ix. 1921; Beumee, Tropische Natuur 17: 176. 19283 Chiov., Fl. Somal. 2: 364, fig. 208. 1932); Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1072. 1932; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 1, 1: 589. 1935; Patermann, Zytol. Untersuch. Verbenac. 36--38, [55], & [56], pl. 4, fig. 39, & pl. 5, fig. 1. 1935; Schimp. & Faber, Pflanzen-Geog., ed. 3, 1: 393. 1935; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 43, 78, & 94. 1936; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 20 & 21. 1940; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. GOSKA) e657 9415 Worsdell),. Ind.. Lond, Suppil..,. 1s. 238... 194150omMold = 5 Alph. List Inv. Names 18. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- aGesneds dee46s, 4985-535 a7 2s S45. kn SOL P1942eaackseraneHook: fem e JaGkistis clindise Kewets-simpicner, lected 694 6) Mold, ,wAlinheeeliis teat. alee WP ba No ase (fe W05 1/25 oe Welty ZNO i oye WMS eis PArOly. Checkalsis taBritesdtal Somalis 266-947 = HewiNee &i Ames Mola .mePive Life 22°50 8969. 1948; Moldis Alphetkist Cit. 29 422, °5785°% 607 (1948), 3: 705, 756, 770, 774, & 795 (1949), and 4: 986, 1018, 1047, 1049, & 1065. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, LOSS TAG sel ZOOL MZSe eI SSes NSE NB2 sae 4s 1 S49ee Mold 3) BilolmAbsite. 26: 185. 1952; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 148, 163--166, 266, & 267, fig. 35 (1 & 2). 1956; Synge in Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Gard., ed. 2, 1: 504 & 505. 1956; Mold., Résumé 135, 144, 146, 150), 15 SigeZilos, 260s e264e8266R" 2725) 8450e 1959 JacksesninehOok sentra Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees Shrubs 582. 1961; Hansford, Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 690. 1961; Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 799. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3928s) 19625 He Huber invkutchins sesDalizs4 Fle We inoperAtr.. ed. 2, 2: 440 & 442. 1963; Malaviya, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.58: 352, 357, & 358. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 359 & 362. 1963; Mold., Résume Suppl. 11: 6. 1964; A. R. Rees, Journ. Ecole 523-9=S17ey 1964s Anons, Ind Bibl iogns (Bot -aikops 20a) ae 1965; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 607. 1965; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 589. 1965; A. R. Rees, Hort. Abstr. 35: 161. 1965; Greensill, Trop. Gardening 105 & 123. 1966; Mold., Résume Supp]. 13: 4 (1966) and 15: 7. 1967; Van Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. Males. Bull. 4: 1348 & 1i. 1967; Corder & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 754. 1969; Mold., Resumé Suppl. 18: 9. 1969; Van der Pijl, Princip. Dispers. Higher Pl., ed. 1, 50. 1969; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya 46. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 221, 235, 240, 251, 259, 260. 3585 4408 4475 sk e462 ONS) sand 238867. 197 iGS De Adams Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 636, 794, & 809. 1972; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 23: SHS WW Wan Cele Pras Iiciineion DuSitees. wlnieinee RNs Bele 25 a) 155. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 28: 445 & 448 (1974) and 34: 261. 1976; Isaacson, Flow. Pl. Ind. 1: 335. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 204, 22s W22 rae 2S Usni24 Of 124 Bit 249267 5) (300 sy Sa ORS 8 inno, ekyro So ole algo Us H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 411 & 425--426. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 57: 34, 37, 337, & 339 (1985), 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrawm 273 58: 185 & 197 (1985), 59: 260 & 486 (1986), and 60: 138. 1986. Illustrations: Patermann, Beitr. Zytol. Verbenac. pl. 4, fig. 39, & pl. 5, fig. 1. 1935; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 165, fig. 35 (1). 1956; Greensill, Trop. Gardening 105. 1966. An erect or spreading shrub or subshrub, 0.4--2 m. tall, or small tree to 3 m. tall, or often subherbaceous with a woody rhizome, much-branched;. branches and branchlets rather slender, very obtusely tetragonal or subterete, grayish, lenticellate, scabrous, striate, glabrous or subglabrate; twigs slender, often brunnescent in drying, glabrate; modes more or less annulate; principal internodes 1--9.5 cm. long or often even more abbreviated on short twigs; leaves de- cussate-opposite or ternate, abundant, short-petiolate; petioles very slender, 3--15 mm. long, glabrate, often obscure, mostly brun- nescent or nigrescent in drying; leaf-blades membranous, dark-green above, fragile and mostly brunnescent or nigrescent above in drying, lighter beneath, broadly lanceolate, oblanceolate, or elliptic to obovate-elliptic or oblanceolate-oblong, 3--14 cm. long, 0.8--5 cm. wide, apically acuminate to long-acuminate, basally gradually atten- uate, marginally coarsely serrate-dentate or incised-pinnatifid, varying to shallowly sinuate, from about the middle to the apex, sometimes entire, basally usually decurrent into the petiole, prac- tically glabrous on both surfaces or rarely very obscurely pulveru- lent, sometimes finely pubescent when young, shiny on both surfaces, the venation simply pinnate, scarcely prominulent and only sparingly reticulate; inflorescence mostly terminal, but some of the cymes al- so axillary in the uppermost leaf-axils, often sessile or subsessile and umbelliform to capitate, many-flowered, dense, usually 1--4.5 cm. long exclusive of the corollas, the individual cymes mostly 3- flowered and short-stipitate; peduncles obsolete or to about 1.5 cm. long, tetragonal, nigrescent, glabrous; foliaceous bracts often pre- sent, a single pair at the apex of the peduncle, oblong-lanceolate, resembling the leaves in all respects but only to 3 cm. long and 8 mm. wide, longer than the calyx; bractlets linear, 2--5 mm. long, nigrescent, glabrous; flowers fragrant, caducous; calyx campanulate- obconic or deltoid, mostly green, basally reddish, nigrescent in dry- ing, mostly 2--5 mm. long, rarely to 7 mm. long, glabrous, the tube infundibular, the rim 5-dentate or -lobed, the teeth or lobes lan- ceolate or deltoid, unequal, mostly about 2 and 2.5 mm. long, api- cally attenuate-acuminate; corolla hypocrateriform, somewhat irregu- lar, decidedly inrolled before maturity, white or rosy-white, its tube cylindric, slender, greatly elongate, 6--16 cm. long when fully developed, straight or curved "like a gooseneck (fide Goldsmith), 1--3 mm. wide, slightly contracted beneath the limb, externally very obscurely pilosulous or (usually) subglabrate to glabrous, the limb abruptly expanded, oblique, subbilabiate, 2--3 cm. wide, the lobes broadly elliptic, tinged or spotted with violet-purple, to 1.5 cm. long, the 2 upper ones narrower and shorter, not reaching to the base of the limb, glabrous on both surfaces; stamens long-exserted, involute in bud, surpassing the corolla-mouth by about 5 cm. at full anthesis; filaments red or violet-purple to wine-color (at least apically), often basally white, flattened, glabrous; anthers oblong Or ovoid, about 2 mm. long, wine-color or purple, the connective 274 Ptho¥s TO Ong ak Vol. 60, No. 4 violet-purple; style long-exserted, apically purple or violet- purple, basally white, surpassing the stamens by 1--2.5 cm., glab- rous; stigma bifid, the branches 2--3 mm. long; fruiting-calyx shal- lowly cupuliform, incrassate, to about 8 mm. wide, glabrous, brun- nescent or nigrescent, the rim 5-lobed, the lobes lanceolate, 1--2 mm. long, apically acuminate; fruit drupaceous, very fleshy, glo- bose, orange, about 1.5 cm. long and wide, the endocarp hard and bony. CLerodendrum incisum, in its typical more glabrous form, occurs from Tanganyika to Mozambique and Madagascar, but varieties occur farther to the north and west. It has been cultivated, also, in Eu- rope, Jamaica, Sri Lanka, and Madagascar. The typical form is based on a Peters collection from Boror, Mozambique. Collectors have found C. gnciswm growing in sandy areas, on dunes and fertile hillsides, in primeval forests and the shrub layer of coastal forests, in shady places in deciduous forests, along road- sides, and among sandstone pebbles or crowded among limestone rocks, at 100--1000 m. altitude, in flower from November to February, as well as in June, August, and September, and in fruit in April. Gold- smith describes it as "a straggling shrub in well formed Brachyste- gia Spiciformis woods", while Torre & Paiva encountered it in the shrubby Baphia- and Bauhinia-dominated stratum of Brachystegia for- ests in Mozambique. In Madagascar Humbert found it growing in the "rejets de souche dans la prairie periodiquement brulee". The corollas are described as "white" by Baker (1900) and on De- cany 1390, 1419, 1472, 1492, 1506, & 8012, Daummond & Hemsley 3786, Goldsmith 7/62, Mendonca 3784, Peter 21017, and Torre & Paiva 9408, as "milk-white" by Vatke (1882), as "rosy-white" on Bernier 11.196, "white, but slightly rosy" on Perrier £32, as "white, the lobes spot- ted with red-purple"” on Humbert 11600, and “blue" on Peter 24343, The gynoecium morphology is discussed and illustrated by Pater- mann (1935), while the method of seed dispersal is described by Van der Pijl (1969) as "a placental part of the pericarp adheres as an elaipsome, usually serving for ornithochary". Adams (1972) reports the species cultivated in Jamaica, where it is called "musical notes". In regard to its periods of flowering, Rees (1964) found that al- though there appeared to be a close relationship between heavy rain- fall and flowering in Southern Nigeria, it would seem most likely that it is not the rainfall itself, but the drop in temperature which is associated there with rainfall which initiates flowering. Keys for helping to distinguish C. isneisum from at least some of its relatives will be found under C. banronianwn Oliv. (58: 184--190), C. bethunianwn Low (58: 197--198), and C. guerket J. G. Baker (60: 138) in the present series of notes. The Madagascar population of C. igncetsum was named C, Lindemuthia- num by Vatke (1882) and his description contains a few terms that do not seem to apply to the continental populations, e.g., the leaf- blades "subcoriaceis....margine subrevolutis, cymis breviter pedi- pedicellatis laxiusculis in paniculas termianle dispositis..." It was based on Hi€debrandt 3332 from Vavatobé in northwestern Madagas- 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwm 275 car, collected in flower in February, 1880. He comments that "Ut e descriptione patet ad Siphonanthi sectionem, J. C. Schauer 1.c. 670 pertinet. Exemplaria visa corollae limbum monstruose alte connatum ostendunt. Species dicata cl. I]. Lindemuth, prius in academia poppelsdorfensi horticulturae docenti, jam hortulano regio universi- tatis berolinensis." Briquet (1896) named the Madagascar population C. beraniert, based on Bernier 11.196 from northern Madagascar, deposited in the Deles- set herbarium at Geneva. His description differs somewhat in speak- ing of the "Folia....apice obtusa, mucronata, marginibus sat regu- lariter convexis". He comments that "Species insignis omnium Ver- benacearum corollae tubo longissimo gaudet. Flores verisimillime inter mirabilissima omnium lepidopterophilorum praestant. Caeterum C. Beranieri affinis est C. Siphonantho R. Br., a quo preter corol- lam, pulchre differt foliorum et calicis forma. Sola species est madagascariensis e sectione Siphonantho." Bakhuizen (1921) also refers to the leaf-blades as "subcoriaceous above the middle, finally pubescent on both sides, especially on the nerves". It seems apparent that he is here referring not to the spe- cies proper, but to its var. macnrosiphon (Hook. f.) J. G. Baker. Cufodontis (1962) regards C. macrosiphon Hook. f. as a Synonym not worthy of infraspecific designation, but Hooker's plant has: pu- bescent branches, calyx, and corolla-tube, while typical C. inceisum has these parts glabrous. He cites only the Peters type collection. Thomas (1936) also places Hooker's binomial in synonymy. He cites the type and another Peters collection from Mozambique and Holtz 453, Schkieben 5260, and Stuhlmann 6126 & 6639 from Tanganyi- ka. I regard the Schlieben collection as representing var. macro- siphon. He comments that "Der Typus leg. Peters hat entgegen der Klotzschen Priginalbeschreibung behaarten Kelch und auch vereinzelt behaarte Stengel. Infolgedessen fdllt C. macnosiphon, der sich nur durch Behaarung von C. dncisum abheben sollte, mit diesem zusammen; die Stdrke der Behaarung ist selbst an einem Exemplar sehr vechselnd’ It should be noted, in passing, that Thomas (1936) mis-cites the original Klotzsch description as "1862", whereas it was actually published in 1861. It is also worth noting that the Banon 5460 spec- imen in the Kew herbarium is mounted on the same sheet as Banon 6889, but the latter represents C, minabife J. G. Baker. Baker (1900) cites only Hildebrandt 4.n. from Kenya, Holst 2954 from Tanganyika [which I regard as var. LongipedunculLatum Thomas ], and Peters 4.n. from Mozambique and the Kerimba Islands. Huber (1964) cites Kennedy 1420 & 2640 from Southern Nigeria, commenting that the species is "Distributed from Somalia to Mozambique; probab- ly only introduced in our area [west tropical Africa ]". Material of C, incisum has been misidentified as C, gfabratum Glrke, C. incisum var. macrosiphon (Hook. f.) J. G. Baker, Vernonia oxyphylla DC., and Rubiaceae. On the other hand, the Peter 42178, distributed as C. incisum, seems to be C, discolor (Klotzsch) Vatke, Holst 2954 iS C. dncisum var. Longipeduncufatum Thomas and Amanatun- ga 344 & 1318, Cokkecton undetermined 4.n. [Roy. Bot. Gard. Peraden- iya], Mofdenke, MoLdenke, & Jayasuriya 28156, and Schlieben 5260 are C. dncisum var. macnosiphon (Hook. f.) J. G. Baker. 276 Pah Yi sToQ@aksOnG Tn Vol. 60, No. 4 Citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: A. Peter 14883 [0.111.232] (B, B), 217008 [0.1V.198] (B, B), 27077 [0.1V.198] (B, B), 24036 [0.IV. 317] (B), 24140 [0.1V.319] (B), 24343 [0.1V.327] (B), 51870 [Busse 1004] (B). KENYA: Drummond & Hemsley 3786 (B, S). MOZAMBIQUE: Man- ica e Sofala: Andrada 1011 (U1, U1); Garcia 218 (U1), 281 (U1); Goldsmith 7/62 (U1); F. A. Mendonca 3678 (U1), 3784 (Mu, U1); Sae- bany 105 (Ld, U1); Tonne & Paiva 8408 (U1). Quelimane: Faulkner KEW.123 (Le, N, N, S). NOSY-BE ISLAND: Boivin 5.n. [Fevr. 1851] (P). MADAGASCAR: Afzelius son. [14.5.1912] (N), san. [13.1.1913] (S); Banon 2787 (P), 5216 (P), 5460 (K, P), 6450 (P), 6647 (P); Ben- nier 11.196 (E--photo, F--photo, Ld--photo, N--photo, P), 11.329 (P); Boivin sen. [1847-1852] (P); Bindaty ben. [24/2/1967] (Gz); De- cany 1390 (P), 1413 (P), 1479 (P), 1456 (N, P), 1472 (P), 1492 (P), 1506 (P), 8012 (P); Grandidier s.n. [Oct. 1869] (P); Hildebrandt 3332 (E--photo, F--photo, K, Ld--photo, N--photo, P); Humbert 11214 (P), 11600 (P); Kaudern s.n. [Majunga, V.1912] (S); Pernien 832 (P, P), 37bis (P), 10208 (P), 10286 (N, P); Petit 11.20 (P); Poisson 11.72 (P); Service Fonestien 101 (P). CULTIVATED: Madagascar: Sey- nig 36 (P). CLERODENDRUM INCISUM var. AFZELII Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 325. Woe Bibliography: Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 325. 1951; Mold., Bi- ol. Abstr. 26: 185. 1952; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 148, 166, & 267. 1956; Mold., Resume 155 & 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260 (1971) and 2: 867. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 249 & 538. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 185. 1985. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing the calyx at time of anthesis about 10 mm. long. The variety is based on an unnumbered Afzelius collection from Manasoa Tanosy, in the Province of Tuléar, Madagascar, collected on January 13, 1913, and deposited in the Kew herbarium. Thus far it is known to me only from the original collection. Citations: MADAGASCAR: Agzelius 4.n. [Manasoa Tanosy, 13.1. 1913] (E--photo of type, F--photo of type, K--type, Ld--photo of type, N-- photo of type). CLERODENDRUM INCISUM var. LONGIPEDUNCULATUM Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 78. 1936. Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. J 78. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 49 & 90 (1942) and ed. 2, 116 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 144 & 450. 1959; Mold. Fifth Summslt 2359 {19717 and) 29867 .91977; Molds, Phytole Mem. 2: 225 & 538. 1980. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing the peduncles 2--3 cm. long. The cymes are axillary and the calyx is split almost halfway down, with wide lobes that are glab- rous or only sparingly villose. The variety is based on Hifdebnandt 1911 from the coast of Zan- zibar, collected in December 1875 and deposited in the Berlin her- barium, now doubtless destroyed. Thomas (1936) cites also Holst 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C&erodendrwn 277 2954 AND Stuhmann 7005 FROM Tanganyika. Citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Holst 2954 (Mu--1745). CLERODENDRUM INCISUM var. MACROSIPHON (Hook. f.) J. G. Baker ex Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 80 [as "C£enodendron" ]. 1921; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 78 in syn. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 72 & 90. 1942. Synonymy: C£erodendron macrosiphon Hook. f., Curtis Bot. Mag. 109 [ser. 3, 39]: pl. 6695. 1883.[not C. macnosiphon (Baker) Pieper, 1928}. C&erodendron macnosiphon Hook. ex Girke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 340. 1895. Cyckonema macrosiphon Wigman, Teysmannia 23: 286 in syn. 1912. Cenodendrwm macrosiphon Hook. apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 78 in syn. 1936. C£enodendrawm Ancisum var. macrosiphon Baker apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 78 in syn. 1936. Bibliography: Hook. f., Curtis Bot. Mag. 109 [ser. 3, 39]: pl. 6695. 1883; "W. W.", Garden 42: 563. 1892; Bois, Dict. Hort. 1: 334. 1893; Jacks. in Hook.ef. & Jackses Ind.Kew.5 imps 15.12 56h. 1893; GUrke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 340. 1895; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 308. 1900; Koord. & Valet., Meded. Lands Plant. Bat. 42 [Beijdr. Booms. Java 7]: 164. 1900; Woodrow, Gard. Trop., ed. 1 [Gard. India, ed. 6, imp. 8], 438. 1910; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 1: 648. 1911; Wigman, Teysmannia 23: 284/285 & 286, fig. 5. 1912; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 87. 1916; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 80. 1921; Beumee, Tropische Natuur 17: 176. 1928; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 2: 1024. 1931; Grey & Hub- bard. -Last.Pl.. Atkins.Inst. 595.1933: “Burkilil, Dict. Econ. Prod. Ma-= Nay SPENAN Sis, AMD soli 5) 4589), 91/9353 ch. sFuMacMilth<..-irop. «Plant, Gard., ed. 4, 104. 1935; Schimp. & Faber, Pflanzen-Geogr., ed. 3, 1: 393. 1935; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 78 & 94. 1936; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Mold., Lilloa 4: 331. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 21. 1940; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Supp]. 1: 238. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 18. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 72 & 90. 1942; H. F. Mac ,Mill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 1, 104 (1943) and ed. 5, MON ai LO Ae O46 >: sMoilidicn eA hieeelsiSity Catto Nhl: Senalifis 54 aioe, HO eure Pope WoGiget2 WO rok: (254 e946 Hick a iMaGMplily. + alPop.~ Pillant . Gard, [ediadi, imp. 3, 104. 1948; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 422 & 607 (1948), 3: 705, 756, 770, 774, & 795 (1949), and 4: 986, 1018, 1037, 1049, & 1065,.1.1949s. .H.. Fs. MacMill ws. Trop., Plant... .Gard., ed. 5 smpe 4,104. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 158 & 182. 1949; Hs skeemaChih)..« Tropa -P lant. Gard. « edn Sy. amp iS) b04. (4952). sed 215), imp. 6, 104 (1954), and ed. 5, imp. 7, 104. 1956; Synge in Chitten- den, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Gard,m ed. 2, 1: 505. 1956; Mold., Resumé 216, 266, & 450. 1959; Hansford, Sydowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 690--691. 1961; Hundley & Ko in Lace, Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 203. 1961; Willam. & Schubert, Agr. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1234: 236. 1961; Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 799. 1962; Harler, Gard. Plains, ed. 4, 159. 1962; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 8, 104. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 28. 278 Pgiiay Bi Os Mos OnG alek Vol. 60, No. 4 1962; Malaviya, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.58: 352, 357, & 358. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 359, 360, 362, 374, 379, & 381%. pli 9,” Fig. 6. 1963;/ R. Good.” Geogr.” Flow., Pl.” 202." 1964 Mold., Résumé Suppl. 11: 6. 1964; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 607. 1965; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 589. 1965; Sen & Naskar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 40. 1965; Hore & Bose, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 165 & 167--170. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zak- har., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 715. 1969; Corner & Watanabe, Illusts*Guide* Trop? Pl... 754.819695 "Roy? S*Boses? Hortics? Sci Zye 392244." 19695 “Anon.5oBiol Abstr .°52:° 11335" (1971)" and 52: (20)2* Bone SDHC 9S.51.. 19713, Molds SFT Fth: Summ. 12358" 8"450'-(1:979") and: 2% 867. 1971; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 23: 319. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 430. 1972; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 715. 1974; Maiti, Pl. Sci. Lucknow 6: 104--105. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 448 (1974) and 34: 261. 1976; "B.J.G.", Biol. Abstr. 65: °3269." 1977; Mold, Phytol .~Mem."23°306,"349%7392 es 538. 1980; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 411 & 425--426. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 57: 37 & 337. 1985. IMiustrations: HoOk: f.s°Curtits Bott°Magz 109-fser."3,+39)]P-ple 6695 (in color). 1883; Wigman, Teysmannia 23: 284/285, fog. 5. 1912; Schimp. & Faber, Pflanzen-Geogr., ed. 3, 1: 393. 1935; Sharma & Muk- hopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: pl. 9, fig. 6. 1963; Corner & Watanabe, Dhlust. Guides iro Pil 54" 1969: This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing the branchlets, calyx, and exterior of the corolla-tube somewhat pilose- (sometimes glandulose-) pubescent. Collectors and authors describe this plant as an erect bush, un- dershrub, or slender shrub, 1--2 m. tall, strongly branched, profuse- ly flowering; branchlets slender, gray, subtetragonal, very densely short-pubescent or spreading-puberulent; nodes not annulate; princi- pal internodes 1.5--5 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite or ter- nate, usually with small ones in their axils; petioles very slender, 2--15 mm. long or sometimes obsolete, densely short-pubescent; leaf- blades chartaceous, uniformly dark-green on both surfaces, brunnes- cent or nigrescent in drying, narrowly elliptic or oblanceolate to oblong-lanceolate or oblong-obovate, 3--12.5 cm. long, 1--5 cm. wide, apically acute to long-acuminate, marginally entire (on small leaves) or with 1--4 coarse, widely divergent, and apically acute teeth on each margin near the middle (on larger leaves), the number often not the same on either side, basally attenuate or long-acumin- ate, very minutely strigillose-puberulent above, more densely puber- ulent (especially on the larger venation) beneath; Midrib slender, flat above, prominulent and densely puberulent beneath; secondaries very slender, 5--8 per side, arcuate-ascending, usually not exten- ding directly into the marginal teeth, plainly visible above, slight- ly prominulent beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation very slender, obscure above, the larger parts very slightly prominulent beneath or obscure; inflorescence axillary and terminal; cymes small, few- to many-flowered, dense, subcapitately corymbose, very short-peduncu- late, the flowers extremely large and showy, subsessile, expanding in the evening, falling off the next morning, the cymes after the corollas have fallen off only about 1 cm. long and wide; flower-buds 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerodendrum 279 “with a deflexed apex, comma-shaped" (fide Backer & Bakh.); peduncles very short and sparsely soft-pubescent or obsolete; pedicels rather stoutish, 3--5 mm. long, puberulent; bractlets and prophylla small, linear-setaceous, sparsely short-pubescent or puberulent; calyx 5--6 mm. long, divided to over 1/3 its length; corolla hypocrateriform, white or yellowish-white to greenish-white, the tube 7--13 cm. long, externally thinly pilose or glandular-pubescent, circinnate in bud, later unrolling and elongating rapidly during anthesis, soon decidu- ous, the limb rather flat, about 3 cm. wide, shallowly 5-lobed, all the lobes directed forward, the median one longest; stamens exserted, pink to red or purple; filaments 5 cm. long; fruiting-calyx coriace- ous, Campanulate, about 5 mm. long and wide, shiny, prominently venose, the rim sharply 5-lobed with narrow-triangular spreading lobes; fruit drupaceous, at first green, dark-purple when ripe, ob- ovate, about 7 mm. long and 9 mm. wide, conspicuously 4-lobed but usually only 2-seeded, nigrescent in drying, externally glabrate; chromosome number: 2n =30. This taxon is based on a specimen cultivated in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and deposited in that herbarium, from seed originally collected by Sir John Kirk at Usaramo, Tanganyika (Tanzania) in 1881 -- not in "Zanzibar" as claimed by MacMillan (1943). This plant is widely cultivated for ornament outdoors in tropical Asia and America and in greenhouses in Europe and the United States. It is easily propagated by cuttings. Dwarfing may be induced with an appreciable reduction in shoot length and the production of 100% more flowers by application of Cycocel dust or foliar spray. Roy & Bose (1969) were able to initiate flowering only under longdaylight conditions. It is sometimes attacked by the fungus, Meliola cookea- na var. viticis Hansf. as recorded by Hansford (1961) from Java (based on BO.11728) and Malaya (based on Johnston 1631). The absence of stone-cells in this plant was verified by Malaviya (1963). Vernacular names listed for it are “glorybower" and "ngayan- padu". Collectors have encountered the plant in rocky terrain, at 16-- 310 m. altitude, in flower in January, March, April, June, and Au- gust to October, and in fruit in March. Backer & Bakhuizen (1965) assert that in Java it blossoms intermittently throughout the year. Amaratunga found it growing, apparently wild (escaped), along road- Sides in Sri Lanka. Schlieben refers to it as an “abundant herb, 20--60 cm. tall" in Tanzania. Sen & Neskar (1965) record it as cul- tivated in India; Backer & Bakhuizen (1965) list it from Java gar- dens; Burkill (1966) found it in cultivation in Malaya. Hundley & Ko (1961) report it as native to Zanzibar and cultivated in Burma; Corner & Watanabe (1969) include it among plants in common cultiva- tion in tropical gardens; Grey & Hubbard (1933) list it as cultiva- ted in Cuba from seed collected by E. F. Atkins in Florida in March 1917, while the unnumbered Fennell collection (cited below) was taken from plants grown in Florida from cuttings made by Walsingham in Cuba. Rimaldo & Pancho assert that the plant is "rare in the Philippines, recently introduced". The corollas are described as "white" by Woodrow (1910) and by 280 Palivkiohscks00G 1 2A Vol. 60, No. 4 Corner & Watanabe (1969) and on Amanatunga 344, Jimenez 4603, Nur 4. n., Pancho 1063, Rimakdo & Pancho 76, and Schkieben 5260, "pure- white" on Fennell s.n. and Hort. Kew. S.n., “Creamy-white"on MoLden- ke, Mokdenke, & Jayasuriya 28156, “white or yellowish-white" on Pan- cho 2069, and "greenish-white" on Mejia & Zanoni 6743. Pancho describes the inflorescences as "“many-flowered, crowded, lateral umbels". Fennell refers to the leaf-blades as "notched or pinnatifid" and the cymes terminal. The chromosome number is reported by Sharma & Mukhopadhyay (1963) as 2n = 30. Maiti (1974) discusses the technique of regeneration of terminal greenwood cuttings with the use of Seradix By in auto- humid chambers. Wehmer (1911) asserts that there are some alkaloids present in the leaves. It should be noted, in passing, that the CLerodendron macrosiphon (Baker) Pieper, referred to in the synonymy (above) is a synonym of CLerodendrzum thomassi Mold., which see. It may also be mentioned that Thomas (1936) mis-cites the Bakhuizen (1921) reference to C, Ancisum var. macrosiphon as page "7/9" instead of page 80. This variety is regarded as synonymous with typical C. inetisum Klotzsch by Cufodontis (1962) and by Thomas (1936) -- the latter author asserts that glabrous and pubescent material can be found on the same plant. Yet, after examination of a large series of speci- mens, I must report that the extremes are certainly quite notice- ably different. Perhaps, in view of Thomas' statement, the pubes- cent form (macnosiphon) should be demoted to form, rather than vari- etal rank. Material of C. inctsum var. macrosiphon has been distributed wide- ly in herbaria as typical C. ineisum Klotzsch, as well as C. indicum (L.) Kuntze. On the other hand, it seems that Peter 14883, 21008, 21017, 24036, 24140, & 24343, distributed as var. macrosiphon, are better regarded as typical C. dneisum Klotzsch. Citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Schieben 5260 (B, Br, Mu, N, S), 5260a (B). SRI LANKA: Amanatunga 344 (Pd), 13178 (Pd). PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Rimaldo & Pancho 76 (Ba). CULTIVATED: Burma: C. E, Parkinson 14460 (K). Cuba: J. G. Jack 5326 (A, B, N, P, W--1476478). Dominican Republic: J, J. Jdmenez 4603 (W--2519407); Mejia & Zanoni 6743 (N). England: Herb. Kew. 4.n. [May 19, 1882] (K--type). Flo- rida: Atkins 4.n. [March 1917] (N); Fennel s.n. (Pl. Introd. 90871; PQCA.013073] (Ar--17073, Ba). Federated Malay States: Foxworthy 4905 (K). India: Bourne 4.n. [Madras, 14 Nov. 1900] (K). Jamaica: L. H. Bailey 737 (Ba, Ba, Ld--photo, N--photo); P. Browne 4.n. (Ld-- photo, N--photo); Mandeville 206 (Ba). Java: Bakhuizen 2274 (Ut-- 24897A); H. Hallienr C.33 (Le); Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. X1.G.6a (Bz-- 19379, Bz--19380), XV.K.A.XLVI.20 (Bz--26471, Bz--26472, N). Nether- lands: Herb. Mus. Bot. Haun. P.1912/352 (Cp). New York: N. Taylor S.neoiNe Ys BOTseGARD. Cults Pls 3291.) (Ng-N)2 «Philippine Islands: Pancho 1063 (Ba). Singapore: Nur 4.n. [10 March 1925] (Ba). Sri Lanka: Collector undetermined 4.n. [Roy. Bot. Gard. Perad., July 1889] (Pd); Mo£denke, Mofdenke, & Jayasuriya 26156 (Ld, Pd, W-- 2764420). Tobago: W. E. Broadway 2444 (Ed, K), s.n. [Oct. 10, 1912] (Cb, Cb, E--703077, G, G, Le, N, P, P, S, W--759443, W--1177971). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwn 281 754. 1969 (Ld); H. N. Moldenke color slides 476 (Ld). CLERODENDRUM INCISUM var. PARVIFOLIUM Mold., Phytologia 3: 407. 1951. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 3: 407. 1951; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 148, 165, 166, & 267, fig. 35 (2). 1956; Mold., Ré- sume 155 & 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260 (1971) and 2: 867. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 249 & 538. 1980; Mold., Phytologia58: 185... 1.985. Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 165, fig. 35 (2). 1956. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing its leaf-blades only 1--3 cm. long and 4--10 mm. wide during full anthesis. The variety is based on Humbert 12741 from Mount Vohitrosy in the lower valley of the Mandrare near Anadabolava, Madagascar, at 800--850 m. altitude, collected in December of 1933 and deposited in the Paris herbarium. Thus far it is known to me only from the orig- inal collection. Citations: MADAGASCAR: Humbert 12471 (Ld--photo, N--fragment of type, N--photo of type, P--type, P--isotype). CLERODENDRUM INCISUM var. VINOSUM Chiov., Fl. Somala 2: 364, fic. 208 Las "CLerodendron"]. 1932; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt.nClerodsa 78. 1936e Synonymy: C2erodendron incisum var. vinoswm Chiov., Fl. Somala 2: 2645) Figs 208.0 1932, Bibliography: Cniov., Fl. Somala 2: 364, fig. 208. 1932; B. Thom- as, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: |Gatt. Clerod.] 78. 1936; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Janmresber. 60 (2): 571. 1941; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Sup- pi. 1: 238. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ead. 1, 46, 49 51, & 90. 1942; Glover, Prov. Check List brit. Ital. Somal: 266. 1947; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 110, 116, 120, & 182. 1949; Mold., Résumé 135, 144, 150, & 450. 1959; Cut., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 799. 1962; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 213, 235, & 251 (1971) and 2: 867. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 204, 225, c4u, 386, & 533. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 57: 34. 1985. Illustrations: Chiov., Fl. Somala 2: 364, fig. 208. 1932. This variety differs from the typical form of the spccies in hav- ing its leaf-blades regularly suffused with red. It is based on Senni 5417 from Licchitore in Transjuba (0ltre- giuba), Somalia, collected on July 22, 1929, and deposited in the Florence herbarium. Thomas (1936) cites, in addition to the type collection, Busse 1004 and Engfenr 4.n. from Tanganyika and Schfechter 12078 from Mozam- bique. Cufodontis (1962) lists the variety from southeastern Ethi- Opia. Nothing further is known to me of this plant. CLERODENDRUM INDICUM (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 508 [as "C&enroden- dnron" }. 1891; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 4 & 90. 1942. 282 PLiivists Qtts"OvG: Dea Vol. 60, No. 4 Synonymy: Lysdmachia indica Bondt, Hist. Nat. Med. Ind. Orient. 159--160 [as "Lysimachio indico"]. 1658. Siphonanthemum Amman, Com- ment. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop. 8: [Quing. Nov. Pl. Gen. J] 213--215, pl. 15. 1736. Skiphonanthus indica L., Sp. Pile, (edie Te enimpre ales ars 1092 L783 eh Ovieda métionl..2 Spa Plus ed) 25: 2k! BBO! 1763. .{Sapho= nant. indica Amm. ex L., Mant. Pl. 331. 1767. Ovieda mitis Burm. ex Scop., Introd. Hist. Nat, 171. 1777. Ovieda foliis Lanceolatis sub- nepandis Burm. ex Gaertn., Fruct. Sem. Pl. 1: 272 in syn. 1788. Montalbania Neck., Elem. 1: 271. 1790. Lysimachii species Pison. ex Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: 318 in syn. 1791. Skiphonanthvs indica Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 36. 1797. Siphonanthus angustifolia Willd. in L., Sp. Pl., ed. 4, 1 (2): 606. 1798. CLerodendron sipho- nanthus R. Br. in Ait., Hort. Kew., ed. 2, 4: 65. 1812. CLenodendraum siphonanthus H. K. ex Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot., ed. 2, 64, 1815. CLerodendron Longicolle G. F. W. Mey., Prim. Fl. Esseq. 217. 1818 [not C. LongicoLlis Borgesen & Paulsen, 1959]. Sxphonanthus indicus L. apud Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 578 in syn. 1821. CLenoden- drum siphonanthus Ait. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 782 in syn. 1821. Siphonanthus indica var. angustifolia Poir. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 782 in syn. 1821. Cerodendrwm Longicolle Meyer apud Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 207. 1821. Ovieda verts- citkata Roxb. ex D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 102 in syn. 1825. CLeno- dendrum venrticillatum (Roxb.) D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 102. 1825. CLenodendron Longicolla Mey. apud Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 758. 1825. C&ernodendrum venticillatus D. P. ex Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 322. 1826. Cerodendrawm verticillatum D. Don apud Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 247. 1830. Ovieda siphonanthus Roxb. ex Wall., Numer. List 86, no. 1784F. 1831. Cenodendaum siphonanthus R. Br. apud Bojer, Hort. Maurit. 255. 1837. CLenodendron stphonan- thus Spreng. ex J. Grah., Cat. Pl. Bomb. 157. 1839. Ovdeda snenmis Burm. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 383 in syn. 1840 [not 0. inermis (L. f.) Baill., 1891, nor Retz., 1772]. CLenodendron sipho- nanthus p angustifolium Hassk., Flora 25: Beibl. 27. 1842. Ckero- dendron fortunatum Blume ex Hassk., Flora 25: Beibl. 27 in syn. 1842 [not C. fortunatwm Blanco, 1837, nor Buch.-Ham., 1831, nor Burm., 1962, nor L., 1756, nor Sesse & Moc.,1894, nor Wall., 1885]. CLero- dendron angustifolium (Willd.) Hassk., Cat. Pl. Hort. Bogor. Cult. 136. 1844. Siphonanthus indica Willd. ex Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 670 in syn. 1847. Siphonanthus indica Lam. ex Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2, imp. 2, 481. 1874. Cerodendron mite (Burm.) Vatke, Linnaea 43: 537. 1882 [not C. mite Vahl, 1931]. Clenodendron verticilkatum Domiex C. Bo iClarkedneHooks f:4 Fle Brit.edndias4sn5 95 elias ya 1885. Cenodendnon indicum (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 506. 1891. CLenodendron mite Vatke apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893. Ovieda inermis Burm. f. ex Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 386 in syn. 1894 [not 0. inermis (L. f.) Baill., 1891, nor Retz., 1772]. Ovieda verticivlatwm Roxb. apud. Jacks. in Hooks. f.u& Jacks... Ind. Kew’. imps! 1°25; 386 yin) syne 1894. Cenodendnron indicum Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 101 in syn. 1901. C&enodendron siphonanthus Ait. apud Wigman, Teysmannia 23: 279. 1912. Cerodendron sdphonanthus (R. Br.) Ait. ex Wigman, Teysmannia 23: 288. 1912. Cenodendron 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 283 dndica (L.) Druce, Rep. Bot. Exch. Club Brit. Isls. 3: 416. 1914. Crodendron siphonanthus Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 387 sphalm. 1918. Ovieda inernmis Jacks. apud Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 85 in syn. 1921. C&enodendron mite Vahl ex Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 6: Suppl. 233 in syn. 1931. Ovieda mitis Burm. f. ex Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 6: Suppl. 232--233 in syn. 1931. Cerodendron siphonantus R. Br. ex Chris- toph., Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 194. 1935. C&enodendron mite (L). Vatke ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 21 in syn. 1940. CLerodendron sipho Langlois ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 21 in syn. 1940. Cerodendron syphonanthus R. Br. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 22 in syn. 1940; Lal & Mukherji, Indi- an Journ. Entomol. 40: 181. 1978. Ovieda siphonanthus Roxb. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 53 in syn. 1940. Vokameria Longicollis G. F. W. Mey. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 53 in syn. 1940 [not V. LongicoklLis Petit-Thouars, 1950]. C&erodendron séphonanthus (R. Br.) C. B. Clarke ex Sastri, Wealth India 2 (R): 231 in syn. 1950. C&erodendawm indicwm Linn. ex Tiwari & Garg, In- dian Journ. Pharm. 23: 77. 1961. C&enodendrum versticiblatum Don ex Hundley & Ko in Lace, Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 203 in syn. 1961. CLenodendron mite (Burm. f.) Merr. ex Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 30 in syn. 1962. C£enodendron indicum (Willd.) Kuntze ex Datta, Handb. Syst. Bot. 182. 1965. C&enodendron shiphonanthus Bose, Hand. Shrubs 42 & 123 sphalm. 1965. CLenodendron siphonanthum Kramer, Excerpt. Bot. A.15: 178. 1969. Cenrodendron indicum L. Kuntze ex Hartwell, Lloydia 34: 386. 1971. C&enondendron siphonanthus Hartwell, Lloydia 34: 386 in syn. 1971. C£enodendron verticirlatum (Roxb.) D. Don ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 459 in syn. 1971. C&enodendron siphonatus Br. ex Singh, Sydonia Ann. Myc. 25: 230 & 231 sphalm. 1972. Ceoroden- drum indicwm (L.) Kuntze apud R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 748 sphalm. 1973. Cerodendrum indicum Kuntze apud J. F. Morton, 500 Flow. S. Fla. 54. 1974. C&enodendron verticiblata Don ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 390 in syn. 1980. Bibliography: Bondt, Hist. Nat. Med. Ind. Orient. 159--160. 1658; Amman, Comment. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop. 8: [Quing. Nov. Pl. Gen. } 2is==215, ples. 1736;5Amman,: Stirp. Rar. ImpeeRuth. pls Woe 17395 Peyeaps PVE, -Ods Tye Tees PhS 109009753) “and “eds “‘V-Aimp. Th 2: 637% face Ls Syst... Natey ed. 10, 25° 8987 1759s ‘Le, -Sp..Pl Spade 2s 2% SO9s 17635 Ne LL Burms PTS Tndiea “236, ‘pl. 43) fig. 1&2. TH6Bs Dig Mart 22 PT 5 Apes -14,'2'-S3T. EPA] sePRet2 7, Nom: “Bots “34807 5ae 1772; Scop., Introd. Hist. Nat. 171. 1777; Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. isle. V7I83; Gaertn., ‘Frdets-Sens Plo Vs 2722 - 1788s JieFS Grels “in Use SySt=-Nat., ede—ls), ~inipe- 1 5 °25"243' &@ 9615 17895 (Mecks,-Elem.- I 27320790; ‘Lam., -Tabl . “EncyeV Meth. "Bet P12 pls 79,. figs 1 Psup.] CVPST 9 T318 (1792) and 22° 259017945 “JS BS Gnel. “in be, Syst: Nat., ed. 13, imp. 2, 2: 243 & 961. 1796; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. oy 904k 1S) N797; Witids Tne-bs, Spo Pl. "ede Fol fo (2)2606 (1798) “and ‘ed. 4 [5], '3 (1): 382.) °18005-R. Bre in Aib., Hort. Kew., ea! 25. 42°65. 18123 Roxb? Hort. Beng., imp. 1, 46. 1814; Desf., hab sEGol".. BovreMus.<-Hist.J "Nat. s7ed..-2, 642 1815s tPer's 4 Spo Pls: S38) eVSN7 § G2 OPS We Mey. 5 Pein. FPP ESseq. 217. -Tetss Pers., Spo Pl. 39-362. VETS, Poiry Gn'Lanl. »"Tabl. ‘Encycl. Meth: Bot. 22°pl. 538, 284 | oPPHOVS TOP EI ONG: Tea Vol. 60, No. 4 fig. 2. 1819; [Kew MS.], Icon. Pl. China Nasc. Bibl. Braam. [2]. 1821; Steud., Nom. Bot. Pham., ed. 1, 207, 578, & 782. 1821; Moon, Cat. Indig. ‘Exot... PI. ey... Vs 46.22.4824 yDsDon . 884. 1858; Dalz & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. Suppl. 69. 1861; Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 1: 243. 1861; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 2: 243. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1 [Baill., Rec. Observ. Bot. ] 2: 120 (1862) and ser. 1, 3:40 & 215. 1863; Baden-Powell, Handb. Econs: Prod.) Punj.«dio3644,.1868;, Aitchison,» Cat.. Play Pung.) lie. e685 Brandis, For. Fl. Northw. Cent. India 364. 1874; Firminger, Man. Gand... India. adeas, singe GOS, 1IS74e Roxby li. Indicated e2sunimpr 2, 481. 1874; Kurz, Prelim. Rep. For. Veg. Pegu App. C: xv. 1875; Dutt, Mat. Med. Hind. 219 & 294. 1877; A. Wood, Amer. Bot. Flor. 448. 1877; Naves & Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4 Nov. App. 161. 1880; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 1, 299 & 504. 1881; Vatke, Linnaea 43: 537. 1882; Dymock, Veg. Mat. Med. W. India, ed. 1, ix, 407. & 747. (1884), andeed.., 25°598.91885;0C. Bs Clarke tin Hook. e fay Fl. Brit. India 4: 595; 1885; Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. [Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9:] 69. 1885; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Petersb. 31: 83. 1886; Hillebrand, Fl. Hawaii. Isls., imp. 1, 343. 1888; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 2: 375. 1889; Wood- row, Gard, India, ed. 5, 419. 1889; Collett & Hems]., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 28: 141. 1890; Forbes & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 26: 262. 1890; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 506. 1891; Dy- mock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indica, imp. 1, 3: 81--82. 1893; Jacks 2. im- Hooks, fec& Jacks., (Inds Kews, imps-1, 12.56) (1893). and imp. 1, 2: 386. 1894; Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 248. 1894; Tal- bot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 1, 162, 163, & 217. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 176. 1895a. Jacks. .ineHook=sf.a ch, Jackss, cnday Kew. 4 Mimps: 1sb22 29 Gel SSae Ridl., Journ. Bot. Brit. 33: 42--43. 1895; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3: 36h. 18953 Brig.» Bulli. Herbs Boissessserwcl, (4: 349.21896;97Dass, Ann. Inst. Colon. Marseille 3: [Fl. Phanerog.] 468. 1897; Greshoff, Versl. Onderz. Plantenstoff. 2: 159. 1898; J. L. Stewart, Punjab Pl. 165. 1899; Koord. & Valet., Meded. Lands Plant. Bog. 42 [Bijdr. Boomsart. Java 7]: 13 & 212. 1900; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwn 285 1, imp. 1, 101. 1901; Koord., Teysmannia 12: 26--30. 1901; Boorsma, Bull. Inst. Bot. Buitenz. 14: 35. 1902; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 543. 1902; Millsp., Field Columb. Mus. Publ. Bot. 1: 524. 1902; Prain, Beng. Pl., imp. 1, 835 & 836. 1903; C. B. Clarke ineschmdt, Bote Tidsskr. 2629173: 1904; FooNeoWildiams, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 5: 432. 1905; Baerecke, Anal. Key Ferns Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect. Midd]. Fla. 115. 1906; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1 & 2, 508. 1906; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 1, 3: 433. 1906; Duthie in Strachey, Cat. Pl. Kumaon 138. 1906; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2a, 508. 1907; Gamble in King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 826 & 839--840. 1908; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 1, 2: 360. 1909; Haines, For. Fl. Chota Nagpur 484 & 486. 1910; Woodrow, Gard. Trop., ed. 1 [Gard. India, ed. 6, imp. 8], 438. 1910; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 3, 508. 1911; Duthie, Fl. Upper Gang. Plain 2: 225 kee eis VWs Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. Tals 335) 1911; Rid]., Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 59: 156. 1911; Wehmer, Pilanzensices ed. Ws648s 1910S We Crk Ma Will isgeRev.. Cat. Flower Ceyl. [Perad. Man. Bot. 2:] 143. 1911; Koord., Exkursionsfl. 3: 137. 1912; J. Matsumura, Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (2): 532. 1912; Wigman, Teysman- nia 23: 279, 282, 284/285, & 288, fig. 9. 1912; Druce, Rep. Bot. Exena Club; Brit... Isls.c32 416.) 19143) P26. Standis; Torreya’.142.2Zt=< 24. 1914; Boorsma, Tropische Natuur 4: 140. 1915; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 88 & 94. 1916; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 1, Zs) Lol oA 9l6sHeynes, Nutt. -Piliants” Ned.) Und:y,) ed 16, “42 122° ex xia 1917; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 1, 3: pl. 747. 1918; Boorsma, Teysmannia 29: 328. 1918; N. L. Britton, Fl. Bermuda 320. 1918; Fir- minger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 387. 1918; H. Hallier, Meded. RijKs. Herbs Letd.. 372777), 198s Reon. (Parker, Forg-Fl.. Punjabs ed. 1, 400--402. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 306, 363--365, & 371. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 75, 85, 108--110, & viii--x. 1921; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 4, 508. 1921; Hubert, Trav. Lab. Mat. Méd. Pharm. 13: [Verb. Util. Mat. Méd. |] 105. 1921; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl]. 5, imp. 1, 62. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 543. 1922; Haines, Bot. Bihar Oris., ed. 1, 4: 720 & 722. 1922; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 2, 133. 1922; E. D. Merr., Enum. Philip. Flow. Pl. 3: 406. 1923; Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 2: 624 & 628--629. 1923; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 6: 1099 & 1100. 1924; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 2, 400--401. 1924; Bodding, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 10: 6, 63, & 81. 1925; Britton & P. Wils.; Scient. Surv. Porto Rico 6: 151. 1925; H. F. MacMillan, Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 1, 207 & 550. 1925; Bodding, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 10: 206, 227, 228, 244, 253, & 275. 1927; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 2, 1: 24 (1927) and ed. 2, 2: 1322. 1927; Osmaston, For. Fl. Kumaon 411 & 413. 1927; Freemna & Williams, Useful Pl. Trin. 44. 1928; P. C. Standl., Tor- reta 14: 22. 1929; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 502. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 6 Suppl. 232--233. 1931; Anon., Agric. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1234. 1931; Kudé, Iconogr. Trop. Pl. Taiwan 2: pl. 9. 1931; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 134. 1931; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 2: 1024. 1931; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 123 & 125--127. 1932; Rehnelt, Pareys Blumengdrt., ed. 1, 281. 1932; G. Klein, Handb. Pflanzenal. 4 (1): 794. 1933. [to be continued ] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY OF HIGHER FUNGI" edited by D. Moore, L. A. Casselton, D. A. Wood & J. C. Frankland, xii & 615 pp., 141 b/w multi-fig. incl. 184 photo. & 75 tab. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, U.K. & New York, N. Y.10022. 1985. $99.50. These 27 well composed papers are from an important symposium of the British Mycological Society at the University of Manchester in 1984. The preface orients readers to consider developmental biolo- gy to include "not only structural form -- both vegetative and re- productive -- but also how that form relates to an organism's eco- llogieails Iniiciher).. . 7a Many of the most obvious, and most intellectually challenging, morphogenic features are a direct contribution to eco- logical performance." Some of the topics presented are: mycorrhizal dynamics during forest tree development, dikaryon formation, devel- opmental characteristics of agarics, biochemistry of Agaricus fruc- tification, strategies for mushroom breeding, and biological and technical aspects of commercial mushroom breeding. This book is needed in college and university libraries and fungal breeding and biochemical laboratories. "EMBRYOGENESIS IN ANGIOSPERMS. A Developmental and Experimental Study" by V. Raghavan, xiii & 303 pp., 33 b/w multi-fig. incl. 75 photo. & 4 tab. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, U.K. and New York, N. Y. 10022. 1986. $39.50. Herein the author has brought together in synoptic form "the most recent knowledge on the theoretical, developmental and experimental facets of embryogenesis in angiosperms..... using a systems approach based on data from morphology, anatomy, genetics and biochemistry". There are chapters on developmental embryogenesis, its cellular, biochemical, pollen, somatic, experimental and applied aspects and their significances toward some important applications in our agriculture. This study is needed in agricultural, college and uni- versity libraries. "THEORETICAL STUDIES ON SEX RATIO EVOLUTION" by Samuel Karlin & Sa- bin Lessard, xv & 314 pp., 11 b/w fig. & 11 tab. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 1986. $47.50. This book is the 22nd of the excellent monographs in Population Biology edited by Robert M. May. It is especially important for those who can follow intelligently all of the many carefully devel- 286 1986 Moldenke, Book reviews 287 oped mathematical explanations on sex ratio theory. More than 60% of this material embodies new research. There are several models developed for concepts and parametrization for the 2-3-loci multi- allele sex-determining systems and some for incompatibility and haplodiploid mixed parthenogenesis, etc. Gregor Mendel has been identified as "a young mathematician whose statistical interests ex- tended to the physical and biological sciences, who modeled his laws of inheritance to be consistent with his experimental results.” This study should be of very real interest to reproductive biolo- gists, ecologists and graduate students. University libraries should surely have this book available. "THE COMPLETE HANDBOOK OF GARDEN PLANTS" by Michael Wright, 544 pp., 260 multicolor pl., 1 b/w map & 2 tab. Facts on File Publica- TONS, lnc... New York, N.Y. LOOTG. 1984. $18.95. This book “bespeaks" its text as originally oriented for British gardens (despite its hardiness zone map for the U.S.A), but because of the longtime and widespread horticultural trade, this book should be helpful and delightful to English-reading gardeners the world over and to travelers on now popular horticultural, estate and gar- dening tours. In this compact size book over 9000 species and vari- eties are described and over 2500 are illustrated on the lovely 260 color plates. The plants are grouped practically as: evergreen and leafy trees and shrubs, perennial climbers, border and bedding per- ennials, bulbs, corms, tubers, rock plants, annuals and biennials and water plants. Growing limitations and suggestions are given in the text. Even though the first column of the S's in the index is "Irregular", this book is highly recommended especially for accom- plishing so much in so small a Space. "SCIENCE AND CIVILIZATION IN CHINA" by Joseph Needham with the col- laboration of Lu Gwei-Djen and a special contribution by Huang Hsing-Tsung, Volume 6 Biology and Biological Technology, Part I Botany, xxii & 718 pp., 89 b/w fig. & 22 tab. Cambridge Uni- versity Press, Cambridge & London, U.K. & New York, N. Y. 10022 1986. $95.00. And probably the title information would have been even more elongated with articles by Georges Metailie if he had submitted on time his articles on Chinese knowledge of plant processes, horticul- tural techniques, gardening and the influence of Chinese flora and botany on modern plant sciences. This wonderful historical sur- vey starts with China's plant geography, common and learned names in botanical linguistics from the earliest records forwards, continues with wild food plants, explorations of the borderlands, development of ornamental and pharmaceutical plants, information on crop im- provement and natural pest control. Expectedly the three biblio- graphies are widely collected: (1) Chinese and Japanese books before 288 PHY teOte90 GorsA Vol. 60, No. 4 1800, (2) those since 1800 and (3) books and journals in Western languages. The general index gives a table of Chinese dynasties and a romanization conversion table. Surely this book -- this series -- belongs in college and university libraries around the world. "ATLAS OF MARITIME HISTORY" by Richard Natkiel & Anthony Preston, 256 pp., 205 b/w photo., 15 fig. & 356 color-routed maps. Facts on File Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1986. $29 95". Why this book was sent to this botanical journal, I cannot guess, but with its many clear line-routed maps, its historically important figures, fine photographs and succintly written and clearly legible text, it is indeed pleasurable and worthwhile to peruse. The intro- ductory chapters on the ancient and the medieval worlds and the age of exploration give botanists opportunities to recall the actual paths of introduction for exotic food, spice, fiber, timber, horti- cultural and other plants. The other six chapters are war infested up to this present age, but they are also very effectively presented. "SEVEN CLUES TO THE ORIGIN OF LIFE -- A Scientific Detective Story" by A. G. Cairns-Smith, xii & 131 pp. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, U.K. and New York, N. Y. 10022. 1985. $17.95. Using the ingenious cover of a Sherlock Holmes-Dr. Watson drawn out question-answer conversation about the origin of life, the auth- or develops seven clues very logically in reasonably clear and simple molecular and chemical terms for the inquiring intelligent layman, discards false leads with typical Holmesian logic and ends up with a clay-making machine whose molecular variations could have produced a naked gene, "a hypothetical minimal primary organism that has no separate phenotype..... Life would have been a later gradual emergence (spontaneous generation) of secondary organisms “through a gradual replacement of a genetic takeover." This carefully worked out theory just seems to go back earlier in the life -out-of-slimy — ooze concept. Very interesting. "THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS" edited by Dr. Tim R. Halliday & Dr. Kraig Adler, iii & 143 & viii--xvi pp., 131 Color.photo. 321. b/w photo... 1'6/color_ figs5, 13 b/wot tga. oh conn geog. distrib. maps, 10 tab. & 9 comparative size b/w fig. » Facts on File Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1986. $24.95. A true encyclopedia this is not, but an excellent, really inter- esting, attractive and beautifully illustrated survey of the world's 1986 Moldenke, Book reviews 289 major reptiles and amphibians it most surely is with its contribu- tions from 19 experts on all the families of these animals. For am- phibians their geological history is surveyed, also their living adaptations for both water and land habitats, and their courtships, leaping and chorusing. For reptiles true dinosaurs are distinguish- ed from archosaurs, temperature regulation is explained by exposure to sun and shade, and the gavial (U.S. dictionaries and genus Gavialis) or gharial (Oxford dictionary and Hindi) is shown (photo) in protective padding for transportation for safe release into the wild. This book is emphatically recommended for all public, school, college, and personal libraries of enthusiasts about these creatures. "THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF INSECTS" edited by Christopher O'Toole, v & 143 & x--xvi pp., 160 color photo., 3 b/w photo, 1 color map, 78 chart outlines, 14 color draw. & 96 b/w draw. Facts on File Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1986. $24.95. Like "The Encyclopedia of Reptiles and Amphibians", this treatise is also not a real encyclopedia, but it is likewise an excellent survey of the world of insects and the insects of the world, as well as a similarly developed section on arachnids and a briefer one on myriapods. This editor and the 21 sectional expert contributors use the phylum name Uninamia: they are all functioning experts in their fields who know how to write interestingly and effectively. Beetles get their due as "the most successful group of animals on Earth, forming almost one-third of all described animal species and about two-fifths of all insects". The very excellent color photographs catch dynamic, dramatic poses instead of limp-looking dead things with pins or pin-holes in them. The use of boxed or chart forms for certain information is an effective devise against any tedium in reading all the substantive material in the text. This book also belongs in school, public, college and university libraries as an excellently presented source of information. It should be a stimu- lating gift for any young person interested in insect life. "ESCRITOS ETHNOBOTANICOS: Dictamo Afrodistacos, Plantas Irritantes o Alergenas, Asma, Mapurite o Anamé, Diabetes" by Santiago Lépez- Palacios, 323 pp. & 24 b/w & 1 color pl. Dep. Botdnica y Far- macognosia, Merida C.P.5101, Venezuela. 1985. Paperbound. The author, our friend of long standing, has presented a valuable study on a worldwide scale over a long span of time from the litera- ture and especially from South American plant sources. Such infor- mation is now of increasingly appreciated importance for furthering pharmaceutical and medical research for more and better disease con- trol. He also stresses that some native medical recommendations are only based on hearsay, that dependence on just the common plant names may not be reliable. A printed slip of corrections of printing errors is included; it caught some but not all of the misspellings. The fullpage plant plate drawings are well done and are particularly 290 PW Y deOnhe® tGniea Vol. 60, No. 4 attractive printed in green -- which is so natural for most observ- able parts of plants. "SPIDERS OF THE WORLD" by Rod & Ken Preston-Mafham, 191 pp., 66 color pl., 38 b/w pl. & 35 b/w multi-fig. draw. Facts on File Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1984. $17.95. This is a very effectively developed and very attractively illus- trated survey of both the spiders of the world and the world of spiders. The chapters describe their classification (using the name Arthropoda as the phylum designation), courtship and mating (recording some as parthenogenetic), their life histories (with the marvels of web-making and use), prey capturing, defense mechanisms, and their relations with man. The introduction states that "Little Miss Muffet was probably a daughter of a Thomas Muffet, a keen spider enthusiast". The final chapter closes with "spiders and their in- sect prey are far better equipped for survival in the long term than man himself...., it is certain that spiders will still be laying traps for flies long after man has finally disappeared from the earth". "THE QUANTUM WORLD" by J. C. Polkinghorne, xi & 100 pp. & 9 b/w fig. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N. J. 08540; (1984 Long- man Group Ltd., hardcover) Princeton University Press, 1984. $6.95 paperbound. The author was a former professor in the department of Applied Mathematics and Theoretical Physics in the University of Cambridge and is now an Anglican clergyman. "Two great discoveries have transformed our view of the natural world. One is Einstein's theory of special relativity; the other is quantum mechanics....much the more revolutionary". He describes somewhat simply and very care- fully "a way of thinking about the quantum world....and also the beautiful structure of the microworld which has been laid bare by the discoveries of elementary particle physics". "CONTROL OF LEAF GROWTH" edited by N. R. Baker, W. J. Davies & C. K. Ong, xii & 351 pp., 81 b/w fig., 2 b/w photo. & 24 tab. Cam- bridge University Press, Cambridge & London, U.K. & New York, NiO Y¥.2 100222. 9198560 $3950: This neatly typed offset publication is No. 27 in the seminar series of the Society for Experimental Biology and contains 15 pa- pers by 24 authors including the editors. They deal with such topics as: physical limitations of leaf cell expansion, energy transduction, carbon relations in developing leaves, mechanisms of light-stimula- ting leaf cell expansion, and air pollution and leaf growth with certain compensation mechanisms increasing the relative leaf area 1986 Moldenke, Book reviews 29) exposed to ozone and sulfur dioxide. The figures on pp. 126 and 322 are particularly well constructed. The last paper, on "The Way Ahead", concludes that "Only by considering the whole plant can we identify the performance criteria which the control mechanisms as- sociated with leaf growth may be trying to satisfy". Although most of the authors are from the British Isles, there is international representation among them. "TIGER -- Portrait of a Predator" by Valmik Thapar, 200 pp., 175 color & 1 b/w photo. & 2 color maps. Facts on File Publications, inGies: NEWSYON Ks) Ni w\Vos hOOUG e986. $24.95. This is an excellent nature story rendered in effective words and in superb color photography by Glinther Ziegler and Fateh Singh Ra- thore. It "shows and tells" of all phases of tiger life and activi- ties, their prey, and of the other animals and plants that live in the beautiful Ranthambhore preserve with its ancient crumbling fort. Previously the English and maharajahs used to hunt here, causing the surviving tigers to hunt by night, but now they roam freely in day- light. There are appendices (1) locating (Asia), describing (subspp.) and censusing (ca. 7,000) the tigers of the world; (2) listing the mammals, reptiles and birds of this 400 km. forest; and (3) mention- ing 450 named plant species and a profusion of insect life. Upon closing this book, I am sure that almost all readers will at least dream of visiting the Ranthambhore Tiger Preserve and will open their pockets for contributions to help the excellent nature conser- vancy work being performed there. “SULFUR DIOXIDE AND VEGETATION - Physiology, Ecology, and Policy Issues" edited by William E. Winner, Harold A. Mooney & Robert A. Goldstein, xxi & 593 pp., 148 b/w fig., 74 tab., 2 maps & 8 photo. Stanford University Press, Stanford, California 94305. 1986. $65.00. "This volume was developed from a symposium held in Alisomar, California in 1982" and consists of 30 papers by 50 contributors. There are 4 papers on pollution management, 7 on sulfur dioxide ef- fects on plant metabolism, 10 on its effects on plant growth, 7 on plant communities, and 2 in summary. It is intended as a reference book for those interested in sulfur dioxide-caused changes in plant physiology and ecology. Sulfur dioxide is only one of several in- dustrial pollutants; it has been playing its destructive role lon- gest and most intensely, as shown on a U.S.A. map on p. 235. Olson and Sharpe provide a rationale for the use of mechanistic mathemati- cal modeling providing "vital links between long-term ecological, whole-plant dose-response, and biochemical mechanism research".This book is needed in agricultural, horticultural and biochemical labs and university libraries. 292 PH YOO Or art A Vol. 60, No. 4 "GENETIC FLUX IN PLANTS" edited by B. Hohn & E. S. Dennis, xii & 253 pp., 40 b/w fig., 7 tab. & 16 photo. Springer-Verlag, Wien & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1985. $39.00. This is the second publication in the new Plant Gene Research [for] Basic Knowledge and Application and should be welcomed. Sec- tion I deals with movement of genetic information from the environ- ment into the plants by competent and satellite viruses and viroids and of DNA flux across genetic barriers by Agrobacterium. Section II covers movement of genetic information between such plant organ- elles as chloroplasts with mitochondria or with nuclei. Section III has 6 papers on the movement of genetic information within plant or- ganelles with consideration of “the very large and variable size of the genome", repeated DNA sequences, and unstable mutations and chromosome breakage in maize. The last chapter deals with the great amount cf somaclonal variation (rather than presupposed uniformity) in tissue culture and gross plant study of several vegetable crop plants. Since this book shows where and how such research is headed and its possible economic applications, it surely belongs in univer- sity, college and effected laboratory libraries. "THE EUROPEAN GARDEN FLORA - A Manual for the Identification of Plants Cultivated in Europe, Both Out-of-Doors and Under Glass": Volume I Pteridophyta, Gymnospeunae, Angiospexumae-Monocotyledons (Part 1) edited by S. M. Walters, A. Brady, C. D. Brickell, J. Cullen, P. S. Green, J. Lewis, V. A. Matthews, D. A. Webb, P. F. Yeo & J. C. M. Alexander, xv & 430 pp., 44 b/w multi-fig. pl. & 1 European hardiness lines map. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, U. K. & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1986. $99.50. Limited to the huge field of amenity horticulture, this publica- tion and its anticipated Volume II (and III?) on the rest of the mo- nocots and the dicots will prove a great boon for literate owners of and workers in small garden spots to estate lands, from public building grounds to parks, for nurserymen to landscape architects, for conservatory to glass house growing laboratory staff, and for libraries with horticultural identification questions to the labora- tory scientists and graduate trainees doing important experimental work on tomorrow's amenity plants with new forms, disease resistance, gene control, etc., and for the staffs of horticultural and mixed herbaria. Over 12,000 kinds of plants are named, fitted into oper- able keys, described within their families, with blooming times and cultivation tips, by a staff of 33 specialist-contributors. Since horticultural introductions encompass much of the globe, this book is surely destined to be a treasurehouse for English-language readers. It should fulfill an important place in private and public libraries as well as in those of horticultural schools and insti- tutes, colleges and universities. This book is really a very special and valuable publication. ae) “ PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 60 August 1986 No. 5 CONTENTS BUNTING, G.S., New taxa of Venezuelan Araceae ............. 293 MAMAY, S.H., MILLER, J.M., ROHR, D.M. & STEIN, W.E., Jr., Delnortea, a new genus of Permian plants ..............-++:+: 345 BARANOV, A.I., The Chinese medicine “shu” 4. Some nomenclatural and taxonomic notes on the MC BRE. Wick sh Polals. 8 1p al atm rel bre ot Alin Wy aLie ate Ke) oP thee 347 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum (Verbenaceae). XXI 1.6... eee eee eee eens 352 GOMEZ P., L.D., & GOMEZ-LAURITO, J., Plantae ITTICHORG MOVE. al? ic s,s Abid 8 Uahad oh ele ates en's a ole wee 369 See (AL) Book reviews’: : 1-143. LIST OF TAXA DESCRIBED Anthurium aroense Philodendron dyscarpium var. ventuarianum A. berryi P. exile A. guanchezii P. qguaiquinimae A. nuequeense P. inaequilaterum subsp. anthoblastum A. longissimum subsp. nirguense P. liesneri A. perijanum P. marahuacae A. subscriptum P. multinervum A. xanthoneurum P. orionis Caladium aturense P. peraiense C. steyermarkii P. perplexum Dracontium aricuaisanum P. rhodoaxis var. angustifolium D. changuango P. sabulosum Heteropsis spruceana var. robusta P. strictum H. steyermarkii P. sucrense H. tenuispadix P. tachirense Philodendron sect. Philopsammos P. tatei subsp. melanochlorum P. amplisinum P. triangulare P. anaadu P. victoriae P. appunii P. wurdackii P. borgesii P. yavitense P. calatheifolium Rhodospatha falconensis P. canaimae R. guasareensis P. cataniapoense R. steyermarkii P. consobrinum Stenospermation ammiticum subsp. neblinae P. davidsei Xanthosoma bolivaranum P. delascioi X. maroae 1986 Bunting, New taxa of Venezuelan Araceae 343 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Anthurium aroense (Liesner & Gonzdlez 9824). Fig. 1, p. 294 A. berryi (Wood & Berry 95). Fig. 2, p. 294 A. guanchezii (Gudnchez & Melgueiro 3451). Fig. 3, p. 294 A. longissimum subsp. nirguense (Steyermark & Bunting 97722), half of leaf blade with central segment. Fig. 4, p. 294 A. perijanum (Steyermark & Dunsterville 105560). Fig. 5, p. 297 A. subscriptum (Guadnchez & Melqueiro 3443). Fig. 6, p. 297 A. xanthoneurum (Steyermark et al. 130054). Fig. 7, p. 297 Caladium aturense (Bunting et al. 3480), juvenile. Fig. 9, p.299; adult. Fig. 10, p. 299 C. steyermarkii (Steyermark et al. 102035). Fig. 8, p. 297 Dracontium aricuaisanum (cult. VZM, ex type locality). Fig. 11, p. 299 (Bunting et al. 10866). Fig. 12, p. 299 D. changuango (Bunting & Trujillo 2221). Fig. 13, p. 3043 (Bunting 2856). Fig. 14, p. 304 Heteropsis spruceana var. robusta (Guanchez 1129). Fig. 15, p. 304 H. steyermarkii (Steyermark & Bunting 103056). Fig. 16, p. 304 H. tenuispadix (Berry 2189), with detail of fertile shoot (inset). Fig. 17, p. 308 Philodendron amplisinum (Bunting & Leédn 12848). Fig. 19, p. 308 anaadu (Delascio & Guanchez 10916). Fig. 18, p. 308 - appunii (Bunting et al. 2147). Fig. 20, p. 312 borgesii (Bunting 13394). Fig. 21, p. 312 calatheifolium (Bunting & Borges 5002). Fig. 22, p. 312 canaimae (Steyermark 106396). Fig. 23, p. 312 cataniapoense (Steyermark et al. 122235). Fig. 24, p. 315 consobrinum (Bunting 4951). Fig. 25, p. 315 davidsei (Davidse et al. 18702). Fig. 26, p. 315 delascioi (Steyermark et al. 114387). Fig. 27, p. 315 dyscarpium var. ventuarianum (Maguire & Maguire 35539). Fig. 28, p. 318 exile (Steyermark 107149). Fig. 29, p. 318 guaquinimae (Steyermark & Dunsterville 113297). Fig. 30, p. 318 inaequilaterum subsp. anthoblastum (Davidse et al. 16818). Fig. 31, p. 318 liesneri (Steyermark & Bunting 102673). Fig. 32, p. 321 marahuacae (Steyermark 129688). Fig. 33, p. 32] multinervum (Steyermark 107164). Fig. 34, p. 321 orionis (Bunting & Fucci 13470), juvenile. Fig. 36, p.323; adult. Fig. 37, p- 323 peraiense (Steyermark 111356). Fig. 35, p. 32] perplexum (Bunting 4402). Fig. 38, p. 327 rhodoaxis var. angustifolium (Steyermark et al. 106738). Fig. 39, p. 327 sabulosum (Bunting et al. 3848A). Fig. 40, p. 327 strictum (Bunting 13405). Fig. 41, p. 327 sucrense (Bunting 2703). Fig. 42, p. 331 tachirense (Bunting et al. 8587). Fig. 43, p. 33] tatei subsp. melanochlorum (Steyermark 110050). Fig. 44, p. 331 triangulare (Bunting 4372). Fig. 45, p. 331 victoriae (Bunting 13377). Fig. 46, p. 334 wurdackii (Steyermark & Bunting 102595). Fig. 47, p. 334 yavitense (Bunting et al. 3869). Fig. 48, p. 334 of 7 Nag © Hii 2 Beg lig © Hig Jao Nits [iis o aig a fis 0 Da © Neg o no Hess oJ i eR of UF 2 Ue eo yo 0 344 Pith Wort OsleOG "PD A Vol. 60, No. 5 Rhodospatha falconensis (Wingfield 8221A). Fig. 49, p. 334 R. guasareensis (Bunting et al. 12256), typical leaf. Fig. 50, p.338;leaf sub- tending inflorescence. Fig. 51, p. 338 R. steyermarkii (Steyermark & Rabe 96161). Fig. 52, p. 338 Xanthosoma bolivaranum (Bunting 3095). Fig. 54, p. 340 X. maroae (Bunting 4807). Fig. 53, p. 338; (Steyermark & Bunting 102845). Fig. 54, p. 340 ACKNOWLEDGMENT I am especially grateful to Mr. Wayne Bradford, of The Portrait Shoppee in Salisbury, Maryland, for his kind attention in printing the photographs presented here. DELNORTEA, A NEW GENUS OF PERMIAN PLANTS FROM WEST TEXAS Sergius H. Mamay Department of Paleobiology, Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. 20560 John M. Miller Biology Department, The University of the South Pacific Suva, Fiji David M. Rohr Geology Department, Sul Ross State University Alpine, Texas 70930 William E. Stein, Jr. Museum of Paleontology, University of Michigan Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109 In a preliminary publication Mamay, Miller and Rohr (1984) announced the discovery of a new Permian plant locality in the Del Norte Mountains, Brewster County, Texas. This is the youngest record of Paleozoic plant megafossils in North America. The Del Norte flora contains abundant leaves of a new genus, heretofore referred to only as "gigantopteroid." Our full report on the considerable amount of available material is yet incomplete, but because of repeated inquiries regarding the nomenclature of this plant we herewith propose the generic name Delnortea, with the type- species D. abbottii. Inasmuch as only one species is recognized, a combined generic-specific diagnosis is presented. DELNORTEA ABBOTTII Mamay, Miller, Rohr, and Stein, n. gen., n. sp. Combined diagnosis: Leaves simple, petiolate, from 1.2 to an estimated 35.0 cm long, 0.8 to 8.5 ecm wide. Petioles short, thick, with flaring, abscissed bases. Laminae symmetrical, each with a median groove on the adaxial surface; outlines orbiculate to oblong, elliptical, or linear; tips acute to obtuse; bases acute, rarely obtuse; margins shallowly to deeply crenate, rarely entire near the laminar base, and demarcated by a conspicuous, uninterrupted border of thickened tissue. Veins pinnate, in four orders. Primary vein (midrib) straight, stout, subterete in section, attached to the abaxial surface of the lamina by a major adaxial portion of the vein, beneath the median groove in the lamina. Secondary veins strong, straight, parallel, alternate to opposite, to 1.5 cm apart, acute, perpendicular or rarely obtuse, each vein terminating without branching at a marginal sinus in the lamina and merging into the 345 346 PeHe ye WO EOnG WA Vol 60 ).NowS thickened laminar border. Tertiary veins strong, straight, parallel, numerous (less than 3.0 mm apart), broadly acute, those nearest the midrib arising directly from the midrib; tertiaries with diffuse endings, merging with those of tertiaries from the adjacent secondary; tertiaries and secondaries together forming a uniforn, rigid "herringbone" pattern. Quaternary veins fine, numerous, acute, dividing sparsely; all ultimate vein endings coalescing with others to form a dense network of oblong meshes. Petiole and midrib containing heterogeneous ground tissue with clusters of isodiametric sclereids, a sclerified hypodermis and a vascular system of several conducting bundles arranged in a semicircular arc, the are enclosed by a discrete boundary tissue; xylem and phloem in radial files separated by vascular rays; tracheids with scalariform-bordered secondary wall thickenings to uniseriate circular-bordered pits on all walls. Holotype: Specimen 364416, Paleobotanical collections of the U.S. National Museum; Mamay, Miller, and Rohr, 1984, Fig. 1A. Locality: Del Norte Mountains, Brewster County, Texas; 1.7 km south of Bird Mountain, southeast of Alpine (30°N). Stratigraphic occurrence: Road Canyon Formation, Leonardian Series, Lower Permian. Etymology: The generic name refers to the Del Norte Mountains, where the fossiliferous site occurs. The specific epithet acknowledges the assistance and friendship of our late colleague, Maxine L. Abbott. Comments: The flared, abscissed petiole, the regularly crenate margins, the sinal termination of the secondary veins, and the confluence of the secondaries with the thickened marginal border of the lamina are distinctive features that combine to separate Delnortea from all morphologically similar fossil plants; the ease with which hand specimens may be identified using external characters renders Delnortea a potentially valuable stratigraphic guide fossil. The internal anatomical details reflect an unusual type of fossilization and entail considerable phylogenetic interest. LITERATURE CITED Mamay, Sergius H., John M. Miller, and David M. Rohr. 1984. Late Leonardian Plants from West Texas: The Youngest Paleozoic Plant Megafossils in North America. Science 223: 279-281. THE CHINESE MEDICINE "SHU" 4. Some Nomenclatural and Taxonomic Notes on the Atractylodes DisGe A.I. Baranov* This is the last in a four-part series of papers on the Chinese medicine"shu", and it deals with taxonomy and nomen- clature of the "shu" source plants. Atractylodes DC. is not a well known group of plants in the West. Conversely, in the Far East this genus is well known and economically very important because its members yield an herbal medicine extremely popular in Korea, Japan and China. In China the four species of Atractylodes used in traditional Chinese medicine are known under the generic name of shu. The genus Atractylodes was established by De Candolle in 1838. It belongs to the family Compositae, subfamily Asteroidae and the tribe Cynarae (Cardueae) [1]. Although the genus is small (not more than ten species), its intrageneric taxonomy is very confused and needs a through revisionary study. However, for various reasons this author is not in a position to carry out such a study. Consequently, he compiled this paper to fill the gap provisionally until a more comprehensive account of the taxonomy of this genus can be produced. Thus, herein will be presented seven remarks identifying the most important deficiencies and areas requiring improvement in the taxonomy of the genus. 1) The first two members of the genus Atractylodes were described by C.P. Thunberg. He found the plants cultivated in Japan (1775-1776) during his stay in that country. Thunberg referred the plants to the genus Atractylis L. and described two species: Atractylis lancea and A. ovata[9]. Later, botanists found that the natural distribution of the genus Atractylis L. is within the limits of the Mediterranean Region. Consequently, De Candolle established in 1838 a new genus Atractylodes and transferred all East Asian species of Atractylis into this new genus. Certain specialists on East Asian flora do not recognize the genus Atractylodes as a separate genus, allegedly because it has no significant differences from Atractylis in the * P.O. Box 131, Cambridge, MA 02140, U.S.A. 347 348 PRY FOL We WA Vol. 60, No. 5 structure of generative parts. A comparative study by this author showed that besides the markec. differences from Atractylis in the structure of vegetative parts, the genus Atractylodes differs from the genus Atractylis L. as follows: (a) The heads of Atractylis are homogamous (florets all perfect), while in Atractylodes DC. the heads are heterogamous (florets are either all perfect or all pistillate with aborted stamens) [2,5]; (b) in Atractylis L. the receptacle is chaffy; chaffs are oblong-ovate or linear, dissected into two lobes, of which one is short ovate, acute; another one is very long, awn-like, very narrow; in addition, the chaffs are ciliate and slightly erose at the margin; (Fig. 1 d,e,f) in Atractylodes DC. the receptacle is bristly; bristles are simple, linear, narrow, entire, not ciliate at the margin. (Fig. 1c); (c) Anothers' appendages in Atractylis L. are very narrow, linear, drawn out into a very long, sharp apex, very densely, minutely, flexuously hairy (Fig. 1. g); in Atractylodes DC. the appendages are oblong or narrowly ovate, sometimes lobate, obtuse or acutish at the apex; on the surface they are rather loosely beset with minute, straight hairs (Fig. 1 a,b). Thus, in this author's opinion the characteristics described above are sufficient to recognize the genera Atractylis L. (1737) and Atractylodes DC. (1838) as two separate genera. 2) In the Flora USSR[1] it is said that the type species of the genus Atractylodes DC. is A. lancea (Thunb.) DC. However, in the ING[3] it is said about the type species of Atractylodes DC.: "Typus non designatus." The explanation for this contradiction is found in Professor Bobrov's personal letter to this author [la], in which he says that he selected A. lancea (Thunb.) DC. as the type of the genus, for purely formal reasons, i.e. because this species is cited first in the protologue of the genus. No typification whatsoever of the genus Atractylodes DC. has ever been made and this genus, so far, has no officially designated nomenclatural type. 3) In the latest handbook of the Soviet Far Eastern Flora [10] the authority of the genus Atractylodes is cited in an erroneous way. It reads: Atractylodes L., while it should read Atractylodes DC. 4) The diagnoses of the two first species of Atractylodes, Atractylodes ovata (Thunb.) DC. and A. lancea (Thunb.) D.C. are extremely short (each consists of only nine words) [9]. Naturally, such short descriptions are unable to give any clear idea of the species. Although these species are still treated as two distinct species, although with a rather 1986 Baranov, Chinese medicine "shu" 349 doubtful taxonomic status, Bobrov[la] suggests that it might have happened that Thunberg described not two separate spe- cies, but two cultivated varieties of one species. This certainly should be verified. In addition, the fact that Thunberg described these taxa from cultivated plants, dis- proves the old notion that the type locality of the genus Atractylodes DC. is in Japan. This in turn poses a question: In what part of continental Eastern Asia then is the original native area of distribution of A. ovata? 5) Atractylodes separata Bailey listed by Hu[4) as occur- ring in China (prov. Hupei, Szechuan) is conspecific, according to Koidzumi[6] with A. lancea (Thunb.) DC. 6) A. japonica Koidz. ex Kitam. This species of Atractylodes ought to be critically revised because it appar- ently has been published with serious violations of the rules of ICBN: (a) no formal description of this species at the time of its publication was provided; consequently, A. japonica is nomen nudum; (b) the nomenclatural type of this taxon has never been designated; (c) there are serious doubts with regard to the relationship of A. japonica and A. ovata; it seems that diagnostic characteristics of both species overlap, at least in part. Thus, it appears to be advisable for the Japanese botanists to re-study, re-describe or re-validate the publication of A. japonica Koidz. ex Kitam in the future. 7) A. pinnatifolia (Kom.) S.Y. Hu. A new species of Atractylodes proposed by Hu[4]. Taxonomic status of this species seems to be questionable because it is described on the basis of only one herbarium specimen. Furthermore, separation of this taxon is based, for the most part, on the plant's leaf shape. However, there is a general rule that in the genus Atractylodes DC., leaf shape cannot be used as a diagnostic characteristics because it is extremely changeable Leer28)<: It is hoped that this sharing of information about the problem with regard to the taxonomy of the genus Atractylodes will serve as a springboard for the beginning of a revisionary study of this genus. The author is grateful to the late Professor E. G. Bobrov, (Leningrad), Dr. S.Y. Hu (Arnold Arboretum, Harvard Univer- sity), and Dr. M. Kitagawa (Tokyo, Japan) for their valuable help during the preparation of this paper. He is also grate- ful to Harvard University Herbaria and Library for making available the herbarium material and literature necessary for the writing of this paper. 350 Pk’ Win OsdOa:Gelaoh Vol. 60, "Nou" Literature 1. Bobrov, E.G. The Genus Atractylodes DC., in The Flora USSR. vol. XXVII. Moscow-Leningrad, 1962. pp. 88-89. (In Russian). la. Personal communication in a letter January 5, UO72Q< t 2. De Candolle, A.P. Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regnis Vegetabilis. Pars VII. Sect. I. Paris, 1838, p. 48. 3. Farr, E.R., Lessink, J.A., Stafleu, F.A. (Eds.) Index Nominum Genericorum (Plantarum) (ING). vol. I. (In Latin). 4. Hu, S.Y. The Compositae of China. Quart. Jour. Taiwan Mus., vol. XVIII (3 & 4), 1965. Atractylodes: pp. 309-313. 5. Kitamura, S. Okera ni tsuite [On the Genus Atractylodes DC.] Acta Phytotaxonomica et Geobotanica. vol. IV, No. 3, 1935. p. 178. (In Japanese). 6. Koidzumi, G. Florae Symbolae Oreintali-Asiaticae. Kyota, 1930. p. 4. 7. Matsumura, J. So-jutsu no gakumei ni tsuite [On the Scientific Name of Sojutsu]. Bot. Mag. Tokyo. Vol. 4, No. 46. Tokyo, December 1890. pp. 435-550. (In Japanese). 8. Ono, R. Honzo-Komoku Keimo [The Outline of Botany for the Beginner]. Vol. 8, 1803. (In Japanese). 9. Thunberg, C.P. Flora Japonica. Lipsiae, 1784. Atractylis: pp. 306-307. (In Latin). 10. Vorob'ev, D.P., Voroshilov, V.N., Gorovoy, P.G., Shroeter, A.I. Opredilitel' rastenii Primor'ia i Primaur'ia [A Key to the Amurland and Ussuriland Plants). Moscow-Leningrad: Nauka Publishers, 1966. Atractylodes: pp. 421-422. (In Russian). 1986 Baranov, Chinese medicine "shu" 351 mere: + Mint 5 oath Iya B= gl Receptacle scales and anther appendages in Atractylis L. and Atractylodes DC. Atractylodes DC.: a and b - anther appendages; c - recep- tacle bristle. a and b X ca. 205) © tkteat a5% Atractylodes ovata (Thunb) DC.: Kirin, Manchuria, Waste- land. Coll. F. H. Chen. No. 141. 24-VII-1931 [GH]. Atractylis L.: d,e,f - receptacle chaffs; g - anther ap- pendages. d,e,f and g X ca. 15. Atractylis cancellata L. Acroteri, Crete. E. Rieverchon ex Herb. John Ball. 1890. [GH]. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XXI Harold N. Moldenke This series of notes was begun in Phytologia, volume 57, page 157 (1985), and has been continued in almost every succeeding issue, the species being treated in alphabetic sequence. Since the series was begun numerous additions and emendations have come to light and these will be included in the present installment before continuing with the alphabetic sequence where it was left off in the preceding is- sue. For explanation of the herbarium acronyms employed refer to the first installment. CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional & emended bibliography: Rheede, Hort. Ind. Malab. 4: 6lE=6258, 589% pilky2oei683is ORaiys Hist pill. oes) WSOl Mal 5 73S aGsse Pluk., Almagest. Bot. pl. 211, fig. 4. 1692; Pluk., Phytogr. Amalth. Boies US NOFS wills Sols vite 25 I/WSs Ps heres ins seveamly S85 Wz: Amman, Stirp. Rar. Imp. Ruth. pl. 15. 1739; Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 4: 86 & 108--109, pl. 48 & 49. 1743; L., Fl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 104--105 (1747) and imp. 2, 104--105. 1748; Stickman in L., Herb. Amboin. 14. W7/eyts TESS inoveiie® Neeley CSN A eVNe WIR eS Siig Plas Gels 25 2s 8895, bss Je Burma. bili. Mallalbis (6=——7). IO4e cdl. Ae Mince. iinimleersmesiyisite Vega, ed. lise, W29e 48Se 8577s 77/4 ames ENGycillheeMethiaeb Gite elles 2VSED 783) Je GatAe Forster. Inse Austral. Pradge. Noe, 24a alee U.. F.; Gmels ain les Syst wNalt... edi. Iss amp. 1, 2: 2435 48905 soo 962. 1789; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. [I]lust. Gen. ] 3: pl. 544. 1796s, Willd.” in Bo. Sp. Pls ed. 4 [Sq (Sis 60601798 Porm-nen Lame, Encycls Meth. Bot. 2: 1269, plka5s85 fig. 2. Vetosswaeks aMaliciie Misc. [Descrip. Malay. P1l.], imp. 1, 1: 15--17, 38--40, & 48--49. i820; (Roth, Nov= Pl Spe. cimps 15 3i5=-31/65 1821 Steuds, Nome Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 207--208, 578, 782, & 889--890. 1821; Roxb., Fl. In- ditca, ede leas Se. os24eiioude. Encyels Pile 5225 523). Slioee ceelnicor figs S7O5Na"87092 182953 Wes hooks Bot, Mises als) 283==284% elese: Wall., Numer. List [82, 86, & 87, nos. 1784--1799, 1809, 1812, 1815, 1829. 2652, & 2653. V831s?W. Hook...sComp. Bot. Mag. 1: 348. Ne36; Royle, Illust. Bot. Himal. 299. 1836; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy., imp. Tis, 20561837) ands imps. Tg o268 2 1838s ind] -..Veq.2Kingd 4, yd. Vy 664. 1840; Jack., Calcut. Journ. Nat. Hist. 4: [Descrip. Malay. Pl., imp. 5] 16, 38--40, * 48--49. 1843; Lindl., Edwards Bot. Reg. 30 [ser. 2, 7]: pl. 19. 1844; Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. 1: 239. 1849; Piainelis Co Vel hlottecas, Fils Seiras daltcla, Seles 5 SE vs WelsWe IF. Muell., Essay Pl. Fitzal. Sm. Exped. Burdek. 17. 1860; Benth., Fl. Hongk. 271--272. 1861; Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. 200. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia,.ser. 1 [Baill.. Rec. Obs, Bot. |, 32 40, [177], 180. Tea. 184, 213--217, & 224--226. 1863; F. Muell. in Landsb., Explor. Aus- tral. 119. 1866s-Miq.. Ann. Mus. Bot... Lug.-Bat. 3: 252-=254,, pla. 1867; J. F. Wats., Inde Nat. Sctent: Names 434, 437, 4572. 8 523. 1868; Kurz, Rep. Veg. Andam. App. A. 45. 1870; F. Muell., Descrip. Notes Papuan Pl., imp. 1, 1: 77, 177, & 90--91. 1875; A: Wood, Amer. 352 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrum 353 Bot. Flor. Add. 448. 1877; Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 14 & 292 (1878) and ed. 3, 6: pl. [222 ]J--225. 1878; Naves & Fern.-Villar. in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: Nov. App. 160--161, pl. [223]. 1880; J. E. Gonzalez, Revist. Cientif. Mex. 1 (14): 17. 1881; F. M. Bai- ley, Syn. Queens). Fl. 380--381. 1883; Dymock, Veg. Mat. Med. W. In- dia, ed. 1, ix, 496--498, 598, & 747 (1884) and ed. 2, 598. 1885; Hems]. in Thomson & Murray, Rep. Scient. Res. Voy. Challenger 3, Bot. 1: 110, 176, & 244. 1885; Campbell & Watt, Descrip. Cat. Econ. Prod. Chutia Nagpur 18, 22, 32, & 55. 1886; Drake del Castillo. Illust. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pacif., imp. 1, 260--261. 1886; K. Schum., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 9: 220. 1887; Volkens, Fl. Aegypt.-arab. WUste. 1887; F. M. Bailey, Queens]. Woods 92--93. 1888; Collett & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 28: 111 & 181. 1890; Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 87--88, 92, 94, 95, 112, & 114--116, fig. 98--100. 1891; Prain, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 60: 283--406. 1891; Warb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 13: 427. 1891; Pardo de Tavera, Pl. Med. Filip. 241--242, 329, 332, & 337. 1892; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indica, imp. 1, 3: [iii] & 76--82. 1893; Prain, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 62: 49 74. 1893; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 133, 135, 143, 144, 170, & 173--176, fig. 65. 1895; Reinecke, Ober. Schles. Gesel. Vater]. Cult. 73 (2): 21. 1985; Dragendorff, Heilpfl. 568. 1898; Greshoff, Vers]. Onderz. Plantenstoff. 2: 159. 1898; Koord., Meded. Lands Plant. Tuin. Buitenz. 19: 448, 558--559, & 561. 1898; Reinecke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 25: 672. 1898; F. M. Bailey, Queens]. Woods 105--106. 1899; Matsumura, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 13: 131. 1899; J. L. Stewart, Punjab Pl. 165. 1899; Woodrow, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 12: 359--360. 1899; Koord. & Valet., Meded. Lands Plant. Bog. 42 [Bijdr. Boomsart Java 7]: 13, 164, & 211--213. 1900; Kuroiwa, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 14: 126. 1900; Volkens, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 31: 474. 1901; Boorsma, Bull. Inst. Bot. Buitenz. 14: 8 & 35. 1902; Kramer, Samoa-Inseln 2: 121 & 367. 1903; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 1, 66, 622, 623, 823, & 833--836. 1903; Safford, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 9: 231. 1905; Baerecke, Anal. Key Ferns Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect. Middl. Fla. 115. 1906; Duthie in Strachey, Cat. Pl. Kumaon 138. 1906; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 1, Suppl. 1: 122. 1906; Haines, For. Fl. Chota Nagpur 476 & 484--486. 1910; Docters van Lee- uwen-Reijnvaan, Marcellia 10: 65--93, fig. 83. 1911; Guillaum., Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille 9: 208. 1911; Pulle in Lorentz, Nova Guinea, ser. 1, 8: 402--403. 1911; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 1: 648. 1911; Dalla Torre, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (1): 1318 & 1328. 1913; Rechinger, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 599. 1914; P. C. Standl., Torreya 14: 21--24. 1914; Boorsma, Tropische Natuur 4: 140. 1915; Kawag., Bull. Kag. 1: 175. 1915; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 1, 4: 119--122 & xxii--xxi7i. 1917; E. D. Merr., Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboin. 452 & 455--456. 1917; Sakag., Gen. Ind. Fl. Okin. 18. 1917; Simada, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 31: 12. 1917; Boorsma, Teysmannia 29: 328. 1918; N. L. Britton, Fl. Bermuda 318--320. 1918; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 386--388. 1918; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 1, 3: pl. 746. 1918; A. Chev., Cat. Pl. Jard. Bot. Saigon 35. 1919; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 238--320, 340-- 348, 353--355, 362--365, & 371. 1919; Ridl., Journ. Fed. Malay 354 Pols ¥eTeO5E OoGe TTA Vol. 60, No. 5 States "Muss lO: V11s 19202 %Glernero,, Bully. VEhnlapseBur okfon 922: 229. 1921; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 704 & 720--722. 1922; Dastur, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 143--147, fig. 2. 1923; Hunt, U. S. Naval Med. Bull. 19: 150--151. 1923; Sydow, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 44: 570 & 606. 1923; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 554 & 555. 1923; Bakh. in Bakh. & Lam, Nova Guinea 14, Bot. 1: 170--171. 1924; Bodding, Mem. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 10: 6, 63, 81, & 110. 1925; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Gard. Plant., ed. 3, 108--110, 207, & 5500 19253 Se) Moones) Journ Bot. “Brit. 6S 285 & "Suppily. 28il i925 Bodding, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 10: 155, 196, 206, 227, 228, 244, 253, & 275. 1927; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 44: 1396. 1927; Nad- karni, Indian Mat. Med. 219. 1927; Freeman & Williams, Useful Pl. Trin. 44. 1928; Ito, Taiwan Shikubutu Dzusetu [I]lust. Formos. Pl. ] pl. 596--600. 1928; J. M. Cowan, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 12: 68--70. 1929; Misra & Lamba, Bull. Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa 196: 3. 1929; P. C. Stand|]., Torreya 14: 22. 1929; Sasaki, Cat. Govt. Herb. Formos. 434. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 502. 1930; Anon., Agric. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1234. 1931; Makino & Nemoto, Gl. Jap., ed. 2, 997. 1931; Mullan, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 10: 129. 1931; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 134 & 544. 1931; Mildbr., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 11: 677--680. 1932; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 277. 1933; G. Klein, Handb. Pflanzenanal. 4 (1): 794. 1933; Mullan, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 12: 177--179, fig. 184--197. 1933; Hochr., Candol- lea 5: 192--193 [P1. Hochr. 3: 18--19]. 1934; Bakh., Journ. Arnold Arb. 16: 70--71 & 472. 1935; Banerji, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. Calcut. 17: 71--81. 1935; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 1, 1: 585, 589--590, & 592--593. 1935; E. D. Merr., Trans. Amer. Phil- oS.)S0c., sere: 2, 24 (2) 2° [Comments Lour Trop. oPlant’ Gard’, -ede"55 imp. -75 69% 70, 104--105, 197, 514, 515, & 540. 1956; Nair & Nathaway, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 54: 99. 1956; Navalkar, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 53: 335--342, pl. 3. 1956; Pattnaik, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 54: 149. 1956; Rageau, Pl. Med. Nouv.-Caled. 61. 1957; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 1: 52. 1959; Hara, Outline Phytogeog. Jap. 79. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 12. 1959; Nayar, Bull. Bot. Suv 2 indianl: 125. 119593 Sebastine, 7Bull. Bote Surv. India 1: 95. 1959; Subramanyam, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 1: 133. 1959; Puri, Indian FORSCECON Tl i545 1565) LOS al76 185s N88 S89. 2045 209s 220), +2237, 230, 236, 237, 263, & 279 (1960) and 2: 406, 515, & 629. 1960; San- tapau, Fl. Bomb. Salsette [3]. 1960; Barton, Cheung, Cross, Jackman, & Martin-Sm., Journ. Chem. Soc. 1961: 5061. 1961; Barton, Cheung, Cross, Jackman, & Martin-Sm.,Proc. Chem. Soc. 1961: 76. 1961; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. 2: 136. 1961; L., Mant. Pl., imp. 2, 2 [Cramer & Swan, Hist. Nat. Class. 7]: 423. 1961; Sim, Hamor, Paul, & Robert- son, Proc. Chem. Soc. 1961: 75. 1961; Sobti & Singh, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.54: 138--144. 1961; R. R. Stewart, Pakist. Journ. For. 11: 59. 1961; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 1: 39. 1962; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 8, 69, 70, 104--105, 197, 514, 515, & 540. 1962; Razi, Journ. Univ. Poona 1 (2): Biol. 47. 1962; G. L. Shah, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 4: 293. 1962; Sim, Hamor, Paul, & Robertson, Journ. Chem. Soc. 1962: 356 Pony. OuG aa Vol. 60, No. 5 4133. 1962; Legris, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors 6: 184, 185, 192, 203, 324--326, 328, 334, 502, 528, 547, & 560. 1963; Li, Woody Fl. Taiwan 16, 18, 816, 824, 826--829, & 946, fig. 332. 1963; Malaviya, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.58: 351--[363], fig. L=<6% (Oye dis, 25 5) B26'p US BI, (12) Ps B2(ANe 1963); (Mold: A Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 87--89. 1963; Patil, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 20. 1963; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 2, 2: 614, 622--624, 834, & 835. 1963; Raman & Kesavan, Sci. Cult. 29: 609--610. 1963; Rao, Aggarwal, & Mukherjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 142, 146, 305, 307, 309, 311, 315, 320, & 321. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 358--365, 373--376, 378, 379, & 381--383, pl. 9--12, fig. 9 & 24-- 29. 1963; Srinivasan & Agarwal, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 86. 1963; Al-Rawi & Chakraverty, Iraq Minist. Agr. Tech. Bull. 15: 28. 1964; Banerjee in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 55. 1964; Bose, Handb. Shrubs 6, 10, 42--43, 106, & 123. 1964; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 2: 13 & 15. 1964; Lord, Shrubs Trees Austral. Gard., ed. 2, 259--260. 1964; Panigrahi, Chowdhury, Raju, & Deka; *BullerBots: Surve Sindiia 6262555) 19645) Parham; Pl 2c Fi jac Isilisy 213. 1964; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 2, 243. 1964; Arora & Aggarwal, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 44: 316, 317, 319--321, & 325. 1965; Bose, Handb. Shrubs, imp. 2, 6, 9, 10, 41, 42, 106, & 123.0 19653 Burkilds Dicts*Econe Prod. Malay Penins.,nimp. 2g01s8585, 589--590, & 592--593. 1965; Dakshini, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 44: 424. 1965; Gaussen, Viart, Legris, & Labrous, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors 5: 24--25. 1965; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barbados 354--358, 364, & 469. 1965; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy., imp. 2, 205 & 268. 1965; Kariyone, Ann. Ind. Rep. Pl. Chem. 1961: 129--130. 1965; Maheshwari & Singh, Dict. Econ. Pl. India 44. 1965; Mani, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 114. 1965; McCrindle & Overton, Advanc. Organ. Chem. 5: 47. 1965; Quisumb., Govt. Sara- wak Sympos. Ecol. Res. Humid Trop. Veg. 35. 1965; Sen & Singh, Biol. Abstr. 46: 286 & 313 (1965) and 46 (1): B.121 & 131. 1965; Sen & Singh, Hort. Abstr. 35: 440. 1965; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 47 (23): S. 37. 1966; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 2, 1: 589-- 595. 1966; Datta & Majumdar, Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 20: 102. 1966; Gaussen & al., Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors 7: 50, 56, 67, 78, & 98. 1966; Hatusima, Mem. Fac. Agr. Kagoshima Univ. 5 (S)iz Aves 1 9G6sakriis de lieeKarachin2s6==290,) 3525 1h 53), tialgeaeae 1966; Jain & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 247. 1966; Kalani, Journ. Sci. Technol. 28: 125--127. 1966; Koo, Journ. Tai-Wan Pharm. Soc. 18: 2--9. 1966; Manzoor-I-Khuda, Biol. Abstr. 47: 9899. 1966; Man- zoor-I-Khuda, Tetrahedron 22: 2377--2386. 1966; Mishra & Joshi, Proc. Indian Sci. Cong. 53 (4): 27--28. 1966; Pavgi & Singh, Myco- path. Mycol. Appl. 30: 267. 1966; Raju, Indian Forester 92: 489. 1966; Singh & Patnaik, Proc. Indian Sci. Cong. 53 (3): 439. 1966; Subramanyan & Henry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 212. 1966; Venkatesan, Indian Forester 92: 29. 1966; Yamazaki in Hara, Fl. East. Himal. 268--269. 1966; Baquar, Revist. Biol. Port. 6: 443. 1967; Baquar & Tasnif, Pakist. Counc. Scient. Indust. Res. Bull. 3. 1967; Barua, Sanyal, & Chakrabarti, Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 44: 549--551. 1967; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 497 & 510=-514. 1967; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 4: 1986 Moldenke, Notes on Cherzodendrwmn 357 12. 1967; Guillaum., Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris B.15: 316. 1967; Joshi, Cent. Salt Mar. Chem. Res. Inst. Proc. Sem. Sea Salt Pl. 256--264. 1967; Kalani, Biol. Abstr. 48: 9226. 1967; Kariyone, Ann. Ind. Rep. Pl. Chem. 1962: 135. 1967; Mishra & Joshi, Indian Sci. Cong. Ass. Proc. 54: 356. 1967; Pal & Krishnamurthi, Flow. Shrubs 30, 134, & 135. 1967; Panigrahi & Saran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 250 & 258. 1967; Sebastine & Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 192 & (eee bO672208.\EeStone,»Pacif. Scitm212°108.,1967;_S.0Ps a: Reon. Banerjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 187. 1968; Barua, Sanyal, & Chakrabarti, Biol. Abstr. 49: 1374. 1968; Borlage, Ind. Pl. Tex. 182, 194, 204, 221, & 235. 1968; Deb, Indian Forester 94: 755 & 759. 1968; Inandar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 130. 1968; Joshi, Stud. Photosynth. Marine Pl. Bomb. 256--264. 1968; Kundu & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 397--408, fig. 11, 18, & 19. 1968; Maiti, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 121. 1968; Mold., Phytologia 15: 472 (1968) and 17: 13. 1968; Shah, Biol. Abstr. 49: 5219. 1968; Shah, Canad. Journ. Bot. 46: [169]--175, fig. 3--16, 19, & 20. 1968; Tiwari, Indian For- ester 94: 584. 1968; Vajravelu, Joseph, & Chandrasekaran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 78. 1968; H. Walt., Veget. Erde 2: 917 & 918. 1968; Anon., Biores. Ind. 5: 309, 1371, & 1412. 1969; Hafez & Younis, Act. Biol. Sci. Hung. 20: 335--340. 1969; Hafez & Younis, Biol. Abstr. 50: 10217. 1969; Hafez & Younis, Physiol. Pl. 22: 332--337. 1969; Inamdar & Patel, Beitr. Biol. Pflanz. 45: 403, 405, & 406, fig. 6 & 7. 1969; Joshi, Biores. Ind. 5: 309. 1969; Joshi, Indian Forester 95: 153. 1969; Kramer, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 178. 1969; Majumdar, Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 23: 39. 1969; Mishra & Joshi, Biores. Ind. 5: 1973. 1969; Panigrahi, Singh, & Misra, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 91. 1969; Santapau & Shah, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 66: 438. 1969; Shah, Indian Forester 95: 275. 1969; Shah, Poulose, & Unnikrishnan, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 48: 85--89. 1969; Sharaf, Aboulezz, Abdul- Alim, & Gomaa, Qual. Pl. Mat. Veg. 17: 293--298. 1969; Singh, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 15. 1969; Singh & Patnaik, Biores. Ind. 5: 1420. 1969; Tilak & Kale, Sydowia 23: 17 & 20. 1969; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 254 & 258. 1969; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (8): iv & title 8898 (1970) and 5 (9): ii & title 10008. 1970; Graf, Exot. Pl. Man., ed. 1, 492, 541, & 828--829. 1970; Hafez & Younis, Beitr. Biol. Pflanz. 47: [1]--9, fig. 3b. 1970; Hafez & Younis, Hort. Abstr. 40: 185. 1970; Hatusima & Yoshinaga, Bull. Fac. Agr. Kagosh. Univ. 2: 92 & 109--110, pl. 15, fig. 4 & 5, & pl. 16, fig. 1. 1970; Jain & Tarafder, Econ. Bot. 24: 249 & 294. 1970; Sha- raf, Aboulezz, Abdul-Alim, & Gomaa, Hort. Abstr. 40: 550. 1970; Sykes, N. Zeal. Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 212, 214, 272, 273, 275, & 306. 1970; Abdul-Alim, Plant. Med. 19: [318]--321. 1971; D. R. W. Alexander, Hong Kong Shrubs 25--28. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeog. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: iv, 826, & 829, map 1373. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 52 (10: B.A.S.1.C. $.51 & $.52. 1971; Farnsworth, Phar- macog. Titles 6 (3): vi & title 3668 (1971), 6 (6): iii & title 1370 (1971), and 7 (7): vi & title 12244. 1971; Harborne, Subram., & Nair, Phytochem. 10: 2822. 1971; Inamdar & Patel, Indian Forester 97: 328. 1971; Maurya, Bahga, & Soni, Indian Vet. Journ. 48: 1263-- V266,: 197 tere. Morton, .Exot. Pl. 120;-12)4 & 191,.51971s57 Petrov in 358 Pasty oT Onih Ou de A Vol. 60, Now McGinnies, Goldman, & Paylore, Food Fiber Arid Land 360. 1971; Rao, Bull & Bote Survie India Vee ViS6r e200. SOT. Ge Sets) Biol, Abstre 522568500197 ‘Shahi, Patel, & Singhs Bull. Bot. Surv. India tse 208). US7ASeStES Johnie WeSmam seaeiiie Sci. Zoi SAS hrOWwemen mle Hong Kong 1 & 48--51. 1971; Weiner, Econ. Bot. 25: 229 & 446. 1971; Arion. 8B Vi. AbStr253's £6372. 97Z )s.538(4)20B SAGShI ICC S). 53s USF ame 55) 08.) sa BsAsSah.G8 78253. Oh972 )\ 53° (120) BaA SCI CAsS. 5h GiSr2 pene 54 (6): B.A.S.1.C. S.54. 1972; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indica, imp. 2 [Hamdard 15:] 330 & 349--351. 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6 (11): v & title 20979 (1972), 7 (1): v & titles 820 & 1214 (1972)5°7°(3) 28707 2. title77 (1972), and 7° (8) 2 vii’ title 15419. 1972; Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap., imp. 2, 1: 187--188. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.21: 30. 1972; Horikawa, Atlas Jap. Fl. map 336. 1972; Langhammer, Excerpt. Bot. A.20: 280. 1972; Mold., Biol’. “Abstr .53.: 63725 (1972) ‘and 542.6295.) 11972; -Ca-Ci Rags 9BIols Abstr. 53: 4687. 1972; Rao & Sastry, Indian Forester 98: 597. 1972; Ue GaeSeee BlOlmerADS Emeno4esZ0ls O72 29S talitern, aCasitaneassmanceor US7i2is TREERS PSitewaletey Aninoie Calt Sani n= NatSair * oA Piles aWieee Palkasites 605--606. 1972; Stoddart & Fosb., Atoll. Res. Bull. 161: 4 & 13. 1972; Subramanian & Nair, Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 49: [1061 J--1062. 1972; Subramanian & Nair, Phytochem. 11: 3095. 1972; Zepernick, Baessim-AnGheseser. 25 Os 405 M1 Olle 20M 6225.5 9238in 0279s coeds ec oor 1972; Abraham, Thomas, Karunakaran, & Golpalakrishnan, Agric. Res. Journ. Kerala 10: 59--60. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (12): B.A.S. 1.C. $.58. 1973; Backer, Atlas 220 Weeds [Handb. Cult. Sugar-cane Fo} pls S228 S23 VOT SA WaLB. Gaake; Biol. \Atstr 2) 562165575 198i Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 8 (6): iii & 483. 1973; Hartley, Dun- stone, Fitzg.,-Johns, & Lamberton, Lloydia 36: 223 & 293. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.21: 117. 1973; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 27: 94. 1973; Nicholas in L. P. Mill., Phytochemistry 2: 281--282. 1973; Norton, Bristol, Read, Bushnell, Kashiwagi, Okinaga, & Oda, Journ. Pharma. SGie 622 HOST. AS7BF eRe RE Rao}, «Stud. Eltows IPS eMysonremiiist. 2: 748--749 [thesis]. 1973; Rao & Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. B.26: 102. 1973; Serbanescu-Jitariu & Mitroiu, Act. Bot. Hort. Bucurest. V972-=0973's MNO WIS a WNG=26: \147)er 1.952 5) Molde, Phytologia 59: 101. 1986. CLERODENDRUM BUCHHOLZII Gtirke Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 102 & 254 (1986) and 60: 271. 1986. Keys to distinguish this species from other tropical African spe- cies will be found under C. dinkkager Giirke and C. inaequipetiolatum Good in the present series of notes (59: 253 & 60: 271). Additional citations: CULTIVATED: Oregon: Rankin 4.n. [Coquille, August 29, 1947] (Or--62644). CLERODENDRUM BUCHNERI GUurke Additional bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 56 & 64. 1948; Mold., Phytologia 59: 102 (1986) and 60: 268. 1986. Thomas (1936) is of the opinion that C. humife Chiov. may be con- specific with C, buchneri, differing only in its smaller stature and shorter corolla-tube. CLERODENDRUM BUKOBENSE Glurke Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 330--332 (1985) and 59: 266. 1986. CLERODENDRUM BUNGEI Steud. Additional synonymy: CLenrodendraun bunget Needham, Sci. Civilis. China 6 (1): 53 sphalm. 1986. Additional bibliography: Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 90, 93, & 94. 1916; Mold....Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 3.045 14..26,0&'29.. 1939540. E. Clark, Sunset New West. Gard. Book, imp. 1, 247 (1967) and imp. 2, 247. 1979; Phillips & Barber, Ornament. Shrubs 110. 19813; Wright, 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerodendraum 365 Miner, & Carter, Comp]. Handb. Gard. Pl. 216 & [217], fig. 4. 1984: Clewell, Guide Vasc. Pl. Fla. Panhandle 510 & 511. 1985; Mold., Phy- tologia 59: 102 (1986) and 60: 141 & 180. 1986; Needham, Sci. Civil- is. China 6 (1): 672. 1986. Additional illustrations: Wright, Miner, & Carter, Compl. Handb. Gard. Pl. [217], fig. 4 (in color). 1984. Phillips & Barber (1981) describe this species as "an 8 ft. suck- ering shrub, developing into a thicket if allowed. It is thickly draped with large, heart-shaped, toothed leaves and decorated in due season with 5 in wide orbs composed of fairly tightly clustered, tubular, expanded florets of rosy-red, like red snowballs. In severe winters it may be killed to the ground, but quickly shoots up again. Prune in late winter, lightly in mild climates, severely in cold ones. Propagate from its own suckers and use them as replace- ment shoots." A key to distinguish this species from other Chinese and Indo- chinese taxa will be found under C, hemrys P'ei and C. hahnianum Dop in the present series of notes (60: 180 & 60: 141) and from other cultivated taxa in the Hawaiian Islands under C. indicum (L.) Kuntze. CLERODENDRUM BURUANUM Miq. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 348--353 (1985) and 59: 106. 1986. CLERODENDRUM BURUANUM f. LINDAWIANUM (Lauterb.) Bakh. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 349--353 (1985) and 59: 106. 1986. CLERODENDRUM BLITTNERT GUrke Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 353--355 (1985) and 59: 254. 1986. A key to help distinguish this species from other tropical Afri- can species will be found under C. dink@ager Glirke in the present series of notes (59: 254). CLERODENDRUM CALAMITOSUM L. Additional bibliography: P. Mill., Gard. Dict., ed. 9, 1: Ceno- dendrum 4. 1797; Willd. in L., Sp. Pl., ed. 4 [5], 3 (1): 386. 1800; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 92 & 93. 1916; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 1, 1: 589 & 590. 1935; Mold., Geogr. Dis- trib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 2, 1: 589 & 590. 1965; Lopez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 263. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 59: 102, 321, 328, 340, & 409 (1986) and 60: 142. 1986. Keys to help distinguish this species from other Indochinese and Madagascar species of the genus will be found under C, hahnianwmn Dop and C, ee Oliv. in the present series of notes (60: 142 & 58: 186). CLERODENDRUM CALCICOLA Britton Additional bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 5. 1939; 366 Publ Vet aOelOcG oT iA Vol. 60, No. 5 Mold., Phytologia 58: 409--410 (1985) and 60: 130 & 131. 1986. A kev to help distinguish this species from the other known taxa in Cuba will be found under C. gnandiffonum (Hook.) Schau. in the present series of notes (60: 130 & 131). CLERODENDRUM CANESCENS Wall. Additional bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Mold., Phytologia 58: 413--417 (1985), 59: 470 (1986), and 60: Va eno Onel SS6r Keys to help distinguish this species from other Chinese and In- dochinese taxa will be found under C. henrys P'ei and C. hahnianum Dop in the present series of notes (60: 180 & 60: 141). CLERODENDRUM CAPITATUM (Willd.) Schum. & Thonn. Additional bibliography: Willd. in L., Sp. Pl., ed. 4 [5], 3 (1): 384. 1800; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Mold., Phyto- logia 59: 102, 353, 358, 413, 414, & 472--474. 1986. CLERODENDRUM CAPITATUM var. CEPHALANTHUM (Oliv.) J. G. Baker Additional bibliography: Mold., Geoar. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Mold., Phytologia 59: 102, 415, & 474. 1986. CLERODENDRUM CAPITATUM var. CONGLOBATUM (J. G. Baker) Thomas Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 436--439 (1985) and 59> 353, 414, & 415. 1986. CLERODENDRUM CAPITATUM var. TALBOTII (Wernham) Thomas Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 440--442 (1985) and 59: 474. 1986. CLERODENDRUM CAPITATUM var. VANDERYSTI Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 442 (1985) and 59: Sexe WS xor- CLERODENDRUM CARNOSULUM J. G. Baker Additional bibliography: Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 44. 1908; Mold., Phytologia 58: 442--444, CLERODENDRUM CAULIFLORUM Vatke Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 445--447. 1985. A key to distinguish this species from the other known taxa in Madagascar will be found under C. barontanwm Oliv. in the present series of notes (58: 185). CLERODENDRUM CERAMENSE Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 1471. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 58: 447--448. 1985. CLERODENDRUM COCHINCHINENSE Dop Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 453--454 (1985) and 60: 143. 1986. 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erzodendrum 367 A key to distinguish this species from other Indochinese species will be found under C. hahnianwm Dop in the present series of notes (60: 143). CLERODENDRUM COLEBROKIANUM Walp. Additional bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Mold., Phytologia 59: 102--103 (1986) and 60: 62, 135, 141, 152, & 181. 1986. Keys to help distinguish this species from other Chinese, Indian, and Thai taxa of CLerodendrwm will be found under C. hemyd P'ei, C, griffithianum C. B. Clarke, C. hahnianwn Dop, and C. snewme (L.) Gaertn. in the present series of notes (60: 181, 60: 134, 60: 141). CLERODENDRUM COLEBROKIANUM var. FORBESII King & Gamble Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 461--462 (1985) and 60: 62. 1986. CLERODENDRUM COMANS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 185. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 59: 103. 1986. CLERODENDRUM CONFUSUM H. Hallier Additional synonymy: Cferodendron infortunatum x villosum Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 90. 1916. Additional bibliography: Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 90. 1916; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Mold., Phytologia 59: 103--107. 1986. Backer (1916) suggested that Backer 22055 and Hallier s.n. [14. VIII.1890] represent a natural hybrid between C, infortunatum L. and C. villosum Blume. I regard both collections as typical C. confusum H. Hallier. He described the supposed hybrid as "Kroombois 10--12 mM lang, ongeveer even lang als de kelk. Bladeren breed eirond met zwak hartvormigen, afgeronden of zeer stompen voet, 6--18 cM lang, 4%3--13'5 cM breed. Overigens gelijk aan de voorgaande [C. infonrtuna- tum]. Op een paar plaatsen bij Buitenzorg gevonden..... Deze soort ze door den rooden vruchtkelk en de kortere, veel minder dichte be- haring, van de tweede door de veel kortere kroombuis." CLERODENDRUM CORDIFOLIUM (Hochst.) A. Rich. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 110--112, 255, & 477. 1986. A key to distinguish this species from some other tropical Afri- can species will be found under C, dinkkaget GUrke in the present series of notes (59: 255). CLERODENDRUM COSTARICENSE Standl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 17. 1939; Mold., Phytologia 59: 133. 1986. CLERODENDRUM CUBENSE Schau. Additional bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 5. 1939; 368 Pri: Yo TOyik (0. 'G. ly A Vol. 60, No. 5 Mold., Phytologia 59: 115--117 (1986) and 60: 130 & 131. 1986. A key to help distinguish this species from other known Cuban species will be found under C. grandiffonrum (Hook.) Schau. in the present series of notes (60: 130). The Alain & Killip 2008 and C. Wright 502 [71; Herb. Sauvalle 1779 in partj, distributed as C, cubense, actually are C. grandi- fLonwm (Hook.) Schau. CLERODENDRUM CUMINGIANUM Schau. Additional bibliography: Guerrero, Philip. Bur. Forest. Tech. Bull. 22: 229. 1921; Quisumb., Philip. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 16: 786. 1951; Mold., Phytologia 59: 117--119. 1986. CLERODENDRUM CUNNINGHAMIT Benth. Additional bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Mold., Phytologia 59: 121--123, 423, & 424. 1986. CLERODENDRUM CYRTOPHYLLUM Turcz. Additional & emended synonymy: C£erodendnron glaberrima Hayata ex Kawakami, List Pl. Formosa 84. 1910. Cenrodendron glaberrimum Hayata, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 30: 216--217. 1911. Additional & emended bibliography: Hayata, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 30: [Mat. Fl. Formosa] 216--217. 1911; Mold., Phytolo- gia 59: 234--240 & 339 (1986) and 60: 142, 144, & 181. 1986. Keys to distinguish this species from other Chinese species will be found under C. canescens Wall. and C, henmrys P'ei in the present series of notes (58: 416 and 60: 181). The synonymous C, glaberrimwum is based on Hayata & Moni 7045 from Randaizan, Taiwan, collected in August of 1908. Hayata (1911) comments about it: "Remarkable for its glabrous leaves, retaining its fresh green colour even in a dried specimen, and quite glabrous panicles. Near C, acuminatwm Wall. and C. disparifolium Blume, but differs from them in having smaller flowers. more profusely dichot- omous cymes, and oblanceolate leaves." Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: It0, Taiwan Shoku- butsu Zusetsu 598. 1928 (Ld). CLERODENDRUM DECARYI Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 185. 1952; Mold. Phytologia 59: 242--243. 1986. CLERODENDRUM DEFLEXUM Wall. Additional bibliography: Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. imp. 1, 1: 590-591 (1935 and imp. 2, 1: 590--591. 1965; Mold., Phy- tologia 59: 243--247 & 402. 1986. Emended illustrations: Wall., Pl. Asiat. Rar. 3: 10, pl. 215. NSsiles A key to distinguish this species from other Thai taxa will be found under C, inerme (L.) Gaertn. in the present series of notes. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Wall., Pip. fAsiaitea Rapgis: 10. pha 215. 183i (ed). Jd). [to be continued ] PLANTAE MESOAMERICANAE NOVAE. XII. Pér Luis D. Gomez P & Jorge Gomez-Laurito Museo Nacional de Costa Rica,San José, C. R. Elaphoglossum ometepense L. D. Gomez sp. nov., rhizomate brevis, paleis lanceolatis, brunneis, rigidis sparse obtectis, stipitibus 20-22(25)cem longis, erectis, rigidis, subteretibus, 2.5-3 mm cras- sis, antrorsum sulcatis, paleis elliptico-lanceolatis, obtusis,sub- denticulatis, peltatis, fuscescentibus imbricatis, phyllopodia nu- lla; limbo sterili elongato-elliptico, ad basim rotundato-subtrun- cato deinde subcuneato, ad apicem retusissimo, proliferans, 25-28 (vix 30 ?) cm longo e medio vix 10 cm lato. Costa straminea subtus exserta, pauce stipitibusque paleacea. Lamina opaca, virides, mar- ginibus pauce et sparse paleis avellaneis, tenuissime ornata. Ve- nis (2-5/cm ad costam) crassis marginibus non attingentibus, hyda- thoda nigrescentia. Sporae reniformes, 40(42.6)44 x 24.8(28.4) 26 Am, cristato-bacculatae, ambarinae. HOLOTYPUS: north slope of Volc&n Maderas, Ometepe, 800-1000 m s.m., Nicaragua, Neill & Vincelli 3292, MO. ISOTYPUS: idem, CR. PARATY= PUS: Road to Balsa de San Ramon, Alajuela, 900-1000 m s.m., Costa Rica, Stevens 13770 MO; 11 km north of San Ramon, Alajuela, Costa Rica, D.B. Lellinger 749, US, CR. La nueva especie pertenece a la seccidn Undulata de Elaphoglossum y sus congéneres mas afines son E. boryanum (Fée) Moore, al que se asemeja en las dimensiones de los frondes pero difiere en la densi- dad y tipo de escamas, y al E. proliferans Maxon & Morton ex Mort., del que difiere por su mayor tamafio. Mickel (Brittonia 37: 261-278. 1985) trata las especies proliferas del genero pero no incluye o describe alguna especie referible a la que aqui se describe. La lamina fértil de E. ometepense mide 9-12(15) cm de largo y en su parte m&s ancha hasta 6.5 cm, es en la base trunca y brevemente de- currente y en el Apice fuertemente contraida para producir, en una mayoria de frondes, una apretada y ganchuda terminaci6on. Thelypteris darwinii L. D. Gomez sp. nov. subgenus Goniopteridis. Rhizomate breve, erecto, paleis ferrugineis, chartaceis, clathratis deltoideo-lanceolatis, densissime stellato-pilosis, apice obtecto. Prondibus fasciculatis, subdimorphicis, stipitibus fragilissimis, stramineis, pilosissimis, pilis polymorphis, unicellulatis, simpli- cibus vel apicibus furcatis, stellatis, numerosissimis. Lamina an- guste lanceolata, pinnato-pinnatisecta, pinnibus basalibus 4-6-ju- gatis, liberis. Pinnae curtissime petiolatae, 5-6-lobulatae,venis vis 3-furcatis, basibus apicique rotundatis. Lamina fertiles longe petiolatae, ca. 15 cm, pauciter pinnatae (7-8-paribus). Rache,cos- ta et costulae stellato-puberulis. Receptaculi setosi, sporangia glabra. 369 370 P: SHAY Wh COE MO 4G, TE 46 Vol. 60, No. 5 HOLOTYPUS: above Calcehtok, near Opichen, Yucat&n, México, S.Dar- win et al. 2144, NO. ISOTYPUS: CR. Esta nueva especie es un cercano pariente de Thelypteris asplenio- ides del cual difiere por la presencia de pelos estrellados en las costas abaxiales, y del Thelypteris bermudiana que presenta super- ficies laminares pilosas. De ambas especies, la nueva difiere por el subdimorfismo marcado de sus frondes fértiles, lo que lo situa en el complejo de Thelypteris reptans pero, contr. S.T. darwinii no apicalmente prolifero. Su presencia en los cenotes, petenes y es- tratos calcfreos yucatecos es otra prueba de la gran afinidad bio- geografica entre esa Peninsula mexicana y Antillas. Thelypteris (Goniopteris) peripaeoides L. D. Gémez, sp. nov. Plan- ta herbacea, rheophila, caudice breve, 2-6 cm, erecto, vix 1.5 cm crasso, glabro, dense radicante, stolonifero, stipitibus fascicula- tis, 20-25 cm longis, robustis, rigidis, plerumque sulcatis, pilis setosis (0.3 mm) sparse consperso sliisque pilis brevissimis (0.1- 0.2 mm) rigidulis, stellatis. Lamina utrinque glabra, eglandulosa, lange deltoideo-lanceolata, 35-40 cm longa, 9-11 cm versus medium lata, ad basim pinnata, ad apicem longissime pinnatifida; pinnibus basalibus abrupte reductis, omnibus sessilibus, alternis, 12-13-ju- gis, 5-6 cm longis, 1-1.3(1.5) cm latis, ad 1/4 supra costam inci- sis, segmentis 12-14, oblique-acutis, marginibus integris.Venis utrinque 2-3, simplicibus, basalibus in sinu conniventibus.Indusium setosum, setis rigidis, incrassatis, acutis. Sporangium et recep- taculum glabrum. Sporae alato-reticulatae, ambarinae, reniformes, 41-43 X 24.8-27.6 4m. Indusium nullum. HOLOTYPUS: Rio Chiquito, aproximadamente 40 km de Ruta 1 hacia Upa- la, Alajuela, 800 m. L. D. Gomez & R. Pohl 18622, CR. PARATYPUS: below cataracts of San Ramén, 3-4 mi. from town, ca. 800 m, in dis- turbed forest along stream, Alajuela, Costa Rica. T. Croat 46779 MO, CR La nueva especie es afin al Thelypteris peripae (Sodiro’? Reed des- crito de Ecuador del que difiere por su rizoma glabro, las pinnas basales abruptamente reducidas y la pubescencia laminar. La especie ecuatoriana tiene escamas rizom&ticas estrellado-pubescentes que se encuentran también en la base de los esti{pites, las pinnas inferio- res se reducen gradualmente y son menos y las superficies laminares son ambas pilosas por pelos adpresgos, las venas 3-4 y el recept&cu- lo es setoso. Del complejo de Thelypteris francoana en Centroaméri- ca. El Volc&an Maderas, en la Isla de Ometepe, Nicaragua, parece contener una gran cantidad de especies de helechos cuya distribucién se con- sideraba restringida a Costa Rica o mas al sur. Un buen ejemplo de la singular y poco estudiada flora de ese cono volcfnico, aislado en el Lago de Nicaragua y ecolégicamente situado en el Tropical Seco,es Sticherus retroflexus (Bommer) Copeland, que se suponia endémico de la Cordillera Volcanica Central de Costa Rica, y ahora se registra del Maderas, Nee & Téllez 28080 CR, MO. 1986 Gomez P. & Gomez-Laurito, Plantae mesoamericanae 371 Un grupo de helechos driopteroides, muy afin a Stigmatopteris, del género Cyclodium Pres], con una media docena de especies hasta la fecha consideradas como restringidas al Brasil y las Guyanas, ex- tiende su Smbito geogr&fico hasta Panama: Cyclodium guianense (K1.) v.d.Werff ex L.D.Gomez, comb. nov. ( Aspidium guianense Kl., Lin- naea 20:364. 1847) se encuentra representado en las Provincias de Panam&. Coclé y Veraguas por seis colecciones: W. Lewis et al. 28 36; 2279, MO; Sytsma 966 MO; Davidse & Hamilton 23534, MO, CR; Kn- app 2680 MO, CR; Knapp 59 24, MO, CR. Algunos de los ejemplares panamefios son de menores dimensiones y por su habito general y caracteristicas de las phleas del rizoma y del estipite, asemejan al Cyclodium varians (Fée) Morton, de Gu- yana y Trinidad. Con una migracioén de norte a sur, se registra la presencia de Dana ea crispa Reichb. f., en la Provincia de Coclé, Alto Calvario, 850 m, Panama, Folsom & Button 3313, MO, CR. El 1982 fue propuesto Rhynchospora oreoboloidea Gémez-L., para nom- brar una pequefia ciperacea, recogida por Arthur Weston, de los p&- ramos costarricenses y con la cual se tipificd una nueva secci6n de Rhynchospora, sect. Oreoboloides (cf. Phytologia 50(7):459-460. 19 82). Esta misma especie fue obtenida y descrita de Colombia como R. para moram Mora (cf. Mutisia 29: 4. 1966) lo que convertfa al taxon cos- tarricense en sindnimo y hacia necesario designar otro tipo para 1a mencionada secci6én (cf. Phytologia 53(6):448. 1983). Sin embargo, el nombre propuesto por Mora para el material colombiano resultd un homénimo posterior de Rhynchospora paramora Steyermark (cf. Field- jana Bot. 28(1): 44-45. 1951) y por tanto no debe ser empleado.Asi, y de conformidad con el Art. 32.4. del Cédigo de Nomenclatura, R. oreoboloidea pude y debe reinterpretarse como nomen novum para el taxon de Mora y mantenerse como especie tipo de la seccion Oreobo- loides. El género Lycogalopsis E. Fischer, gasteromicete de la familia Bro- omeiaceae Zeller, se registra por vez primera para Costa Rica en u- na coleccién de la Isla del Cafio, Prov. Puntarenas, Rita Alfaro 254 (K). La muestra presenta esporas de fina, densa y diminutamente es- pinulosas, hasta de 3.044m. Dring observa para material africano esporas lisas o débilmente crestadas de 2.5-4 um, mientras Dennis indica para ejemplares venezolanos y trinitenses esporas finamente verrucosas de 2.5-3,um. eee ee solmsii E. Fisch., considerada como la finica especie del genero, se conmoce del Africa central y oc- cidental, Asia, Indias Orientales, Islas del Pacifico, Antillas y desde Panam& hasta Sut: America.-R. Alfaro & L. D. Gomez. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF BEEKEEPING" by Eva Crane, 360 pp., 270 b/w fig. & photo., 13 tab., 4 maps. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York 14850. (1983) 1984. $39.50. The highly qualified British author opens her preface with "For more than thirty years my work has been concerned with scientific and technical developments involving bees, beekeeping and hive products, on a world-wide basis". Honey hunting and wax collecting naturally preceded beekeeping which goes back 4,000 years in ancient Egypt, Greece, Crete and Rome; in medieval continental Europe, Britain and Ireland; in ancient Africa and Asia; and in prehistoric America. There are many history-telling photographs, drawings and tables that augment the excellent, interesting text. The main chapters are on prehistoric rock paintings, carvings and paintings in tombs and temples, forest beekeeping, bee boles, shelters and houses, and development of the movable-frame beehive. This book should appeal to readers of many different tastes. "BIOLOGY OF PLANTS" Fourth Edition, by Peter H. Raven, Ray F. Evert & Susan E. Eichhorn, xvi & 775 pp., hundreds of color & b/w photo. & fig., tab. & maps. Worth Publishers, Inc., New York, N. Y. T0003... .L986.,..$.3 91.952 This new edition continues to be an excellent, richly endowed and updated botany text, ably supplemented by "Laboratory Topics in Bot- any" and a "Preparators' Guide" by the latter authors. The selection and exposition of topics emphasizes Dr. Raven's guiding outlook on plants, their evolution and economics, their habitats and processes therein based on their gross and micro-structures, and the prospects for the ecological well being of them and of us -- if we get smart enough in time. It is illustrated so copiously and well. Biologic- ally oriented students should be thrilled with all the learning pros- pects so deftly expounded and illustrated. 1 hope that non-major students especially will want to keep this fine text after the course has ended. I would love to teach botany with this text -- and, of course, also with plants! 372 - PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 60 2) August 1986 No. 6 CONTENTS QUIROZ-GARCIA, D.L., PALACIOS-CHAVEZ, R., ARREGUIN-SANCHEZ, M. de la L., & RAMOS-ZAMORA, D., Morfologia de los granos de polen de la familia Loranthaceae ME OORIENR IYO a's piste née hp thew ban geole-o «6 a eipies base 373 PALACIOS-CHAVEZ, R., ARREGUIN-SANCHEZ, M. de la L., QUIROZ-GARCIA, D.L., & RAMOS-ZAMORA, D., Morfologia de los granos de polen de los generos y especies de la familia Capparidaceae del Valle de Mexico. No. 5............+++++: 383 ARREGUIN-SANCHEZ, M. de la L., PALACIOS-CHAVEZ, R., QUIROZ-GARCIA, D.L., & RAMOS-ZAMORA, D., Morfologia de los granos de polen del genero Casimiroa (Rutaceae) del NICD: INO. Boo eas disc aicic eb sls icine LOLs Adin e hi bin Se eels 391 ARREGUIN-SANCHEZ, M. de la L., PALACIOS-CHAVEZ, R., QUIROZ-GARCIA, D.L., & RAMOS-ZAMORA, D., Morfologia de los granos de polen del genero Kallstroemia (Zygophyllaceae) ET EOERE IMR Pino a se bey cee dye os mielbe pale bm oe 395 ARREGUIN-SANCHEZ, M. de la L., & AGUIRRE-CLAVERAN, R., Una nueva localidad para norteamericana de Phyllitis scolopendrium (L.) Newm. var. americana Fernald................. 399 GRANADOS, C.F, “Resultados preliminares del estudio floristico del fitoplancton de la parte norte del Golfo de California, 1, ("4 [ore Noha hg ot Who enka Wid akc wa TE A AWRA A dio won! 3 ete, 404 MENDOZA-GONZALEZ, A.C., & MATEO-CID, L.E., Flora marina bentonica de Ia costa noroeste del Estado de Sonora, PS oe Nb. 6s a 0/aw dest piv. b Dee arte oie hie £15 aha GU ars we 414 MATEO.-CID, L.E., & MENDOZA-GONZALEZ, A.C., Algas marinas poco comunes de las costas mexicanas (I) .........-.+.++- 428 MATEO-CID, L.E., & MENDOZA-GONZALEZ, A.C., Algas marinas poco comunes de las costas mexicanas (Il) ............+.- 434 MENDOZA-GONZALEZ, A.C., & MATEO-CID, L.E., Algas marinas’ poco comunes de las costas mexicanas (III) ............... 437 HUERTA-MUZQUIZ, L., Algas marinas poco comunes de la flora mexicana — IV — Crovania attenuata (Bonnemaison) J. Agardh (Rhodophycophyta. — Fam. Ceramiaceae) ............... 443 MacDOUGAL, J.M., A new combination in Passifloraceae ............. 446 PARIS, H.S., Origin of the edible bicolor-fruited cultivars of IT URIS SE TAR SG Naas SOHNE ey Gah 9 re arene \ A ee 447 REEDER, C.G., & REEDER, J.R., Agrostis elliottiana (Gramineae) mow er seceme mrad New Mexico oi). fs kN nine 6S vin'e bla ale wd tsb oe arsic 453 WEBER, W.A., Penstemon penlandii, spec. nov. (SCR) from : I RS OT aT Ls Mie dd lyin a diatelsiath Selva be poe bow 459 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum Panu MEE a ra Se co Ff Me So oS 0b a digipy wie witte idee 462 -HENRICKSON, eae ONS £5 CO es re 2 bw diane cits 4a els 468 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.0 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domesti dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers los in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next followin number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment | received after a volume is closed. MORFOLOGIA DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN DE IA FAMILIA LORANTHACEAE DEL VALLE DE MEXICO. No. 6* David Leonor Quiroz-Garcia Rodolfo Palacios-Chfvez ** Ma. de la Luz Arreguin-S4nchez ** Delfina Ramos-Zamora, Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biol6 - gicas, Instituto Politécnico Nacio - nal, Dpto. Botanica, 11340, México Dats INTRODUCCION La familia Loranthaceae esta formada por 30 géneros y apro- ximadamente 1000 especies distribuidas principalmente en las - zonas tropicales del mundo (Rzedowski & Rzedowski, 1979). En México la familia esta representada por ocho géneros y 106 es- pecies (Riba, 1963). Del Valle de México se conocen tres géne ros y ocho especies. Ademas de estas especies se menciona la presencia de Cladocolea loniceroides (van Tieghem) Kuijt, para sitando Arboles de Ligustrum en la Ciudad de México, sin embar go se sospecha que se trata de una infestaci6n producida sobre plantas de vivero desarrolladas fuera del Valle de Méxicoy - posteriormente introducidas a 61 (Rzedowski & Rzedowski, Op - Crt}. ANTECEDENTES La palinologia de las Loranthaceae ha sido estudiada por - diversos autores, entre ellos Erdtman (1966) describe su polen como (2-) 3 (-4) colpado, colporoidado, sincolpado, peroblato a subprolato; la estratificaci6n de la exina con frecuencia es obscura; de contorno triangular y oon la superficie lisa o pro vista de espinas como en los granos de Arceuthobium y Viscum. — Barth (1972) para Brasil Meridional describe el polen de - cuatro géneros y diez especies de lorantAceas, entre las que - se encuentran Phoradendron piperoides y P. crassifolium. Las caracteristicas que menciona para los granos de polen de estas dos especies son las siguientes:tricolporados, de esferoidales a prolatos y con la exina psilada. Otros autores que han revisado la morfologia de los granos de polen de las Loranthaceae son: Heusser (1971), Huang (1972) Markgraf & D'Antoni (1978) y Bonnefille et Riollet (1980). * Parcialmente apoyado por CONACyT * * Becarios de COFAA. 373 LIBRARY. IsEp 29 1986 5 374 P HAY OR OULSO Gi Vol. 60, No. Muller (1981) menciona la presencia de polen f6sil de lo - rantAceas en el terciario de varias partes del mundo. En Mé- xico, Palacios (1985) en su estudio del Mioceno inferior y me dio de la regi6n de Pichucalco, Chiapas, encuentra el polen = de Aethanthus, Arceuthobium, Psittacanthus y Taxillus. MATERTALES Y METODOS Las muestras de polen fueron tomadas de los ejemplares de herbario depositados en el herbario ENCB, principalmente de - la colecci6n del Valle de México, cuando no se encontr6 polen en estos ejemplares fué necesario utilizar otros de sitios - fuera del Valle. El procesamiento de las mestras fué el de Palacios et al. (1985) siguiendo la técnica de Erdtman (1943). Las especies de los géneros incluidos en este trabajo pre- sentan granos de polen oon caracteristicas muy uniformes por lo que solo se consider6 necesario observar al microscopio - electrénico de barrido (MEB) una especie representativa de ca da uno de los géneros. Las muestras seleccionadas para ser estudiadas al MEB y fo tografiadas no recibieron tratamiento quimico, introduciéndo- se en el sombreador para ser cubiertos con Au, antes de ser - observadas en un microscopio marca JEOL, modelo J&M 35. CLAVE PARA DIFERENCIAR LOS GENEROS DE LA FAMILIA LORANTHACEAE DEL VALLE DE MEXICO 1.- Polen heterocolpado, equinado..... Arceuthobium 1.- Polen tricolpado 6 tricolporado, psilado a ligeramente escabroso 2.- Tricolpado, colpos que se unen en los polos (sincolpa- dos); MOblator.) 4 we TE. SS ‘Cladocolea 2.- Sora oe colpos con terminaciones agudas, prolato ° e e e e e . ° ° e e e e . s e ° e ° Phoradendron DESCRIPCION E ILUSTRACION DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN Arceuthobium abietis-religiosae Heil Cerro Venacho, al E de Amecameca, Méx. J. Rzedowski 33890 (ENCB) Lam, I, figs. 1-4 6 1986 Quiroz-Garcfa & al., Polen de Lonanthaceae 375 Polen hexacolpado, heterocolpado, tectado, esf6rico de - 23.4 (24.5) 27.3 micras. Vista polar circular, de 20.8 - (22.1) 24.7 micras de diaémetro. Indice P/E = 1.0. Exina de 1 micra de grosor, con la sexina m4s gruesa que la nexina, su perficialmente al ML se aprecia equinada, espinas de 1.9 - =— (2.7) 3.9 micras de largo por 1.3 micras de base. Tres col - pos de 19.5 (21.7) 24.7 micras de largo por 2.2 micras alter- nan con tres colpos cortos de 9.1 (12.4) 13.0 micras de largo por 2.4 micras. Indice del Grea polar 0.3, Grea polar media. Arceuthobium globosum Hawksworth & Wiens 8 Km al NW de la Presa Iturbide, Iturbide, Méx. J. Rzedowski 27112 (ENCB) L&m. I, figs, 5-6. Polen hexacolpado, heterocolpado, tectado, subesferoidal de 26.0 (28.3) 33.8 micras por 24.7 (27.2) 30.5 micras, Vista - polar circular, de 24.7 (26.4) 27.3 micras de diametro. Indi ce P/E = 1.04. Exina de 1.5 micras de grosor, con la sexina m4s gruesa que la nexina, superficialmente al ML se observa equinada, espinas de 2.6 (3.4) 3.9 micras de largo por 1.3 mi cras de base. Tres colpos de 22.1 (24.7) 29.9 micras de lar- go por 2.6 micras alternan oon tres colpos cortos de 7.8 (10. 6) 13.0 micras de largo por 2.2 micras. Indice del 4rea polar 0.59, Grea polar grande. Arceuthobium vaginatum (Willd.) Presl La Malinche, Tlxcala. Cibrian et al. 9 (ENCB) Lam. I y III, figs. 9-12 y 31-32, Polen hexacolpado, heterocolpado, tectado, subesferoidal de 24.7 (26.6) 28.6 micras por 23,4 (25.4) 27,3 micras, Vista po lar circular, de 22.1 (23.9) 26.0 micras de diametro, Indice P/E = 1.04. Exina de 1.5 micras de grosor, con la sexina mas gruesa que la nexina, superficialmente tanto al MEB cam al ML se observa equinada, espinas de 2,6 (3.6) 3.9 micras de - largo por 1.5 micras de base. Tres colpos de 19,5 (21,8) 24.7 micras de largo por 1.8 micras alternan con tres colpos cortos de 7.8 (9.8) 13.0 micras de largo por 3.2 micras. Indice del Grea polar 0.39, Grea polar media. Cladocolea loniceroides (van Tieghem) Kuijt Calle Napoles esquina con Marsella, D.F. J. Gimate S/N, 22-II-1971 (ENCB) La. II, fade. 135 vas. 376 PAH yYoil OgkeO GT eh Vol. 60, No. Polen tricolpado, sincolpado, tectado, oblato de 19.5 - (20.5) 23.4 micras por 29.9 (33.7) 35.7 micras, Vista polar angular, de 29.9 (31.9) 34.4 micras. Indice P/E = 0.60. Exi na de 1.3 micras de grosor, con la sexina mfs gruesa que la - nexina, superficialmente al ML se observa psilada. Cladocolea pedicellata Kuijt Campo de aviaci6n, cerca de Camotla, Chi -- chihualco, Gro. J. Rzedowski 16373 (ENCB) Lams. II y III, figs. 15-16 y 33-34. Polen tricolpado, sincolpado, tectado, oblato de 16.9 - - (19.8) 22.1 micras por 32,5 (37,2) 44.2 micras, Vista polar angular, de 28.6 (33.0) 36.4 micras, Indice P/E = 0.53, Exi na de 1.8 micras de grosor, con la sexina ms gruesa que la - nexina, superficialmente al MEB se observa aspera y al ML se observa psilada. Phoradendron brachystachyum (DC.) Nutt. Vertiente SE del Cerro Chiluca, Atizapan, Edo. Méx. E. Mayo 207 (ENCB). Lam. II, figs. 17-19. Polen tricolporado, tectado, subesferoidal de 24.7 (29.2) 31.2 micras por 20.8 (23.4) 26.0 micras. Vista polar semi-an gular, de 24.7 (26.7) 31.2 micras. Indice P/E = 1.24. Exina de 1.3 micras de grosor, cerca de las aberturas la nexina y la sexina tienen el mismo espesor, hacia los mesocolpios la sexi- na es mAs gruesa que la nexina, superficialmente al ML se ob- serva pSilada. Colpos de 19.5 (21.2) 22.1 micras de largo por 1.5 micras. Indice del Grea polar 0.36, d4rea polar media. Phoradendron galeottii Trel. 3.5 Km al SE de Tezuantla, Epazoyucan, Hgo. M. Medina 1826 (ENCB) Lam. II, figs. 20-23. Polen tricolporado, tectado, subesferoidal de 24.0 (28.3) - 31.2 micras por 23.4 (26.5) 29.9 micras. Vista polar semi-an- gular, de 23.4 (25.9) 27.3 micras. Indice P/E = 1.06. Exina de 1.3 micras de grosor, cerca de las aberturas la nexina y la sexina tienen el mismo espesor, hacia los mesocolpios la sexi- na es mfs gruesa que la nexina, superficialmente al ML se ob- serva psilada. OColpos de 19.5 (24.8) 28.6 micras de largo por 1.4 micras. Indice del 4rea polar 0.22, Area polar chica. 6 1986 Quiroz-Garcia & al., Polen de Lorzanthaceae 377 Phoradendron schumannii Trel. 5 Km al NW de San Jer6nimo, Tepeapulco, Hgo. J. Rzedowski 18284 (ENCB) L&m. II, figs. 24-26. Polen tricolporado, tectado, subesferoidal de 27.3 (28.8) 29.9 micras por 27.3 (29.9) 31.2 micras. Vista polar semi- angular, de 26.0 (28.5) 29.9 micras. Indice P/E = 0.96. - Exina de 1.4 micras de grosor, cerca de las aberturas la ne xina y la sexina tienen el mismo espesor, hacia los mesocol pios la sexina es mfs gruesa que la nexina, superficialmen- te al ML se observa psilada. Colpos de 24.9 (26.4) 28.6 - micras por 2.5 micras. Indice del Grea polar 0.22, Grea po lar pequefia. A Phoradendron velutinum (DC.) Nutt. Canada de Contreras, D.F. E. Matuda 18671 (ENCB) Lams. II y III, figs. 27-30 y 35-36. Polen tricolporado, tectado, subesferoidal de 24.7 (26.0) 27.9 micras por 26.0 (28.4) 29.9 micras. Vista polar semi- angular, de 26.0 (26.3) 27.3 micras. Indice P/E=0.91. - Exina de 1 micra de grosor, cerca de las aberturas la nexi- na y la sexina tienen el mismo espesor, hacia los mesocol - pios la sexina es mas gruesa que la nexina, superficialmen- te al MEB se observa aspera y al ML se observa psilada. - Colpos de 20.8 (23.0) 24.7 micras por 2.5 micras. Indice - del area polar 0.21, Area polar pequena. DISCUSION Y CONCLUSIONES Los géneros de la familia Loranthaceae presentes en el Va- lle de México, tienen granos de polen marcadamente diferentes, lo que permite su facil diferenciaci6n. Asi, el género Arceu- thobium presenta polen equinado con colpos largos y delgados que alterman con colpos cortos y amplios. Los granos de polen de Cladocolea son oblatos, sincolpados y con la exina psilada. Por filtimo las microesporas de Phoradendron son tricolporadas y con la exina carente de ormamentaci6n. Si bien, en la familia la separaci6n a nivel genérico por medios palinol6égicos es facil, no asi a nivel especifico, - Pues afin y cuando existen algunas diferencias, estas son tan leves que no permiten la separaci6n de especies. Las caracteristicas de los granos de polen de los géneros Arceuthobium y Phoradendron del Valle de México coinciden -—- con las observadas por algunos autores en el polen de otras 378 Peat Your a0) EeOeGh 1A Vol. 60, No. especies de estos taxa. Por lo que respecta a los granos de Cladocolea no se encontraron descripciones palinolégicas de ellos; sin embargo, sus caracteristicas son acordes con las - de la familia. RESUMEN En este trabajo se estudiaron al ML los granos de polen de tres géneros y nueve especies de la familia Loranthaceae del Valle de México. Se complement6 el estudio con observaciones al MEB del polen de una especie representativa de cada uno de los géneros correspondientes al Valle de México. Los taxa estudiados son: Arceuthobium abietis-religiosae, A. globosum, A. vaginatum, Cladocolea loniceroides, C. pedice- Ilata, Phoradendron brachystachyum, P. galeottii, P. schumannii y P. velutinum. Fe x “Los granos de polen de esta familia a nivel genérico son - marcadamente diferentes en cuanto a aberturas, ornamentaci6n y forma se refiere, a nivel especifico se encontraron pocas - diferencias. SUMMARY In this paper is studied at ILM pollen grains of three genus and nine species of the family Loranthaceae for Valle de Méxi- co. This study was completed with observations at SEM of po - llen grains of a representative specie each genus. The taxa studied are: Arceuthobium abietis - religiosae, -- A. globosum, A. vaginatum, Cladocolea loniceroides, C. -- pedicellata, Phoradendron brachystachyum, P. galeottii, P. schumannii y P. velutinum. i a Pollen grains belonging this family to level generic show great differences, taking into consideration caracteristics such as: apertures, ornamentation and shape. There are few differences in the pollen grains among species of this -- family. AGRADECIMIENTOS Deseamos expresar nuestro agradecimiento a la Bi6éloga Yo - landa Hornelas del Instituto de Ciencias del Mar y Limnolo - gia de la Universidad Nacional Aut6nama de México, por el -- trabajo realizado con el microscopio electr6nico de barrido. A la Sra. Rita Hernandez Ch. por el trabajo mecanografico. 1986 Quiroz-Garcfa & al., Polen de Lonanthaceae 379 BIBLIOGRAFIA CITADA Barth, O.M. 1972. Catdlogo sistem&tico dos polens das plan - tas arboreas do Brasil Meridional XI.- Loranthaceae e Olacaceae. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 70(1) : 49-61. Bonnefille, R. et Riollet, G. 1980. Pollens des savanes D' Afrique Orientale. Editions du centre national de la recherche scientifique. Anatole, France. 140 pp. Erdtman, G. 1943. An introduction to pollen analysis. The Ronald Press CO. New York 239 pp. Erdtman, G. 1966. Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy - - Angiosperms. (An Introduction to Palynology I). Hafner Publishing Co. New York and London. 553 pp. Heusser, C.J. 1971. Pollen and spores of Chile. University of Arizona Press, Tucson. 167 pp. Huang, T.C. 1972. Pollen Flora of Taiwan. National Taiwan University. Botany Department Press. 276 pp. Markgraf, V. & H.L. D'Antoni. 1978. Pollen Flora of Argen - tina. The University of Arizona Press. 208 pp. Muller, J. 1981. Fossil pollen records of extant Angiosperms The Botanical Review. 47 (1): 1- 145. Palacios-—Chavez, R. 1985. Estudio palinol6gico y paleoecolé- gico de las Floras f6siles del Mioceno Inferior y —- principio del Mioceno Medio de la regi6n de Pichucal- co Chiapas, México. Tesis Doctorado. Escuela Nacio- nal de Ciencias Biol6égicas del Instituto Politécnico Nacional. México, D.F. Palacios-Chavez, R., Quiroz-Garcia, D.L., Ramos-Zamora, D., & Arreguin-Sanchez, M. de la L., Flora palinolégica del Valle de México. PHYTOLOGIA 59 (1): 65-66. Riba, R. 1963. Notas sobre la familia Loranthaceae yel - parasitismo secundario. Bol. Soc. Bot. Méx. 28: 1-9. Rzedowski, J. & G.C. de Rzedowski. 1979. Flora Fanerogaémi - ca del Valle de México. CECSA, MEXICO 1:119-124. 380 Poulos 20 iegOaG 2 JB Vol. 60, ‘NoveG 12 LAMINA I. Todas las observaciones X 1000. Arceuthobium abietis- religiosae 1) Vista ecuatorial superficial. 2) Secci6én 6éptica. 3) Vista polar superficial. 4) Secci6n 6ptica A. globosum. - 5) Vista ecuatorial superficial. 6) Secci6n 6ptica. 7) Vista polar superficial. 8) Secci6n 6ptica A. vaginatum. 9) Vista - polar superficial. 10) Seccién 6ptica. 11) Vista polar super- ficial. 12) Secci6n 6ptica. 1986 Quiroz-Garcfa & al., Polen de Lonxanthaceae 381 LAMINA II. Todas las observaciones X 1000. Cladocolea lonice - roides. 13) Secci6n 6ptica. 14) Vista polar superficial. C. icellata. 15) Secci6n 6ptica. 16) Vista polar superficial Phoradendron brachystachyum. 17) Secci6n 6ptica. 18) Vista ecuatorial superficial. 19)Vista polar superficial. P. galeo- ttii. 20) Secci6én 6ptica. 21) Vista ecuatorial superficial. 22) Secci6n 6ptica. 23) Vista polar superficial. P. schuma- nnii. 24) Vista ecuatorial superficial. 25) Vista polar su- perficial. 26) Secci6n 6ptica.P. velutinum. 27) Seccién 6&p- io 22) Weta arinatnyrs 1 DTS: es AR RE, pe ee aed ee 382 Patt PT GEO ° Gs FA Vol. 60, No. 6 LAMINA III. Observaciones al MEB, Arceuthobium vaginatum, 31) Vista superficial mostrando las aberturas X 3200, 32) - Vista polar X 2600. Cladocolea cellata. 33) Vista ecua- torial superficial X 2600. 34) Vista po X 2400, Phora- dendron velutinum. 35) Vista ecuatorial mostrando uno de - los colpos X 3000. 36) Vista polar xX 3600. MORFOLOGIA DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN DE LOS GENEROS Y ESPECIES DE LA FAMILIA CAPPARIDACEAE DEL VALLE DE MEXICO. No. 5 Rodolfo Palacios-Ch&avez * Ma. de la Luz Arreguin-Sdnchez * D. Leonor Quiroz-Garcia Delfina Ramos-Zamora Departamento de Botanica Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biol6égicas Instituto Politécnico Nacional 11340 México, D.F. *Becarios de COFAA. INTRODUCCION La familia Capparidaceae comprende cerca de 40 géneros con 500 especies (Rzedowski y Rzedowski; 1979) generalmente de cli- mas tropicales de América y Africa, muchas de ellas xer6fitas, sus miembros estan formados por pequenos Arboles o arbustos, -- ocasionalmente lianas y raramente herbdceas. En el Valle de México solamente existen tres especies, las cuales son herbaceas: Cleome multicaulis, Cleomella mexicana y Polanisia uniglandulosa P ANTECEDENTES Entre los autores que han estudiado la morfologia de los - granos de polén de la familia Capparidaceae se encuentra a --- Erdtman (1966); entre los géneros aqui estudiados solo menciona a los de Cleome espinosa, provistos con pequenas espinulas. -- Erdtman (1969) considera a esta familia marcadamente estenopali nol6gica. Heusser (1971) describe el polen de Cleame chilensis como monada, isopolar radiosimética, tricolporoidado, colpos -- largos engrosados, con poros mal definidos, subprolato, con el contorno circular, exina tectada de 1 micra de grosor, microe-- quinada, con dimensiones de 20-22 micras x 16-17 micras. Huang (1972) entre otros géneros, describe el polen de Polanisia ico- sandra, como tricolporado, subprolato a prolato esferoidal ~de- 21-30 x 18-25 micras, apertura vestibulada, transversalmente —- elfiptica, sexina granulosa con el patr6n L/O. La asociacién de palin6élogos de la lengua francesa (1974) en sus estudios al ML y MEB incluyen las microsporas de Cleame parvipetala, con las - siguientes caracteristicas: polen isopolar, tricolporado, elip- tico en vista ecuatorial y trilobado en vista polar colpos bien definidos y con menbranas lisas, poro subcircular; exina fina-- mente reticulada. En las observaciones con el MEB, el tectum aparentemente se observa con el mismo tipo de ornamentaci6n; - las medidas para el polen de esta especie fluctuan entre 24 mi- cras (23 a 27 micras) X 16 micras (15 a 17 micras). Markgraf y D'Antoni (1978) describen el polen de otros géne ros, de la familia Capparidaceae los cuales no se encuentran en el Valle de México. 383 384 Put Yeh Oy Geer IT, A Vol. 60, No. 6 Polen f6sil de esta familia s6lo ha sido encontrado el de Cleome por Palacios (1985) en sedimientos del Mioceno Inferior del norte de Chiapas. MATERTAL Y METODOS Las preparaciones donde se observaron los granos de polen al ML fueron tratadas con la técnica de acet6lisis (1943) leve mente modificada y las fotograffas al MEB fueron tomadas en un microscopio JEOL-~JCM-JX35 de la Escuela Superior de Ingenieria Quimica e Industrias Estractivas (ESIQUIE) del Instituto Poli- t&cnico Nacional,las impregnaciones se realizar6n con Ag. CLAVE PARA LA SEPARACION DE GENEROS Y ESPECIES DE IA FAMILIA - CAPPARIDACEAE DEL VALLE DE MEXICO. 1.- Polen con ornamentaci6n reticulada y poros circulares de 4 micras de didmetro.........++ee+e+4---Cleame milticaulis 1.- Polen con ornamentaci6n estriada-reticulada, poros circula res o elfpticos. 2.- Polen subprolato, colpos con las membranas granulosas y poros elipticos de 6 X 4 micraS.in..csccavccccccocvies 2.- Polen prolato, estriado-reticular facilmente observable con ML, tectum con microverforaciones, que solamente - se aprecian al MEB. Poros circulares de 2.5 micras de diametro, cubiertos con una membrana escabrosa.......- cece ccceccccceececccceceeeess ePOlanisia uniglandulosa. DESCRIPCION DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN DE LOS GENEROS DE LA FAMILIA CAPPARIDACEAE DEL VALLE DE MEXICO. Cleame milticaulis Moc. et Sessé Totolcingo,Méx. Rzedowski 30456 (ENCB Lams. I y II Figs..41=-5,..15 y a7 Polen tricolporado, tectado, prolato de 24 (20.7)28.6 X 18 (15.9) 23.4 micras, Vista polar circular, con diaémetro de 18 — (15.9) 23.4 micras Indic& P/E = 1,3. Exina de 2.6 micras de gro sor con la sexina ligeramente mfs gruesa que la nexina superfi- cialmente al MEB la ornamentaci6n se observa estriada y al ML - la ornamentaci6n es reticulada. Colpos de 16.9 (15) 23.4 micras de largo X 2 micras. Poros + circulares, generalmente de 4 mi- cras de difmetro. Indice del Grea polar 0.4, Area polar media. 1986 Palacios-Chdvez & al., Polen de Cappanidaceae 385 Cleomella mexicana Moc. et Sessé Totalco, Ver, Rzedowski 32931 (ENCB) Lams. I y II Figs. 6-9, 16 y 18 Polen tricolporado, tectado, subprolato de 18(21.4) 27.3 x 14(17) 19.5 micras. Vista polar circular, de 1.5 micras de gro sor, con la sexina ligeramente de menor espesor que la nexina, superficialmente al MEB se observa con la ornamentaci6n estria da y con el ML levemente estriada-reticulada. Colpos de 15(17) 18.6 micras de largo por 2 micras, con las terminaciones agu— das y al MEB las membranas se observan escabrosas. Poros trans versalmente elipticos de 6 X 4 micras. Indice del Grea polar - 0.2, A&rea polar pequena. Polanisia uniglandulosa Cav. Pedregal de San Angel, D.F. Hern4ndez 25 (ENCB) Lams. I y II Figs. 10-14 y 19-21 Polen tricolporado, tectado, prolato de 23(26) 28.6 X 15 (19.7) 23.4 micras. Vista polar circular, de 19.5 (16.6) 23.4 micras de diametro. Indice P/E = 1.33. Exina de 2 micras de -- grosor, con la sexina de igual espesor que la nexina, superfi- cialmente al MEB se observa estriada-perforada y al ML se apre cia estriado-reticulada, Colpos de 20(22.8) 24.7 micras de lar go X 2.5 micras. Poros circulares de 2.5 micras de didmetro, - cubiertos con una membrana escabrosa. Indice del Grea polar -- 0.2 Grea polar pequena, DISCUSION Y CONCLUSIONES SegGn Erdtman (1969) esta familia es estenopalin6dlogica, sin embargo con los resultados aqui obtenidos fué posible sepa rar los taxa del Valle de México. 7 Las diferencias palinol6égicas que se tomar6n en considera- ci6n fueron las caracterfisticas de las aberturas y la ormamen- taci6n, en Cleome mlticaulis, su polen es observado al ML cla- ramente reticular y con poros circulares, en Cleomella mexicana se pudo apreciar levemente estriado-reticulada y con poros -- transversalmente elfpticos, en cambio en Polanisia uniglandulo- Sa se observa con mayor claridad estriado-reticular aunque al - MEB se observan otros tipos de ornamentaci6n,—n Cleome mlti-- caulis y Cleamella mexicana es estriada y Polanisia uni uniglan- dulosa estriada-perforada, esto filtimo separa a este taxa por - campleto de los otros géneros y especies. Asimismo, en Cleamella mexicana se observ6 que las membra-- nas de los colpos son escabrosos y en Cleome multicaulis son — lisas. 386 Pollen T QO), bi OriGy 1 A Vol. 60, No. 6 En la literatura consultada, se han reportado especies de Cleome que tienen polen con la ornamentaci6n equinada, en cam- bio la del Valle de México es reticulada. Probablemente, esto se deba a que dentro de las especies - americanas de Cleome existen ocho secciones; siete de ellas con las hojas maltifolioladas y una con hojas simples y quizds las diferencias en la morfologia polinica puedan corresponder a las divisiones taxonémicas del género. RESUMEN En este trabajo se estudio al MEB y al ML el polen de tres taxa de la familia Capparidaceae del Valle de México, Cleome -- multicaulis, Cleomella mexicana y Polanisia uniglandulosa. Los granos de polen de las tres especies muestran diferen- cias entre si, por lo mismo pudieron ser separadas tomando en - consideraci6n las caracterfisticas de ornamentaci6n, aberturas y forma. SUMMARY In this paper is studied at SEM and IM pollen grains of - three taxa belonging to family Capparidaceae from Valle de Méxi co, Cleame multicaulis, Cleomella mexicana and Polanisia uni-—- glandulosa. Te Pollen grains of the three species show differences, there- fore could be separated taking into consideration characteris- tics of the ornamentation, apertures and shape. BIBLIOGRAFIA CONSULTADA 1) Association des palynologues de Langue Francaise. 1974. - Pollen et spores d'Afrique tropicale. Centre d'Estudes de Geographic Tropicale Domaine Universitaire de --—- Bordeaux. Talence, 283 pp. 2) Erdtman, G. 1943. An introduccion to pollen Analisis. The - Ronald Press Co. New York. 239 pp. 3) Erdtman, G. 1966. Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy. -- Angiosperms (an introduction to Palynology I). Hafner Publishing Co. New York and London 553 pp. 4) Erdtman, G. 1969. Handbook of Palynology. Munsgaard, --- gen, Denmark. 486 pp. 5) Heusser, C.J. 1971. Pollen and spores of Chile. The Univer- sity of Arizona Press. 167 pp. 6) Iltis, H.H. 1959, Studies in the Capparidaceae VI, Cleame - sect, Physostemon. Brittonia 11:123-162, 7) Markgraf, V. & H.L. D'Antoni. 1978. Pollen flora of Argentina The University Arizona Press. 208 pp. 8) Palacios Ch., R. 1985, Estudio palinol6égico y palececolégico de las floras f6siles del Mioceno Inferior y principio del Mioceno Medio de la regi6én de Pichucalco, Chiapas, 1986 Palacios-Chavez & al., Polen de Cappanidaceae 387 México. Tesis Doctoral, Esciela Nacional de Ciencias Biolégicas. del I.P.N. pag. 26 9) Rzedowski, J. y G.C. de Rzedowski. 1979 Flora Fanerog4mica del Valle de México. Compania Editorial Continental - S.A. 1:215-217. AGRADECIMIENTOS Los autores agradecen al Dr. Gerardo Cabanas y al -—- Ing. Jorge Esteban Araujo de la Escuela Superior de Ingenieria Quimica e Industrias Estractivas (ESIQUIE) Divisi6n de Inge—- nierfa Metalfirgica, por permitirnos el uso del microscopio -- electr6énico de barrido. 388 PHY Obk nO (Gal A Vol. 60, No. 6 es a “J on Cleome multicaulis: 1) Vista ecuatorial superficial, 2) Aberturas 3) Corte Optico. 4) Vista polar superficial 5) Corte 6ptico Cleome- lla mexicana, 6) Vista ecuatorial superficial. 7) Corte Sptico. --: 8) Vista polar superficial. 9) Corte éptico. Polanisia ea ee sa 10) Vista ecuatorial superficial, 11) Corte Bptico. y <= Vistas polares superficiales, 14) Corte 6ptico, Todas son X 1000. 1986 Palacios-ChaVEZ & al., Polen de Cappanidaceae 389 Observaciones al MEB. Cleome multicaulis. 15) Omamentaci6n X 2300 17) acercamiento 6ptico a la altura de las aberturas X 3200 Cleame- lla mexicana. 16) Ormamentaci6n y colpos con membranas granulosas - X 2300 18) Acercamiento 6ptico a la altura del ecuador X 3200. 390 PIOHeGY Se OME CO GeeIM eA Vol. 60, No. 6 . oh cogenniennooNMARERRRONNN Observaciones al MEB Polanisia uniglandulosa 19) Vista polar mostrando la ornamentacién X 4000, 20) Vista ecuatorial superficial X 3200, 21) Acercamiento 6ptico mostrando perforaciones en el tectum X 10000, MORFOLOGIA DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN DEL GENERO CASIMIROA (RUTACEAE) DEL VALLE DE MEXICO. No. 4. * Ma. de La Luz Arreguin-Sdénchez ** Rodokko Pakactos-Chivez ** David Leonor Quinoz-Garcia Delsina Ramos-Zamora Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolégicas Instituto Politécnico Nacionak Depto. de Botanica, 11340, México, D.F. INTRODUCCION La familia Rutaceae inceluye aproximadamente 140 géneros y - 1300 especies de amplia distribuctén mundial, en México 20 gé- ners y mas de 60 edbpecies, varias de estas especies cmportan- tes desde ek punto de vista econdmico por La gran cantidad de Gcido citrico que contienen. Para ek Valle de México se repor- ta Casiminoa edulis. EZ género Casimiroa en México y Centroamérica esta represen- tado por 6 especies, 2 variedades y 6 formas, Las tinicas edspe- cies que son objeto de cultivo o semicultivo por sus 4rutos -- grandes y comestibles son La Casiminoa edulis y varias formas de Casiminoa sapota; Las demas son silvestres. ANTECEDENTES AL nevisar La bibliogragia tendiente a reunir inkormactén 450- bre La mornfologia pokinica de Casiminoa, 4e encuentra que ek -- polen de Este género ha sido poco estudiado. Palacios (1966) -- deseribe et polen de C. sapota y ed ek dnico dato obtenido. MATERIAL Y METODOS Parte de Las muestras de polen fueron tratadas con la técnica de acetoLisis Exdtman (1943) Levemente modificada para ek ML y ha otra parte sin tratamiento quimico se utilizaron para ek MEB y Se Sombrearon . con Ag para observarlos en un microdscopio JEOL- JCM-JX35 de La Escuela Superior de Ingenterta Quimica e Indus-- trias Estractivas (ESIQUIE) dek Instituto Pokitécnico Nackonal. Las muestras de polen fueron tomadas de un efemplar de San -- Luis Potosi, porque Las muestras del Valle de México no predsen- tan flores, soko 4rutos. “y Trabajo parcialmente subsidiado por et Consejo Nactonat de - Ciencia y Tecnologia, México. xx Becarios de COFAA del I.P.N. 39) 392 PHYDhORGGLA Vol. 60, No. DESCRIPCION E ILUSTRACION DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN. Casiminoa edulis Lhave & Lex. sara = 2 Km al SE de San Nicolas San Lucs Potosi, J.Rsedowski 12240, 25-1-1960 (ENCB) Lémina 1. Figs. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 y 9 Poken tricokporado, tectado, obkato esferoidak de 17(23.5) - 29 micnas por 22 (24.5) 28 micras, indice P/E = 0.95. Vista po- kan cinculkan a semicinceular de 23(25.5) 30 micras por 17(21) 26 micnas. Exina de 1.5 a 2.5 micnas de groson, sexina delal.5 micras con La superficie edtriada, nexina de 0.5 a1 micra de groson, Surcos de 17 a 22 micras de Largo por + 1.5 a 2 micras - de fisur1a con terminactones agudas. Surcos transversales de 5a 6 micras de grosor por 2 a 3 micras de fisura, con teuninacio - nes nedondeadas y sxtuadas en el centro de Los colpos. Indice dek Grea polar 0.51, grande. A ML y al MEB no Se encontraron - diferencias. DISCUSION Y CONCLUSTONES AL nevisar ka bibliografia sobre ek género Casiminoa, encon- tnamos que existen problemas para diferenciar taxondmicamente C. edulis y C. Sapota, pero esta ultima tiene Su drea de dis-- truibucién en Lugares de clima caliente y presenta Las hojuelas anchamente elipticas ovales u obovadas y C. edulis presenta -- kas hojuekas Lanceoladas, Largamente elipticas acuminadas y su Grea de distribucién inckuye lugares de chima templado. Se estudio ek polLen de C. sapota, pues Se penso que quizds a nivel de La monfologia poltinica podriamos encontrar diferen--- cias entre Las dos especies, pero después de Las observaciones neakizadas y comparandolas con Las de Palacios (1966), no en- contramos diferencias en ek polen de ambas especies. RESUMEN Se estudian Los granos de polen de Casiminoa edulis (Rutaceae) que Se encuentra en ek Valle de México, Las cuales resultaron ser tricolporado con ornamentaci6n estriada. SUMMARY In this paper are studied pollen grains of Casiminoa edulis (Rutaceae) from Valle de México, which are tricolporate, and the ornamentation is striate. 1986 Arreguin-Sdnchez & al., Polen de Casiminoa 393 394 POHSY ToOcCk O. GelsA Vol. 60, No. AGRADECIMIENTOS Los autores agradecen al Dr. Gerardo Cabanas y ak Ing. Jorge Esteban Araujo de La Escueka Superior de Ingenterta Quimica e Industrias Estractivas (ESIQUIE), Division de Ingenterta Meta- Lingica, por permmitinrnos ek uso dek microscopio ekectrénico de barrido. BIBLIOGRAFIA CONSULTADA 1) Exdtman, G. 1943. An introduction to pollen analisis. The Ronald Press Co. New York. 239 pp. 2) Martinez, M. 1951. Las Casiminoas de México y Centroamérica An. Inst. Biok. Méx. 22(1) 21-79. Palacios CH.,R. 1966. Morfokogta de Los granos de poken de Arboles dek Estado de Morelos. An. Esc. Nac. Cxenc. Biél., Méx., 16:41-169, Pakacios-Chavez, R., Quinoz-Garcta, D.L., Ramos-Zamora,D., Anneguin-Sdnchez, M.L. 1985. Flora Palinolégica del Vakke de México. Presentacién. PhytoLogia 59(1):65-66. Rzedowski, J. & G.C.de Rzedowski. 1979. Flora Fanerogdmica dek Vakhe de México, CECSA 1:373-374, 3 — 4 — 5 — Casiminoa edulis (M.L.). T.- Vista ecuatoniak mostrando La exina X 1000 2.- Vista polar mostrando La exina X 1000 3.- pape ee mostrando ek colpo Longitudinal y transver 4.- Vista superficial mostrando La ornamentacién X 1000 5.- C. edulis (MEB). Vista ecuatoniak X 2300 6.- Vista polar X 2300 7.- ee modstrando Los cokpos y La ornamentacién 8 y 9.- Detakle de La ornamentactén X 2300. MORFOLOGIA DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN DEL GENERO KALLSTROEMIA (ZYGOPHYLLACEAE) DEL VALLE DE MEXIOO, No, 3,* Ma, de la Luz Arreguin-Sanchez ** Rodolfo Palacios-Chavez ** David Leonor Quiroz-Garcia Delfina Ramos~Zamora Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biol6gicas Instituto Politécnico Nacional Depto. Botdnica, 11340, México, D.F. INTRODUCCION La familia Zygophyllaceae incluye aproximadamente 27 géneros y cerca de 200 especies de distribuci6n pantropical, extendién- dose dentro de regiones templadas de los Hemisferios Norte y -- Sur. En México 8 géneros y cerca de 40 especies, En el Valle de - México 1 género y 2 especies. ANTECEDENTES La familia Zygophyllaceae ha sido dividida por algunos auto- res como Engler (1931) en 7 subfamilias y estas a su vez en tri bus y subtribus; Erdtman (1966) estudi6é los granos de polen de 21 géneros y 36 especies de las diferentes subfamilias, tribus y subtribus de la familia Zygophyllaceae, correspondiendo en -- términos generales la morfologia polinica a las divisiones de - las diferentes categorias taxonémicas de la familia, asi tam--- bién menciona que los granos de polen se la Subfamilia Peganoi- daé y Tetradiclidoideae tienen caracterfisticas en comin con las Rutaceae; algunos géneros de la Subfamilia Zygophylloideae camo Sisyndite sus granos de polen son similares a Linaceae-Linoi-—~ deae, mientras que en la Subtribu Tribulinae de la subfamilia - anteriormente citada son m4s o menos similares con algunos taxa de Polemoniaceae. Los granos de polen de la Subfamilia Balamtoi deae tienen caracteres en comfin con algunas Simarubaceae, El género Kallstroemia, finico género representado en el Va-- lle de México, pertenece a la Subfamilia Zygophylloideae, Tribu Tribuleae, Subtribu Tribulinae y forma un grupo natural morfol6 gica y palinol6égicamente con los géneros Kelleronia, Tribulus y Tribulopis. El género Kallstroemia est4 representado por unas 17 espe--- cies nativas del Nuevo Mundo y la distribuci6n geogr&fica del - género en Norteamérica sugiere que su origen probablemente sea México, por ser su centro de diversidad y abundancia, sin embar go, esto no se comprueba pues no se encuentra en el registro - f6sil. (Porter, 1969). % Trabajo parcialmente subsidiado por el Consejo Nacional de - Ciencia y Tecnologia, México, xx Becarios de COFAA del I,P.N. 395 396 Pew TOL ad A Vol. 60, No. 6 MATERIAL Y METODOS Las muestras de polen se dividieron en dos grupos; uno de - ellos se acetaliz6 con la técnica de Erdtman (1943) levemente - modificada y estas se observaron al microscopio de luz (ML). Las otras muestras sin tratamiento quimico, se utilizaron — para el microscopio electr6énico de barrido (MEB) y se sombrea-- ron con Au para observarlas en un microscopio JEOL-~JSM 35, Las muestras de Kallstroemia parviflora fueron tomadas de un ejemplar del Estado de Morelos porque los del Valle de México - presentan poco polen. DESCRIPCION E ILUSTRACION DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN Kallstroemia parviflora Norton Puente de Ixtla, Morelos M.Medina 2021, 21-1X-1977 (ENCB) Pigs... yc. Polen periporado, tectado, esferoidad de 52.4(54,3) 57.5 mi- cras por 52,4(53.7)55 micras, indice P/E = 1.01. Exina de 6a 7 micras de grosor, sexina de 4 a 5 micras con la superficie re- ticular (carinimurado), mros ligeramente ondulados, nexina de 2 micras. Poros alrededor de 25, de 4 a 4.5 micras de diametro, al ML y MEB no se encontraron diferencias. Kallstroemia rosei Rydb. Cerro de Zacatenco, V.G.A,Madero D.F. M.L.Arreguin 410, VIII.1972 (ENCB) PIGS 3; 40V 3s Polen periporado, tectado, esferoidad de 50.7(54,9)57.5 mi-- cras por 50.7(55,.4)58.3 micras; Indice P/E = 0.99, Exina de -- 5 a 6 micras de grosor, sexina de 4 a5 micras de grosor con - la superficie reticular (carinimurado), muros ondulados, nexina de 1 a 2 micras. Poros alrededor de 25, de 3.3 a 4.2 micras de diametro. Al ML y MEB no se observan diferencias. DISCUSION Y CONCLUSIONES La morfologia polinica del género Kallstroemia es muy unifor me y no es posible a nivel del polen diferenciar K,rosei y K.-- parviflora RESUMEN En este trabajo se estudian los granos de polen de dos espe- 1986 Arreguin-Sanchez & al., Polen de Kakfstnroemia 397 cies del género Kallstroemia (Zygophyllaceae) que se encuen-- tran en el Valle de México (kK. parviflora y K.rosei), los -- cuales resultaron periporados, reticulados y esferoidales, El polen de ambas especies es muy semejante, por 10 que no es po sible separar las especies. SUMMARY In this paper are studied pollen grains of Kallstroemia - (Zygophyllaceae) from Valle de México (K, iflora and K,ro- sei) wich are periporate, reticulate and SerotaaTs. Few di-- ferences there are in pollen grains of both species and is -- not possible the separation, AGRADECIMIENTOS Deseamos expresar nuestro agradecimiento a la Bidloga Yo-- landa Hornelas Orozco del Instituto de Ciencias del Mar y Lim- nologia de la Universidad Nacional Aut6nama de México, el -- haber procesado y tamado las fotograffas de las mestras de -- polen al MEB, BIBLIOGRAFIA CONSULTADA 1) Engler, A. 1931. Zygophyllaceae. pp. 144-181 in A. Engler & K, Prantl, eds. Die naturfichen Pflanzen familien,. Auf. 2 Band 19a. Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann. Leipzig. 2) Erdtman, G. 1943. An introduccion to pollen analisis. The Ronald Press Co. New York. 239 p.p. 3) Erdtman, G. 1966. Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy, - Angiosperms (An Introduction to Palynology I) Hafner Pu-- blishing Co. New York and London, 553 pp. 4) Kremp, G,O.W, 1968. Morphologic Encyclopedia of Palynology, The University of Arizona Press. Tucson 263 pp, 5) Porter, D.M, 1969. The genus Kallstroemia (Zygophyllaceae) Contr. Gray Herb. 198: 41-153. 6) Palacios-Chavez, R., Quiroz-Garcia, D.L,, Ramos-Zamora, D., Arreguin-Sanchez, M.L. 1985. Flora Palinolégica del Valle de México, Presentaci6n. Phytologia 59(1):65-66, 7) Rzedowski, J. & G.C. de Rzedowski. 1979, Flora Fanerogémica del Valle de México. 1:371-373. CECSA, México, 8) Saénz, C. 1978. Polen y esporas (Introducci6n a la Palino- logia y vocabulario palinol6égico) Blume, Madrid, 213 pp, 398 Pie Hy Vigil Os ky Qo Gy Tp A Kallstroemia parviflora 1.- vista general (ML) x 400; 2.- vista general (MEB) x 1500. K.rosei 3.- vista general (ML) x 400; — 4.- vista general (MEB) x 1300; 5.- Detalle del reticulo y poros (MEB) x 3000. UNA NUEVA LOCALIDAD PARA NORTEAMERICA DE PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM (L.) NEWM. VAR. AMERICANA FERNALD. Ma. de La Luz Arreguin-Sdnchez Labonatorio de Botanica Fanerogdmica Escuela Nactonak de Chenctas Biolégicas © Instituto Pokitécnico Nactonak México, D.F., Becario COFAA. Rodokfo Aguinre-CLaverin Instituto Nactonal de Estadistica Geografia e Informatica. Dineccién Regional Noreste, Monterrey, Nuevo Ledén Av. Eugenio Garza Sada 1702 Sur Col. Nuevo RepueblLo. 64000. N.L. AL estudiar La pteridofslora dek Estado de Nuevo Leén, México, La Bi6kL. Susana Favela colect6 un ejemplar en el municipio de -- Zaragoza que iniciakmente se habia identificado como Phyllitis - ScoLopendrium (L.) Neum., 44n embargo, dicha pet eaten Se - tomé con cierta reserva, " pues esta especie era citada para Euro- pa, Japén, Canad& y Estados Unidos. AL nevisar La bibliogratia para tratar de esckarecer cudl era ek nombre correcto de nuestra planta, encontramos para empezar, que algunos autores no reconocen como género vadlido a Phyllitis debido a que se cruza fdcilmente experimental y ee ee ae Se Asplentum y algunos otros géneros; por Lo anterior, - canece de una barrera de ciuce requerido para un géne- panes y por edto presieren mantener a Las plantas aqui in- atta dentro del género Asplheniwn Los autores que edstan por mantenerlLo como un género distinto a Asplenium Se basan fundamentalmente en que Los niimeros cromo- S6micos de Las edpecies de P. scolLopendriwm str. Son mas bajos que Los nimeros cromosdmicos de Aspen ademés de La conve-- niencia de tratar un taxa como un género separado que como un - Subgénero o Secctén de un género grande. En cuanto al niimero de especies de Phylhitis, Love & Love -- (1973) neconocen 4 especies, P. 4 inl ere negt6n dek Medi terrineo, Gruinea y Heywood. P. h aida esta rnestringida a unas pocas 4s£as cerca de Las Costas de Tatria en Yugoeslavia en el nonredste de Mar Adridtico. P. Lindentk dek sureste de México y P. scoLopendrimm distribuido desde Europa occidental a Siberia y un taxon Ligeramente distintos en el noreste de América. xl tabajo parctalmente subsidiado por et Consejo Nacional de -- Ciencia y Tecnologia. PCECBNA-030184 y La Dinecci6n de Gradua- dos e Investigacién del a Pokitécnico Nactonak 862312. 400 Pan. TOME ONG SE 4A Vol. .60),’. Naw 6 Fernald (1935) neakizé un exdmen profundo entre Las plantas europeas y americanas de Phyllitis scokopendrium (L.) Newm. y Las consideré como dos variedades, citando como diferencias. P.scokopendrium var.americana P.scokopendrimm var.scolopendrium - PLantas en general mas gran - PLantas mas pequenas (11-34 om) des (9-60 am). - Escamas dek pecioko Linear - Escamas del pectolo Lanceolados siLifsornes, Largo caudadas a Linear-atenuados Sonos ocupan + ek 54 % de - Sonros ocupan dek 33 ak 100 % de kha Ldémina ka Ldmina - Largo dek indusio 0.3 a- - Largo dek indusio 0.7 a 3.3 om. oe OM. - Puntas de Las venas del- - Puntas de Las venas elipticas y gadas y terminando Lejos terminando cerca dek margen. del margen. Ademds de Las diferencias citadas por Fernald lop. cit.), ak estudiar Las esporas, encontramos Las siguientes -Perina formando pocas cres -Perina formando muchas crestas tas, a lo mas 7 por espona mas de 10 por edspora -Crestas de La perina redon -Credstas de La perina mamclLares deadas a anchamente céni-- a estnechamente cénicas. Cas. AL examinar nuestra planta Llegamos a ka conckusi6n de que se trataba de P. scolopendrium var. americana, aunque la distribu cién conocida para este taxa era New Brunswick, Ontario, Nueva York y Tennesee, por Lo que ek hallazgo de esta planta en Nuevo Leén ed ek Limite mas al sur que se conoce de esta variedad y - e)/ un nuevo registro para México, ya que de este género s6ho Se conocta Phyklitis Lindentt (Hook,) Maxon dek sureste de México y Hartke. raat P. Lindenkt y P. scokopendrium se trata de ta- xa muy cercanos, Se difernencian en que aa promero presenta el pectolo y ek nraquis mas pubescentes y Las hojas menos prominen- tes cordadas en La base. PhyLlitis scolopendrimm var. americana, fué colectada en La - Shenae MDA . ao Zaragoza, Nuevo Ledn, 8-I11-1983, bosque de Pinus-Quercus, S. Favela 217, pkanta terrestre. (ENCB,UNL) . 1986 Arreguin-Sanchez & Aguirre-Claverdn, Phy£eitis 401 . Ddstribuckén conocida de Phyllitis scolopendrium var. amevr.cana x Distribuctén conocida de \ P. Lindenkk BIBLIOGRAFIA CONSULTADA: 1) ww yy DO OD OUR — ss 8 So OC Anrreguin-Sdnchez, M.L. & R.Aguinre-ClLaverdn. 1985. Nuevos - negistros de pteridé4itas para ek estado de Nuevo - Leén, México, Phytologia 59(1) 259-64. Copeland, E.B. 1947, Genera fikicum. The genera of ferns -- Chronica Bothnica. Waltham, Ness. 247 pp. Favela, L.S. 1983. Estudio de La flora Pteridoldgica del mu- nicipio de General Zaragoza, Nuevo Ledén, Tesis Proke sional, Fac. Cxienc. Bi6L. Universidad de Nuevo Leén, Fernald, M.L. 1935. Critical pkants of the upper Great Lakes negion of Ontario and Michigan. Rhodona 37:197-222, Love, A. & D. Love. 1973. Cytotaxonomy of the boreal taxa of Phyllitis, Acta Bot, Acad. Sck. Hung. 19:201-206. McGikLiard, —.1948. The Hart's-Tongue in Tennessee in 1947, American Fern Journak 38(2):48-52. Nayar, B.K. & Deva, S., 1964. Spore morphology of Indian - ferns 11. Asphentaceae and Blechnaceae. Grana Pa-- Lynok. 5(2) 2222-246, Pichi-Serumolli,R, 1953. The nomenclature of Some fern-genera. Webbia 9 (2):431-433, Wagner, W.H. 1955. Shou2d the American Hart's tonque be -- Antenpreted as a distinct species ? Amer, Fern. -- Journ. 45:127-128, 402 PRA PYE Ta Oe ER OPGi TRA Vol. 60, No. 6 5 1) Phylhitis scolopendrium var. scolopendrium, aspecto general; 2) P. Scolopendrium var. americana, aspecto general; ae scolopen var. scoLopendrium, Bear vista Lateral 4) espora, vista proximal superficial X 1000; 5) P.scolLopendrium var. americana, espora vista Lateral X 1000; 6) espora vista superficial X 1000. A.- edquema donde se muestran pliegues de La perina cénicods es- trechos y mamihares. B.- edsquema donde se muedstran pliegues de La pertna cénicos y anchamente cénicos. 1986 Arreguin-Sanchez & Aguirre-Claver4n, Phy£litis 403 RESUMEN PhyLhitis scolopendrimm (L.) Newm. var. americana Fernald Se is por primera vez para Nuevo Ledn, México, 46Lo0 se cono- cia de New Brunswick, Ontario, New York y Tennesse. SUMMARY Ph ScoLopendriwm (L.) Newm. var. americana Fernald 14 ae on the te Lime en Nuevo Leén, México, the -- world-range was New Brunswick, Ontario, New York and Tennesse. AGRADECIMIENTOS Los autores agnadecen al Dr. Alfonso Delgado del Instituto de Biokogia de la Universidad Nactonak Auténoma de México, Los préstamos de ejemplares de herbario del género Phylkitis "RESULTADOS PRELIMINARES DEL ESTUDIO FLORISTICO DEL FITOPLANCTON DE LA PARTE NORTE DEL GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA, MEXICO" Celia Flores Granados Laboratorio de Ficologia Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Bioldgicas ARAMA SBA Mexico, DAR INTRODUCCION: Los estudios del fitoplancton marino en el Golfo - de California son muy limitados, pese a la importancia de éste - en la productividad primaria. Conscientes de la necesidad de rea lizar estudios en este campo de trabajo, algunos investigadores del Laboratorio de Ficologia de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolégicas, nos interesO conocer la flora de la parte norte del Golfo de California. OBJETIVOS: El objetivo de este trabajo es la divulgaci6On de los resultados obtenidos de este estudio y promover el interés en es te campo para continuar analizando el plancton, por lo que de - ninguna manera se pretende hacer interpretaciones de la ecologia del plancton, la cual exige periodos mas amplios que permitan - comprobar los variados fendmenos que ellos implica. ANTECEDENTES: Los elementos fitoplanctdnicos mas representativos en los océanos pertenecen a las clases Bacillariophyceae y Dino- phyceae, estos dos grupos de algas han sido estudiados en otros paises desde diferentes puntos de vista: sistematicos, morfoldé-- gico, ecoldgico, de productividad primaria, etc. En México pocos han sido los estudios realizados en este campo por autores nacionales. Para el Golfo de California entre los principales autores que pueden citarse estan: Allen (1937) que trabajo acerca de la dis- tribucidn de las diatomeas y en general de especies fitoplancto- nicas; Cupp y Allen (1938) se refirieron a la distribuciOén y -- abundancia de las diatomeas; Osorio Taffal (1942) se refirio a la descripciGn de algunos dinoflagelados; Gilbert y Allen (1943) hicieron otra contribuci6n al conocimiento del fitoplancton de - la regi6én; Osorio Taffal (1943) estudi6d el Mar de Cortes y la - productividad de sus aguas; Barreiro (1967) hizo una contribu- cion al conocimiento de los dinoflagelados; Round (1967) trato el fitoplancton del Golfo de California en relaciGn con su dis-- tribucidn y contribucion a los sedimentos; Gamez Aguirre (1969) contribucion al conocimiento del plancton; Licea (1971) la siste matica, distribuciOn y variaciGén estacional de las diatomeas de la Laguna de Agiabampo; Gonzdlez (1971) Sistematica de los dino- Flagelados; Santoyo (1972) VariaciOn estacional del fitoplancton de la Bahia de Yavaros, Son.; Gomez Aguirre (1972) presenta la - relacion de fitoplancton cualitativo y cuantitativo de tres re- giones, Topolobampo, Tres Marias y Balsas; Santoyo (1974) Distri 404 1986 Granados, Estudio floristico 405 buci6n estacional del fitoplancton en la laguna de Yavaros, Son. Licea (1974) sistematica y distribuci6n de las diatomeas de la Laguna de Agiabampo, Son/Sin. LOCALIZACION DEL AREA DE ESTUDIO: Isla Tiburdn se localiza a los 299 de Latitud N y 1129-1139 de Longitud W (Fig. 1). La zona - de muestreo se localiza en el denominado canal I. Tiburdn (Fig. 1). En este estudio se hicieron observaciones en 7 estaciones: 1) Entre Jamoncillo y Punta Perla, 2) Punta Chueca, 3) Punta -- Perla, 4) Playa Jamoncillo, 5) Estero Santa Rosa, 6) Frente a - Isla Pelicanos, 7) Estero San Miguel. Distribuyéndose de la si- Quiente manera: tres en la parte norte (1, 3 y 4), tres en la - parte central (2, 5 y 7) y una en la parte sur (6). MATERIAL Y METODOS: Las muestras se obtuvieron en dos visitas - que se hicieron a la zona. Las muestras de las estaciones 1, 2, 3, 4 y 5, se tomaron en el verano en agosto de 1983 y las mues- tras de las estaciones 6 y 7 en el otonfo dn noviembre de 1983; en ambas ocasiones las muestras se tomaron con una red de planc ton estandar de 54 micras de malla en arrastre horizontal a ni- vel superficial. Se empleo el método de Edmonson (1969) para - estimar la abundancia relativa de las especies. RESULTADOS: En la Tabla 1 se puede observar el total de espe- cies encontradas, asi como el orden de abundancia relativa en cada estaciOn para las 10 especies mas abundantes, asi como las especies no reportadas anteriormente para el Golfo de Califor-- nia Se identificaron un total de 194 especies fitoplanctdnicas, - las especies mas frecuentes y abundantes en el estudio pertene- cen a los géneros Chaetoceros, Rhizosolenia, Peridinium, Cera-- tium, Goniaulax, Hemiaulus, Guinardia, Cerataulina, Nitzschia, Bacteriastrum. En la estacion 1 se encontraron 84 especies y con respecto a Su abundancia tenemos, Chaetoceros lorenzianus, Rhizosolenia - delicatula, Rh. setigera, Bacteriastrum hyalinum, Rhizosolenia stolterforthii, Chaetoceros didymus var. anglica, Hemiaulus -- hauckii, Nitzschia closterium, Mastogloia sp. Thalassionema - nitzschiodes. En la estaciOn 2 se localizaron 57 especies con respecto a su abundancia tenemos: Trichodesmium thiebauti, Guinardia flaccida, Goniaulax thriacantha, Chaetoceros laevis, Rhizosolenia stige- Ta, Rh. stolterforthii, Chaetoceros lorenzianus, Goniaulax sp.-, Chaetoceros peruvianum, Rhizosolenia styliformis. En la estacion 3 se registraron 91 especies y con respecto a Su abundancia tenemos: Chaetoceros didymus var. anglice, Rhizo- solenia delicatula, GShaetoceros lorenzianus, Rhizosolenia stol- terforthii, Bacteriastrum hyalinunm, Rhizosolenia setigera, Rh “RA. styliformis, Thalassionema nitzschiodes, Bacteriastrum delica- tulum, Chaetoceros affinis. 406 Priboved? Os OnGhiek Vol .»60;5 \Noeee En ta estacion 4 se localizaron 97 especies y la especie mas abundante fue Chaetoceros lorenzianus y le sigue Ch. pelagicus, Ch. didymus var. anglica, Rhizosolenia delicatula, Bacterias-- trum hyalinum, Chaetoceros didymus var. protuberans, Bacterias- trum delicatulum, Chaetoceros compressus, Ch. laciniosus. > econ respecto a la estacion 5 se Tegistraron G45 especies, te- niendo a Rhizosolenia setigera como la especie mas abundante, - le sigue Rh stolterforthii, Guinardia flaccida, Nitzschia clos- terium Chaetoceros laevis, Ch. lorenzianus, Trichodesmium thie- bautii, Rhizosolenia delicatula, Hemiaulus hauckii, Corethron - hystrix. En la estacion 6 se encontraron 90 especies y la especie mas abundante es Nitzschia closterium, Rhizosolenia stolterforthii, Chaetoceros coarctatus, Ch. compressus, Corethron hystrix, Tri- chodesmium thiebautii, Chaetoceros peruvianus, the laevis, He- miaulus hauckii, Chaetoceros lorenzianus. Para la estacion 7 se registraron 83 especies y con respecto a su abundancia tenemos primeramente a Thalassionema nitzs - -- chiodes, le sigue Melosira sulcata, Nitzschia closterium, Chae- toceros lorenzianus, Ch. affinis, Rhizosolenia setigera, Thala- ssiothrix frauenfeldii, Cocooneis paniformis, | Nitzschia sigmoi- dea, Skeletonema costatum. anbe estos datos observamos que en la estacion 4 el fitoplanc- ton es mas diverso y en la estaciG6n 5 hubo menos especies pre-- sentes que en las demas estaciones. Del total, 23 especies que corresponden al 12 % son mas -- abundantes y frecuentes; 21 especies que son el 11% del total - faltan por determinar especificamente. Los g@éneros antes mencionados Chaetoceros, Rhizosolenia, etc. dominaron en general en los muestreos; sin embargo entre las es taciones existen diferencias de abundancia, tales que en ellos no aparecen las mismas especies como las mas abundantes. El 23% de todas las especies (45) son reportes nuevos para - el Golfo de California. Como podemos observar en la Tabla 2 del total de especies en contradas el grupo mejor representado es el de dacillariophy--- ceae con 149 especies, Dinophyceae con 37 y Cyanophyceae con 8&8 especies. El némero de especies fitoplanctonicas identificadas es alto, por lo que considero que el canal de Isla Tiburon presenta gran diversidad. BIBLIOGRAFIA Allen, W.E., 1937. Plankton diatoms of the Gulf of California - obtained oy the Allan Hancock expedition of 1936. Univ. South, Calif. Press. Hancock Exped. 3:47-59. Barreiro Guemes, M.T., 1967. Contribucidn al conocimiento de - los dinoflagelados del Golfo de California, México. 1986 Granados, Estudio floristico 407 Tesis Prof. Fac. de Cienc. Univ. Nal. Auton. México, 1-29 Cupp, E.E. y W.E. Allen, 1938. Plankton diatoms of the Gulf of California obtained by Allan Hancock Pacific Expe- - dition of 1937. Univ. South Calif. Allan Hancock - Pacific Exped. 3:61-69 Gilbert, J.Y. and W.E. Allen 1943. The phytoplankton of the -- Gulf of California obtained by the E.W. Scripps in 1939 and 1942. Jour. Res., 5(2):89-110. Gomez Aguirre, S., 1969. Resultados preliminares del estudio - del plancton de la Bahia de Agiabampo, Son,Sin. Me-- xico. Inf. Depto. Cienc. del Mar y Limnol. Inst. -- Biol. Univ. Nal. Auton. México: 32-48. 1972. Fitoplancton del Crucero UMITAKA-MARU- 30 (15-22 Dic. 1965), em las Costas del Pacifico -- Mexicano Rev. de la Soc. Mexicana de Historia Natu-- ral Tomo XXXIII. Gonzalez Villalobos, I. 1971. Contribucidn al conocimiento de los dinoflagelados marinos de la zona neritica com-- prendida entre Guaymas, Son. y la Boca de Teacapan, Sin. Tesis Prof. Esc. Nac. Cienc. Bioldgicas, I.P.N. io Dp Licea Duran, S., 1971. Sistematica, distribuci6n y variacion - estacional de diatomeas de la Laguna de Agiabdampo, Son. Sin. México. Tesis Prof. Fac. de Ciencias, Univ. Nal. Auton. México. 34 p. 1974. Sistematica y distribucion de diato-- meas de la Laguna de Agiabampo, Son/Sin. México. An. Centro Cienc. del Mar y Limnol. Univ. Nal. Auton. - México 1(1) 99-156. Osorio Taffal, B. 1942. Notas sobre algunos dinoflagelados --- planctonicos marinos de México con descripcion de -- nuevas especies. An. Esc. Nal. Cienc. Biol. Mex. - 2 (4); 435-447. 1943. El Mar de Cortes y la productividad fi toplanctonica de sus aguas. An. Esc. Nac. Cienc. -- Biol. México. 3 (1.2):73-118. Round, F.E. 1967. The Phytoplankton of the Gulf de California - Part. 1. Its composition, distribution and contribu- tion to the sediments. J. exp. mar. Biol. Ecol. -- tev oH IY. Santoyo, H. 1972. VariaciOn estacional del fitoplancton y la - hidrologia en la Laguna de Yavaros, Son. Tesis Prof. Fac. de Cienc. Univ. Nal. Auton. Mexico. 1-70 pe. -- 10.fig. 4& tab. 1974a. Plancton de la Laguna de Agiabampo -- Son/Sin. Mex. An. Centro Cienc. del Mar y Limnol. - Univ. Nal. Auton. México. 1(1):99-156. 408 PRHYYIT VOTE OONGE TRA Vol. 60, No. 6 TABLA 1 ESTACIONES DE MUESTREO ESPEGIE 1 Zz 3 4 5 6 7 Bacillariophyceae Actinoptychus aster Brun + A. senarius (Ehr.) Ehr.* eae Seer Pans: A. splendens (Shadbolt.) Ralfs E Sard A. undulatus (dail.) Ralfs + A. vulgaris Schum. + Actinoptychus sp. Ehr. + + Amphiprora paludosa Sm. + + Amphora decusata Grunow * + A. hyalina Kutz. + A. Vineolsata CEhr.)° Kutz. + = ce A. marina (Sm.) Cl. + + + + Amphora sp. (1) Ehr. Eee Rietale. Seat hae ® + Amphora sp. (2) Ehr. ging = Asterionella japonica Gran. + + + + + Asterophalus claveanus Grunow + A. heptactis (Bréb.) Ralfs + aint: Aulacodiscus kittonii Arn. * + Auliscus caelatus Bail. + + A. sculptus (w. Sm.) Ralfs + + Bacteriastrum delicatulum Cleve + + S) 8 + + B. elongatum Cleve + + + + B. hyalinum Laud. 4 + 5 6 + Biddulphia aurita (Lyng.) dréb. eet Pe + and God. aq Eleteneimes Ceeaiilc)) Wo te + Be dubia Cr) srightu.) is + d. mobiliensis (Bail.) Grun. + + + + + B. tegia (Schultze) Ost. * + B. rombus (chr.) W. Sm. + B. toumeyi Bail. Roper. + Biddulpnia sp. Gray. + + Cerataulina bergonii H. Pér. + + + + + + Chaetoceros affinis Laud. + 10 + 5 Ch. atlanticus Cleve + + Ch. coarctatus Laud. 3 Ch. curvisetum Cleve + Ch. compressus Laud. + + + 9 4 + Ch. constrictus Gran. + + Ch. decipiens Cleve + + + + + Ch. difficilis Cleve + Ch. didymus Enr. + + Ch. didymus var. anglica (Grun.)G. 6 eat 25 + Ch. didymus var. protuberans + 7 + (Laud.) Gran. and Yendo * 1986 Granados, Estudio floristico 409 ESTACIONES DE MUESTREO ESPECIE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Ch. diversus Cleve 4 Ch. gracilis Schutt i‘ ed Ch. laciniosus Schutt + + 10 + + Ch. laevis Leud-Fort. + 4 + + 5 8 7 Ch. lauderii Ralfs. * + + + Ch. lorenzianus Grun. di 5 1 6 qu Ch. pelagicus Cleve * + + + 2 3 7 Ch. peruvianus Brightw. + 9 + + + 7 ty Ch. radicans Schutt + + . Ch. secundum Cleve * + + + Ch. socialis Laud. + + Ch. teres Cleve + + + + + Ch. wighami Brightw. * + Chaetoceros sp. Ehr. + + + Climacodium frauenfeldianum Grun. + + + Climacosphenia moniligera Ehr. + Cocconeis paniformis (?) Brun. + 8 Cocconeis sp. Ehr. + Corethron hystrix Hen. ~ - - Tee's Coscinodiscus centralis Ehr. + + + C. curvatulus Grun. * ~ C. excentricus Ehr. + + ~ + C. heteroporus Ehr. + C. lineatus Ehrenberg ~ C. marginatus Enrenberg + C. perroratus Enrenberg + C. radiatus Ehr. + + ©. subtilis Ehr. + + = Coscinodiscus sp. Ehr. + + + + + + . Cymbella sp. Ag. + Diploneis constricta (Grun.) Cl. * ip GAL + + D. ovalis (Hilse) Cl. + + + Peano Bree) Ele) * + D. splendida Greg. - 7 + Ditylum brightwellii (West.) Grun. + + + aw, Epithemia turgida (Ehr.) Kutz. * aes. Eucampia cornuta (Cl.) Grun. * + + + + E. zoudiacus Ehr. + + Fragilaria sp. Lyngbye + ; + + Grammathophora marina (Lyngb.)Kutz. ide + Guinardia flaccida (Castracane) Per. + 2 +4 + 3 + #¢ Gyrosigma balticum (Ehr.) Cl. + + G. spencerii (Quek.) Cl. + 2 Gyrosigma sp. Has. + + a Hemiaulus hauckii Grun. 7 + + ery 410 Pee TROL OMGSE-A Vol. 60, No. 6 ESTACIONES DE MUESTREO BSPBGiE 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 Hemiaulus membranaceus Cl. * + + + Hyalodiscus stelliger Bail. * + Leptocylindrus danicus Cleve ~ + + Licmophora abreviata Agardh. + + Licmophora sp. Ag. + + Lithodesmium undulatum Enr. + Mastogloia angulata Levis * + + Mastogloia sp. Thwaites in W. Sm * 9 + + Melosira sulcata (Ehr.) Kutz ee Ey ttn +inet Set 2 Navicula cf. brasiliensis Grun. + + + + + N. hennedyi W. Sm. + N. phoenicenteron Ehrenb. * + N. subcarinata Hend. Ralfs. = + Navicula sp. (1) Bory a ee ee ee Navicula sp. (2) Bory dn ph Serta th act Navicula sp. (3) Bory + Nitzschia closterium (Ehr.) W.Smith Be st + + 4 1 3 N. distans var. tumescens Grun. * + + N. longissima (Brebisson) Ralfs. var. Treversa W. Smith + + ~ N. paradoxa (Gmelin) Grunow +. of N. pungens var. atlantica Cleve + + N. seriata Cleve + + + + N. spatulata Breb. + + + N.- sigmoidea (Nitzsch.) Sm. i 5 N. vitrea Norm. * + + Nitzschia sp. Has. + + + + Plancktoniella sol (Wall.) Schutt a a Pleurosygma sp. W. Sm. * + + Pseudonotia doliolus (Wall.) Grun. + + Rhizosolenia alata Brightwell + + + + + + Rh. alata var. indica (H.Pér.) Osten + Rn bergonii Peragallo + + Rh. calcar-avis Schultze + + + + + + + Rh. delicatula Cl. 2 2 5 8 + Rh. fragillissima Berg. + + + + Rh hebetata for. hiemalis Gran. * + Rh. hebetata for. semiespina - (Hem.) Gran. + Rh. imbricata Brightwell + + + + + + Rh. robusta Norman + + + Rh. setigera Brightwell 3 Dy 46 4 1 = 6 Rh. stolterforthii Peragallo 5 6 4 + 2 + Rh. styliformis Brightwell + ial. 7 + + + Rhizosolenia sp. (Ehr.) Brightw. Rhophoneis surirella (?) (Ehr.) Grun + Shroderella delicatula (H. Per.) Pav. + + 1986 Granados, Estudio floristico 411 ESTACIONES DE MUESTREO ——$—_—— ESPECIE 1 2 3 4 2, 6 i Skeletonema costatum (Grev.) Cl. + + + 10 Stephanopyxis turris (Grev. and Arn.) Ralfs. + + + + Striatella unipunctata (Lyngb.) Ag. + Surirella cuneata A. Schmidt * + S. fastuosa var. lata Ehr. + S. gemma (Ehr.) Kutz. + Ta gavenecce: Aso. _* z S. ovata Kutz. + Surirella sp. Turpin + + Synedra ulna (Nitzsch.) Ehr. + Thalassionema nitzschioides Hustedt 10 8 + 1 Thalassiothrix delicatula Cupp Th frauenfeldii Grunow. + + + Th.emediterranea var. pacifica Cupp - Triceratium alternans Bail. * T. favus Enr. Tropidoneis lepidoptera (Greg.) Cl. ee + +++ + Dinopnyceae Ceratium breve (Ostenfeld & Schmidt) + Schroder C. furca (Ehr.) Dujardin + + + + + C. fusus (Ehr.) Dujardin te eet ot + C. inflatum Kofoid C. koffoidii Jorgensen C. lineatum (Ehrenberg) Cleve C. lunula (?) Schimper + C. macroceros (Ehr.) Cleve + + C. tripos (0.F. Muller) + + Dinophysis caudata Saville-sent - + - - - D. ovum Schutt + + Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg * - + Distephanus speculum (chr.) Haeckel * + Exuviella sp. Cienkowski - Goniaulax digitale (Pouchet) Kofoid G. pacifica Kofoid * G. polyedra Stein G. polygramma Stein - + G. spinifera (Clap. & Lachm.) Diesing + G. thriacantha Jorgensen * 3 . G. turbynei Murray & Whitting + . + Goniaulax sp. Diesing 8 Mesocena sp. Ehrenberg + + Oxytoxum scolopax Stein * + ++ ++ + ¥ + +++ + + Vol. 60, No. 6 DE MUESTREO ES co ESTACION OLOGIA HYT P m) 1 | ae + + + + + + a ms } Gu o - © on et 1 et Ww + + + + + + + + + + WO Oy eA ao ® oO iit] me C i) ou + uy o vo oO wy 4 4+ 4 + | Yd i i) mo Cc vv Ce eed | pe | "ad oO Oo oO 0 | + + + + + + + + + Oy a oD Ww - Cc iy) Ww) oO 3910 0 er a [| DO sw Oo my + + + + + + + Oy Oe c ef os w © td ww ow 0 te | 0 ® & 2 G) ™ + + + + — uy w mm © Ow @©ot a tH pes fe jada Pf Be aa wo oa oO =ew L ps —t O 1) ee lo ta © + + aa) & HW C w fe] [eV | Ww sie ie) lil C es © fg bet w om i) = lu he c WN Oo « O oOo ow iw own O ex * tal of ha emt it) Ct wh WO TO Wo ve lil mw ” cS & mo =) Wort C Ow vw Cc | | ea w N oOo w ae) koe = t) i] a i O & Ww wu ¥ e £ b = Pen Oo Ww Ae] re Cc d OM —t S is) meso m= © wm Ww 0 C Ow fo Gal 4) fT] ) w ba A Ww a Qe ) i) - TT) lal | ] t1 2 ret Of bd DC in] C ho WwW et js | a3 0 i hy wou ) ivy) © te a ) vu 0 OL ra (9 ' oO QW 0 hy w Ow © { moO WM O lu t or Om rT 1 a Ww tu ta iw —{ | ha Oe oS J] wm OW CO) vet ws.) Qf i) t Ts ae tC) Ge | a ° om ™N Se fF wm Cf i) ; ow i) (ba . b O1 OD O vn D&M & > EL ca j ) wm ) &£ M eet | O oe ‘iad | , ha f a WwW & til J tu th) wn wy a o« beat | hal ohh WwW u) # 1 ' a 1986 Granados, Estudio floristico CABO TEPOCA 3° w 12° W FIGURA 1. LOCALIZACION DEL AREA DE ESTUDIO FLORA MARINA BENTONICA DE LA COSTA NOROESTE DEL ESTADO DE SONORA, MEXICO, * * A. Catakina Mendoza-Gonzalez luz ELena Mateo-Cid Laboratorio de Ficologia Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biokdgicas Instituto Pokitécnico Nacional 11340 México, D.F. Resumen En este trabajo presentamos Los resultados obtenidos de ek edstu dio de La flora marina bentbnica, encontrada durante dos muestreos en ek edtado de Sonora en Bahia Kino, ska Tiburdn, Isha Pelicanos y Guaymas en 1983, Las canacteristicas de cada especke como; pAso, modo, factes y ek habdiat. Encontramos 133 especies de Las cuales 1] s0n Cyanophyta, 22 Chkorophyta, 25 Phaeophyta y 75 Rhodophyta. Abstract In this paper we present the results obtained in the study of - the bentic marine flora encounter in two visits at Sonora state 4n Kino Bay, Tiburon Island, Peltcanos 1. and Guaymas in 1983, -- the caractertstic each one species as; floor, modo, facies and -- habitat. We encounter 133 sp. of wich are: 11 Cyanophyta, 22 --- Chlorophyta, 25 Phaeophyta y 75 Rhodophyta. Introduccté6n: La costa noroeste de México, que corredsponde a Lod edstados de - Sonora y parte de Sinaloa, esta banada por Las aguas dek mar Cor- tE8 y ed en genenal baja y anrenosa, en algunas zonas hay relieves montanosos formando acantilados y nompientes, a Lo largo de esta costa Se encuentran lugares absertos y protegidos, pudiendo ser anenosos O NOCOSOS, numerodsods fondeaderos y algunos puertos como ka Bahia de Guaymas, EL golfo de Cakifornta parece ser esencialmente una gran fosa tect6nica dentro de la cuak se han fonmado postertormente, por -- nuevas y menos xmportantes fallas de acomodactén, una serte de -- estnrechos hoyos y profundas f0sas de nocads efusivas del mdoceno- plioceno infertor plegadas y falladas que se encuentran en La par- te oeste del golko y entas margenes de las diferentes «skas y man- tos de roca volcdnica en La zona de Guaymas considerados de edad terctaria. Los mantos de nocas fgneas efusivas del terctario medio y Los Sedimentos muy ricos en 4644004 del phioceno Anfertor pare-- cen haberse depositado en su mayorta en pequenas bahtas rodeadas - de eminencias montanosas condstituidas por rocads mas antiguas, Lito Légicamente Los sedimentos que corresponden ak pkioceno son calt-- 414 1986 Mendoza-Gonzdlez & Mateo-Cid, Flora marina 415 zas conaligenas, areniscas y gravas y se encuentran en Las rni- beras occidentales del golfo, Osorio Tafakl (1943). EL golfo de Cakifornia, desde La desembocadura dek rio Coko- nado hasta el paraleko 23°N tiene una Longitud aproximada de - 1200 Km. Su anchura maxima es de 210 Km, al S. de La Isha Tibu n6n, el ancho es de 90 Km. y entre esta diktina y La isla Angel de La Guarda se reduce a 50 Km. En La costa de Sonora, como en otras regiones de La parte -- Septentrional dek golfo de California hay una marcada variacién estacional. Esta se manif,iesta en una notable akternancia de - plantas de invierno y verano. Este cambio estactonal se debe - en Su mayor parte, al inklujo del desierto que rodea ka parte nortena del golso. Ek chima terrestre del desierto de Sonora produce por ejemplo, cambios en La temperatura del agua que -- van de 50 a 52°F en invierno hasta 88° a 91°F en verano. En ek norte dek golso durante La temporada de marea baja, las plantas marinas susren una Ssevera desecacién, una luz intensa y en ge- nenak una reducida accién de La marejada. La singular varia--- cin de La temperatura, marea, circulacién del agua, etc., ope nante sobre Las distintas zonas costenas de estuarios a penas nocosas produce una flora marina de mucho interés. La primera publLicactén sobre akgas marinas dek gokko se basé en La cokeccién dek francés M'Diguet, gracias a una gran reco- Leccet6n de ejemplares btoldgicos en 1921 por Johnson; en 1924 Se hizo un extenso estudio por Setchell y Gardner; posteriormen te La expedicién dek Museo Field a Sonora, en ek invierno de -— 1939 obtuvo la primera recolecci6n numerosa de esta costa. Esta necolecctén hecha por Draouet y D. Richards, asi como la dek - Dr. Poindextev de Pto. Penasco en La primavera de 1941, fueron publLicadas por Dawson (1944). E.Y. Dawson fué el que hizo mas estudios de La costa del pactfico de México y del Gokso de Ca- Lifornia, Anckuyendo Las costas de Sonora sobre taxonomia, dis trrbucién y ecologta de kas algas marinas. Después de varios -— viajes por Las costas mexicanas presenté una redsena sobre La - ecologia y distribucién de Las algas marinas en Las costas de Baja California y en el Golfo de Cakifornia (1960). Su mayor - contribucién a La fhora ficolbgica mexicana resultado de 26 anos de investigactén, son sus monogragias; Marine red algae of Pactfic Mexico (1953a, 1954, 1960a, 1961, 1963a, 1962 y -- 1963b). De sus edstudios posteriores, publicados después de su muerte hay dos que 4e rekteren a Las algas dek Golfo, Nuevos - negistnros para el Golfo (1966a) y una Lista de algas marinas de Pto. Penasco, Sonora (1966b). Sus muchos estudios forman La base de Las investigaciones botinicas marinas hechas en - esta Area. J. Norris (1977) hiz6 un estudio de la flora marina de las costas de Sonora y Baja California N., este estudio comprende muestnras de profundidades hasta de 110 t. y de La zona in- termanreal, también menctona que hasta esa fecha se han Adentc- ficado m&s de 470 especies en ek Golfo de California. 416 PeHo¥3T OFE-OoGel A Vol. 60, No. EL objetivo dek presente trabajo eds conocer La flora marina benténica obtenida durante dos muestreos en ek estado de Sonora en agosto y noviembre de 1983 en Las siguientes Locakidades; Ba hia Kino, Isla Tiburén, 1.Peltcanos, Guaymas y zonas cercanas - (Mapa 1) ast como determinar Las canactertsticas de cada espe-- cie como Lo son; piso, facies y el habitat en que se encuentran. Discusion y Conckusiones: I. Pelicanos y segundo Cerro Prieto, Bahia Kino, son ambientes expuestos a fuerte olLeaje con acantilados y et materiak obtentdo de estas zonas ed principalmente Litoral y ocasionakmente de la Anfralitonak superton, ta vegetactén ficoldgica esta caractent- zada pon akgas conalinaceas como; Amphiroa dimorpha, A. zonata, - Conaklina polysticha, Jania mexicana, Lithophyllum samoense y - Peysonnelia rubra, cuales Son abundantes y entre elas Pa-- v ex, Codiwn cuneatun, Enteromorpha compressa, Prto- Wits acroidalea, Grateloupta filicina y Calothrix crustacea. - En I. Tiburon y Cerro Roca Roja, Bahia Kino, encontramos sobre sustrato nocoso-arenoso de modo expuesto en niveles infralcto-- nak sup. y Litoral, Enteromorpha prolifera, Ulva californica, - Chaetomonxpha anteninna, CLadophonopsis robusta, Padina durvi--- Waet, Sargassum lapazeanum, [ithophyllum imttans, Grateloupta versicolor, Hypnea spxn 5 n Bvensontt, Rhodoglossum akpane y Laurencia Lafolla. En Los estenos de Punta Penta, T.- Tiburon y Sta. Rosa, cerca de Punta Chueca sobre Rhizophora --- mangle abunda Pokysiphonia pacifica asoctada con algunas ctano- f1ceas como Microcoleus Lyngbyaceus, Schizothrix cakcicola y -- Calothrix cwustacea y mas escasa Rhizoclonium Amplexum; sobre - gutjarnos entre ek Limo en aguas someras y ocupando un area de aproximadamente 500 x 100 m. Spynridia 4ilamentosa era muy abun- dante. AQ N. de Pta. Perla en La zona cnfralitonal encontramos algas epizoicas sobre Spondytus princeps y Pinna nobslts, en -- Sta. Rosa sobre cajas de plastico donde siembran semcllas de -- ostiGn, Se fijan algas que crecen en modos protegidos. Punta - Chueca es un poblado con playa anenosa, gutjarios y n0cas edpar cidas con okeaje moderado creciendo sobre ellos en ek nivek -- infralitonal sup. y Litoral se encuentran Enteromorpha acanthe- hora, Brayopsis pennatula, Dictyota slab , Ona bjOes Fodtii, G. verrucosa, Gymnogongrus Leptophyllus, Chondrta da-- Syphytla, Polystphonia mollis, Spyrtdia filamentosa, etc. En -- Guaymas muestreamos en ef nivel cngralitoral supertor y Litoral, en esta Bahta existe una Laguna que drena hacia el mar por una - Salida que tiene fondo arenoso con gutjarros y rocads, Sobre es- tas abundaba Gracilaria sjoestedtii, G. verrucosa y Spyridia fA- Lamentosa, en esta zona a digenencia de Las otras Localidades, - Ta ingluencia humana es mayor y se observa gran cantidad de de- sechos y constantes descargas de drenaje directamente hacia ek - mar por Lo que La vegetacién sobre rocas en modods expuestods y Semiexpuestos estaba constituida principalmente por: Lithophy- 1986 Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, Flora marina 417 Leum imitans, Dictyo eee ian assum sinicoka, Calo--- tux Crustacea, Cro cokes ac chytuchia quo i entre ta arena y sobre guifarros ateta! SORELLE, Pa re na durvillkaet y CLadophoropsis macromeres, sobre paredes de con cierto abundaban clonoficeas como Entero enomorpha c compressa, Clado- CLado- Lexum. hora columbiana y Rhizockoniwm 4m Analizando Los datos obtenidos en e& cuadro 1, de todas Las - kLocakidades revisadas tenemos representados a Los diferentes -- grupos de algas por niimero de especies y porcentaje de La si--= guiente manera: Cyanophyta 11 sp, 8.28 %, Cheorophyta 22 sp. -- 16.54 %, Phaeophyta 25 sp. 18.80 % y Rhodophyta 75 sp. 56.38 % Sxendo el nimero total de especies para Lod dos muedstreos de - TSS. Como menctonamos antertormente en Las Zonas rocosas expuestas y sSeméexpuedstas encontramos una clara dominancia de akgas caked neas asoctadas con otras algas pequenas, densamente agregadas y fuertemente arraigadas, en Los manglares abundaban Polysiphonia y chanoficeas, en La zona de Guaymas dominaban Las Cianofziceas y Chonoficeas y en todas Las zonas revisadas La especie mis fre cuente fué Spyridia filamentosa. Estos resultados nos ratifican La riqueza 05 nthtica de este Lugar mencionada antertormente -- por E.Y.Dawson y J.N.Norres. Agradecimientos. Queremos hacer patente nuestro agnadecimiento ak M. en. -- Victor M. Ocegueda y Cols. de Fomento Pesquero en Hermosillo, - Sonora, Por su valiosa colaborackén que hicieron posrbke La -- necolecctin dek material, asi como también a Las P. de BiéL. --- Ma. Magnokia Nava Tinado, Olivia Mendoza Judrez, y Bertha L6pez Sanchez, por La gran ayuda prestada en el procesamiento del ma- terial para su inclusion en ek herbario de la E.N.C.B. BIBLIOGRAFIA. Abbott, Isabella A. and George J. Hollenberg. 1976 Marine Algae of California Stanford Univ. Press California, 1-827. Dawson 1944a. The Marine abgae of the Guls of Cakifornia AlLan Hancock Packfic Expeditions, 3:123-80.13 pls. 1953a. Marine red algae of Pacific México. I. Bangiales 40 Conaklinaceae subs. Conallinoideae AlLan Hancock -- Packfic Expeditions, 17:1-239. 33 pbs. 1954 a Marine red algae of Pactfic Mexico II Cryptonemia Les (Cont.) Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions. 17:241--— 397. 44 pls. -1960. Marine red algae of Pacific Mexico III Cryptonemnia ~- « ke& Conakhinaceae subs. MeLobesioideae Pacific Naturalist 2(1):1-125, 50 pes, 1961a. Marine red algae of Pactfic Mexico. IV Gigartina- hes, Packfic Naturalist. 2(5):191-341.61 pes, 418 PoHs Yq TE Ok 0: Gok JA Vol. 60, No. 1962. Marine red algae of Pacific Mexico VII Ceramia-- Les, Ceramiaceae, Delesseriaceac. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions, 26: 1-207, 50 pks. 1963a. Marine ned algae of Pacific Mexico VI Rhodymenia Les Nova Heduigia, 5:437-76,19 pbs. 1963b. Marine red algae of Pactfic Mexico VIII. Ceramta Les: Dasyaceae, Rhodomelaceae. Nova Hedwigta, 6:401-81, 46 pks. Norris, James N. 1976 Resena Histérica de Las Expkoractones Bo thnicas en el Golfo de California Inst. Nal. Antrop. e- Historia. Col. Cient. Diversa 27:79-84 +(4). Osorio Tafakl, B.F. 1943. EL Mar de Cortés y La Productividad Fitoplanct6nica de sus aguas. An. Esc. Nac. CXenc. Bidl. 3:73-118 Setchell, W.A. and N.L. Gardner. 1919. The Marine Algae on the Pacific Cakif. Public. in Bot. &(1):1-138. & phe. 1920. The Marine Algae of the Pactfic Coast of North - America. Part.II Chkorophyceae Univ. of Cakif. Public. in Bot. &(2):139-386. 9-33 pks. Taylon, W.R. 1945. Pacific Marine Algae of the Alan Hancock Expeditions to the Galapagos Iskands. Adlan Hancock - Pacific. Expeditions. 12:1-528. 100 pks. MAPA 1 1167 114° igi 9 110° 1.- 1.Tiburén, 2.- Bahta Kino, 3.- Bahta de Guaymas 1986 Mendoza-Gonzdlez & Mateo-Cid, Flora marina 419 owvisa{_s[ =] = Ps] sb] SF] sl BI se] ski = wool st ATT ITH LT eG EAIECEIES EE wl EFS fs rf ee 1S) << mw ara: at ame tte x [R_ | ept R Ex is RFECEE IEICE EE as See eee Geieeie ™ oe tt => ~ > 3 * 3 i» WW ere a IS af +f axa “WH “AYVH) ovyyyoyoyyu yD pyoyyyn -* | 9a | eX I OH (*puos) ynawod - | 9) ee Shi Yea | xs | * ‘by (*yog*6uz) mvoynuvyb *3 -"+ 19) — * ‘ynovubyd *} uvu -Jy@FyY tyovouy) yvapronyeayuoy yndyooyoz -* 7 | aveovdypooyo} “wv YLAHdQJAHdOWOYHI “AIG “OMOH ( * Fou yoprorynymyey *) -° a DYE gByrrUo4) VFOUDIvY voYayNDD -* {7 dvoovdyoynmy) “uv, * aynoyyouys ‘(ypny) wmgoxuomoy *) -*0 >» Q ~N 2| «ala — qa19 a} a — — | —) m m — mM mlm = | “= sapiens Riis () 2) x0S ‘9 8 *S umyvound wNYpPo) -"6l ava0vypo) *un- 0/4 x AUS ge aes ease ‘iy «¢ vympomrd “9 ~"91 lesa ale auescla Re peel eel Fa im Bios ae : = S (ox) s ” > a . cS So s . S = 1986 Mendoza-Gonzdlez & Mateo-Cid, Flora marina 42] oavisa ; Abert ttt ttt : zeilnnnt: BCE J Saldy4 |™ IP wall = P 4 ca ex x Xx x E cre x sex Cs aes ms ee ae) We La ne 0a0 Ws i) vy NY <3 bd OSId | ay ey << ou —) — Rae: imma ie II 111 IV V VI VII I SS) P <3 N RE | 3 ef 5 S = Is o 31S = $3), SEIS |S 2 3° 318! S -y-x]/2 S © > f 2 < = gs 3 = ES PS iso} oes < 73 3 eA lelel) se S35 3/3 o eS Sy 2 a ofS lS 3 : 8 J2/sls Isls] = 5 Sls _ < i$ S o1|o =e eSislesi 313°] 3 SaR8 BS) = 23/3 18 |S lg/2 g SEISIS [SIs] 33/28/38 See . ~as Ss ~ alia a &k Pil NE ele ele Se i} 1 1 ' f] ' a ca] on | ws nay =h Vol. 60, No. 6 Pattevot (0. BrOvGaiar 422 OpudfA vyoUunZ *¥ -*G9 uoymng voyupuryhogny *y -*+9 yoyhv, vuvorxow *y -"¢9 yoyhv, vuvoyrvouvyy *y -*49 uoymug yryenoyp ‘y -"19 OuyoWwsd DUYTT VOY *y -"*45_ YoyMyg YAIOUDYNdYG DOYYYAWY -°3¢C avaIMUyyYJoNO) *wo “oVvyog Uva -Yogom vryvyuerVO *;) vygny vYyoUngThed -° eaerse : S pap rimunnDs ey yrwo0] vyouvzdwod ‘gq -* ' ™ wh | cit "3 "SS yruoxyguyok “5 -: QAYoH YYexQN0D prye9 -° uoymng YrYyvouuyy vyyeypyIeD -°0S | evoovypyyeD ‘um + —F PUM EEA Ml. gelele Lets E OdVLS3 4d Yll4d1d3 1986 Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, Flora marina 423 oovisz}=| =k RGB : od Cie CHEE | owl S88) $F [SHSss] & ss rebb= FEB tof cll eee el OO el i er Pett oth tot tt aha epz | eps | 28 p pz pt pz pel | epe | epl epl ep epe epe I 11 Il] IV V VI VII = : | fon} * — _— iS) oO = : 3 we = iS) a : > ‘ a -b> yy ele S nw4 3 lef ls 3 Sable |s—kK] Ia S15}. we She 3s Vjo q = i] S Yd So SS . ol] ys Ss os g S18 3) -3 Isle ® 915 SES AS ZS) 3 Rishi S 13 ]S SSCISS|s Sk sf] § |SEis; > |S F] 2 8 SRISSBSEL | 3 [Slg/$| 5 = SSIS ais SESS = he} ats |S Y | Ss Ss: SS nie 3 [aiisl 8 2 ESP SSRs re) S v] 9 =) x |-: : -3 ~ b 3 Roh! ‘s is 2 15 - S als SUIS S = 2 Ie y 3 5 S 2 S S S QISNS = 2 3 3 St] t. kel os (SL-1S] ~ | | 2 Bl Sksksks Te ' rieu. ' 1 ‘ i] ' ! cE (dea TR Tl OO}; ™ ™ ™ ~m ™ so] 80 BO SO SO wo je) = . (=) Ke} . — fe) —_ 0 im 5 bi PoE ye rT ORL ONG? lA 2) O+ o+ = 7 424 — > OaVLS 4d VLI4Id 2) S ') “| wh _ am N WR WR S/S. i.) Vo PB! QV : i.) CS) Ss. wy SIS/S. (9) i.) z Mat 4 m m i) Ba #26 ca 14 va | pe xos | %] xas | V1'7 x x0S LER) — =I mM + aa _ ee mes urghy (yWv4) vuoxoyorpopneyd vrpyyoohyyx0g -*10| un avoovrUuowApoyy ° ovoovurzyyv by : ‘by ynqghydozde7 ymGuobouwhy yoyho, yruoquany vryyqeyuyy avoovyoydozzAyd “un ‘9 3 °S (é) Veyvpunvoygny *H “YIM yrypexveoky wrypIVVUD-" [6 UOYONA DUDIVYIYDU VIWVIJYVVUD - "06 avaovrypyroVUy ‘wo x Moyo, UNoUDyOyA WNyUDIOYd -° 68 avoovyMMIOGg *wD- yuow (wouynys) avyyuozwn “HH - "3g buryzzyny (*by*)) vyyourday “HH -"73 "by *¢ veouund voudhy -°93 aveovoudhy ‘wp Yoon, 3 duu) (ZyNy) YhoyrvG vyyeYYpyvbvoeN -*s3 dvevvYYyeryxoS “wy 1986 Mendoza-Gonzdlez & Mateo-Cit, Flora marina 425 ade eats ht | PRP IT =| — 30 YLI41d3 ot MTT a 7 sd Eine Lee Ht | | Vv 0a gcELE ere = > = sy ° 9 = me St Pls 8 3 S tren: | “Siol is > fesse od Es Ss 2315 So 2 les esse | S lols 2 [Ss s[ISNR a3ff 3 [Ss Sle Wp | eaigis S = Sgisis | 2 3/38 $ Bigs | aN a |) laisis | gis S| SiHsis | Cf ”n OBR | it ! 1 ie wie S| spits | Vol. 60, No. 6 Pi Hie-Vea 9 0) Jer@: Gy Dag 426 oe ee 3 younog (*5Y¥*D) xhonb vryonghyovug -*¢¢| avoovywurUuobyys *wm4 + froyny, 3 a0GYNoYyoS wvoaovyYMP xIWYY0IW) -"75] AVIOVIOXYON “wuY4 paxyvwoo vyyosqny vurymads -*1¢) AOWONL) DUYDYXOW * ="f yuowog (*by*)) vyooxo7wD *S -*62 | | | | yuowog (hoyoyueg) vrmueyn x OZYYDS -"9Z1_ TTT tT) 1%) upnovg (zymy) vmeovhqGuhy ymazov0wor -*721 awaovryoyv7IW VO *un- 1} = yonoyg vyyn “Ayrvg 3 yenoug vyyoyuod yryvvhydoy} -* $7 { dvoovunyudyr yovuD ale) ‘Aiyyvd 3 yanoua(zyny) vyvYpruYp VyyShODUY -"¢7) evoaIvIIOIOOYY) *wwy4 VLAHdAOJAHAONVAD “AIC . . i uyghy (* OY" Lf) YmMhyorYp vaIVeYVO?. Die aan 4d YLlld1d2 427 Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, Flora marina 1986 ‘QONT OVUHQYOY 72 Wd FopyyyNGU0D younjdWasZ , ‘N'd°] JOP Sopynpyyg ap Jvvaueg UuoyYDIdVIG VY YoU opyuoyoUaAgnY ayuounVvYOYod QnY of vqvUy 2F97 yy “goxVYIOpyYoOZ = vyhydoyvozyy) yoxey) = On vyhydoavyg ua goruoboo ‘svyhyd -opoyy ua goruobodyvd fA godyvov07x¢970 = yonxaey = goyodgvyyo}y = onyyvyaGon = 0 *00V1S3 youhong vVyOY VYUYS OVIFTQ poony) vyung VIVAd V¥UNG OVDITQZ A UOuNGYL VIVI VOUDIYJId VZV] oury vryvg ‘vfoy vooy ouryy vryvg ‘o0xayvd OUYAQ Opunbas ‘gpy0 voy vod opvfoyyv = Q poryryrda =7da vyrvyda =$da ovrozrda =2zda vayYouvgd =wed :gyH ovoUudYv-OFOI0Y = YY vyoudvy = Y vyovoy = ¥ *SF1IVd4 opybayoud = d oxyvondxorwas = xas ‘oxyvandx3z = x32 :odGoW yoryoadny youoxyy7vUyuy] = VF] avuoxyyY] = 1 :OSId LIA 1A A AL III 11 1 popyyvvo0] *VLOOTO9WIS ALGAS MARINAS POCO COMUNES DE LAS COSTAS MEXICANAS (T) Luz Elena Mateo-Cid A. Catalina Mendoza-Gonzdélez Laboratorio de Ficologia Escuela Nactonal de Cxenctas Biolb6gicas, 1.P.N. México, D.F. 11340 Resumen Esta publLicactén reporta por primera vez el alga marina Ochto-- des secundiramea para La costa mexicana con una descripctén de - Tas plantas tetrasporicas, amas carpogoniakes, cistocanpicas y espermatangiales. Abstract This paper reports for first tome of the marine algae Ochtodes Secundinamea for Mexican shores; with description of the plants tetrasporic, carpogontak branches, cistocarpics and speruatangials. Ochtodes secundiramea (Mont.) Howe (= Q. pT hemi Je Ag) de Ag. ch. Howe 1920 p. 583 fué reportada del co Non occekden- tal y postertonmente Taylor (1960) desercbe plantas se ales de - Bahamas, Cuba, Jamaica, Hispaniola, Pto. Rico, San Bartolomé, Gua dakupe, Martinica, Barbados, Granada, Honduras Britanicas, Costa Rica, Panamé y Trinidad Tobago; Joly y Yumiko Ugadim (1966) La ne colectanon de Las codstas de Guarapart, Metpct e Iniri en el estado de EspiAitu Santo (femenina y tetraespérica) y en el anrecife de Mar Grande, 1. Itaparica, estado de Bahta en Brazil (masculina, - fementna y tetraespdrica); en Este trabajo hacen la primera rnefse- nencia dek género y La especie para ef Atldntico Sur Occidentak, ast mismo describe por primera vez Los tetraespornoctstos, Los de- takkes de organizacién dek ramo carpogonial, ramas auxrliares y de espermatocistos. Este es ek ler. neporte para México de Ochtodes secundinamea - (Gigartinales) RhizophyllLidaceae. Los primers efemplares de esta especie fueron Locakizados en noviembre de 1984 en 1,Cozumel Q.-- Roo junto al faro nuevo, eran ejemplares pequenos de 1 om de alto y en estado vegetativo. Postertonmente en febrero de 1985 ka en-- contramos distribuida desde aproximadamente 500 m del muekle a - 1 km ak Sur de 1.Cozumel, estos ejemplares median 3 om de alto y presentaban faces gameticas femeninas con carpogontos y crstocar- pos, masculinas ast como también tetrasporicas, en junto de 1985 La Locakizamos en esta misma zona pero exckusivamente La fase -- tetnaspérica. 428 1986 Mateo-Cid & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Algas marinas 429 Desceripcién. Nuestros ejemplares son erectos cilindricos de color rojo vino - briklante a rojo nosado de consistencia subcartilaginosa, textura suave y resbakadiza con miltiples ramificaciones dicotémicas, La planta tetnraspérica primeramente es dicotémica y Las namas teruni- nales se disponen rregularumente, en todas Las plantas algunas ra- mas teuninales presentan torciones muy marcadas (fig. 3,4) y otras son ckhindricas derechas (44g. 5), miden 1-3 om de alto por 72,5 a 3 om de ancho (44g. 1)., Las namas terminales presentan 2 célu-- has apicales muy chanas (fig. 6) ek didmetro del talo es de 350 4a 576 micras y en corte transversal se observan de 4 a 6 capas de cékulas cornticales, en Las partes maduras aumentan estas capas -- (44g. 7,89 y 10),Las céLulas cornticales m4s cortas y redondeadas miden 7 x 7 micras y después se hacen mas alargadas de 17.5-26 mi- cras de Long. por &.7-14 micras de didm., entre ellas hay células glandulares de 42 micras de Long. por 14 micras de diam. (fig. 9) y hacia fa médula hay células gkobosas de 52.5 a 122 micras de did metro, silamentos de 3-10.5 micras de didmetro que se distribuyen — desde La zona medulan hasta la corteza, en ek eje hay dos 4ilamen- tos medukares y a veces 3 (figs. 9 y 10) miden 87.5-112 micras de Long. por 35 micras de difm. en corte Longitudinal y 35-49 micras por 49-77 micras en corte transversal, tiene pelos unicekulares en kas partes superiores. Plantas fementnas. Talos de 1.7 om de ablto, Los carpogonios se desarrollan en nema- tecios Laterales en Las ramas, (fig. 13) y estan constituidos por Las nramads carpogoniakes con 2 células Las cuakes nacen de una célu ka de soporte y 3 células auxiliares que son muy notorias por su - contenido mas denso (fig. 14), Las céLulas auxikiares miden 63 x - 10.5 micras, L045 carpogonios miden 45.5-56 micras de Longitud x -- 10.5 micnas de didmetro, Los cistocarnpos maduros Son abundantes y So0bresalen mucho de Las rnamas (fig. 2) miden 245 micras de didme-- tro y en corte transversal se observa el cistocarpo con abundantes carposporas en agregados y entre ellads pequenos 4ilamentos, Las -- canposporas miden 10.5-14-17.5 micras de didmetno. (fig. 15). Plantas maseulinas. Los talos miden 3 am de alto, Los espermatocistos 42 Orman en - nematecios en Las partes superiores de La planta y a veces rodea totalmente La rama o bien S620 se forma Laterakmente y la zona cor tical crece también en este nivel, Los nematecios j6venes tienen 4 6 5 células dispuestas radialmente y Lads mas externas de edtas Se dividen transversalmente produciendo 3 6 4 células Las que se diva den Longitudinalmente produciendo 6 a & espermaties que son incolo nos y Se Liberan por La pared gelatinizada; Los espermaties miden ] micra de didim. (figs. 16 y 17) 430 BH) Yi 0) OGRA Vol. 60, No. 6 PkLantas tetnaspéricas. Estos talos miden 1.5 om de alto, son de menor tamano y se ramc- sican de manera més densa que Lod talos sexuates, Los tetrasporo-- cistos Se desarrollan en nematecios a lo Largo dek talo y crecen de manera extensiva sobre Las namas Sin rodearla totalmente, en -- conte transversal se observa que Se forman a partin de La zona cor tical que no se modifica y sin fdlamentos estbriles entre ellos - Los tetnasporocistos se dividen zonada y obkicuamente, miden 28 mL crs de alto x 14 micras de difmetro 28-32 uw de alto x 13-14 de didm. (44g. 11 y 12). La descripcién de esta especie coincide con Las ckaras observa-- ciones dadas por JokLy y Yumiko (1966) en su trabajo donde reportan takos de 5a 17 om de akto, Taylor (1960) rnecokect6 efemplares de 4-12 om de alto y nuestros ejemplares adultos miden 1.5 a 3 cm de alto por Lo que consideramos que esta diferencia se debe al habitat en ef cuak esta creciendo, ya que fueron colectadas sobre rocas en zona Litonak muy golpeadas por Las olas; desarrollandose espaciada mente entre otras algas como: Hypnea muscifonnis y Gracilaria ma-- mellanis. “sl Bibliognafia. - Huerta Muzquiz,L. 1958. Contribuctén ak conocimiento de Las ak- gas de Los bajos de La Sonda de Campeche, Co- zumek e Isa Mujeres. An. Esc. Nac. Ctenc.Biolk. Méx., 9(1-4): 115-123, pls. 6-9, - Huerta,M.L. y Ana Garza Barrientos, 1980. Contribuctén al conoct miento de La sonra marina de La parte sur dek- Litonal de Quintana Roo, México. An. Esc. Chenc. Biol. Méx. 23:25-44. - Joly AyLthon, B. y Yumiko Ugadim, 1966, The Reproduction of -- Ochtodes secundiramea (Montagne) Howe. (Gigar- tinakes; Rhizophyllidaceae) Bol. Inst. Ccean. 15(1):55-64. Sao Paulo, Brasel. - Kylin, H. 1956. Die Gattungen der Rhodophyceen. Lund, XV+673 p. - Taylor, W.R. 1960. Marine algae of the eastern thopicat and -- subtnopicak coast of the Americas, Ann. Arbor. 1X+870 p., 80 ps. ; 1986 Mateo-Cid & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Algas marinas 431 127 5 Ochtodes secundiramea Fig. 1 Adpecto general del talo femenino, Fig. 2 Ramas con cidstocarpos, Fig. 3,4,5, Ramas terminales vegetativas note Las ram Llas con torciones, Fig. 6 Corte Longitudinal de un Apice con sus dos cé- kukas. 432 PEO YaT: OckeO.Gal fA Vol. 60, No. 6 LAMINA ITI Ochtodes Secundirzamea ———— Se cund named Fig. 7,8,9. Conte transversal de 4alos vegetativos fOvenes, FAG 10, Corte transversal dog tato maduro, observe ef recimtento de La contezq y Las Fig. 11 y 12, Conte tnansversal de talo tetnraspénri- CO? Observe Las tetrasponras zonadas -- obkLicuamente y La formacién def nematecio, 1986 Mateo-Cid & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Algas marinas 433 LAMINA III Ochtodes Secundiramea Fig. 13,14. Corte transversal de talo femenino, con carpogonios. Page Fo. Corte transversal de un cidstocarpo. Fig. 16, Talo masculino j6ven. rag. T7. Talo masculino maduro. Todas Las figuras originales. ALGAS MARINAS POCQ COMUNES DE LAS COSTAS MEXICANAS (IT) Luz ELena Mateo-Cid A, Catalina Mendoza-Gonzdlez Laboratorio de Ficologta Escuela Nacional de Cxencias Biolkdgicas, Instituto PokitéEcnico Nactonal, 11340 México, DF. Resumen Esta publicactén describe la estructura de Los tetrasporangios, cistocarpos y estiquidios espermatangiales de Pterochondria woodti Var. pygmaea (Setch.) Daws. en efemplares reportados por Ja, vez - para Ba ontugas, B.C.S, por Mendoza-Gonzélez y Mateo-Cid -- (1985), Abstract This paper desertbe the structure of the tetrasporangia, cisto-- canps and spermatangiak stichidia of Pterochondria woodkk Var, -- pygmaea (Setch.) Daws. in plants reports for first time for Bahia Tortugas, B.C.S., for Mendoza-Gonzdlez y Mateo-Cid (1985). Pterochondria woodti Var. pygmaea (Setch.) Dawson es una especie que Se encuentra distributda conde Sta. Barbara California hasta - Bahia Asuncién B.C. (Abbott 1976), fue registrada por primera vez para Bahta Tortugas B.C. por Las autonas en 1985 y en ek presente trabajo se hace La descripcrén de Lod talos gametofiticos mascult- no y femenino ask como tetraesporofsitico. Existen efemplares vege- tativos en ek Herbario E.N.C.B, de Puerto Escondido, Ensenada B.C. de Octubre de 1975 y encontramos talos gamético masculinos, fement nos y tetnasesporicos en Bahia Tortugas, B.C. en junio de 1983 ob- tenidos dek nivel infralttorak; estos efemplares son talos peque-- fos epthitos de Halidrys dioica y CXstosetra setcheklii, miden .5 a1 om de alto, Bon fuertemente aplanados y de aspecto membranoso muy namificado, Las ramas son divergentes y disticas (fig. 1), -- tiene un color rojo vino, Se adhtere por rtzoides y Las uktumas - namas presentan una clara célula apical de 10 nu de didmetro; en - conte observamos 14 células pericentrales en ka base y 4620 dos - capas de células cerca del Apice de 100 u de longitud y 15m de difmetno (fig. 2) Las células de La parte basal miden 30-50 u de didmetno. Los talods masculinos tienen de .5 a1 om de alto, la base de -- 500 u de didmetro y Las dltimas ramas miden 125-187 uw de didmetno, presenta estiquidios espermatangiales de 60-168 uw de Longitud por 434 1986 Mateo-Cid & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Algas marinas 435 25-126 uw de difmetro y se desarrollan entre dos ramas que 4e cur- van sobre EL (fig. 3-5). EL talo femenino tiene J om de alto y en La base 400 nu de dif- metro, Las aktimas rnamas miden 312 nw de didmetro, Los cistocarpos Son globosos, Laternales y subterninales de 390-487 uw de didmetro has carposporas son de 187-250 mw de Longitud por 31-62 uw de difme tno y diseminan por un poro apical (fig. 6). m4 EL tetraesporofito mide 1 om de alto y Los tetraesporocistos 42 desarrollLan uno por Segmento en estiquidios, Las tetraesporas mi- den 60 u de didmetro y Los tetraespornocistos son de 109-125 u de difmetro (fig. 7). Bibkiognafia. - Abbott, Isabella, A. and George J. Kolkenberg. 1976. Marine AL- gae of California, Stanford Univ. Press. - 827 pp. - Dawson, E.Y. 1963 b. Marine red algae of Pactkic Mexico VIII - Ceramiales: Dasyaceae, Rhodomekaceae, Nova Heduigia 6: 401-485, 46 pls. - Mendoza-Gonzd&lez, A.C. y Mateo-Cid, L.E, 1985, Contribuckén al Estudio Flonristico Ficokdgico de La costa Occidental de Baja California, México. - Phytologia 59(1): 17-33, Pterochondria woodik Var. pygmaea Fig. 1 Adpecto general del talo. Fig. 2 Apice de una rama. Fig. 3 y 4. Edstiquidio espermatangial inmaduro. Fig. 5 Tako masculino con edtiquidios espermatang.a- Les. Fig. 6 Tako femenino con ctdstocarpos. Fig. 7 Talo tetraspérico con tetrasporocrstos. Todas Las figuras originales. 436 Pebb VAT, Oo LR OnGptak Vol. 60, No. LAMINA TI ALGAS MARINAS POCO COMUNES DE LAS COSTAS MEXICANAS (IIT) A. Catakina Mendoza-Gonzdélez Luz Ef£ena Mateo-Cid Laboratorio de Ficologta Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolbgicas, Instituto Politécnico Nacional, 13340 México, D.F, Resumen Esta publLicacién da La primera noticia de La especie Aglaotham- nion neglectum Feldmann-Mazoyer en La costa Atlantica Mexicana - con una descrtpceion detallada de La especie. Esta fué previamente conocida del Mediterrdneo y Brazik Feldmann-Mazoyer (1940), Joky (1957) y Oliveira Filho (1969), Abstract This paper gives first notice of the Aglaothamnion negkectum -- Feldmann-Mazoyer in the Atlantic Mexican Coast; descrtption an detail of this specie. These were previously known to ocurr at the Mediterranean and Brazil Feldmann-Mazoyer (1940), JoLy (1957) and OLiveina Filho (1969). Aglaothamnion neglectum Feldmann-Mazoyer es una especie descri- ta por La Dra. tae Feldman-Mazoyer (1940), en base a un ma- terial que Locakizé epifito de Udotea petiokata (tuna) y Bryopsis bibs en La edstaci6n zoolégica de Vitlefranche-sur-mer en - otono de 1938, postertionmente Joly, A.B. (1965) describe un mate- nak nrecokectado epifito de Codiwm taylLori en PLaya Lamberto, Mu- nicitpio de Ubatuba menctonando que es und especie rara en la re-- gion. OLiveira Filho (1967) reporta esta especie epifita de Hete- nodasya sertularioides de La Pkaya de Paracanga y Guaibura (79- -- -65), Playa Acayaca (1-V-66) y material de A.B. Joly y Cok. de PLaya de Base Ubatuba (S.P.) (23-I111-63); nosotnras La encontra-- mos epifita de Grateloupia filicina en un material recolectado por L.Huerta y L.E.Mateo en Las escollenas de Tuxpam, Veracruz en ju- nio de 1984. Son ejemplares de aspecto plumoso muy dekicados de - colon rojo-vino a nojo-rosado abundantemente ramificado. Las plan- tas masculinas miden 1.5 om de alto, Las femeninas de J] om y Las tetraesporicas de .& am, 40 fijan al hospedero por medio de rXiz04- des pluricekulares (figs. 2 y 3). EL tako presenta una ramfica-- cin primaria alterna en todos Los planos, Las ramas Secundarias son dicotémicas y en un Soko pkano. Ejes principales con cekulas de a base de 135-150 micras de difmetro por 155 micras de Long. 437 438 PSY 7 Ob OV Gr ik Vol. 60, No. 6 kas cékulas de Las partes superiones miden 66 micras de didmetro por 176 micras de Longitud, Las rnamillas estan constitutdas por - célukas de 27 micnas de difmetro. La parte basal del efe presenta una Ligera corticactén por rLz04 des pluricelulares (fig. 1) Las células tienen un s6Lo niickeo y -- numer0s0s plastos alargados (figs. 4 y 5). Los talos femeninos tienen un namo carpogontal condstituido por - cékukas dispuestas en zig-zag, Los gonimoblastos se colocan de dos en dos Sobre La célLula de La nama a uno y otro Lado de La misma y estin formados por dos 6 tres gonimolobos inregukarmente Lobados-- (44gs. 10-15) produciendo numerosas carposporas, Los gonimoblastos miden de 162-305 micras de didmetno por 311-474.6 micras de akto, - canposporas de 27-41 micras de didmetro. Los talos masculinos presentan Los espermatocistos sinsertados -- unckateralmente en Las namas y ramillas generalmente sobre ek lado Anterno de La nama, Se observan muy densos y con un pequeno muctla go nodedndolos, Los espermatocistos miden 7.2 micras de difimetro y Los espermaties 3.6 micnas. (fig. 6-9). Los takos tetraespornofiticos tienen Los tetraesporocistos sésiles en Las namas y ramillas supertiones. estan divididos tetraedricamen- te, son de forma casi esfbrica y se desanrrollan en ek Lado interno de La nama, miden 54-67 micnas de didmetro, (figs. 16 y 17). Este es ef primer neporte de La especie para México. BibLiognafia. - Feldmann-Mazoyer,G. 1940. Recherches sur Les Cehamiactes de la - Méditerranee occidentale No. 1 Theses a la Fac. Sexenc. Univ. d'Abger, 50 - pags, + IV pkanches. - Joky, A.B., 1965. Flora Marinha do Litonal Norte do Estado de Sao Paulo e negkoes circunvizinhas -- Bol.Fac.Fil.Cienc. e Letras da U.S,P. 21:1-393,. 294 pp. - OLiveina Filho, Eurico Cabral, 1969. Algas Marinhas do sul do estado do Espinitu Santo (Brasil) -- T.Ceramiales Univ. Sao Paulo, Fac. -- Fil. Cxenc. e Letras Bok. 343, Bot. - 26, 280 pp. 1986 Fig. Fig. Fag. Fig. Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, Algas marinas LAMINA 1 Aglaothamnion neglect J 2 4 5 Conticacion cerca de La base. y 3. Rizoddes pluricelulares. Célula vegetativa uninuckeada . Céfula mostrando Los plastos. 440 Pele YeToO! LaOaGeinA Vol. 60, No. LAMINA TI, Aglaothamnton neglectum Fig. 6 - 9 Ramas con edpermatocistos y esperuma- Le. 1986 Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, Algas marinas LAMINA 111, Agaothamnion neglectum ‘3 Ramikkas con diferente desarrollo de gonimoblastos. Fig. 10 - 15, 441 442 Pate Yal OF OnGi4b 6 Vol. LAMINA IV. Aglaothamnion neglectum Fig. 16-17 Ramas terninales con tetrasporoctstos Todas Las figuras originales, ALGAS MARINAS POCO COMUNES DE LA FLORA MEXICANA - IV- CROVANIA ATTENUATA (BONNEMAISON) J.AGARDH (RHODOPHYCOPHYTA. - FAM: CERAMIACEAE). Laura Huerta-Muzquiz Lab. de Ficokogia Departamento de Botfhnica Escuela Nactonal de Cxiencias Biok6qicas 11340 Tsntituto Politécnico Nactonal,Méx. D.F. Pkanta erecta, color rosa rojo-vino, desde 1 hasta &.5 om. de alto, de forma irregular, ak tacto gekatinosa Liibrica poco o na da calcificada. Fija al substnato por rizoides. x La pkanta esta formada por un efe central monosik6nico de cé- Lukas grandes 2 6 3 veces mas Largas que anchas de crecimiento Andefinido, cubsertas por verticrilos de ramillas de crecimiento definido que nacen en nimero de 3 a una altura de 3/4 del alto de La célula central que Les da onigen. Las ramas secundarias de crecimiento indefinido Nacen en kas células del cilindro - central en substitucién de una de Las ramillas del verticilo. Las células del eje, en La parte media de La pkanta, miden -- 300 a 400 w de Largo por 80 a 90 yn. de grueso. Cerca de La base ek pedinculo tiene de 500 a 580m. de didmetro. En cada verti- ctlo tres ramilletes, cada uno de ellos con una célula basal y namas hasta de 5° 6rden, a veces hasta de 7°6rden, divididas -- tricotémicamente, Las células terninales a veces son 4. La cé- hula basak de 30 mu de alto por 10 a 15 ys de difmetro, Las si--- guientes de 2° y 3er. 6rden mas delgadas y mas altas, pero Las de 4°y 5°6nden més pequenas, Las ietimas a veces Largas y cé-- Lindricas, otras cortas y romas, pero m4s comunmente cortas y acuminadas . Tetnaesponangios escasos, en una plantita de numerosas rami-- Lkhas, S620 dos con tetraesporas y estas cask siempre una sola por rameklete y por verticilo, alternando algunos verticilos -- estériles, ocastonalmente més abundantes de 2 en ek mismo ver- ticilo pero en diferente ramillete. Tetraesporangios de divi--- 446n cruzada a tetraedrica, con una chpsula muy grmuesa, de 50a 60 nw. de didmetro, que nacen en La cima de La cékuka basal de - un ramcllete. Carpoesporositos en forma de mérula, pequenos de 30. pr esca-- 404 diseminados en La rama y uno por verticilo. Segtin Madame Genevive Feldmann-Masoyer, en La parte alta de - La pkanta, en Las células terminales de Los ramilletes vertici- Lados, Las células apicales dan nacimiento a las células madres de Los espeuaties, cada célula madre da nacimiento por agemacién a dos 6 tres espernaties. Se encontré una planta alta de 8.5 om de Longitud, por Lo que podria pensarse en C. pleonospora, pero en fas medidas de sus - 443 444 PeHMY v1 FORE cOGIaT ZA Vol. 60, No. 6 ejes, sus células centrales y de sus ramilletes queda con C. - attenuata. Se han observado numerosos efemplares, La mayorta - presentan calcificactén escasa o nula. Panece que cuando Crouanta estd eptfita en un lugar donde pa sa ek agua continuamente pero sin arena o Limo, La calcifica-- ci6n @5 poca, pero en una mota de varias plantitas de Crouanca que edtaba asociada a Centhoceras y Se encontraban semtenterra das en ek Limo, La calcificacién es mucho mayor, probabLemente ek muctlago que Anckuye a toda la planta retiene Las particu-- kas dek Limo que Lkegan a ella. Son abundantes Las plantas que LLegan a 4.5 om de alto, pero es mucho mayor ek nimero de plantas pequenas. Otra caracteristica que menciona W.R.Taylonr para C. pleonos- pora es que Las namas secundarias ademas de adelgazarse hacta “ka cima, Lo hacen hacta La base. En nuestro material todas Las plantitas presentan ese caricter, por Lo que se cree que no esd exckusivo para C. pleonosponra. Se considera que La pkanta de altura mayor a La normal puede deberse a condiciones ecokdgicas favornablLes, pues exckuyendo - has medidas mayores que presenta Taylor para C. pkeonospona, - Los demas caractenes que son: poca calcificackén, ramas secun- darias adelgazadas hacia La base y tetraesporas mas abundantes, Son comunes en la C. attenuata presente en nuestra regtén. La encontramos en Cayo Norte, Banco Chinchorro, Quintana Roo, el 27 -VI- 1984., Isla Cozumel, Quintana Roo en IX-1985 y en Cayo Ancas, Campeche, 23-IV-1986. BIBLIOGRAFTA - Bongesen, F. 1915-20, The marine akgae of the Danish West Indies. Part. 3 Rhodophyceae. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv. pp.-412 H.Hagerups Boghandel. Kobenhavn. Cabnak de Okiveina, Eurico. 1967. Algas Marinhas do sul do Estado do Espirito Santo, Brasik. 1. Ceramiales 277p. - Condeino Marino, Marilza.1972. Rodoficeas Marinhas do Estado de Santa Catarina. Sao Paulo Brasil. Pubkicactén -- particular. Tests para obtener doctonado. pp.497. - Feldmann-Mazoyer, Genevive.1940, Recherches sur Les Ceramia- cees de La Mediterranée occerdentake.pp.248. Alger Imprimerte Minerva, - Fritsch, F.E. 1952. The Structure and Reproduction of the -- algae. Vol. 11. Rhodophyceae pp.397-767. Cambridge at the University Press. England. Joly, Ay&thom Brandao.1967. Generos de Algas Marinhas da -- Costa Atlantica Latino Americana. pp.461, Editonra da Universidade de Sao Paulo. Kylin, Harald. 1956. Die Gattungen dek Rhodophycee. pp.673.- CWK.GLEERUPS FORLAG. LUND. Taylonr,W.R. 1960. Marine algae of the eastern tropical and - subtr6pical coasts of the Americas pp.870. The Unx-- versity of Michigan Press. Ann Arbor, Michigan. 1986 Huerta-Muzquiz, Algas marinas 445 - Taylor, W.R. 1969.- Notes on the distribution of West Indian Marine Algae, particularly in the Lesser Antilles. - pp. 127-203 University of Michigan Ann Arbor, Michi- gan. LAMINA 1 O iy Yj , Al VN. Ly, yi y WF vey Y Crouania attenuata ‘ Fig. T y 2 Posicion de Las namillas; Fig. 3.- tetracsporocisto Fig. 4 gonimoblasto; Fig. 5 dpice de Las ramas de crecimiento andefinido. Todos Los dibujos originales. A NEW COMBINATION IN PASSIFLORACEAE John M. MacDougal Department of Botany, Duke University Durham, North Carolina 27706 USA As a result of a revision of the species of Passiflora with uncinate trichomes (Doctoral Dissertation, Duke University), the following transfer is necessary. PASSIFLORA LOBATA (Killip) Hutch. ex J. MacDougal, comb. nov. Tetrastylis lobata Killip, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 16:368. 1926. --TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, La Hondura, 1200-1500 m, 9 Mar 1926, Standley & Valerio 51917 (holotype: US!; photo- graph of holotype: DUKE!, MEXU!; isotypes: NY!, US!; photograph of isotype at US: DUKE!). Passiflora pediculata auct. non Mast.: Woodson & Schery, as to specimen cited and description in part, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 45:12 [Flora of Panama]. 1958. Passiflora tetrastylus Denno & Donnelly, Ecol. Entomology 6: 11. 1981. Nom. nudum, sphalma pro P. lobata. In transferring this species from the genus Tetrastylis Barb. Rodr. to Passiflora L. I acknowledge the suggestion, and perhaps intention, to do so by Professor Hutchinson in his monumental work on the genera of flowering plants (1967). Though he made the new combination in his key to the genera of Passifloraceae, he failed to make direct reference to the basionym. Hutchinson did, however, recognize a monotypic genus Tetrastylis, correctly point- ing out that when Killip added P. lobata to the genus (see dis- cussion in Killip 1926) he created an unnatural group. Presting (1965) presented palynological evidence for the biphyletic nature of Killip's circumscription, and S. Tillet (in Benson et al. 1975) correctly associated the species with P. adenopoda DC. and P. warmingii Mast. i= P. morifolia Mast. ]. Tuillet reiterated the biphyl- etic nature of the genus 1us Tetrastylis as delineated by Killip. Literature cited: BENSON, W.W., K.S. BROWN, Jr., & L.E. GILBERT. 1975. Evolution 29:659-680. HUTCHINSON, J. 1967. The Genera of Flowering Plants, vol. 2:364-374. KILLIP, E.P. 1926. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 16(13):365-369. PRESTING, D. 1965. Pollen & Spores 7:193-247. 446 ORIGIN OF THE EDIBLE BICOLOR-FRUITED CULTIVARS OF CUCURBITA PEPO Harry S. Paris Department of Vegetable Crops, Agricultural Research Organization, Newe Ya'ar Experiment Station, P. 0. Haifa, Israel Bicolor-fruited cultivars of Cucurbita pepo L. are those with fruit rinds containing regions which are yellow or orange and green or black, the borders of which regions are sharp and distinct. The yellow/orange regions and the green/black regions are visible as distinct yellow and as distinct green regions, respectively, of the ovary from long before anthesis. The distribution of yellow is generally toward the equatorial regions and the distribution of green toward the polar regions in bicolor fruits. The bicolor characteristic is conditioned by alleles at the B locus other than the wild-type allele for completely green ovaries, B+ (Shifriss, 1981). When homozygous, the B allele causes the Ovary to be completely yellow from long before anthesis, or “precocious yellow". When heterozygous, this allele conditions either yellow or bicolor ovaries, depending on the presence or absence of genes extending the yellow-colored region (Shifriss and Paris, 1981). Other "weaker" alleles of B result in less extension of yellow, and thus, bicolor ovaries and fruits. Cultivars and breeding lines having precociously yellow Ovaries have become more numerous since the introduction of the first cultivar to carry the B allele, Golden Zucchini, in 1973. All of these cultivars can be traced to the stabilization of B in the ornamental cultivar Bicolor Pear by 0. Shifriss and subsequent transfer of B to edible cultivars by himself and his students (Shifriss, 1965, 1981). However, these modern cultivars were preceded by theno longer extant and almost forgotten edible bicolor cultivars of 100 years ago, cultivars which were not directly involved with the development of the present-day edible cultivars carrying the B allele. My aim here is to review the descriptions of these obsolete cultivars, discuss how they probably differed from modern cultivars at the B locus, and offer a Suggestion concerning their origin. The most prominent of these cultivars was Cocoanut. As pointed out by Tapley et al. (1937), this is not to be confused with another cultivar of the same name of C. maxima that was described by Burr (1863), but rather that described by Goff (1888) and Gregory (1893). In Gregory fruits of this cultivar are illustrated, and the illustration is reproduced as Figure 1. From the illustration it is clear that the fruits of this cultivar were spherical like a pumpkin but furrowed like an acorn squash, predominantly light colored but striped and mottled with a darker shade in the furrows with the polar regions of the fruit of a distinct, much darker shade. The fruits of Cocoanut were described by Gregory as follows: "In beauty it excells every other variety 447 448 Poke Yor Gale OeGe1.R Vol. 60, No. 6 of squash. The color is an admixture of cream and orange, the latter color predominantly in the depressions between the ribs, while the bottom, over a circle of two or three inches in diameter is of a rich grass-green." The illustration and description leave no doubt as to this cultivar having been bicolor. According to Tapley et al. Cocoanut was an especially long-lived cultivar, having been introduced by J.J.H. Gregory in 1869 and offered by seedsmen until 1923. Two other cultivars of that era can be inferred to have been bicolor from the descriptions by Tapley et al. (1937). Cv. Golden Heart was described as being similar to Cocoanut but heart-shaped, golden yellow with dark green stripes along the furrows and probably derived from Cocoanut. Cv. Illinois Beauty was described by Tapley et al. as being furrowed but elongate, and "Skin color at the ends is dark green and in the center is a broad definite band of orange-yellow." Yet another cultivar, Variegated Bush Scallop, was suggested by Shifriss (1955) to have been bicolor. This is one possible interpretation of the short description of this cultivar by Tapley et al., who refer the reader to an illustration of fruits of this cultivar in Vilmorin (1883). From more detailed descriptions by Burr (1863) and Goff (1888) and from Vilmorin's illustration it is clear that this cultivar was striped, but not bicolor. Snifriss also mentioned another scallop, called Farr's Benning White Bush. Though there is nothing in the description of this cultivar by Tapley et al. to suggest it was bicolor, Shifriss (1955) stated that it was known to him personally as being truly bicolor. Possibly, the presence of green and yellow regions of the fruits was overlooked because of the pale pigmentation of this cultivar. The bicolor cultivars Cocoanut, Golden Heart, Illinois Beauty, and Farr's Benning White Bush probably were homozygous for a weak allele of B. If they were both homozygous and bicolor, then they almost certainly did not carry the B of modern cultivars, the B allele having full effect (Shifriss and Paris, 1981). * C. pepo is of North American origin (Trumbull, 1876; Whitaker, 1947). Forms of C. pepo appeared in European herbals relatively soon after the first voyages to the New World. Pumpkin-type forms appeared first, in the herbal of Fuchs (1542), and these soon became common garden plants in the United Kingdom (Gerard, 1597; Plat, 1660). Soon after their introduction, the pumpkins were joined by scallop-type forms and an array of ornamental gourds, warted and non-warted (Parkinson, 1640; Bauhin, 1651; Dalechamps, 1653). A bicolor form, "Cucurbita Mediocrocea", was described by Bauhin (1651) as having both green and yellow regions, the yellow situated at the medial region of the fruit and the extent of the green and yellow regions varying greatly among fruits. The fruits werein addition described as having smooth, durable, hard rinds, suggesting a form of ornamental gourd. Both warted and non-warted bicolor gourds were described in detail by Lamarck 1986 Figure 1. Paris, Bicolor-fruited Cucurbita pepo 449 The Cucurbita pepo cultivar Cocoanut, reproduced from Gregory (1893). 450 Path Yo, TsO) Le :Oe Grete h Vol. 60, No. 6 citing Duchesne (1786). Naudin (1856) observed that the bicolor gourds were subject to what he called degeneration but nevertheless had been maintained in cultivation for a long time. Naudin (1860) illustrated two specimens of bicolor gourds, one quite similar or identical to Bicolor Pear and one somewhat more elongate. Alefeld (1866) offered the subspecific designation C. pepo var. dimidiata for the bicolor gourds but Bailey (1929) later included a ornamental gourds of C. pepo in var. ovifera Alefeld. The ornamental gourds, C. pepo var. ovifera, are completely cross-fertile with the edible forms. It seems likely that soon after their introduction into Europe they had plenty of opportunity to cross-pollinate with edible forms, as both were commonly grown in gardens (Miller, 1732). Indeed, Shifriss (1965) has suggested that some ornamental gourd cultivars, e.g. Crown of Thorns, resulted from chance crosses between edible and ornamental forms. Some edible forms may also have resulted from such chance crosses. Cocoanut appears to have been a derivative of such a cross. Both Bicolor Pear gourd and an acorn type (top-shaped, furrowed fruits) of squash are illustrated in the same plate by Naudin (1860). The fruits of the two forms have novel characteristics, such as the distinct green and yellow regions of Bicolor Pear and the dark striping along the furrows of the acorn, which when combined could have produced fruits like those of Cocoanut. Had both Bicolor Pear and the acorn form been grown in the same garden during the same season, a definite possibility, they would have had ample opportunity to have been cross-pollinated, naturally or artificially. As this article by Naudin was published in 1860 but had been prepared by 1858, the cross-pollination probably took place in 1857. It is perhaps significant that Cocoanut was introduced into commerce a mere 12 years later, yet 12 years is an adequate amount of time for the development of a new pumpkin or squash cultivar. Cocoanut and its allied furrowed and bicolor cultivars have been the focus of discussion here. Other, less well documented bicolor cultivars may have existed. For example, Shifriss (1965) presented a photograph of bicolor squash fruits he obtained from Mexico. The fruits were intensely pigmented and elongate, but not furrowed. In addition, he cited the red and white funerary vases of the Indians of 1500 years ago as possibly modeled after bicolor crookneck-type squash. There is also the bicolor scallop-type, Farr's Benning White Bush. Considering the great differences in fruit shape among these bicolor forms, it appears quite likely that the bicolor mutation (B+ to weak B) occurred on several occasions. It is also likely that both, the furrowed bicolor cultivars of the 19th century and the precociously yellow cultivars of the 20th century, were derived from the mutation that occurred in the ornamental cultivar Pear. 1986 Paris, Bicolor-fruited Cucurbita pepo 451 REFERENCES Alefeld, F. 1866. Landwirtschaftliche Flora, pp. 212-227. Wiegandt and Hempel, Berlin. Bailey, L.H. 1929. The domesticated Cucurbitas. Gent. Herb. 2: 2-115. Bauhin, J. 1651. Historia plantarum universalis, Volume 2, pp. 218-231. L.A. Graffenried, Yverdon, Switzerland. Burr, F. Jr. 1863. The field and garden vegetables of America, pp. 200-228. Crosby and Nichols, Boston. Dalechamps, J. 1653. Histoire generale des plantes, Volume 1, pp. 521-531. Borde, Arnaud and Rigaud, Lyons. Fuchs, L. 1542. De historia stirpium, pp. 698-699. Basel. Gerard, J. 1597. The herball or generall historie of plants, pp. 762-779. E. Bollifant, London. Republished 1974, Theatrum Orbis Terrarum, Amsterdam. Goff, E.S. 1888. Report of the horticulturist. Ann. Rep. New York St. Agric. Exper. Sta. (1887) 6: 76-306. Gregory, J.J.H. 1893. Squashes: how to grow them. J.J.H. Gregory, Marblehead, MA. 94 pp. Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de M. de. 1786. Encyclopédie Methodique, Botanique 2: 148-159. Miller, P. 1732. The gardeners kalendar. C. Rivington, London. 252 pp. Naudin, C. 1856. Nouvelles recherches sur les caractéres spécifiques et les variétés des plantes du genre Cucurbita. Ann. Sci. Nat., Bot., ser. 4, 6: 5-73, 3 plates. Naudin, C. 1860. Les courges; leurs especes et leurs variétés. Flore des Serres et des Jardins de 1'Europe 12: 113-125, 1 plate. Parkinson, J. 1640. Theatricum botanicum, pp. 768-771. T. Cotes, London. 452 Po iH Yat, 0. J, 10) Gigli Vol. 60, No. 6 Plat, H. 1660. The garden of Eden. Or an accurate description of all flowers and fruits now growing in England. W. Leake, London. Part 1, 175 pp. Part 2, 159 pp. Shifriss, 0. 1955. Genetics and origin of the bicolor gourds. J. Hered. 46: 213-222. Shifriss, O. 1965. The unpredictable gourds. Am. Hort. Mag. 44: 184-201. Shifriss, 0. 1981. Origin, expression, and significance of gene B in Cucurbita pepo L. J. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 106: 220-232. Shifriss, 0. and H.S. Paris. 1981. Identification of modifier genes affecting the extent of precocious fruit pigmentation in Cucurbita pepo L. J. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 106: 653-660. Tapley, W.T., W.D. Enzie, and G.P. Van Eseltine. 1937. The vegetables of New York, Volume 1, Part 4. J.B. Lyon, Albany, New York, 131 pp. Trumbull, J.H. 1876. Vegetables cultivated by the American Indians. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 6: 69-71. Vilmorin, A. 1883. Les plantes potageres, pp. 169-191. A. Vilmorin, Paris. Whitaker, T.W. 1947. American origin of the cultivated cucurbits. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 34: 101-111. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Contribution No. 1772-E, 1986 series, from the Agricultural Research Organization, Bet Dagan, Israel. This research was conducted while the author was on sabbatical leave at the Vegetable Crops Department, University of Florida, Gainesville. He thanks D. J. Cantliffe, Chairman, for hosting him and S.C. Simonds for assistance with the photography. The author also thanks L. Lynas of the New York Botanical Garden Library for providing access to and photocopies of reference material used in this study. AGROSTIS ELLIOTTIANA (GRAMINEAE) NEW TO ARIZONA AND NEW MEXICO Charlotte G. Reeder & John R. Reeder Herbarium, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ 85721 On 9 April 1986 we collected a small annual species of Agrostis growing in moist sand along Ash Creek on the eastern edge of the Rincon Mts., Pima County, Arizona. Agrostis scabra Willd., a per- ennial, is common along this small stream, and the little annual could easily be overlooked or mistaken for young plants of the per- ennial. Careful examination, however, revealed that the lemma of the annual bears from below the apex a fine flexuous awn which aver- ages 5—7 (-8) mm in length; in A. scabra the lemmas are awnless, or essentially so. We have determined this annual grass as Agrostis Elliottiana Schultes, which seems to be the first record from Arizona. The species was originally described as A. arachnoides by Elliott (Bot. S.C. & Ga., 1816) based on plants from South Carolina. Later this name was recognized to be a homonym of A. arachnoides Poir. (1810) by Schultes (Mantissa, 1824), who named the plant in honor of its original author. In his monograph of Agrostis, Hitchcock (1905) cited collections of A. Elliottiana from South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Tennessee, Illinois, Missouri, Arkansas, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas. It is now known from all of the Southeastern States, and is report- ed as having been introduced into Maine and Massachusetts, as well as Yucatan, Mexico. Descriptions of this delicate annual are many, often quite de- tailed, and give a good idea of the essential characteristics of the species. Emphasis is usually directed to the open, diffuse pan- icle in which the slender whorled branches are naked below, branch- ed, bearing spikelets on the outer 1/3 to 1/2. The spikelet con- sists of two subequal glumes 1.5—2 mm long; the conspicuously 5-nerved lemma is 1.2—1.7 (-2) mm with a slender flexuous awn up to 8 (-10) mm long borne below the tip (or rarely awnless). The awn is variously described as flexuous and "scabrous" or "delicate- ly short pilose" (Hitchcock, 1937). Small (Flora SE United States, 1903) described it as "a very finely filiform flexuous barbellate awn." The palea is wanting or a mere scale. Our Arizona plants fit the description in all details, and reveal yet another interesting character: the presence of only one tiny stamen (ca. 0.2 mm long). There seems to be no recognition of this character in the recent literature. In fact, generic descriptions of Agrostis, if the matter is stated at all, indicate stamens 3 (cf. Bjérkman, 1960; Philipson, 1937). If one checks earlier lit- erature, however, he will find that Kunth (Rev. Gram., 1829) in de- scribing the genus gives "stamina 1--3." Bentham & Hooker (Gen. Pl., 1883) cited "stamina saepius 3." Kunth (Enum. Pl., 1833) 453 454 PH. ¥ sf 40 10 GaT eA Vol. 60, No. 6 stated for Agrostis arachnoides Elliott [= A. Elliottiana]: "anthera subunica." Trinius (1841), however, when describing the same spe- cies gives: "Stamina 3. Antherae lineares," even though in his gen- eric description he indicates: "Stamina 1—3." A check of the 76 species enumerated in this work shows most have three stamens; on- ly four species are said to have but one. These include A. exarata Trin. and A. geminata Trin. In fact, Trinius (Sp. Gram. Icon., 1823—1836) illustrated these two species showing a single stamen; most of the other taxa shown have three. In our examination of nu- merous specimens of these two species, we consistently found three stamens per spikelet. Often a solitary anther remains attached to the top of the floret after anthesis, which may explain the report of a single stamen. The tiny stamen in our Arizonaspecimens is visible to one side of the small ovary with its two stigmas. Below are two typical pooid lodicules which are broadly lanceolate with no vascular traces. The stamen is unusual in that it appears to be two largely separate anthers attached to the apex of a single filament. Normally, stamens in grasses consist of a filament bearing an anther with four pollen sacs. Since each of the two apparent "anthers" of our little grass is comprised of two pollen sacs, it seems reasonable to conclude that each is a half- | anther. Moreover, there is a single vascular bundle in the filament, which seems clearly to indicate that the androecium is, indeed, a single stamen stamen. The dehisced stamen remains within the floret at the apex of the mature caryopsis, indi- cating a probable cleistogamous condition. 5 In any treatment of Agrostis which includes both species, one finds A. exigua Thurber (188C) listed as a close relative of A. Elliottiana. The area in which we found our plants in Arizona is roughly midway in distance between the easternmost recorded range for A. Elliottiana and the localities for A. exigua in California. It seemed prudent, therefore, to consider that our plants might rep- resent this latter taxon, or alternatively that the two species could be synonyms. In checking Thurber's original description of A. exigua we noted with considerable interest: "...upper palet not manifest or a mere scale; stamens 1(?)." His description is ample, but did not appear to be greatly different from those we had found for A. Elliottiana. Thurber's description clearly states: "Pani- cle half the length of the plant, included and at first narrow, at length open ..." The illustration in Hitchcock (1905) and in Hitchcock's Manual (1951) is of a small apparently immature plant with a narrow, contracted panicle! In the 1905 study, he sepa- rates the two species in a very simplistic fashion: "Awn straight. California. 9. exigua Awn flexuous. Southeastern States. 10. elliottiana." In this same treatise, he quoted the entire original description of 1986 Reeder & Reeder, Agrostis elhiottiana 455 A. exigua, but did add some further notes. At the time (1905) the species was represented only by the type (Bolander s.n.). Hitchcock commented: "It is unusual to have a species so rare as is indicated by a single collection in a region so well known as California, and I suspect that the species is either introduced or occurs farther to the south in Mexico or Central America, the spe- cies of which region are not sufficiently well known." In the same work, Hitchcock added this note: "Mr. Thurber at first refer- red this to A. elliottiana, which it resembles in habit. But it differs from that species in having the flowering glumes as long as the empty glumes, the lobes extending into two awned teeth, and in the stouter straight awn. The empty glumes are only slightly acute, 1.5 mm long, equal, slightly scabrous on back. Awn scabrous, straight, 5—6 mm long." In order to determine the validity of the differences stated above, we borrowed all of the specimens of Agrostis exigua from UC. There were only eight, all from California. In comparing these specimens with material of A. Elliottiana at ARIZ, which rep- resented collections from Virginia to Oklahoma and eastern Texas, we could find no differences to suggest that more than one taxon is represented. The length of lemma to glumes varies from plant to plant. In some, the lemma appears to be about as long as the glume, whereas in others the lemmas are slightly shorter. This difference is not confined to plants from any specific geographic area; both condi- tions were observed among the California plants as well as those from the Southeast. No significant differences in conformation nor indument were detected. The length of setae at the apex of the lemma varies within the same collection. Mostly they are 0—O.1 —0.2 mm, but rarely attain a length of 0.3—0.4 mm. They are usually quite inconspicuous, and often can be detected only under high magnification. Although prominent setae have been used as a character to distinguish Agrostis exigua from A. Elliottiana, we did not find this feature to be dependable. In some of the Calif- ornia collections, the longest setae scarcely attain a length of 0.1 mm, while setae 0.2 mm long were observed in plants from Louis- iana and eastern Texas. Whereas lemma setae appear to average slightly longer on the California plants, we did not find presence or absence of setae to have any validity in segregating these taxa. In both the Southeastern and California collections, the panicle consists of about half the plant height, with capillary branches which divide and bear spikelets on the outer 1/3 to 1/2. In Hitchcock's Manual (1951), Agrostis exigua is described as a deli- cate annual 3—10 cm tall. Hoover 5872 (UC) from Shasta County, CA, consists of seven plants all with open panicles. The largest spec- imen is 45 cm tall, and the lowest panicle branches measure as much as 7.5 cm in length! The plants comprising Tracy 18671 (UC) from Napa County, are rather similar to the above with a maximum height Of 25 CM. 456 Pomel Ve aT’ Ob uO puGy ATS A Vol. 60, No. 6 Although the awn of Agrostis Elliottiana is described in the literature as slender and flexuous, that of A. exigua is said to be "straight" (Hitchcock, 1937) in the key and "straight or flexuous" in the text! In the 1951 Hitchcock's Manual A. exigua is keyed with the brief statement: "Awn geniculate; Pacific Coast." In the same publication the awn of A. Elliottiana is described as "...very slender, flexuous, delicately short pilose, 5—10 mm long." Among the California specimens examined, we did note that awns tended to be slightly less slender and delicate than those from the South- east. Perhaps because they are less "threadlike," they may appear to be somewhat straight rather than prominently sinuous. Numerous awns on the "A. exigua" specimens are flexuous, however, and as noted above, Hitchcock (1937) described them as "straight or flex- uous." Moreover, Hoover noted on the label of his #2261 from Tehama County, CA: "awn... delicate, straight or flexuous (not ge- niculate)." In view of the fact that awnless forms of Agrostis Elliottiana occur, the slight awn differences mentioned above are probably of minor taxonomic significance. We found the awns of both "species" to have rather widely spaced longer than usual spic- ules (or 'prickle hairs' sensu Metcalfe). With a hand lens these spicules may give the appearance of short hairs, but under high magnification they are clearly somewhat elongated spicules. The presence of one stamen within the floret is obviously a crucial character, if these "species" are indeed the same. The Cal- ifornia specimens all proved to have a single stamen, as had been suggested by Thurber in his original description. It is identical to those we found in the Arizona plants and in material from the Southeastern United States. In 1825 Rafinesque (Neogenyt. 4) proposed the genus Notonema, based on Agrostis arachnoides Elliott [= A. Elliottiana], citing the presence of a single stamen as sufficient reason to segregate it as a monotypic genus. In 1830 (Seringe Bull. Bot. 1: 220) he described the genus, which was only a nom. nud. in the 1825 publi- cation. (Cf. Merrill, E. D. 1949. Index Rafinesquianus. p. 76). However, the transfer of the specific epithet was not published until Jackson included it in Index Kewensis 2: 319. 1894: Notonema arachnoides (Elliott) Raf. ex Jackson. No one since that time has adopted Rafinesque's genus probably because these plants so closely resemble such undisputed members of Agrostis as A. hyemalis (Walt.) B.S.P. and/or A. scabra Willd. This is especially true for the rather rare awnless form of A. Elliottiana. Gleason (in Britton & Brown, 1952) has added this note to the A. Elliottiana description: "Awnless forms, rarely seen in our range, may be distinguished from A. hyemalis by the proportionately larger panicle and sharply nerv- ed lemma and the annual habit." Two years later Shinners (Rhodora 56: 28. 1954) published forma molesta for the awnless plants and commented on the difficulty of separating them from A. hyemalis. To the differences enumerated by Gleason, we would add that in A. Elliottiana the capillary panicle branches are minutely scaberulous, and there is only one tiny stamen per floret. 1986 Reeder & Reeder, Agrostis elliottiana 457 While in the process of studying our Arizona collections, we re- ceived a specimen from R. D. Worthington (UTEP). His material from westernmost New Mexico had been identified as Agrostis exigua by Stephan Hatch (TAES), and verified by botanists at UC. We found the Worthington specimen (new to New Mexico) in general to be a good match for our Arizona collections. One difference is that some lemmas of the New Mexico plants have unusually long setae (up to 0.4 mm). In the same inflorescence, however, one can find lemmas with setae 0.25 mm or less. It is noteworthy, we believe, that in our Arizona material, collected some 160 km farther west, and thus nearer to the "homeland" of A. exigua, the maximum length of lemma setae is 0.2mm, whereas on many of the lemmas setae appear to be lacking or are less than 0.1 mm long. Another almost imperceptible difference is that the awns on the New Mexico plants seem to be slightly more delicate and, perforce, a bit more flexuous than is the case with our Arizona gatherings. For cytological studies, we fixed young inflorescences from pop- ulations of our 7830 and 7841 in the field in the standard 3:1 ab- solute ethyl alcohol: acetic acid mixture. Because the anthers are so tiny (only 0.2 mm when mature) it is essentially impossible to prepare squashes in the usual manner. We resorted to using entire flowers, often with a bit of lemma attached. This species appears to be diploid with 2n=14 chromosomes. Seven pairs were observed in dividing PMC's, and we also counted 14 somatic chromosomes in mitotic divisions in the stigma. As nearly as we have been able to determine, this is a first count for Agrostis Elliottiana. We found no report in the literature for either this species or A. exigua. Under close scrutiny, we find the supposed differences between these two "species" to be more apparent than real. Our conclusion, therefore, is that a more realistic taxonomy results when Agrostis exigua is treated as a synonym of A. Elliottiana. The Arizona and New Mexico collections reported here, which are new records for these states, serve to bridge the gap, both morphologically and ge- ographically, between the eastern and western populations, and ex- tend the range of A. Elliottiana from coast to coast in the USA. Agrostis Elliottiana Schultes, Mantissa 2: 202. 1824. Based on A. arachnoides Elliott. Agrostis arachnoides Elliott, Bot. S.C. & Ga. 1: 134. 1816; non Poir. 1810. Type: South Carolina, Orangeburg. Bennett. Agrostis exigua Thurber in S. Watson, Bot. Calif. 2: 275. 1880. Type: California, foothills of Sierras, Bolander s.n. Notonema arachnoides Raf. (Neogenyt. 4. 1825) ex Jackson, Index Kew. 2: 319. 1894. Based on Agrostis arachnoides Elliott. Notonema agrostoides Raf. ex Merrill, Index Rafinesq. 76. 1949. Error for N. arachnoides. Agrostis Elliottiana Schultes forma molesta Shinners, Rhodora 56: 28. 1954. [for the awnless form.] Type: Texas, Wood Co., Mineola, Shinners 14372. 458 Pull Ver SOLO.) a1 PA Vol. 60, No. 6 SPECIMENS EXAMINED VIRGINIA: Aurora Hills, Alexandria, Swallen & Hotchkiss, Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. 1546 (ARIZ-2sheets). SOUTH CAROLINA: Lancaster Co., Forty Acre Rock, Leonard & Radford 1379 (ARIZ). [This collection has awned and awnless plants of A. Elliottiana, along with several immature specimens of young A. hyemalis (Walt.) B.S.P.]. LOUISIANA: Morehouse Parish, Bayou Bartholomew, west of Jones, R. D. Thomas 18293 (ARIZ). OKLAHOMA: Muskogee Co., east of Bragg, L. W. Myers 65 (ARIZ); Norman, Golf Links, C. W. Prier s.n. (ARIZ-84315). TEXAS: Dallas Co., near Seagoville, Lundell & Lundell 10396 (ARIZ). [determined originally as A. hyemalis (Walt.) B.S.P.]; Brazos Co., Range Science Area, Texas A & M University, J. Valdez R. s.n. (ARIZ- 249970). NEW MEXICO: Hidalgo Co., Peloncillo Mts., Cloverdale Creek Canyon, R. D. Worthington 14015 (ARIZ). ARIZONA: Pima Co., Rincon Mts., Ash Creek, Reeder & Reeder 7830, 7842, 7849 (ARIZ). CALIFORNIA: Shasta Co., Redding, J. W. Blankenship s.n. (JEPS- 68390); 7 miles N of Redding, R. F. Hoover 5872 (UC). Tehama Co., 4 miles S of Cottonwood, R. F. Hoover 2261 (UC). Amador Co., S of Ione, H. S. Yates 5138 (UC). Napa Co., Howell Mt., E of Angwin's, J. P. Tracy 1552 (UC), 12109 (UC); La Jota Plateau, head of Moore's Creek, E of Angwin's, J. P. Tracy 12462 (UC), 18671 (UC). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are grateful to the Curators at UC for the loan of specimens; to R. D. Worthington (UTEP), who provided us with a specimen of his New Mexico collection and generously indicated willingness for us to include it in our report; and to Charles T. Mason, Curator at ARIZ, who arranged for loan material and provided space and facil- ties for our studies. IMPORTANT GENERAL LITERATURE Bjorkman, S. 0. 1960. Studies in Agrostis and related genera. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 17: 1—112. Hitchcock, A. S. 1905. North American species of Agrostis. US Dept. Agric. Bur Pilanit Industry Bula. 68. 1937. Agrostis L. North Amer. Flora 17(7): 515 —— an 1951. Manual of the Grasses of the United States. (2nd ed. Revised by Agnes Chase) U.S. Dept. Agric. Misc. Publ. 200%F 110541) pp Philipson, W. R. 1937. A revision of the British species of the genus Agrostis. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. (London) 51: 73—151. Trinius, C. B. 1841. Gramina Agrostidea. II Callo Rotundo. (Agrostea). Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. Sci. Nat. VI. 6(2): 1—144. (Reprint 42). Penstemon penlandii, spec. nov. (SCR) from Colorado William A. Weber University of Colorado Museum Campus Box 218, Boulder, CO 80309 Middle Park is one of a series of high altitude mountain valleys between the Front Range and the Northern Gore Range of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado. Its county seat is Kremmling, and the Colorado River arises here in Grand Lake. The area of the Park north of the Colorado River is arid, a region of seleniferous clay soils. A small amount of local endemism in the Flora occurs, the most notable species in this pattern being Astragalus oster- houtii M. E. Jones which is confined to selenium soils in the Park. Physaria osterhoutii Payson, is also endemic here. P. harringtonii Penland ranges from Middle Park slightly westward through the Colorado River canyon to the junction of the Eagle and Colorado rivers. This paper describes a new species of Penstemon, Sect. Glabri (Rydberg) Pennell which is apparently endemic to a small part of the area occupied by the narrowly endemic Astragalus osterhoutii. Penstemon penlandii is an obligate selenophile most closely related to P. paysoniorum Keck of southwestern Wyoming, a species also restricted to seleniferous shales. It differs from the latter by having retrorsely puberulent, rather than glabrous, stems and foliage, linear, rather than oblanceolate, leaves, and a smaller corolla (less than 15 mm long). The staminode in each species is truncate and sparsely bearded distally with pale yellow trichomes. The shape of the staminode and the relative density of the beard is generally glossed over in descriptions, but there may well be important points of coincidence and difference if the feature were given systematic study over the group. Penstemon aridus Rydberg, of Montana and northern Wyoming, bears a superficial resemblance to P. penlandii but there the corolla is glandular-pubescent and bearded within, and the pollen sacs are glabrous, dehiscent throughout and explanate. Penstemon penlandii W. A. Weber, sp. nov. Penstemon paysoniorum sect. Glabri similis sed caulibus retror- so-puberulis, folia linearibus 1.0-1.5 mm longibus, corolla minus quam 15 mm longa. Perennial herb from a loosely branched woody caudex arising from a short rhizome provided with long ropy unbranched roots. Vegetative branches few and short, crowned by tufts of leaves similar to the basal ones of flowering shoots. Flowering stems erect, up. ‘tol 2.5 dm tall sais i at least the lower parts of the 460 PANS Ouko Gor A Vol. 60, No. 6 leaves retrorse-puberulent with minute eglandular (and glandular?) trichomes; basal leaves erect, entire, linear, involute, 1-1.5 mm wide; cauline leaves somewhat reduced, ascending. Inflorescence narrow, secund, up to 5 cm long, 5-15-flowered, in few-flowered cymules; axis, peduncles and calyces glabrescent; calyx 4-5 mm long, the sepals ovate, acute, the margins broadly scarious and erose- dentate. Corolla blue-violet, 12-15 mm long, tubular, gradually widened to the lobes, hardly 2-lipped, glabrous externally and internally, 5 mm wide at apex, not 2-ridged ventrally, the lobes as broad as long, 3 mm diam, overlapping the sinuses. Stamens and staminode included; staminode wider and truncate at the apex, sparsely bearded ventrally on distal third with pale orange hairs; anthers of fertile stamens moderately hairy with short, stiff trichomes; anther sacs 1.0-1.2 mm long, almost parallel at dehis- cence but becoming explanate, dehiscing the full length but not across the connective, the sutures papillate-denticulate; capsule ovoid-conic, 12-14 mm long; seeds oblong-cuboidal, 3.5-3.7 x 1.5 mn, quadrangular, the dorsal face convex, the sides plane to concave, margins thin-edged. HOLOTYPE: Colorado: Grand County. Middle Park, 3.8 miles north of Colorado River along Troublesome Creek road above east bank of the creek on strongly odoriferous selenium clay knolls, 2,440 msm, T. 2 N., R. 29 W, Sec. 30, 30 July 1986, Weber & Dahnke 17230 (COLO). Isotypes, mostly in fruit, have been distributed to the following herbaria: BRY,,)») GH, }KANUS MOFroNMOY NY, TEX$. UG tes. UTC, WY. This species is dedicated to Dr. C. William T. Penland, (1899-1982), professor at Colorado College who had a life-long interest in the Colorado Flora, especially Penstemon, and who contributed the treatment of the genus for Harrington's Flora of Colorado. Penstemon penlandii was discovered by David L. Johnson, Western Resource Development Co., on a survey for the relocation of a high power line. The type material, consisting of flowering and fruiting plants, was collected two weeks later by the authors. At the type locality Penstemon penlandii showed a distinct preference for relatively barren slopes. The most luxuriant plants were those growing from seed washed down the slopes by torrents, germinating in deep runoff channels in the shade afforded by the cut-banks. The development of relatively few stems from a well-developed but short rhizome suggests that the function of the rhizome is not so much to furnish nodes for the production of adjacent clumps (several clumps are only rarely found together and then not connected by rhizomes) but to give the plant some stability against dislodgement by torrential rains. J. Ppaysoniorum shares this attribute. 1986 Weber, Penstemon pentandir 461 The population is limited to strongly seleniferous clay-shales. These extend for about two miles along and above the east side of the road. Where erosion mixes the seleniferous substrate with less toxic material from above, the flora becomes dominated by sagebrush and large mats of Penstemon caespitosus, Townsendia leptotes, and Penstemon penlandii disappears. The tops of the knolls tend to be better vegetated with matformers, especially Lesquerella alpina ssp. parvula. From a distance one can predict the occurrence of the Penstemon by noting the presence of Aletes megarrhiza on the slopes. This proved to be an infallible way of finding Penstemon stands, at least at the type locality. In order to determine whether the coexistence of the two species was real or coincidental, a search was made of a very large Aletes stand four miles south of Kremmling across the Colorado River. That, however, was on a darker, less seleniferous shale, and there the Penstemon was not found. So despite their apparent fidelity to each other in one site, the absence of Penstemon on the second area suggests that the two species indeed have different requirements or tolerances. The distribution of two other selenium soil species abundant in the Park presents a phytogeographical anomaly. Both Townsendia leptotes (Gray) Osterh. and Lesquerella alpina ssp. parvula (Greene) Rollins & Shaw are abundant on these substrates at 2,400 meters but are altitudinally disjunct to limestone substrates on high alpine peaks at over 3,600 meters. A similar distributional anomaly involves Townsendia rothrockii A. Gray ex Rothrock, which characteristically is a snowbed plant in the alpine tundra but reappears in openings of Pinus ponderosa forests at less than 3,000 meters on the Uncompahgre Plateau. The low dense mat growth form of these taxa probably has adaptive value for their occurrence in these disparate habitats. Penstemon penlandii does not share their growth form, however, and should not be expected to recur in the alpine. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XXII Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional & emended bibliography: Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 86--88. 92, 94, 95, 112, & 114--116, fig. 98--100. 1891; Mullan, Journ Indi- an Bot. Soc. 12: 165--182, fig. 184--197. 1931; Ramakrishnan, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.34: 163. 19513; Eyster, Biol. Abstr. 26: 1184 & 3141. 1952; Ramakrishnan, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.35: 112. 1952; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): [Fl. Peru] 697--700. 1959; Mold., Phytologia 60: 352--368. 1986. CLERODENDRUM DENTICULATUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 251--252 (1986) and 60: 131. 1986. A key to distinguish this species from other Cuban species will be found under C. grandifLorwm (Hook.) Schau. in the present series of notes (60: 131). CLERODENDRUM DEPENDENS A. DC. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 252. 1986. A key to help distinguish this species from other Madagascar species will be found under C. baronianwm Oliv. in the present series of notes (58: 184). CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR (Klotzsch) Vatke Additional synonymy: Siphonanthus (Cyckonema) discolor (K1.) Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Coll. Welw. 1: 847 in textu. 1900. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 1471. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 59: 248, 255--268, 325, 333, & 492 (1986) and 60: Bee WSS A/S WSS CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. MACROCALYX Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 1471. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 59: 264. 1986. CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. RUBRICALYX Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 1471. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 59: 268. 1986. CLERODENDRUM DISPARIFOLIUM Blume Additional bibliography: Hayata, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo 30: 217. 1911; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 91--93. 1916; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bulle, Wande Bot. Bunitenz es, Seis Sau cic Ae OO Os=— 64.) ar evili Tee ocala Burkill. Dier.. amps lis bs 59 1. Se oeeige Ni toe ec Moilidim. (Pil. (ether 2c. 65%, 948. Bul lila. Diet. sEGOn mb Rode Malay Penins., imp. 2, 1: 591. 1965; Mold., Phytologia 59: 325--332, 344, 409, 481, & 482 (1986) and a 136, 140, 267, & 368. 1986. 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwm 463 A key to help distinguish this species from other Thailand taxa will be found under C, inewme (L.) Gaertn. in the present series of notes. An additional vernacular name reported for C, dispanifolium is "ki bangbara”. CLERODENDRUM DUSENITI Glirke Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 333--335 & 492 (1986) and 60: 59 & 271. 1986. A key to distinguish this species from some of its close rela- tives in western tropical Africa will be found under C. inaequipeti- ofatum Good in the present series of notes. CLERODENDRUM EBURNEUM Chiov. Additional bibliography: Pichi-Sermolli, Biol. Abstr. 26: 642. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 59: 335. 1986. CLERODENDRUM ELBERTI H. Hallier Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 339--340 (1986) and 60: 190. 1986. CLERODENDRUM ELEGANS Manetti Additional synonymy: Cfenrodendron elegans “Hort. Belg. ex Lem." apud H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 363. 1919. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 340--341. 1986. CLERODENDRUM EMIRNENSE Bojer Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 344--349 & 424 (1986) and 60: 133. 1986. CLERODENDRUM EMIRNENSE £, DENTATUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 348. 1986. A key to distinguish this plant from other Madagascar taxa will be found under C. baronianum Oliv. in the present series of notes (58: 186). CLERODENDRUM EMIRNENSE var. DIFFUSUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 347--349. 1986. A key to distinguish this plant from other Madagascar taxa will be found under C. barontanwm Oliv. in the present series of notes (58: 190). CLERODENDRUM ERIOPHYLLOIDES Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 350--351 (1986) and 60: 60. 1986. CLERODENDRUM EXCAVATUM DeWild. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 355--359, 406-- 407, & 478. 1986. CLERODENDRUM EXCAVATUM var. CUNEATUM DeWild. 464 PH Ne TwOsk OnGeiyA Vol. 60, No. 6 Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 359 & 406--407 (1986) and 60: 361. 1986. CLERODENDRUM FARAFANGANENSE Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 185. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 59: 407--408. 1986. CLERODENDRUM FASTIGIATUM (Hunter) H. J. Lam Additional bibliography: Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 1, 248 (1921) and imp. 2, 248. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 59: 409. 1986. CLERODENDRUM FAULKNERI Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 1471. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 59: 409--411. 1986. CLERODENDRUM FILIPES Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 185. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 59: 411. 1986. CLERODENDRUM FINETII Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 12--13. 1920. Additional & emended bibliography: Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 12--13. 1920; Mold., Phytologia 59: 412 (1986) and 60: 142. 1986. This species is not typified by an "unnumbered" collection, as erroneously stated by me in Phytologia 59: 412 (1986), but actually on Lecomte & Finet 1731 from Angkor-Thom, 1744 from Pnom-Penh, and 1762 from Sakhandal Island, Cambodia. Dop (1920) comments that the "Espece trés voisine du CL. Godefroys 0. Ktze, dont elle se distin- gue par la dimension des feuilles et les sépales acuminés." The ovary is subglobose and the drupes black, 5 mm. long and wide, usu- ally containing 1 or 2 pyrenes. CLERODENDRUM FLORIBUNDUM R. Br. Additional bibliography: Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 134. 1931; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 560 & 561 (1946) and imp. 3, 1: 560 & 561. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 59: 419--428 (1986) and 60: 58 & 188. 1986. The flowers on the Clemens specimens, cited below, are badly galled, as they are also on her May 8, 1946, collection previously cited. Additional citations: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: M. S. C£emens 4.n. [March 17, 1946] (Or--56532), g.n. [May 1, 1946] (Or--56530). CLERODENDRUM FLORIBUNDUM var. LATIFOLIUM F. Muell. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 422, 424, 427-- 428, & 463 (1986) and 60: 58. 1986. Kuntze (1891) maintains that Ovieda ovalifolia A. L. Juss. belongs in the synonymy of C£enodendawm ineume (L.) Gaertn. instead of in that of C. floribundum var. Latifolium, and in this he may be cor- rect since its type is said to have come from Pondichery where the type of C. ovatwm Poir. (now regarded as C. ineame) also originated. 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrawm 465 CLERODENDRUM FORTUNATUM L. Additional & emended bibliography: Forbes & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 26: 260--262. 1890; Backer Tropische Natuur 5: 94. 1916; Lopez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 263. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 59: 464--471 (1986) and 60: 143, 181, & 282. 1986. CLERODENDRUM GARRETTIANUM Craib Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 481--482 (1986) and 60: 135 & 142. 1986. Keys to help distinguish this species from other Thailand and Indian taxa will be found under C, ineame (L.) Gaertn. and C. gnrif- fithianum C. B. Clarke 960; 135) in the present series of notes. CLERODENDRUM GIBBOSUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 185. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 59: 484--485. 1986. CLERODENDRUM GLABRATUM Glirke Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 485--486, 493, & 494 (1986) and 60: 59 & 275. 1986. CLERODENDRUM GLABRUM E. Mey. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 486--499 (1986) and 60: 56--61 & 268. 1986. CLERODENDRUM GLABRUM var, MINUTIFLORUM (J. G. Baker) Fosberg Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 494 & 496--499, 1986. A key to distinguish this plant from Madagascar and Comoro Is- lands species will be found under C. baronianum Oliv. in the pres- ent series of notes (58: 189). CLERODENDRUM GLOBOSUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 185. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 60: 62--64. 1986 CLERODENDRUM GODEFROYI Kuntze Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 60: 65--67, 141, & 142. 1986. CLERODENDRUM HETEROPHYLLUM (Vent.) R. Br. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 60: 182--188 & 362. 1986. A key to help distinguish this species from other taxa in Mada- gascar.will be found under C. baronianwm Oliv. in the present series of notes (58: 189). CLERODENDRUM HETEROPHYLLUM £, ANGUSTIFOLIUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 60: 185 & 187--188. 1986. A key to distinguish this plant from its Madagascar relatives 466 PAHRNETAOSE OnGrt PA Vol. 60, No. 6 will be found under C. baronianwn Oliv. in the present series of notes (58: 189). CLERODENDRUM HIRCINUM f. DENTATUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 60: 197. 1986. A key to distinguish this plants from other Madagascar taxa will be found under C, baronianun Oliv. in the present series of notes (58: 186). CLERODENDRUM INDICUM (L.) Kuntze Additional bibliography: J. K. Small, Man. Southeast. Fl. 1144. 19332. June); Symbe“BotsoUpsalct19(4)<¢° 1010703, °106,.& 10Ssadige 156% 19342 Basu, Indiam Med Pl... imps .27 32 pl. 7474 VWI35sBurkii, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 1, 1: 589. 1935; Christopher- sen, Bern. Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 194. 1935; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indochine 4: 850 & 853--854. 1935; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl eveds 2p impalyO45ee 1951=-1952.. 1938550. -B. Machi boy rope Plant. Gard., ed. 4, 104. 1935; Cory, Texas Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 550: 88. 1937; Alston, Kandy Fl. 64. 1938; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 405, 425, & 431. 1938; Kanjilal, Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam, imp. 1, 3: 486, 492--493, & 546. 1939; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern. Names 4 & 31. 1939; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 2-- 12, 218 228) 86372219893 sMollids; Lil loa! 42°329==331-. 19395 "Molde sePre- lim. Alph. List Inv. Names 18--22, 32, 33, 40, & 53. 1940; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Second, imp. 1, 188. 1941; Biswas, Indian For. Rec., serse2s03: 4)2e1941;,.. Chopra; Indiig. Drugs Engis32.2 1945 bie and & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 101. 1941; Mold., Suppl. List Comm. Vern. Names 2--8, 14, 15, & 17--19. 1941; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 238. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16--21, 33, 34, 40, & 56. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, A 5, Os 2s 24=-305 83. 53--55, 57, SOR COUL MOS. no4emGon OSemour 722076 NOR 9O = (V942= Mold! ineLundell, Fl. Texas 3 (1): 85--86.,9Saze His eRe MacMall) 2) inom “Pilani. (Gard)... ed). Si ehimipieulesul OA MG ANSr Stehlé, Fl. Guad. 4: 103. 1943; Menninger, Stuart News Jan. 1945; Mold., Phytologia 2: 99. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew; imp. 9250+ 5690(1946) and imp. 2, 2: 386 & 916: 1946-7 Be MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 2, 104. 1946; Mold., Alph. ise (ines ale. Wiss ue ae See ay? bis Kole: (ven loves 0), 7/2. eke) M5 NWseiis eS WlGs WISek20s asiels WAS Vee ise WMS NSN Ces. AV, 20. Zias Ze. Zilos 23, CUSE Ya, 225 255, Bog 2/05 272. 277, 286, 2884 301; 302, 3175081323..0946 -MMoldes DAT phe List Inve Names Suppl. 1: 6--8. 1947; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. FS Mmpwss, 104.94Ss Molde, Aliphis list: CitAae i351, 358, 408 eons 418, 425, 428, 458, 466, 484, 486, 490, 504, 508--510, 528, 537, 544, 558, 559, 563, 572--574, 577, 582, 605, 608, 614, 618, 626, 632, & 644. 1948; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 1, 644. 1948; H. F. Mac Mills, Tropes Plant. ‘Gardesweda Socimp. 4, 1042 19493 mks ata Baileys Mani. Cult. Phe, sediei2§ 8454. S05 TS20105, 08 TPZ 1949 So Mold se Alpha bistaGitels? 6608067 WS AOGs 7749795 7 2SNT FeB22 sus Z2GHtS28 ee833i5Rseo. 836, 839, 850--852, 854, 858, 866, 879, 888, 905, 924, 934, 936, 949, 951, 954, 955, & 977 (1949) and 4: 995--998, 1004, 1009, 1012, 1019, 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£ernodendrwn 467 1021, 1027, 1034, 1036, 1039, 1040, 1043, 1044, 1085, 1096, 1100, 1101, 1103, 1114, 1117, 1127--1129, 1140, 1146--1148, 1166, 1187, 1214, 1222, 1235, & 1251. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- aoe OU. 2s Oss loys 22, 40,46, 47, 50--57,"66—-68, 123--126;, 128, eieelao. 137, 143, 44, 146, 150, 051,. 158. &' 1825 1949s Wee Phillips, Cat. Pl. Fairchild Trop. Gard. 16 & 51. 1949; Sastri, Wealth India 2 (R): 231--232. 1950; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 5, 104 (1952) and ed. 5, imp. 6, 104. 1954; Bor & Raizada, Some Beaut. Indian Climb. 143--145 & 282, fig. 90. 1954; rhorne, Amer. “Midl. Nat. 52s 313 19545" Core, Pl. Tax. 402. 1955; Hocking, Dict. Terms Pharmacog. 53. 1955; Mold. in Cheesman, Fl. Trin. Tob. 2 (4): 414--416. 1955; Mold., Verb. [Trin. Tob. ] 33--34. 1955; Chopra, Nayar, & Chopra, Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 71. 1956; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 7, 104. 1956; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 147, 159, 161--162, 266, & 267, fog. 34 (5). 1956; Navalkar, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 53: 342. 1956; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 3, 577. 1956; Alain in Ledén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 322. 1957; Rageau, Pl. Med. Nouv.-Caled. 61. 1957; Vélez, Herb. Angiosp. Lesser Antil. 117. 1957; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Ind. 15: 14356. 1958; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 2: 514. 1958; Abeywickrama, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 218. 1959; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 77. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 101. 1959; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): [F1. Peru] 698. 1959; Mold., Résumé 11, 12, Pour), Ol, 55, 56, 59-=-63, 75, 77, 78, 88, 155, 159--16%s 165." 169, Mie tits bio, ledeatosO, 193, 194,.198, 203, ‘205, 287> 216. 260, 203,204, 266, 26/7, 269--271, 273, 319; 320; 322, S235 3445-392, 427, & 450. 1959; Mold., Resumé Suppl. 1: 12. 1959; Emberger in Chadefaud & Emberger, Traité Bot. 2: 831, fig. 1177. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561 (1960) and imp. 3, 2: 386 & 916. 1960; Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan 305. 1960; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 2, 62. 1960; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 2: 136. 1961; Deb, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 3: 314. 1961; Haines, Bot. Bihar Oris., ed. 2, 2: 755 & 757. 1961; Hundley & Ko in Lace, Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 203. 1961; Tiwari & Garg, Indian Journ. Pharm. 23: 77--78. 1961; Willam. & Schubert, Agr. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1234: 236. 1961; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 2, 1: 335 (1962) and imp. 2, 2: 1517. 1962; Harler, Gard. Plains, ed. 4, 159. 1962; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 8, 104. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 3, 17, 25--28, & 30 (1962) and 4: 2. 1962; Nair & Rehmann, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Luck- now 76: 14 & 16. 1962; Sobti & Singh, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.54: 141 & 143. 1962; Legris, Trav. Sect. Scient. Inst. Franc. Pond. 6: 547 & 561. 1963; Maheshwari, Fl. Delhi 283 & 284. 1963; Malaviya, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.58: 352, 357, & 358. 1963; Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 89. 1963; Patil, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 20. 1963; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 2, 2: 623 & 624. 1963; Raman & Kesavan, Sci. Cult. 29: 609--610. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: wate= 301, 365, 373, 3755:379, & S8l, pla S, Tig. Vhs de> 4963; Srinivasan & Agarwal, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 86. 1963; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 2: 330. 1964. [to be continued ] NOTES ON ROSACEAE J. Henrickson Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin 78712 The following combinations under Purshia are made to allow annotation of specimens currently on loan. Studies have confirmed that Purshia is derived from Cowania and the genera are to be combined. Comprehensive supporting data will be published elsewhere. Purshia ericifolia (Torr. ex Gray) Henrickson comb. nov. Cowania ericifolia Torr. ex Gray, Pl. Wright. 2:106. 1853. Purshia mexicana (D. Don) Henrickson comb. nov. Cowania mexicana D. Don, Trans. Linn. Soc. 14:575. 1825. Purshia plicata (D. Don in Sweet) Henrickson comb. nov. Cowania plicata D. Don in Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. Il. pl. 400. 1838. Purshia stansburiana (Torr. in Stansb.) Henrickson comb. nov. Cowania stansburiana Torr. in Stansb., Exped. Great Salt Lake 386. 1852. Purshia subintegra (Kearney) Henrickson comb. nov. Cowania subintegra Kearney, Madrono 7:15. 1943. 468 7 PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 60 September 1986 No. 7 CONTENTS ABOU-EL KHEIR, W.S., & ISMAIL, G.H., Notes on the aquatic habitats of macrohydrophytes and associated algae in various regions in NE Tae Pe REBEL WOQIOUY 5 iis Uru oheo'e dw cm ovis Vie UO dye Heels ¥/aiee ba eo Nie 469 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum (Verbenaceae). EEE rel MN WE Cc Unio healed ab aly bible Now ealare ln ha ee aca 483 SILBA, J., Notes on some conifers reported from some inaccessible EN OUDETETA. AUC SIPET NL, Sine cs. walk sine x ae eae fo Wve yin igi war oe 497 RE Se ESO WOUND 8 Footy ee hes Se aiab'a big pod wid wees ae 500 EEE ET RS) 5 A en gS 501 Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Sixty ............... 501 IN MERC el tes S88 IE BS. pis dps ots oie a Moor Bod Vw aust wee ete el ge 512 Bax A4nnor SEP 22 1986 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. NOTES ON THE AQUATIC HABITATS OF MACROHYDROPHYTES AND ASSOCIATED ALGAE IN VARIOUS REGIONS IN EGYPT I. EL-FAYUM REGION W.S. Abou-E!] Kheir and G.H. Ismail University College for Girls, Ain Shams University, Heliopolis, Egypt. INTRODUCTION El-Fayum region is situated on the left bank of the Nile about 90 kilometer to the south west of Cairo. Lake Qarun lies in the north west of this region. The cultivated lands are naturally irrigated by a number of canals derived from Bahr-Yossef River, which receives its water from the Nile. The irrigation-water drains off into the lake by two main drains. Earlier works on the algae of El-Fayum (see Aleem, 1958; El-Saadawi et al., 1978; Nosseir and Abou-El-Kheir, 1970; Shaaban et al., 1985; West, 1909)were mainly concerned with the distribution of the extinct and extant algal floras, the effect of nutrients on production...etc. However, little is known of the relationship between algae and macro- hydrophytes in Egypt; the only two publications dealing with this subject were done on lake Mariut (Kaleafah, 1964) and the Mansoura-Damietta area (Ayyad, 1980). Kaleafah,(1964) studied the ecology of algae in lake Mariut and found that Enteromorpha, Rhizoclonium, Oedogonium and Cladophora were epiphytic on Pharagmites communis s communis, Potamogeton pecti- natus and Typha latifolia. While Ayyad (1980), working on water bodies in the Mansoura-Damietta area, observed that Synedra ulna var. ulna, S. ulna var amphirhynchus, Achnanthes hungarica, A. lanceolata, Cocconeis placentula var. euglypta, C. - placentula var. intermedia, Phinnularia micro- staurn var. brebissonii, Nitzschia amphibia, N. thermalis, Bacillaria para- doxa, Amphora veneta, and Gomphonema angustatum var. productum from class Pinnatophyceae and only Cyclotella ocellata from class Centro- phyceae were found on the surface of Ceratophyllum demersum, Potamoge- ton crispus, Pistia stratiotes, Nymphea lotus and Lemna gibba. Prowse (1959) stated that little is known about the relationship of epiphytes with their hostplants, or more particularly, whether certain species of algal epiphytes are associated with species of macrophytes. Sheldon and Charles (1975) recorded that diatoms were the dominant population of epiphytic algae in oligotrophic lake. Ewinson (1978) noticed that the increase of nutrients increased the diatom epiphytes and decreased the aquatic hydrophytes. Some work has been done on certain aspects of relationship between algae and other plants; algal hydrophyles, lichens and algamoss-associations (see for example; Fritsch, 1959; Chapman, 1964; Prescott, 1969; El-Saadawi and Abou-E! Kheir, 1973; Richardson, 1981; Abou-El Kheir et al., 1986; and El-Saadawi et al., 1986). The present investigation deals with association aspects between algae and macrophydrophytes in different water ecosystems including flowing and standing systems and a study of the possible effects of major physical and chemical factors upon their pattern of distribution. 469 470 PRO To LO6G) Tt A Vol. 605, Nowy MATERIAL AND METHODS Fifteen samples, used in this study, were taken from 12 sites in El-Fayum region. The samples were collected from irrigation canals, drains, springs and Lake Qarun. Field ecological notes were recorded such as width and depth of the water channel, water cuurrent velocity, surface water temperature, and pH. Data concerning description of habitats, characters of the macro- hydrophyte communities, the main associated algal flora in the 12 studied sites, and other details are presented in table 1. Clearing of diatoms, identification of the algal taxa associated with the aquatic plants and determination of the various nutrients in the samples were made. RESULTS AND OBSERVATIONS Data concerning water analysis of the 15 studied samples and algal flora identified in them are given in tables 2 and 3. It has been noticed that, when the habitat was a narrow drain with nearly stagnant water, dominant macrophydrophytes were Typha domin- gensis and Phragmites australis, and were associated with Oedogonium capilliformis as dominant, with common occurrence of planktoner Nitzschia frustulum and the blue green alga Mastigocladus laminosus. At an irrigation canal (Maymana canal), under open running water, was noted dominance of cladophora glomerata with epiphytic Cocconeis placentula var. intermedia. At kaabi irrigation canal, the habitat offered a study of a striking change on the two sides of the little barrage present, with quiet water on one side, site 5a, and extremely fast-falling water from the water gates on the other side, site 5b, on the almost quiet water side dominated Potamogeton nodosus associated with the planktoner Cyclotella ocellata; while under the water fall, Cladophora glomerata dominated as epilithic to the barrage stones flooded with extremely fast flowing water. Cladophora glomerata extended as dominant in the fast flow in open water at distance from the barrage, site 5c. A narrow drain, 5 km from El-Fayum city, with stagnant water completely covered with floating Lemna gibba fronds at surface and with Typha domingeusis at sides. This lentic water habitat showed associa- tion of Oedogonium capilliformis as dominant and Spirogyra varians and Achnanthes hungarica as common. A water spring habitat is presented by Silene spring, site 8. The habitat represents a small channel with fast flowing open water and macrohydrophytes at bank sides. Examination has shown almost rare or lack of planktonic or benthic algal flora. At sites 9-12, the habitat is the salty Qarun lake with Phragmites ausltalis dominating at this southern shoreside, associated with usually rare algal flora due to high salinity; only rare new records of salinity tolerant taxa were recorded. 1986 Abou-E1 Kheir & Ismail, Aquatic habitats 471 CONCLUDING REMARKS Variation in algal taxa under the different studied habitats including fresh water of irrigation canals, field drains, spring water, salty lake water, has been noticed and this is dependent on various ecological factors of ecosystems: The association is brought about by similarity of ecological amplitude of certain aquatic plants and certain algae or dependence of one species of algae upon another of aquatic plants for epiphytism, protection, suitable light intensity, or formation of suitable microhabitat or substratum for the algae. Phragmites australis has the widest ecological amplitude on all studied macrohydrophytes (see table 1). Since it is present in almost half the number of the sites. The diatoms dominate over other divisions of algae. The most common diatoms that occur in association with the studied hydrophytes are: Cocconeis placentula v. intermedia, Achnanthes hungarica, Gomphonima gracile, Nitzschia frustulum and Cyclotella ocellata Rivera (1973), Marker and Gunn (1977), Moor (1979) and Ayyad (1980) suggested that the productivity of epiphytons is dependent mainly on the growth of certain pinnate diatoms. The number of green algal taxa was not high in almost all sites. There was an extensive growth of Cladophora glomerata, Spirgyra varians, Oedogonium Capillformis, O. princeps and Ulothrix oscillarina. This is in agreement with Kaleafah (1964) and Ayyad (1980). Although the number of taxa belonging to cyanophyta is larger than that of chronophyta yet not a single taxon of cyanophyta was found common only in site No. 1, which means that the water sources from which the samples were taken are not the ideal habitat for the bluegreen algae. This clear especially in samples of open water where cyanophyta are rare. This in agreement with Moor (1974). As salinity is high in lake Qarun where Phragmites australis is domi- nant, only rare algae were recorded. Gran (1929), Patrick (1948) and Nasr et al. (1961) pointed out that the kind and distribution of algae is greatly affected by the change of salinity of water. Extremely fast flowing water affected algal distribution. Under such condition only such alga as Cladophora glomerata may thrive being attached to stony substratum at kaabi barrage, site 8, this is in agreement with Lund (1965), who stated that fast flowing rivers may lack a true plankton, because there is insufficient time for the algae to produce effectively. Round (1960, 1965), noticed that Chlorophyta occur in water with high ratio of alkali/Ca+Mg. The results obtained here are in agreement with this statement, thus Cladophora glomerata and Spirogyra varians were found abundant in the present study where values of Ca and Mg were high (Table 2). The lack of planktonic or benthic algal flora in Silene spring habitat may be explained as the source of water is the ground deep water and thus the change for algal community development becomes little for this reason and also as water flow in the channel is so fast. Vol. “60, ‘Nowe Pate 1 400k 40 (Gel oh super esABoatds aw30)1}!de> wniuoso 472 TeIAYdOIO|Y->) wnke4 PoueFuny sayiueUyoy p sisuaBurwop eydAyy (‘wd 0:7) jueuseis 920J2qQ (Uy ¢ erkydorsey eg i) eqqi euwa Wi 2.9! isow}y UItIp NOIJeN r fi e1es2WO]Z esoydope;> 78) AydosojyD eos ezAvoD peo. s,wnkey PIP}JIIO ByaIO,IAD = “pod Pr1spuljAD eresadwy $aaa) Pipawaiur pod uojAy ep uopoudA> JO apeys sapun “JPA BNIUaEIdD siaU0II05 slueyd apis weass (‘wd Of-1) yainb (291! ysaaj) rer Aydorsepjioeg jayem uado od D091 jsowye weass uonedsisy i y *(Q)aits sae Wnijopiayes wnuo8hjog Buryey isey c pue tapis jeUED 04 "Das /WH' 13D (R)piis Ja3P Mm 1aINb e1esaWo8 esoydope; > 4aiem uado 0% Bui moj yim a8esseqg wnhkey ei Aydosojy 2 Sadisses> erusoyyry ise y -q 210jaq aBeI]1A 1GQeey BIE[J2IO LjjasojDA 5) eqqid euwa} (‘wed ¢ 1:1) yainb (Jaie* ysaaj)iqrey re Aydorseyjioeg p snsopou uo1aS0we10g ov” 309! isowsy -e yeued voneaisy a < wndey 2j0}2q WH 9} PIPI] 220 &j] 210; 5A ("tu'd 0¢ +21) yainb (Jaiem ysasy) TP Aydonsey eg p siesisne saiw8esyy 0% D9) sow yy JeueD VON) PAI Dy , P)PsgQUIO|A Bsoydope;> teikydosojyD PIpawsaiul “IPA Jauueyr euewAey, Wold) eymvasPyd s1au0I305 (‘urd 0¢ #21) Jaiem (4a7e% Ysa) sei Aydorseyideg yaiem vada OZ DI Suruuny Wweasis vole B14) a € sdaouisd “© aw}! ]!dP> WNIVOROpsg 3) PSODNINIY C1Us0 DIES osoju) po. Proyiusaije snsadéy “quindey WUNINISNIy CIYIS7IIN :s1uPid apis ures] 94J0J2Q WY 61) ayioeu2 Pwavoydwo5 By siyeuisne saiiw8tayg ("wd ofz1) yainb aReypra jo,or-19 Py Aydonseyj eg Pp eqqr? euway OZ D091 isow]\y UIRIP J3IPM MODERN i Zz SNSOUNUP) SNPT]DIOR sry, ‘rey Aydourc%> Biyjoyiuty 7 4Uu0> PUIIPTJIISO x1YIO} BsOdIIINIy B1UIOD eS (whey as033q ainsojyyyide > wnivo8opag syue|d apis ure x) W> QZ) Saunouay 71 Aydos0)y>) 9) eqqi? euiuiay *aReypia jo,or-19 WNyNIsNsy CIyYSZIINN "pod SITPIISNE sommsrsy gy (N 0:21) jueusei¢ MIT WUINYOPIL :P1 Aydoue1I9eq p sisua8uiwop eydAy OZ 91 Aysean JPQU UIEIP MOJIPN) 62/1/61 | Ayrunwwo0> Ay130}2A U01} 33]}09 “ON ze3je vowWwo> pue j}UeUIWOOG jueyd 21 Aydo sp hyo s sey Hd aimesodwea) Sint, Ayipeso] 3 3e11Ge} jo a1eqy | Pte *UOWWOD = 2 ‘JUPUIWOPO? = pod ‘juTUIWOP -p -voIZ3) WNAE4-f9 UI e20]) JeZTE UreW pur saIy1UMWWOD a)A4ydospAYyoIIeW “IeIIGeH 2(/PIGTL Abu-E1 Kheir & Ismail, Aquatic habitats 473 1986 ase) PiAydouejioey 10 (SPIO IAd MAU) sey 2e3ye vowwo> pur UPUIWOY GL~ £4 Be “ds snounc suejd a20ys sisua8uiwop eyddAy snijoyiusaiye snsadA> PsODIIINIy Brus DIES rsjueld au0us “ds snounc ‘aniey euary PSODN INI BlUJOION/PS ssjuejd as0ys sijeuisne saiiw8esyg Jaiem vado :q “PI eWNINIT KIJPWeE] nuPyd auoyus sipeaysne saw arsudg Hw eryopiur PZAUOD PoupuryA» eresaduy uinyopioyes wnuok4jog :sjueid apis jauury) sedissry) Prusoyyoy sipPuisne saw Sev Aywunwwo> jueyd 2) AydospAyosse_ 39 89 89 8°9 Od A 28 A i (aie autres) (wd Of) apis asta DeII 2as/w 7°0 unsedy ae] , z (Jaiem auryes) (‘wed 07%) yaind unsed axe DeI! Isowl|y as0ys YyINos F " (wd o1¢) yainb (427! auryes) De9! isowye unsed axe7 } ol wne4y wos Wy OZ *as0ys UJaYINE, (weds ) dainb (Ja1P Mm auiyes) Deo9! lsowyy unsed ery ‘ 6 *aualiy (wed 06:2) ‘yauuey Del Das /us} Bursds auayiy 6L/Nibl § Ax1320} 24 01} 32{j00 “ON aanjesocwo) Aneta Ayiypeso, P IeIIqeH jo 21°G I ang Pe ae SME "v0 +1) 1971 be : ; ri t € 8I Ol s°6l 0°6SZ C°8LL OME nG = "6 €°8828 all i - | | G ¢ LZ nie Se ¢*6hl 0°0IZ 0°0IZ HNO). SEU 910€1 I z 5 c I Z 5 9 > ONS O 887s O'F0cE “OreZ did | Nii Al 1 10€ tI Ol Vol. 60, No. 7 | | | | Z c Z ¢ O°S6I O°7846 OHEHI § O°0E9 SiOmmECTO 0°029S1 q = F. = 2 u] £ h| 9 O';Se O°726 )§=6—O7HSI = O08 FI eG INS 0°029¢1 6 = $ ss - Z Z c Coe Call 6€ 0°ZI O°?h 0°l V2 °C ZE 8 = z 5 h £ ul) ul) 02 a) £°02 98L 8h 9:0 Ca 22 Z oe a 3 | | - 5 €€ fl 9°62 "6£ O° hE 0°ZI 4*| c0l CLE 9 cS = = | I 7] u] 74 P) i 4 O°9h Ger )\| 8°2h CQ ea ata ml ¢*m81 =) = = é Z 9 6 8 CE ch 82 0°9h col 8°Lh CaO Cast 6°81 q = = = ¢ ¢ S G Zt ifn tad 09h ool 82h C10 eat 6°81 e¢ = = 7 I | | | Z\ (Olly GAs 19 0°9ZI O°9Tl 0 9°¢ Lt 7] = : 9 9 t € nZ eu, €? o°SS Z°601 O°8E 8° Lae Asil 9 € = - S U7] 8 9 ne ClienGa60 ¢°LS €°€02 0°S8I 650-656 ssl Z = = U7] i] l G ZI 6 01 8°12 f°602 9°82 CiOoae 6°96 | I “ds 3 “ds 3 “ds -3 “ds 3 z VuOTd WOTV € u] 3w 8) ON Od ID | TON (1/3w) STV YANIW “uo13as wnde.;-[q Ul (Satsads pue e1s9Uua3 jo Jaquinu) es0]} Jedje pue sisAjeue JsaIeM 2(Z) 21GPL 474 » 475 AbousE] Kheir & Ismail, Aquatic habitats 1986 Ca aed « a eis 4 4 5) J 1 ome hee 7 1 sd 3 % a 4 4 J 4 s 4 4d J J 4 J eee —_— ee he ~_ ee ee he e¢ “PloJOSaW "J UNI “WS*A\) PWISSIIeDI}ap *snoRe eupauds lO’ (H°A) Burnuad oRtuayonea +4 4 TOV (UNID) BIeTJorided serayonea +4 q3uA7 eynieiis +4 wou ‘u BdIqwoysqns eeUUId *.| J WAY IS eolIdIyjo +4 4 uNID PeIIIStAdIg eRTIBse44 ‘undry (4) BotuRaD0 *5 Zy (q3UA4) PULZeW “5 WS*A, PlUaTIORBW eyoYydoeWWPRIh ISNH (J) StAo] erydinppig una (*9) wnuelAntipaiue wniesaotd | JIEY (uNIyD) snsoynuesd sndstpourdsoD ded unJ5 snuaSipnutds eaesjsee snostpourydais unig snoneajay snjoAd,0un oy > J 2a P1e[]a90 *D J unis enBiqwe gq eles “5 uns5 eepNBuejde4 Yy eURIUIYsoU0W “5 ID'y Pulnuss euetuIysaueWw *> TD Y Puinusd euerBuiziny Pyjo1ojoAD “By SUPTIPA “!W uns sourw g lauseIUOW (*sopod) “"W ID'yY PuInuss Pe eaUT] "W 3 4 "W'O Potpuelsi “W a8yieg (IslaW) sisuauezznw eIlejnueIs *;W W W —_ ee 2 4a "W'O Bwisstisn8ue 4 RIe;NUeIs - 4 *syJeYy (4) Preynuess - 4 ‘ds -u POIpueDSOUUa] *W ID’ SI[twny suPisip eulsojaw Hseyloeg UOIstaig exe} JEST ‘uo1da1 wnke4-j3 Ul exe} fedje yo aouepunge jo aas3ap pue uvorinqiisig (¢) aIqeL J uns5 lmunesg eroyzoisey 4 ‘uns5 eynpiaani *y 4 5) 5) unj5 sourw g sninoiped sy J 1D (7a) stploesd g stjeao *y : Jory Paddy eohqy “y 4 J J "IOV ("WS'M) PUTTERS STUIOJIIEJJOS “y 4 eal ID (*ZH) StPeas0g g SIWIOJIaeJJOD “VY 4 ID eoIdAy *]D (°3a15) eisndue esoyduiy 4 J JOUIW *} "1D (*ZM) PONT] °C ) ‘ID Joulw g snquwiog siouojdiq a eo 4 J uni (*ZH) BIBAIND eluaydsootoyy 4 JQUUDIy PURTIPIWIYOS “VY 4 d ID°y eulnued estuodde| 4 und5 (qo3g) &}e;Oa20ue] a aysseiy ladosy 5) uni5 eotsesuny J 5] und5 (*Zy) ByNIeoTop 5) 1D ((ZM) BINAUed sodtvgig bie "Zy) PIpPawsalul g SsedtAoiq J "ID ("AaID) BIeIsNBue sadotAoiq Tory (“YgeU) HyoeL eUBIe]OSeIq 5] See "ISNH (*]D) Bfootpue ID'y stsuaasefedee sayjueuyoy J J 5] unig eotdi{ja “A euRTSePWOY) *D 4 J J BIeauIIy “J “[D ("g) ereouty epnyuaceyd *|D “ISN (49d % °29H) Slpawsaiut eynqusoeyd *D 5) Aew eutnuas ejnjuaoejd *D 4 5) ie say ae ‘unsy (°q) e1dAyBne g ejniusseyd stau0d0D 5) 5] JUQYUIS A (ZH) SdadIq eUIN °s Te Sere] JO"V (uNsD) efoordns eyejnged °S *JuUeG “L) B}e1}7S01 BIEINGeI °S exe} jesiy Vol. 60, No. 7 f¢t¢c una stixa g epeydedoidAud "ID *y PuINuad eyeydead0idA4> "1D *Y sourwW eyNoIONID IDry eordAi eioulo N N N N N N N N N N N N qojq PIDPUBAR PINIIACN Sorel exe} jeslyv “ON So[dwes na el AE I I a Ay aA rset | ts a el fe Raat Lemans Se Sener iene eat ts Banh OA "WOD +(€) PIG L Vol. 60, No. 7 PLB Yo BO OG chaA 478 ieee Aew (‘usy) Stjigap eyjauoiqas3 5 4 OS]IH JOUIL STPeW49yy i 3d UNI) PIpawJoquUl «| STPEWIIYI ISNH Sstaeoulyqns ygqey wnsouses und ePONIeG |g SI}eID0S | uns5 eynpiaia ews 5] uns5 eulnuad ew3ls 4 4 a Ale a joleiu "J PWwBIS J J unJ5 (Z1H) Hsney> ews J ‘1D eonuejye gq uasund 5) 4 J unsy (Jouy) Pxopried i J J 4 spe "1ID°Vv eulnuad eayed J J J 5] "uUNIH SIwWIO;I}Jadjeos esnigo J 4 Atu Jour PUPTAUIZINy 4 J p) 1ID°v PuInuod euersuiziny 4 J 5) "1O°Vy Pulnued eueryosziuey 5) J) IOry eoidAy opoes3 4 uns “(ygey) efisndied gq wnynisny 5) J J i i Gp unay5 einurwiad wnpnisnay 4 1O°V Stpeuorsjuojdos eyoonMuoys 4 J 4 4 1O’y euInusd ejodIUOJ 4 uns epyed 4 JO) 9 IStA POeNbe 5) i J ) J 5) ‘ee, uns (*3045) eyejnoide 4 J unJ5 stjissoy ergirydwe 5] pg Aew euinuasd erqiydwe J J “WS'M SIIPINDIOe e1YydSZIIN J J IO°V (‘WS M) BeITUISUOD PjNsaqqi3 -y 5) 5) J "W'O (ZM) BsodIujuan g eqqid eIpoyedoyy 5) 1O°V PuInus3 xasos erwayidg TEE EEESEaEEEESEIENEEENENNES"y OC (1° zi tl Oh % 6 & 4% % GE & & € ZI peace "ON Sajdwes a Se BADAYZTVAZYSZZAZSZA7Y™PY™YAZA!AZAZAZSZZe= "1U0D *(€) FIGeL 479 Abou-E1 Kheir & Ismail, Aquatic habitats 1986 a) J J i yr 3 J J J J 4 4 J J i. ga 4 Jd J 4 d eid 5) ye | J 1 ae 4 1203 1 2 2 J ij gel 4 J 1° 2 4 J Jj 4 Jel J J J 4 d 4 awl i 5 ag @ & € 2 *qiaine7y 3» aTprwWYdS aseout] PUJOPOPqeUa jayoog P}eayes ePuaeqeuPpNas(] ‘JUOWOD (‘YBaUaW) BNUE] WNIPIWIOY | “By sinuoi *O ZINM EWISSTITIGNS *O yuoWwO (*Z1N) BIURS ‘O ZINy B1IPUIO *O “By esowll *O ‘By erqrydwe Pr0Ie}IISO poomy snyeqgoy sisdoyd01sON “yP] 4 29 "UIOG (YOY) PHUI| IO1SON ISaA\ *S*D Sinus) ele|NPON yUOWO (JayoneA) snyeUIdeA snajoI04I1W uyod snsourwe, snpejoosnseyW yBouapw euRISUdTIEW * 7 “Age eynosnfew eiqsuAy yuagey (SSWH) Blzeusie esder090/5 ‘May stpeusayy sisdo1pld50300I4) Zen (Zin) sNpIdamd “5 Ben (ziNM) sMinuiw *D ‘BEN (ZINM) JOUIW sNII0I00I4) *qa3q (*q3uUA 4) aenbe-sojy PUseqeuYy z eA cuOIsIAIg TOW (St) BaIdAI B1eAO *S wou ‘U ITyITWS BIPAO *S lO’ (*Gasg) BINUIW g BIRAO °S ID°V (*Z) BIsNdue e1PAO “Ss ID'yv eotuoddey eT]astns JOUIW “J "WO B1IsUODGNS PejOs punajdoiewAD uni5 eurnuad PadIIA “N euinuad e]jauol|qAs} elySZUIN exe) Jesty “ON sopdwes *wod +(€) PIGeL Vol. 60; Nosen Ped Y, Te dOsils 10 #6 gah 480 _ . UO aeonjiz20u eua]38nI0101q :eyAydouaydn=] sUOISTAIG, (AYOW 19 JogoA\) B1PUOZ */) ZINY PURTIPI{IOSO x1aYy10/ 3SSOg UOA Jaga Tday4dJaM sNjydoys4) ZINy (SSEH) SuBTIeA eIABOIIdS yosiid4 euedlaje eaydosseyds doig (‘diny) epnestupenb °s¢ Burziany (uIdiny) snreanlig snwsapauad¢ ‘dg eulsopued J11IM (SSPH) Sdedutid °C ZINy awostideds uNntuocsopsO WIdYSBULIg SUIBIIAIP PIBPYIOIIO-) luIyBaUapW (4URIYIS) WNuOIsNsUl *D yuagey (82eN) WnfodtwNYy WNdd0d0I0]/4D Z1Iny (Bnoydsaiy) WNsopeAa *D ZINy (°7) BIesaWo]3 esoydope|D Buiziany xa uNeIg *yY WNeUTWNDe WNTDeIeYD : JO[YD =UOISIAIG PpoyssaQ eSyTesqns *s YdIUOIOA STUJOJISNyY eurpNsids WUOWO (YPIeS\Y) EJODTIIeD °S JUOWO (Aajax419q) PLIPUIIe XI4YIOZIYOS exe} [PZYV “ON sojdwes ES ESS ee "JU0D *(€) FIGeL 1986 Abou-E1] Kheir & Ismail, Aquatic habitats 48) Acknowledgement The authors are grateful to Dr. Mohamed A. Hammouda Professor of Botany at Ain Shams University for kind help and useful criticism. References Abou El-Kheir, W.S., El-Saadawi, W.E. and Darwish, M.H., 1986. A peculiar Algal-Moss association from El-Giza, Egypt. Arab. Gulf. J. Scient. Res. 4:69-75. Aleem, A.A., 1958. A taxonomic and Paleoecological investigation of the diatom flora of the extinct Fayum (Lake-Upper Egypt). Bull. Pac. Sci-gAlex. Univ. 25 99-217. Ayyad, S.M., 1980. Ecological studies on the Epiphytic algae inhabiting some Hydro-Macrophytes on Mansoura-Damieta area. M.Sc. Thesis Mansoura Univ. Egypt. Chapman, V.J., 1964. The algae. Macmillan, London. El-Saadawi, W.E. and Abou El-Kheir, W.S. 1973. On some Egyption Mosses and the algal flora in their habitats. Proc. Egypt. Acad. Sci. 26:125-136. El-Saadawi, W.E., Badawi, A.A., Shaaban A.A. and El-Awamri, A.A., 1978. Pleistocene Diatoms from El-Fayum. Proc. Egypt. Acad. Sciersk257%- 263; El-Saadawi, W.E., Abou El-Kheir, W.S. and Darwish, M.H. 1986. Micropoma niloticum (Del.) Lindb. (Musci) with Corm-Like stem bases. Phytologia 60:98-100. Ewinson, 1978.Cited from Ayyad, S.M., 1980: Ecological studies on the epiphytic algae inhabiting some hydro-macrophytes on Mansoura- Damietta area. M.Sc. Thesis Mansoura Univ., Egypt. Fritsch. F.E., 1959, 1961. The structure and reproduction of algae. Volis.|., ll Cambridge Univ. Press. Gran, H.H. 1929. Investigation of the production of plankton outside the Romsdalsfjord 1926-1927. Perm, Int. Explor. Mer, Rapper Proc. Verb. 26(6) I-112. Kaleafah, A.F., 1964. Ecology of algae in Lake Mariut. M.Sc. Thesis Fac. Sci. Alex. Univ. Lund, J.W.G., 1965. The ecology of the fresh water phytoplankton. Biol. Rev. 40:231-293. Marker, A.F. and Gunn R.J.M. 1977. The benthic algae of some streams in southern England. Ill-Seasona!l variations in Chlorophy!! a in the seston. J. Ecol. 6X1): 223-234. 482 Pott Yi MeaOwel. & Giek iA Vol. 60, No. 7 Moor, J.W., 1974. Benthic algae of Southern Baffin Island. Ill. Epilithic and epiphytic communities. J. Phycol. 10(4): 461-462. Spe ane 1979. Distribution and abundance of attached littoral algae in 2] lakes and streams in the North West Territories. Can. J. Bot. 57:568-577. Nasr, A.H., Hashim, M.A. and Aleem. A.A., 196]. The flora of Lake Edku, with particular reference to benthic diatoms. Bull. Fac. U.A.R.5: 219-234. Nosseir, M.A. and Abou el-Kheir, W.S., 1970. Effect of dissolved nutrients on the distribution of algal flora in selected lakes of U.A.R. l-lake Qarun. Ann. Rev. Univ. Coll. for Girls, Ain Shams Univ., U.A.R. No. 6, 15-24. Patrick, R., 1948. Factors affecting the distribution of diatoms. Bot. Rev. 14(8): 473-524. Prescott, G.W., 1969. The algae: A review. New York. Prowse, G.A., 1959. Relationship between epiphytic algal species and their macrophyte hosts. Nature, Lond. 183, 1204-5. Richardson, D.H.S., 1981. The Biology of Mosses. Blackwell Scientific Publ., Oxford. Rivera, P.R. 1973. Epiphytic diatoms on Gracillaria Verrucosa (Hudson) papenfuss collected along the Chileau Coast. Gayana Bot. 25: 3-115. Round, E.F., 1960. Studies on Bottom-Living algae in some lackes of the English Lake. District Part IV. The Seasonal Cycle of the Bacillariophyleoc. J. Ecol. 48:529-547. Round, E.F. and Happy, C.M. 1965. Persistant, vertical migration rhyths in benthic microflora. IV. A diural rhythm of the epipelic diatom association in non-ridal flowing water. Brit. Phycol. Bull. 2, 463. Shaaban, A.S., and Badawi, A.A. and El-Awamri, A.A., 1985. Studies on the diatom of Bahr-Youssef irrigation canal and its branches in El-Fayum depression, (A.R.E.) Moshtohor, Annals of Agricul- tural Science, Vol. 24 (in press). Sheldon, R.B. and Charles, W.B. 1975. Factors affecting the contribution by epiphytic algae to the primary productivity of an oligotrophic fresh water lake. Appl. Micro 30(4): 567-667. West, W., 1909. The algae of Bircet Qarun, Egypt. J. Bot. Vol. 47,I. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XXIII Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional & emended bibliography: Nees, Rob. Br. Vermisch. Schrift. 3 (1): 366--367. 1827; Carruth. in Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. 1, imp. 1, 2: 297--298 (1864), ed. 1, imp. 2, 2: 297--298 (1866), ed. 2, imp. 1, 2: 297--298 (1870), ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 297-- 298 (1872), ed. 2, imp. 3, 2: 297--298 (1874), ed. 2, imp. 4, 2: 297 --298 (1876), and ed. 2, imp. 5, 2: 297--298. 1884; E. Balf., Cyclop. India 3: 740--741. 1885; Guppu, Solom. Isls. 300. 1887; Curtis in Lindl]. & Moore, Treas. Bot. ed. 2, imp. 6, 2: 297--298. 1899; Boorsma, Meded. Lands Plant. 52: 24 & 110--111. 1902; Guppy, Observ. Naturalist, imp. 2, 2: [47], [76], 108, 114, 435, 530, 551, & 563. 1906; Docters van Leeuwen-Reijnvaan, Marcellia 10: 69--70, fig. 83. 1911; Curtis in Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. 2, imp. 7, 297-- 298. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 60: 462--467. 1986. CLERODENDRUM INDICUM (L.) Kuntze Additional bibliography: Panigrahi, Chowdhury, Raju, & Deka, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 6: 255. 1964; Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 283. 1964; Sobers & Martinez, Phytopath. 54: 501. 1964; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 2, 243. 1964; Back- er & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 608. 1965; Bose, Handb. Shrubs 42--43, 106, & 123. 1965; Datta, Handb. Syst. Bot. 182. 1965; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barbados 358 & 469. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 350. 1965; Maheshwari & Singh, Dict. Econ. Pl. India 44. 1965; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 2, 730 & 731. 1965; Sen & Naskar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 40. 1965; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 589 & 592. 1966; Datta & Majumdar, Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 20: 102. 1966; J. Jiménez, Cat. Fl. Doming. Supl. 1: 212--213. 1966; Pargi & Singh, Mycopath. Mycol. Appl. 30: 267. 1966; Rao & Rabha, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 301. 1366; Subramanyan & Henry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 212. 1966; Yamazaki in Hara, Fl. East. Himal. 269. 1966; Baquar, Revist. Biol. Port. 6: 443. 1967; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 514. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 2, 8, 18, 19, & 22. 1967; Pal & Krishnamurthi, Flow. Shrubs 30, 134, & 135. 1967; Panigrahi & Saran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 258. 1967; Badhwar & Fernandez, Edible Wild Pl. Himal. 284. 1968; S. P. & R. N. Banerjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 187. 1968; Burlage, Ind. Pl. Tex. 182, 194, 294, 221, & 235. 1968; Deb, Indian Furester 94: 755 & /59. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyi. 148. 1968; Kundu & De, suil. Bot. Surv. India 10: 39%, 402, & 403. 1968; Mold., Resume Suppl. 16: 9 & 19 (1968) and 17: 7. 1968; Tiwari, Indian Forester 94: 584. 1968; Vajravelu, Joseph, & Chandrasexaran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 78. 1968; Bhakum & al., Indian Journ. Exper. Biol. 7: 250--262. 1969; _olkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. P1l., imp. 1, 715. 1969; R. N. & I. C. Chopra & Varma, Suppl. Gloss. In- 483 484 PPC = TVOk LWOSGSIeA Vol. 60, No. 7 dian Med. Pl. 18. 1969; Kramer, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 178. 1969; Mold., Résume Supp]. 18: 6. 1969; Panigrahi, Singh, & Misra, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 91. 1969; Rao & Verma, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 410. 1969; M. A. Rau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10, Suppl. 2: 62. 1969; Singh, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 15. 1969; Suwal, Phulch Godaw. 90. 1969; G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecolog. Summ. 77. 1969; J. V. Watkins, Fla. Landsc. Pl. 309. 1969; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (8): iv & title 8898. 1970; Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1341, 1805, 1814, 1868, & 1878. 1970; R. J. Moore, Reg. Veg. 68: 71. 1970; Anon., Kew Rec. Tax. Lit. 270. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 5, 508. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5, Cum. Gen. Ind. (1971) and 6 (1): iii & title 1370. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. P1. Cey:. 5. 19713; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 3, P23354(1971)) and cimp. 3; °2290517.:19713 Hartwell; ab loydiaes4: e6e 1971; Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla. 737--738 & 935. 1971; Mold., Fifth, Summ. lse24s 2675 285548, -55,5595, 9100-102, 2107==109551 Ile 1298 132, 013854 14854259, 8200, 2o/ 582695 eA7 lacie 2OZsnce, n20b seco oee eae 8225 33 2q7 341 5 350, SbilipeSs SSRs 59. eae O a4 45 ans 4 Aaa OAS ea ae hs SSC EGyzn Aes) ih Gy MONS eine 42e S705 DIA5 Sas OZ, O22. 733.5 08.807 sN9713 Jade. Morton, Exot. aPilizasli2l . S/S tRoxb eee alee dica, ed. 2, imp. 3, 481. 1971; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indica, imp. 2, 3: 81--82 [Hamdard 15: 351. 1972; Farnsworth, Phar- macog. Titles 7 (4): 42 & 222. 1972; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 25 sIMP. Vo sno4 3 Pah972 Mod. SBI . 4AbStiea 5 3463 725ml Seale Mold., Phytologia 23: 318. 1972; Singh, Sydowia 25: 230 & 231. 1972; Stalter, Castanea 37: 225. 1972; R. R. Stewart, Annot. Cat. in Nasir & Ali, Fl. W. Pakist. 605. 1972; Subramanian & Nair, Phytochem. 11: 3095. 1972; Subramanian & Nair, Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 49: 1061. 197.2; 2Anona, Boh. Absite« 56 .Gb2)acBJA.Sik.G. S585 1978: Waeee Cooke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 6557. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6: Cum. Gen. Ind. [32].(1973), 8 (6): iii & 483 (1973), and 8 (8): vi. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. 21]: 676. 1973; Hocking, Ex- CEN Pi. ABOU. Glico Uh Ss Ree RagRao, Situd)sF lows -Pl_.: Mysores Disa 2: 748 [thesis]. 1973; Subramanian & Nair, Phytochem. 12: 1195. 1973; Subramanian, Nair, & Vedantham, Phytochem. 12: 2078--2079. 1973; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Second, imp. 18, 188. 1974; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 715. 1974; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 9 (3): vi. 1974; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1753--1755 (1974) and 4: 2080. 1974; Howes, Dict. Use- ful Pl. 266. 1974; Lasser, Braun, & Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 9: 36. 1974; Ledn & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 322. 1974; Mold., Phy- tologia 28: 428, 448--449, 454, 455, 460, & 462. 1974; A. L. Mold., Phytollogia 292% 17d...) 97455 0. Morton, 500 :Pl. Sat FlaseS4euulSsc 1974; Je.Voe Watkins, FlasLandscape Pl.., ed). 1). imp. 55-309. 1974; Asher, Guide Bot. Period. 1: 616. 1975; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 3, 3: pl. 747. 1975; [Farnsworth], Pharmacog. Titles 7: Cum. Gen. Ind. [31] & [103]. 1975; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 2, 1945 & 1951-1952. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 31: 396. 1975; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 286. 1976; Bennett, Fl. Howrah Dist. 304--306. 1976; Fosberg, Rhodora 78: 112. 1976; Lakela, Long, Flem- 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£ernodendrwmn 485 ing, & Genelle, Pl. Tampa Bay, ed. 3 [Bot. Lab. Univ. S. Fla. Con- Gb. 17 oes) 195521645 80982.°4.9765. Long: & Lakela;, Fl. Tropet Flas,edis 2, 737--738 & 935. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 34: 248, 249, 265, & 269. 1976; Srivastava, Fl. Gorak 253. 1976; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 2, 2: 360. 1976; Babu, Herb. Fl. Dehra Dun 397. 1977; Batson, Gen. East. Pl. 146, 147, 189, & 200. 1977; Poppeton, Shuey, & Sweet, Fla. Scient. 40: 384. 1977; Fournet, Fl. Illust. Phan. Guad. 1413 & 1415--1416, fig. 675. 1978; Lal, Lakshman, & Mukharji, Indian Journ. Entomol. 40: 177--181. 1978; Fosberg, Sachet, & Oliv., Micronesica 15: 234. 1979; Holm, Pancho, Herberger, & Plucknett, Geogr. Atlas World Weeds 91. 1979; Lal, Lakshman, & Mukharji, Biol. Abstr. 67: 5944. 1979; Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan 6: 121. 1980; J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Check List Vasc. Fl 2: 466. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 17, 19, 21, 26, 41, 48, 88, 93, 95, 99--101, 103, 121, 124, 126, 140, 248, 24953257 ,82594 326752270, 9272582775 2845428959 i291e2959313F 3225 331, 341--343, 349, 383, 386, 387--390, 392, 393, 422, 424, 437, & 538. 1980; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46. 1980; Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 71. 1981; Duncan & Kortesz, Vasc. Fl. Ga. 111. 1981; Hil- lebrand, Fl. Hawaii. Isls., imp. 2 [Cramer, Repr. U. S. Floras 9J: 343. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 49: 438. 1981; Prakash & Garg, Med. Aromat. Pl. Abstr. 3 (5): 37. 1981; Thomas & Allen, Contrib. Herb. North. La. Univ. 2: 9 & 55. 1981; Varma, Fl. Bhagalpur Dicot. 309 & 311. 1981; Atal & Kapur, Cult. Util. Med. Pl. 537. 1982; Duncan, Veg. Sapelo 64. 1982; Hartwell, Pl. Used Against Cancer 2: 659. 1982; Jain, Singh, & Verma, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 167. 1982; Lo- pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 22: 14. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 50: 234, 236, 252, 253, & 259 (1982) and 52: 111. 1982; Wunderlin, Guide Vasc. Pl. Cent. Fla. 313 & 314. 1982; Mold., Phyto- logia 54: 240. 1983; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 411 & 426--430. 1983; Guha Bakshi, Fl. Murshi- dabad Dist. 247. 1984; Clewell, Guide Vasc. Pl. Fla. Panhandle 510 & 511. 1985; Duke & Ayensu, Med. Pl. China 2: 636--637. 1985; Mold., Phytologia 57: 35, 38, 339, & 344 (1985), 58: 185 & 217 (1985), 59: 469, 470, & 472 (1986), and 60: 128, 134, 136, 141, 181, 275, 280-- 285, 365, & 463--465. 1986. Illustrations: Bondt, Hist. Nat. Med. Ind. Orient. 159. 1658; Amman, Comment. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop. 8: [Quing. Nov. Pl. Gen. ] phe 15. 1736; Amman, Stirp. Rar. Imp. Ruth. pl. 15. 1739; Burm. f., Fl. (indica phs.43y figadsx6.:224268; Gaertn., Fruct.: Sem. Pl. Va pr. 57, fig. 2. 1788; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: pl. 79 (sup.) 1791; Poir. in Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Meth. Bot. 2: pl. 538, fig. 2. 1819; [Kew MS.], Icon. Pl. China Nasc. Bibl. Braam. [2]. 1821; Loud., Encycl. Pl. 522, fig. 8705. 1829; Wight, Illust. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 173 (in color). 1850; Wigman, Teysmannia 23: 284/285. 1912; Basu, Ind. Medic. Pl., imp. 1, 3: pl. 747. 1918; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 103, fig. 156. 1934; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 2, 3: pl. 747. 1935; Bor & Raizada, Some Beaut. Indian Climb. 145, fig. 90. 1954; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 159, fig. 34 (5). 1956; Emberger in Chadefaud & Emberger, Traité Bot. 2: 831, fig. 1177. 1960; Sabti & Singh, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.54: 141, fig. 8. 1962; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 381, pl. 9, fig. 11 & 486 PHa¥pTOek, On GIy A Vol. 60, No. 7 12... 19633. J: F. Morton. ExotsP1.°121+(in- color): 19713) Basuso Indian Med: .Plese imps+35. 8%) pl ig747 .21975¢eBatson.eGenk East. Pre ave 1977; Fournet, Fl. Illust. Phan. Guad. 1415, fig. 675. 1978; Duke & Ayensu, Med. Pl. China 2: 637. 1985. A virgate, soft-wooded, unarmed, very handsome and ornamental shrub or low treelet, to 3 m. tall, suffrutescent undershrub, or even a perennial herb, basally shrubby and stoloniferous, of rapid growth, gregarious; stems annual, usually very straight or arching, wand-like, mostly unbranched, fluted, hollow; branches, when present, very stout, hollow, obtusely tetragonal, the larger ones 8--10-sul- cate, subglabrate; bark smooth, shiny, greenish or ashy-gray; blaze greenish; nodes (except the younger ones) annulate, occasionally marked with a band of pubescence; principal internodes mostly elon- gate, 2.5--10 cm. long; leaves approximate, opposite, or verticil- late in whorls of 3--6, sessile or subsessile, oleander-like; peti- oles (when present) stout, 3--8 mm. long, glabrous, often striate; leaf-blades membranous or thinly chartaceous, soft when fresh, most- ly very fragile when dry, linear-lanceolate or oblong to narrowly elliptic, varying to oblanceolate, 7.5--23 cm. long, 0.7--5.5 cm. wide, apically mostly acute or acuminate, sometimes subobtuse, mar- ginally entire and recurved, basally gradually attenuate to acute, glabrous on both surfaces, sparsely punctate beneath; midrib stout, very prominent beneath; secondaries slender, 7--10 per side, short, arcuate-ascending, prominulous beneath, arcuately joined a few mm. from the margins; vein and veinlet reticulation very sparse, obscure above, not at all prominulous beneath; inflorescence axillary and terminal, abundant, the axillary cymes opposite and solitary or whorled, usually supra-axillary, 4--6 cm. long, 3--/-flowered, lax, widely divaricate; terminal panicle thyrsoid, 45--60 cm. long, 15-- 25 cm. wide, very showy, usually much elongate and lax, composed of 3--12 whorls of trichotomous cymes, glabrous throughout, often more or less continuous with the many axillary cymes borne in the upper leaf-axils; peduncles and sympodia similar to the stems or branches in size, shape, texture, color, and glabrescence, but slightly more Slender; bracts foliaceous, resembling the leaves in all respects but smaller, usually numerous, caducous; bractlets broadly linear, very numerous, reddish when young, 5--15 mm. long, 2--3 mm. wide, glabrous; prophylla linear, 1--6 mm. long; pedicels 0.5--2 cm. long, glabrous; calyx green or finally red, very broadly campanulate, thick-textured, glabrous or subglabrous, its tube 5--/7 mm. long, the rim deeply 5-lobed to or below the middle, the lobes subcoriaceous, wide-spreading, ovate, 6--10 mm. long, basally 4--9 mm. wide, api- cally acute or subacute; corolla hypocrateriform or infundibular, mostly white or whitish to yellowish-white or cream-color, varying to pinkish-white or yellow, very showy, not fragrant, opening at night and closing in the next forenoon, its tube very long and slen- der, 7.5--15 cm. long, glabrous or patently glandular-hairy, cur- vate, the limb 1.5--2.5 cm. wide, the lobes oblong or ovate-oblong to obovate, 8--15 mm. long, apically obtuse, eventually strongly re- flexed; stamens 4, inserted at the mcuth of the corolla-tube, long- exserted, "projecting in a double curve for some time after the flower first expands, afterwards they become revolute" (fide Roxb.); 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrawn 487 filaments slender, curvate, red to purple or brown, glabrous; anth- ers oblong, 2.5--3 mm. long, purple or black, “incumbent, &c. accor- ding to the position of the filaments" (fide Roxb.), the thecae parallel; pollen ochre-yellow, prolate, 115 mu x 84 mu, the ectine surface spinulate, the apocolpium diameter 70 mu, the exine thick- ness 6.2 mu; style long, slender, purple, "longer than the stamens, at first projecting, or recurved, after impregnation ascending, when the stamens become revolute" (fide Roxb.); stigma bilobed, the lobes Short, rather thick, apically acute; ovary obtuse, 4-lobed, external- ly glabrous; fruiting-calyx accrescent, fleshy, bright-red, crimson, or scarlet to brown-red or purple, to 3 cm. in diameter; fruit dru- paceous, green and shiny or blue-green when immature, becoming deep- violet, blue-black, or reddish-black to black when ripe, subglobose, ]--1.3 cm. long and wide, normally 4-sulcate and 4-lobed (or 1--3- lobed by abortion), the fleshy exocarp mostly deep-lavender to dark- blue, rugose, fetid; pyrenes 1--4, mostly only 1 or 2 developed, 1- seeded, rounded except for a slight flattening on the inner surface, about 1 cm. long and 8 mm. wide, gibbous and rugose or concave to angular, smooth, the endocarp coriaceous-crustaceous; seeds basally attached, 1 per cell, at first green, later rufescent, the integu- ment simple, membranous, thin, the embryo conforming to the seed in size and shape, erect, white; cotyledons obovate, fleshy, thick, plano-convex; radicle short, conic, inferior; chromosome number: n = Whee2n, =6305°405048; orr52- This species is native from Pakistan, India, and Nepal eastward to Burma, Thailand, Malaya, Indochina, and Indonesia, north to southern China, and is widely cultivated in warm countries of both hemispheres; naturalized in the Hawaiian Islands, New Caledonia, the Samoan and Society Islands, and from the southern United States, through the West Indies, to the Guianas. Nomenclaturally it is based on Amman, Stirp. Rar. Imp. Ruth. pl. 15 (1739). Savage (1945) has verified that there was no Specimen of this species in the Lin- nean Herbarium (now in London) at Linnaeus' first and second enumer- ations, but specimens 807/1 and 07/2 were there in his third enumer- ation. The name, therefore, cannot have been based by Linnaeus on ac- tual specimens but actually on the Amman plate. I examined and photographed both the Linnean specimens and the Amman plate, the photographs being cited below in the present work. The plant is slightly bitter and astringent, containing an alka- loid. In Asia it is sometimes used as a substitute for opium, often gathered and smoked with tobacco. It yields a resin employed in Burma in the treatment of syphilitic rheumatism. In India the leaves are often eaten raw as a vegetable, being somewhat fleshy when fresh, while the juice from the vegetative parts is used with ghee [a kind of liquid butter made from the milk of cows and buffa- loes and clarified by boiling] in the treatment of skin diseases like herpatic eruptions and pemphigus. The resin is used as an in- sect repellant in preserving clothes. The pounded root is said to be useful (when taken with ginger) in treating asthma, coughs, and other pulmonary complaints, as well as to combat blood diseases, tumors, burning sensations, and scrofulous affections. Smoke pro- duced by burning the dried leaves is also said to cure Coughs. In 488 Poi Yo TetOek Oe'Ge dy A Vol. 60, No. 7 Java it is the pounded leaves that are dried and smoked in treating asthma. In India the plant is used in the form of a ghee, powders, or enemas in treating abdominal tumors; also in the same country as a tonic and against puerperal fever, atrophy, emaciation, cachery, gravel, excessive thirst, cholera, blindness, consumption, dry coughs, and bronchitis. In some localities pieces of the wood are made into necklaces and worn around the neck as a Charm against various ailments. In New Caledonia the leaves are used both as a general tonic and as a vermifuge. Boorsma (1902) tells us that "Omtrent deze plant deelt Koorders.. mede, dat de bladeren op Java in gedroogden staat wel als opiums- Surrogaat gerookt worden. Door Greshoff werden vroeger....de blad- eren reeds met negatief resultaat op eenig werkzaam beginset onder- zocht. Het decoct van 1 gram gedroogt blad, bij een Cavia ingespo- ten, veroorzaakte geenerlei intoxicatie-verschijnselen. Een onbe- duidende hoeveelheid alkaloid bleek in de bladeren voorhanden. De alkaloid-opbrengst uit 5 gram bladpoeder, bij een kikker onder de huid geinjicieerd, bewerkte geen vergoftiging. Ook andere toxische bestondeelen werden niet aangetroffen. Daar geen enkel toxisch beginsel voorhanden bleek, is het nauwelijks aan te nemen, dat het rooken van deze bladeren eenig, met de opiumnarkose obereenkomend effect zou teweegbrengen." According to Burkill (1966) "Clerodendrons are, par excellence, plants of Malay magic" and C. indicum " is the chief magical spe- cies of northern India." According to Sastri (1950) many of the In- dian vernacular names applied to this species are also applied to C. senrnatum (L.) Moon "and it is likely that the two species are used indiscriminately in indigenous medicine." Blatter and his associates (1935) assert categorically that "The [medicinal ] properties are the same as those of C. senratum " adding that "The root is considered useful is asthma, cough and scrofulous affections. The wood is slightly bitter and astringent." They give its natural distribution as "Deccan and Carnatic, W. coast districts of Madras Presidency, Kumaon, from Sikkim and Assam to Tenasserim. -- Sumatra." The leaves of C£erodendrzum indicum are often attacked by the leaf- Spotting fungus, Cercoseptornia cherodendri Pargi & Singh in north- ern India and by the larvae of the moth, Diacnrisia obkLiqua Walker. The fungus makes circular to subcircular lesions 0.5--4 mm. wide with depressed tan centers and slightly raised reddish-brown mar- gins, resulting in severe leaf-spotting which later spreads to the petioles and tender stems. The infection often leads to dwarfing and defoliation of the host plants. Stewart (1972) records C. indicum as cultivated in gardens on the pfains of Pakistan, while Jafri & Khafoor, in a personal communica- tion to me, assert that in that country it is "A favourite ornamen- tal of our gardens. [The] Root is used in chest troubles, and the juice [of the] leaves mixed with butter fat is applied to cure her- petic eruptions etc." They cite unnumbered Saida and Stewart col- lections. Sen & Naskar (1965) report it cultivated in India; in Orissa it is said by Panigrahi and his associates (1969) to be “occasional on 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£ernodendrwn 489 moist banks". Srinivasan & Agarwal (1963) list it as cultivated in southeastern India; Patil (1963) found it growing in hedges in the Lucknow area; Vajravelu and his associates (1968) report it "common" in Kerala, citing Vajnavelu 19145, In Delhi, according to Mahesh- wari (1963), it is "Common in the fruit orchards as a shrubby under- growth", citing Maheshwari 766. In Uttar Pradesh it is said by Pani- grahi & Saran (1967) to be "scarce", citing their no. 1559; in Madh- ya Pradesh it is recorded by Tiwari (1968) and by Subramanyan & Hen- ry (1966), the latter citing their no. £697, Banerjee (1968) and Gain & Tarafder (1971) found it in Bihar. Haines (1910) describes the plant from along riverbanks and in moist localities in general "probably in all districts" of Chota Nagpur, where it is said to blossom from May to August and to be in fruit from August to Novem- ber. Babu (1977) describes C&erodendrawm indicum as “common in forest clearings and sal forests" at Dehra Dun, where it blooms from April to June and fruits from September to November -- he cites Babu 33357. Bose (1965) reports the species "very common in partial shade and cultivated in gardens" in Bengal, where Prain (1903) asserts that it occurs “in all the provinces". Voigt (1848) lists it as cultivated in the Calcutta suburbs. Dymock (1884) tells us that it is "common in Bombay gardens, and is said to grow wild on the hills east of Ahmednagar". Watt (1889) accredits it to Kumaon, Bengal, and South India, but "it is also common in gardens in Ceylon, where it is not indigenous". Thwaites (1839) and Thwaites & Hooker (1861) also claim it to be common in gardens but not native in Sri Lanka. Willis (1911), however, describes it as both wild and cultivated in Sri Lanka and MacMillan (1943) claims that it is native to both India and Sri Lanka. Freeman & Williams (1928) refer to it as an “East Indian shrub". Collett & Hemsley (1890) give the species’ distribution as "Kuma- on eastward to Assam and Tenasserim; also in the mountains of South India and Sumatra". Rao & Rabha (1966) list it from Assam, while Kanjilal and his associates (1939) claim that it is common through- out Assam, where it flowers from October to May and fruits from De- cember to August. Roxburgh (1832) claims that the species is "Found wild from Oris- Sa northward; where it grows to be a tall, straight shrub. [The] Flowering time [is] the hot season, and again in October; the seed ripens in the cool season." Brandis (1906) reports the plant "Com- mon in many parts of India and Burma. Savannahs in the Duays. Sun- driban. Often as an escape from cultivation." Parker (1924) gives its distribution as "Sub-himalayan tract [in the Punjab] from the Beas eastward. Has been collected in the lower hills of the Hoshi- arpur District. Frequently cultivated in gardens", flowering in July and August. Osmaston (1927) lists the species from the subhimalayan tract of Kumaon to 3000 feet elevation “and [it] has also been recorded by Mr. H. G. Champion from the Ranikhet Division. Apparently not com- mon", flowering there in July and August, and fruiting from Septem- ber to November. Chopra and his associates (1956) describe it from 490 Poy Yo OL 0) GA Vol. 60, No. 7 the Deccan and Carnatic, the west costal districts of Madras, Kuma- on, and from Sikkim and Assam to Tenasserim [Burma]. Yamazaki (1966) gives its distribution as the Himalaya Mountains, India, Burma, Malaya, Indochina, and southern China; Badhwar & Fernandez (1968) give it as "Himalayas from Kumaon to Sikkim and in Assam up to an altitude of 1,200 , (4,000 ft.). Found in many other parts of India." Amaratunga refers to it as "a roadside weed" in Sri Lanka. Nath (1960) records the species from the Southern Shan States of Burma; Winit found it in cultivation in Thailand; Ridley (1911) lists it from India, Thailand, the Malayan islands, the east coast of Pahang, Singapore, and Perak, while the Baileys (1976) imply that it is only originally native to the Malay Archipelago. Maximowicz (1886) ascribes it to tropical India and Java, citing an unnumbered Vachell collection from southern China. Fernandez-Villar (1880) re- cords it, probably cultivated, from Panay in the Philippine Islands. Vatke (1882) lists it as subspontaneous in garden hedges on Nosy-bé island, off the coast of Madagascar; Bojer (1837) found it in culti- vation in Mauritius, flowering there in April and May, giving its original native land as "Inde orientale, Java". In Java Backer & Bakhuizen (1965) describe it as "not rarely cultivated and locally.. naturalized, sometimes copiously in grassy, sunny or slightly shaded localities in settled areas". In the Samoan Islands C. indicum is reported by Christophersen (1935) from along roadsides on Totuila, citing Garber 942. Fosberg and his associates (1979) found it on Guam. In the New World C£erodendraum indicum is widely distributed. Rad- ford and his associates (1964) report it as rare in sandy soil, waste ground, and woodlands in Charleston, Georgetown, and Jasper Counties, South Carolina; in Georgia Duncan found it abundantly es- tablished around long-abandoned house-sites on Sapelo Island, while Wood (1877) records that Dr. G. M. Green found it naturalized in fields and on waysides at Macon. Farther south, Clewell (1985) reports the species both cultivated and escaped in Leon and Wakulla Counties, Florida; Lakela and her associates (1976) found it cultivated, escaped, and established in coastal Florida, where it blooms all through the year; Phillips (1949) also lists it as cultivated in that state. Sargent encounter- ed "dense stands" along damp roadsides in Hardee County; Beal re- ported it "escaping" on Merritt Island in 1927 and Cuthbert reports it "an abundant escape" at Bradenton "and becoming a weed in culti- vated ground, especially in groves". Wunderlin (1982) regards the species as native to the “East Indies" and reports it occasionally escaped from cultivation in disturbed sites in scattered localities in central Florida. Tracy reports the species “rather common" in Florida and along the Gulf Coast of the U.S.A. to Alabama; Dr. D. Dale Thomas, in a personal communication to me, reports it in low waste ground in East Baton Rouge, Jefferson, Plaquemines, St. James, St. Mary, and Terre- bonne Parishes, Louisiana. Ewan says that he found it "persisting after cultivation" in the same state, "locally frequent in old vacant 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£ernodendrwn 491 lots, evidently all escaped and thoroughly naturalized from oldtime plantings". Langlois also speaks of it in Louisiana as “quite a weed around dwellings:; Attabhanyo found it “associated with Jasm- num masonii" there. Pratt speaks of it there as a "rare large shrub along roadsides in marshy areas" and collected pollen samples pre- served as slide 475 in the Palynological Laboratory of Louisiana State University. The pollen of C£enrodendaum indicum is described in detail by Nair & Rehman (1962), based on U. P. NBG.16696, slide 2658. Pollen from Inmin 1088 is preserved in the Palynological Collection at the Uni- versity of Texas. In the West Indies this species is also widely distributed. Gooding and his associates (1965) found it "occasional on roadsides and in waste places" on Barbados, citing Herb. Banb. Mus. 578 and Herb, Univ. W. Ind. 261. Duss describes it as very straight in growth and unbranched, spreading by stolons, on Martinique, citing Duss 1220; on the island of Guadeloupe he reports it as inhabiting fields, savannas, and grassy places in general up to 300 m. eleva- tion; Fosberg (1976) reports it on St. Croix and on Dominica it is said to be a "common weed" in banana and coconut groves. The Smiths report that on St. Vincent it is "pretty common locally in thickets and open fields not far from the sea". Broadway encountered it "wild in damp and wet lands" on Tobago and it occurs in meadows on Trinidad. In South America it grows along canals near the seacoast in Guy- ana, where Irwin met with it in wet reddish sand on riversides; in French Guiana it has been found “on low swamp lands", while Lasser and his associates (1974) report it in gardens in Venezuela. Sweet (1826) asserts that, as C. verticillatum, it was introduc- ed into English gardens in 1813 from Nepal, while Loudon (1830) claims that, as C. siphonanthus, it was introduced as early as 1796 from the "E. Indies". Recent collectors report finding C, indicum growing in moist waste places and waste ground in general, on the banks of irrigation ditches, in deep low woods, in marshes, and on grasslands, on clear- ed and vacant lots, in dry sandy fields, the edges of fields and forests, the margins of rice paddies, on coastal plains and stream- banks, in roadside thickets, in rocky woods, and in wet hammock soil, from sealevel to 1200 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in every month of the year. Suwal (1969) asserts "Flowering in June"; Deb (1968) reports that in Tripura (India) it flowers and fruits from December to July; Datta & Majumdar (1966) say that in Bengal it flowers from April to June, while Cooke (1906) found that in Bom- bay its normal flowering period is September and October. In the Himalayas Badhwar & Fernandez (1968) report it flowering from June to August. Sedgwick tells us that in Bombay it grows in a region of 80 inches annual rainfall, while Bell found it, also in the Bombay area, where the rainfall was 120 inches per year. Bor & Raizada (1954) assert that, in general, in India it flowers in the rainy season and fruits in the cold season. They state that the "shrub... grows 4--8 feet tall in Dehra, with a slender upright form which 492 Pott MeO No OreG 2b 7A Vol. 60, Noo? makes it attractive when grown against a wall. The long white tubu- lar flowers hanging bell-like from an upright stalk make this a very striking plant during the rains. The flowers are followed by con- spicuous dark-blue fruits supported by the persistent spreading red calyx. The plant prefers partial shade and is propagated by seed." Junell (1934) illustrates a cross-section of the ovary, noting that "Von dem Fruchtblattmitten werden Ausbauchungen gebildet. Die Fruchtblattrdnder sind verhaltnissmdssig dunn und mit leitendem Gewebe versehen. Keine Furchen dringen in die Plazenten ein." Gaertner (1788) comments that the "Ovulorum numerus quaternarius, uti naturalis, ita quoque constantissimus est. Valdia Plumieri, di- versissimi generis planta est, si recte se habet genericus character, quem ei tribuit Adansonus." He describes the fruit as: "PER. Bacca succulenta, calycis laciniis acute triangulis contecta, subglobosa, unilocularis, tetrapyrena, per maturitatem exarescens, quadripartib- ilis. Cuticula matura subspongiosa, rugosa, dorso pyrenarum adnata. Pyrenae regulariter quatuor, sed plerumque duae tantum adolescentes, coriaceo-crustaceae, hinc gibbae, rugosae, inde concavae aut angula- tae, uniloculares. REC. nullum; semina basi affixa. SEM. in sin- gulo loculo unicum, eidemque conforme, rufescens. INT. simplex, membranaceum, tenue. ALB. nullum. EMB. femini conformis, erectus, albus. Cotyl. obovatae, carnosae, crassae, plano-convexae. Rad. conica, brevis, infera." The absence of stone-cells in this plant is noted and discussed by Malaviya (1963). Gibbs (1974) reports leucoanthocyanin and cy- anogenesis absent from the leaves and syringin absent from the stems; negative results were obtained with the Ehrlich test. Chopra and his associates (1969) found the bark to contain hexitol (D-mannitol) along with sorbitol. Prakesh & Garg (1969) obtained (24S)-ethyl- cholesta-5, 22,25-triene-3-01 and beta-sitosterol from the stems. Tiwari & Garg (1961) found 7.8 percent hexitols present in the bark -- supposedly the first record of this substance in the Verbenaceae. Sobti & Singh (1961), as well as Cave (1961), give the ciploid chromosome count as 48, based on material collected in Jammu; Raman & Kesavan (1963) and Baquar (1967) give it as 2n = 30; Sharma & Muk- hopadhyay (1963) found 2n = 52 and 46 “some with secondary constric- tions"; Cave (1964) gives the number as haploid 15, diploid 52. The corollas of C£erodendawm indicum are described as "white" on Balakrishnan NBK.939, Geesink & al. 6462, Inwin 1088 & R125, Khakil b.n., Pratt 5.n., Qureshi 4.n., Setchekll 241, Sinclain 5284, and Wrl- bur & al. 8082, "“creamy-white"on Kalloo B.666, "off-white" on Ama- natunga 1751, “greenish-white" on Amaratunga 1628 and Coklector un- determined 4.n., “cream" on Chand 2467, Kingdon-Wand 18856, Koekz 21564, MoLdenke & al. 28219, Poore 1366, Rogers 7043-C, and Thorne 1288, "pale-cream" on Herb. Bait. Guian. For. Dept. 7101, and "yel- low" on Duncan 20667. Vernacular and common names reported for the species are numer- ous: "agniya", “akalbih", "“akilbih", "agniya", "“angiya", "“angiyah", Waienias ues meal vantalemels "arni", "balaya", "baloya", "bamanhatti", "bamunhati", “bamun hattae", "bamun-hdti", “bamdnhatti", "“bamun- hatti", "baranai", "barangi", "“bead-flower", "beng son", "bhai", "bharangi", "bhdérangi", “bhargi", "“bhargi", "bhat", "bidoejoek", 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwn 493 "brahmanpatta", "brahman-patta", "brahmi", "“brahmunee", "brahmuni", "brahmunuyushtika", "bramanayashtika", "“brama yashtika", "“brahmunu yashtiki", "chang guan jia mb 1i", "chingari", "“chiruteka", "chokphutra", "clérodendre a fleurs a long tube", "clerodendrum a longues fl[eurs]", "daoen ampioen", "daoen apioen", "daoen opium", “daun apium", "dawa-i-mubarak", "“dawaimu-barik", "daw-ai-mubarik", "four-leaved clerodendrum", "gandja", "ganja", "ganja-ganja", "gendje", "gendje", "godong apioen", “gunja-gunja", "hanjika", "hanmathucho", "hemla", "“herbe a long cou", “hunjika", "“ikhlabir", "India glorybower", "Indian glorybower", "Indische hennep", "jure", "kavalai", "kembang boegang", "léng son", “long-flowered clerodendrum", "“memadatan", "memadatan", "naijemphati", "naijampha ti", "narivalai", "nd yam pa tu", "nhayanpadu", “penatoh", "“pénatoh", "pinyin", "“ronggo dipo", "sarum cutur", "sarumentur", "sékar petak", "siphonante des Indes", "Siphonanthus", "skyrocket", "sky-rocket", "tarlong-pi-thepo", "tow yai-mon", "tubeflower", "tube flower", "tube-flower", "Turk's head", "Turk's-head", "Turk's turban", "Turk's-turban", "Turk's-turben", "Turk's-turbine", "whorl-leaved clerodendrum", and "zonggo-dipo". In regard to the economic uses of C. tndicum, Dymock and his asso- ciates (1893) report that it is "stated by M. C. Dutt to be in use in Bengal as Bhdrangi, but the samples of that drug which we ob- tained from Calcutta and Cawnpore proved to be the stems and roots of C. Ssernatum". Deb (1968) still says that the roots and leaves of C. dndicuwm are used in native medicine in Tripura, India. Roxburgh (1832) says that “in some parts of Burma the stems are so long that they are used as rafters in cottages and various other uses". Bal- four (1885) states that the species "Grows in both Peninsulas of India, in Bengal and Sylhet. Its roots and leaves are official; the Persian name [dwai-i-mubarak] means the blessed medicine. It is slightly bitter and astringent; yields resin. Employed in syphilit- ic rheumatism." Watt (1889) says that "A confection called Bhargiguda is prepared [from C., 4ndicwm| with a decoction of their root and the ten drugs called dasamula, chebulic myrobalan, treacle, and the usual aromatic substances. It is used in asthma. An oil, prepared with a decoc- tion and paste of the root in the usual proportions, is recommended for external application in the marasmus of children." Burkill (1966) says that it is "A tall-herb, common in India, Indo-China, and southwards into the Malay Peninsula, where it is rare or absent in the south; then it reappears in Java, where it is not uncommon in gardens. It does not seem to have any uses in the [Malay] Peninsula, but in Java it is looked upon as a substitute for Indian hemp, and takes its names. It is smoked; but Boorsma...tried the dried leaves in a tobacco-pipe without finding that they had the Slightest effect upon him. Ridley writes as if it may be smoked in the Peninsula, but that it is, is not clearly demonstrated by him." Vidal tells us that C. 4ndicwm is used medicinally in Laos. Duke & Ayensu (1985) aver that in China the root is used in the treat- ment of asthma, cough, and scrofula. In New Caledonia, according to Rageau (1957), this plant "est amer, tonique, peut-étre vermifuge. On utilise les feuilles. Dans 1'Inde, la plante est réputée répul- 494 PHONG Osh 0eG, IeA Vol. 60, Nogev sive pour les insectes et sert a en preserver les vétements". J. W. Moore reports its use in medicine in the Society Islands, and Ldpez- Palacios (1984) reports its use against asthma in Venezuela. Subra- manian and his associates (1973) report the presence of a sterol, (24S)-ethylcholesta-5, 22, 25-triene-3-beta-ol, in the leaves, based on their voucher no. 14/72 in the Jipmer herbarium at Pondicherry. Regarding the cultivation of C£enodendrwm indicum, Woodrow (1910) tells us to "use a rich garden soil with occasional irrigation". Wurzlow asserts that the plant “will take care of itself provided it is not exposed to too much cold." Firminger (1918) says that in India it "blossoms in May, with a great profusion of white tubular flowers, three or four inches long, when the plant, with its long strap-like leaves, has a very chaste, handsome appearance". It may be mentioned here that the Duthie s.n. [Mustafabad, 11-6- 98] collection, cited below, exhibits very short and extremely nar- row leaves, and may well represent the form of the species described by Willdenow as Siphonanthus anaustifolia. It may be worthy of sep- arate form designation. It is worth recording that Balakrishnan carefully tells us that the calyx was "green" on his no. 939, but was "pink" on no. 940. Among numerous errors in the literature of this species may be mentioned the following: In Burman's work (1768) figure "2" on plate 41 is said in the text to represent "Vites [sic] pinnata" [=Aglaia odonata Lour. in the Meliaceae], but the figure "2" was placed by the engraver under the righthand portion of the illustration of Ovieda mitis [=CLerodendrum indicum] while the illustration of Agfla- 4a odonata is left unnumbered. Both Burman and Poiret (1819) mis- represent the corolla-limb in their illustration of Ovieda mtis as 3-lobed Howes (1974) says that the name, "Turk's turban", is applied to "CLerodendrwn spp.", but, actually, as far as I am aware, it is ac- tually applied only to C. indicum. Roxburgh (1832), Watt (1889), Prain (1963), and many other botanists refer to the fruits of this plant as “berries", but, of course, they actually are drupes. Du- rand & Jackson (1901) mis-cite the Kuntze (1891) reference as page "586" instead of 506 and this mistake has been widely copied by la- ter authors like Alston (1931), Maheshwari (1963), and Varma (1981). The Steudel (1840) reference is often mis-cited as "1841", the titlepage date; similarly, the Hooker & Arnott reference to C. indi- cum iS often cited as published in "1841", while actually pages 193--288 were issued in 1836. Willdenow's comments on this plant are often cited as published in "1797", but, actually, part 2 of volume 1, in which they occur, was not published until 1798. Jackson (1894) credits Ovieda sneuncs to Burman f., Fl. Indica, page 136, plate 43, figure 1, but the plant is named Ovieda mts there; he also mis-cites O- mitis L. to page "888" in Linnaeus’ Species Plantarum instead of to page 889. The name, Ovieda mtrs Burm. seems to begin with Scopoli's Introd. Hist. Nat. 171 (1777) rather than in Burm. f., Fl. Indica, pl. 43, fig. 1 & 2 (1768) where the binomial is plainly accredited to Linnaeus. Persaud and his associates describe CLerodendrum indicwm as an 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrum 495 "annual, 3--4 ft. tall" -- actually, only the stems are annual, the plant itself is a perennial. Kingdon-Ward speaks of "racemes 20 in. long", but the infloresences are more accurately described as cymes and cymose panicles, certainly not racemes. Faanc 1284, in the Uni- versity of California herbarium, bears a label reading "Plants of Yunnan, China" and giving E. E. Maire as the collector -- obviously a case of labels mixed during the mounting process. It is worth repeating here Blume's description of what he called C. fortunatum. It reads as follows: "CLERODENDRUM FORTUNATUM, Linn. C. foliis verticillatis ternis quaternisve lineari-lanceolatis in- tegerrimis glabris, fasciculis pedunculatis axillaribus (calix cam- panulato-5-fidus, ad basin purpurascens; flores pallide flavi, tubo longissimo). Crescit: circa Linga Jattio ad rivulos spontaneum; in hortis saepe cultum. Floret: omni tempore. Nomen: Jure." The plant here described is obviously not C. fortunatwn, but C. indicwn instead. The homonyms of C. fortunatum referred to in the synonymy (above) are disposed of now as follows: C. fortunatum credited to Blanco is a synonym of C, minahassae var. brevitubulosum H. J. Lam, while that accredited to Buchanan-Hamilton, to Linnaeus, and to Wallich is the the true C. fontunatum L.; C. fortunatwm Burm. is C. sernatum (L.) Moon and the C. fonrtunatum Sessé & Mocino is C. Ligus- trinum (Jacq.) R. Br. Similarly, the CLerodendrwm angustifoLcwm Salisb., referred to in the same synonymy (above) is a synonym of C, fortunatum L., while C, angustifo£ium (Poir.) Spreng., is a valid species (which see, 57: 482--484). The Ovieda inermis credited to "(L. f.) Baill." and to Retzius are C£Lenodendraum ineune (L.) Gaertn. Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 6: 233 (1931) says that a "CLerodendron mite Vahl" is NOT a synonym of C. dndicum, I can find no such binomial accredited to Vahl anywhere else in literature. There is a CLenodendron mete accredited to Vatke in the Index Kewen- sis, but that IS a synonym of C&enodendaum indicum. It is cited to Linnaea 43: 537 (1880-82) from "Afr. trop." Hartwell (1971) cites "Charaka-Samhita, vol. 1--2. 1888--1909. Calcutta, Corinthian Press, 1718 pp. (transl. by A. C. Kaviratna)" and "Hoernle, A. F. R. 1893--1912. The Bower manuscript. Calcutta, Sup't. Gov't. Printing. 401 pp." As yet I have been unable to veri- fy these references. It is perhaps also worth noting here that the Willis (1911) work listed in the bibliography of C. indicwm (above) is credited to both J. C. and M. Willis on the cover of the work, but only to J. C. Wil- lis on the actual titlepage. Linnaeus (1763) described his Ovieda mitiés from Java as follows: "“Ovieda foliis lanceolatis subrepandis". His original description of Siphonanthus indica (1753) is "Folia altera, lanceolata; Pedun- culi saepe e regione oppositi folii, umbellati. Amm. ruth. 1739, p. 214 t. 15. Bontius, Hist. Nat. Med. Ind..Orient. 159. 1658." The unnumbered Roxburgh collection, cited below, is probably part of the type collection of Ovieda venticillata Roxb. Similarly, the Herb. Otterbein specimen from Essequibo, Guyana, in the Leningrad herbarium, also cited below, is probably a cotype of C£erodendron Longicokle G. F. W. Mey. -- on its accompanying label it was confused 496 Poiky¥ ToD OnG